Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 11, 2007.

Registration No. 333-145725


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


Amendment No. 1 to

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   4941   51-0063696

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1025 Laurel Oak Road

Voorhees, NJ 08043

(856) 346-8200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 


Donald L. Correll

President and Chief Executive Officer

American Water Works Company, Inc.

1025 Laurel Oak Road

Voorhees, NJ 08043

(856) 346-8200

(Name and address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 


Copies to:

 

William V. Fogg, Esq.

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Worldwide Plaza

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

(212) 474-1000

 

George W. Patrick, Esq.

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

American Water Works Company, Inc.

1025 Laurel Oak Road

Voorhees, NJ 08043

(856) 346-8200

 

Robert E. Buckholz, Jr., Esq.

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

125 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(212) 558-4000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  

Proposed Maximum Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share

   $1,500,000,000    $46,050.00(3)
 
(1) Includes shares to be sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. See “Underwriting.”
(2) Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) Previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling stockholder may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we and the selling stockholder are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated October 11, 2007.

(Preliminary Prospectus)

             Shares

LOGO

American Water Works Company, Inc.

Common Stock

 


This is an initial public offering of common stock of American Water Works Company, Inc. The selling stockholder is selling all of the shares in the offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

Concurrently with this offering, we are offering by separate prospectus $            million of our equity units. This offering of common stock is not contingent upon the consummation of our offering of equity units.

The initial public offering price per share of the common stock is currently estimated to be between $             and $            . We intend to apply to list our common stock for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AWK.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 10 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 


Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission or any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 


 

     Per share    Total

Initial public offering price

   $                 $             

Underwriting discount

   $                 $             

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder

   $                 $             

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock from the selling stockholder at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 


The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2007.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Citi   Merrill Lynch & Co.

 


Prospectus dated                    , 2007.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   10

Forward-Looking Statements

   25

Industry and Market Data

   26

Use of Proceeds

   27

Equity Units Offering

   27

Dividend Policy

   27

Capitalization

   28

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

   29

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

   36

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   38

Business

   73

Management

   100

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   139

Principal and Selling Stockholder

   142

Description of Capital Stock

   144

Description of Certain Indebtedness

   147

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   151

Material United States Federal Tax Consequences to Non-United States Stockholders

   153

Underwriting

   156

Validity of the Common Stock

   160

Experts

   160

Where You Can Find More Information

   160

Glossary

   G-1

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1

 


Our regulated subsidiaries are subject to economic regulation by state PUCs in Arizona, California, Hawaii, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Maryland, Missouri, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia and West Virginia. Some of these states have enacted laws that require regulatory approval for the acquisition of “control” of any regulated utility. In those states, obtaining “control” of the parent or any other company that controls a regulated utility also requires prior regulatory approval. The threshold for a change in control is a fact-specific inquiry that varies by state. For example, in some states, a presumption of control will arise when an acquiring party acquires more than 9.9% of the voting securities of the regulated utility or the controlling entity. In addition to ownership, other states may analyze the degree of influence or control an acquiror may exert over the company. Any person acquiring our common stock in this offering, through the concurrent offering of our equity units or in any other purchase of our common stock in a quantity sufficient to trigger a change in control under state law would need the prior approval of the applicable state PUC.

 


Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

Through and including                     , 2007 (the 25 th  day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 


 

(i)


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the section captioned “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements, before making an investment decision. For the definition of certain terms used in this prospectus, please refer to the definitions set forth in the “Glossary.”

Our Company

Founded in 1886, American Water Works Company, Inc., which we refer to, together with its subsidiaries, as American Water or the Company, is the largest investor-owned United States water and wastewater utility company, as measured both by operating revenue and population served. Our nearly 6,900 employees provide approximately 16.2 million people with drinking water, wastewater and other water-related services in 32 states and Ontario, Canada.

Our primary business involves the ownership of regulated water and wastewater utilities that provide water and wastewater services to residential, commercial and industrial customers, treating and delivering over one billion gallons of water per day. Our subsidiaries that provide these services are generally subject to economic regulation by state Public Utility Commissions, which we refer to as state PUCs, in the states in which they operate. In 2006, we generated $2,093.1 million in total operating revenue, representing approximately four times the operating revenue of the next largest investor-owned company in the United States water and wastewater business, $252.5 million in operating income, which includes $221.7 million of impairment charges relating to continuing operations, and a net loss of $162.2 million. Our Regulated Businesses, operating in 20 states in the United States, generated 88.6% of our total operating revenue in 2006.

We also provide services that are not subject to economic regulation by state PUCs. Our Non-Regulated Businesses include our Contract Operations Group, our Applied Water Management Group and our Homeowner Services Group. In 2006, our Non-Regulated Businesses generated $248.5 million in operating revenue, prior to inter-segment eliminations.

Our Industry

The United States water and wastewater industry has two main segments: (i) utility, which involves supplying water and wastewater services to customers, and (ii) general services, which involves providing water and wastewater-related services, including engineering, consulting and sales of water infrastructure and distribution products, such as pipes, to water and wastewater utilities and other consumers on a fee-for-service contract basis.

The utility segment includes municipal systems, which are owned and operated by local governments, and investor-owned systems. Government-owned systems make up the vast majority of the United States water and wastewater utility segment, accounting for approximately 84% of all United States community water systems and approximately 98% of all United States community wastewater systems.

The utility segment is characterized by high barriers to entry, including high capital spending requirements. Investor-owned water and wastewater utilities also face regulatory approval processes in order to do business, which may involve obtaining relevant operating approvals, including certificates of public convenience and necessity (or similar authorizations), pursuant to which state PUCs grant investor-owned utilities the right to provide service within an authorized service area. The utility segment of the United States water and wastewater industry is highly fragmented, with approximately 53,000 community water systems and approximately 16,000 community wastewater facilities, according to the United States Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, and therefore presents opportunities for consolidation. Larger utilities, such as ours, that have greater access to capital are generally more capable of making mandated and other necessary infrastructure upgrades to water and wastewater systems.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

We believe that we are distinguished by the following key competitive strengths:

Market leader with broad national footprint and strong local presence. We are the largest and most geographically diversified investor-owned water and wastewater utility company in the United States. Our scale and geographic scope enable us to capitalize effectively on growth opportunities across our service areas, while helping to insulate us from adverse conditions in any one geographic area.

 

   

Regulatory, weather and economic diversity. Our presence in numerous jurisdictions and localities across the United States promotes more stable and predictable financial performance across our overall business.

 

   

Economies of scale. Our scale and long-standing history with suppliers provide us with a competitive advantage in procuring goods and services reliably and economically.

 

   

Active community involvement supports customer satisfaction . We establish an active presence in the local communities where we operate to better serve our customers. We work closely with these communities to help create detailed water development plans, collaborate on growth initiatives and implement various water infrastructure and conservation projects.

Regulated Businesses provide financial stability . Our core Regulated Businesses, which consist of locally managed utility subsidiaries that generally are economically regulated by the states in which they operate, accounted for approximately 88.6% of our consolidated operating revenue in 2006. Our Regulated Businesses provide a high degree of financial stability because (i) high barriers to entry insulate us from competitive pressures, (ii) economic regulation promotes predictability in financial planning and long-term performance through the rate-setting process and (iii) our largely residential customer base promotes consistent operating results.

Experience in securing appropriate rates of return and promoting constructive regulatory frameworks. We seek appropriate rates of return on our investment and a return of our investment and recovery of prudently incurred operating expenses from state PUCs in the form of rate increases, which we refer to as rate relief. We have a strong track record of providing reliable service at cost-effective rates, which has typically resulted in high customer satisfaction and has generally allowed us to maintain positive relations with local communities and regulators. We have generally been granted rate relief in a timely manner after application, and prior to our acquisition by RWE, we often were successful in securing appropriate rate relief when we filed rate cases. In the period following RWE’s acquisition of the Company, as a condition to the approval of the acquisition, we agreed with some state PUCs that we would not file rate cases for specified periods of time, also known as rate stay-outs. As of June 30, 2007, all rate stay-out provisions had expired.

Significant growth opportunities with a low risk business profile. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from favorable industry dynamics in the water and wastewater sectors, which provide significant opportunities for future growth in both our Regulated Businesses and complementary Non-Regulated Businesses.

 

   

Replacement of aging infrastructure . We intend to invest capital prudently to enable us to continue to provide essential services to our regulated water and wastewater utility customers and to assist municipalities in meeting the capital challenges of making substantial required infrastructure upgrades.

 

   

Fragmented industry provides consolidation opportunities . The presence of our Regulated Businesses in 20 states provides a large platform on which to grow both organically and through consolidation from among the numerous community wastewater systems in the United States.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

Opportunities for non-regulated growth . Our public/private partnership expertise and national footprint increases our ability to make opportunistic investments in non-regulated businesses that are complementary to our Regulated Businesses.

Experienced senior management team . Our three senior managers have an average of 27 years of experience in the utilities industry. Donald L. Correll, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Ellen C. Wolf, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and John S. Young, our Chief Operating Officer, have all held senior management positions at publicly traded companies. Our 12 state presidents have an average of 24 years of experience in the utilities industry.

Industry leader in water quality, testing and research. We are experts in water quality testing, compliance and treatment and have established and own industry-leading water testing facilities. Our technologically advanced quality control and testing laboratory in Belleville, Illinois is certified in 24 states. Our laboratories and other facilities perform more than one million water quality tests per year.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to consistently provide customers with safe, high quality drinking water and reliable water and wastewater services. Our business strategies include:

 

   

continuing to prudently invest in regulated water and wastewater infrastructure projects;

 

   

earning an appropriate rate of return on our investments from state PUCs;

 

   

growing our Regulated Businesses through acquisitions; and

 

   

continuing to pursue public/private partnerships, including O&M and military contracts and services, and other non-regulated businesses that are complementary to our Regulated Businesses.

The Transactions

American Water is currently an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of RWE Aktiengesellschaft, a stock corporation incorporated in the Federal Republic of Germany whose shares are publicly listed on the Frankfurt and Düsseldorf stock exchanges and other German stock exchanges as well as on the Zurich stock exchange, which we refer to as RWE. RWE is one of Europe’s leading electricity and gas companies and supplies 20 million customers with electricity and 10 million customers with gas in Germany, the United Kingdom and Central and Eastern Europe. On November 4, 2005, RWE announced its intention to exit its water activities in the United States and the United Kingdom to focus on its core European electricity and gas business and has since then completed the divestiture of its water business in the United Kingdom. As a part of this strategy, RWE intends to fully divest its ownership of American Water through the consummation of one or more public offerings of common stock of American Water as soon as reasonably practicable, subject to market conditions, which we refer to as the RWE Divestiture. On September 28, 2007, Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc., at the time an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, which we refer to as Thames US Holdings, was merged with and into American Water with American Water being the surviving entity, which we refer to as the Merger.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering we will effect a          -for-     stock split.

On September 20, 2007, we issued $1,750.0 million of debt to RWE, which we refer to as the RWE redemption notes, which was used to fund the early redemption of $1,750.0 million of preferred stock held by RWE. In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to use the net proceeds from the issuance of approximately $1,500.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes, which we refer to as the new senior notes, to fund the repayment of $1,270.1 million aggregate principal amount of RWE redemption notes and $222.0 million (including after tax gains of $1.3 million) aggregate principal amount of other debt owed to RWE, which we refer to as the RWE notes. The new senior notes will not be registered under the Securities Act and will be offered in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Concurrently with the offering, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of approximately $500.0 million of equity units to fund the repayment of approximately $479.9 million of RWE redemption notes, with the balance of the net cash proceeds of approximately $4.3 million to be used for general corporate purposes. These transactions, together with the non-cash equity contribution to the Company by RWE of $1,194.5 million of debt of our subsidiaries held by RWE on December 15, 2006, the non-cash equity contribution to the Company by RWE of $100.0 million of debt of our subsidiaries held by RWE on March 29, 2007 and the $550.0 million cash equity contribution to the Company by RWE on March 29, 2007, which was used to pay down $232.5 million of short-term debt and the remainder used for general working capital purposes, are collectively referred to as the Refinancing. The Refinancing, the Merger and the          -for-      split of common stock are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the Transactions.

Organizational Structure

American Water is currently a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Thames Water Aqua Holdings GmbH, which we refer to as the selling stockholder, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of RWE. The following chart sets forth our organizational structure after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions:

LOGO

 

* Assumes that RWE, through its subsidiary Thames Water Aqua Holdings GmbH, will sell its shares of our common stock in more than one offering.

The Selling Stockholder

All of our issued and outstanding common stock is currently owned by the selling stockholder, Thames Water Aqua Holdings GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of RWE. Upon consummation of this offering, the selling stockholder will continue to own     % of our outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares). RWE intends to fully divest its ownership of American Water as soon as reasonably practicable, subject to market conditions.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Our Executive Offices

We are a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 1025 Laurel Oak Road, Voorhees, NJ 08043. Our telephone number is (856) 346-8200. Our internet address is www.amwater.com. The information contained on or accessible from our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference herein.

“American Water” and its logos are our trademarks. Other service marks, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of additional shares from the selling stockholder.

 

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Equity units offering

We are also offering in a concurrent offering by separate prospectus $            million of our equity units. Each equity unit will have a stated amount of $50 and will consist of a contract obligating the purchaser to purchase shares of common stock and a fixed-rate senior note initially due             . We will only proceed with our sale of equity units if market conditions are attractive to us. Therefore, you should not assume that we will consummate our offering of equity units. This offering of common stock is not contingent on our offering of equity units.

 

Listing

We will apply to list our common stock and our equity units, or certain components thereof, on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbols “AWK” and             , respectively.

 

Dividend policy

We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends at an initial rate of approximately $         per share per annum on our common stock commencing in the first quarter following the completion of this offering. The declaration, payment and amount of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition and results of operations, liquidity requirements, capital requirements of our subsidiaries, legal requirements, regulatory constraints and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should consider before investing in our common stock.

All information in this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires:

 

   

assumes the common stock will be sold at $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus);

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares;

 

   

gives effect to the             for             stock split to be effected prior to this offering; and

 

   

excludes, (i)              shares of common stock issuable in connection with the concurrent equity units offering, (ii)              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (             of which and              of which will be granted to key employees upon the consummation of the offering in the form of restricted stock and stock options, respectively) and (iii)              shares reserved for issuance under an employee stock purchase plan that the Company is considering establishing following the consummation of this offering.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents our summary historical consolidated financial data and summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data, at the dates and for the periods indicated. The historical data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from our audited historical consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. See footnote 1 to the table below. The historical data as of June 30, 2007 and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. The results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim period or for the entire fiscal year.

The summary unaudited pro forma financial data have been derived from our historical financial statements and adjusted to give effect to the Transactions. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data have been prepared to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma statement of operations data, and on June 30, 2007, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma balance sheet data. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data are for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position actually would have been if the Transactions had occurred at any date, and such data do not purport to project the results of operations for any future period. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

Our historical financial data are not necessarily indicative of our future performance or what our financial position and results of operations would have been if we had operated as a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods shown. Because the data in this table is only a summary and does not provide all of the data contained in our financial statements, the information should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
   

For the years

ended December 31,

   

For the

six months ended

June 30,

    Pro forma for
the year ended
December 31,
    Pro forma for
the six months
ended
June 30,
 
       
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)  

Statement of operations data(1):

             

Operating revenues

  $ 2,017,871     $ 2,136,746     $ 2,093,067     $ 1,007,691     $ 1,027,277     $ 2,093,067     $ 1,027,277  

Operating expenses

             

Operation and maintenance

    1,121,970       1,201,566       1,174,544       562,072       581,999       1,176,244       582,509  

Depreciation and amortization

    225,260       261,364       259,181       128,728       132,764       259,181       132,764  

General taxes

    170,165       183,324       185,065       94,756       93,819       185,065       93,819  

Loss (gain) on sale of assets(2)

    (8,611 )     (6,517 )     79       (1,795 )     (6,113 )     79       (6,113 )

Impairment charges

    78,688       385,434       221,685       —         —         221,685       —    
                                                       

Total operating expenses, net

    1,587,472       2,025,171       1,840,554       783,761       802,469       1,842,254       802,979  
                                                       

Operating income (loss)

    430,399       111,575       252,513       223,930       224,808       250,813       224,298  
                                                       

Other income (deductions)

             

Interest

    (315,944 )     (345,257 )     (365,970 )     (178,968 )     (142,970 )     (297,067 )     (141,759 )

Amortization of debt expense

    (3,377 )     (4,367 )     (5,062 )     (1,678 )     (2,397 )     (6,030 )     (2,881 )

Other, net(3)

    14,350       13,898       9,581       4,927       7,351       9,581       7,351  
                                                       

Total other income (deductions)

    (304,971 )     (335,726 )     (361,451 )     (175,719 )     (138,016 )     (293,516 )     (137,289 )
                                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    125,428       (224,151 )     (108,938 )     48,211       86,792       (42,703 )     87,009  
                                                       

Provision for income taxes

    66,328       50,979       46,912       20,056       34,378       73,106       34,463  
                                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 59,100     $ (275,130 )   $ (155,850 )   $ 28,155     $ 52,414     $ (115,809 )   $ 52,546  
                                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations per basic common share(4)(5)

  $ 59,100     $ (275,130 )   $ (155,850 )   $ 28,155     $ 52,414      
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations per diluted common share(4)(5)

  $ 59,100     $ (275,130 )   $ (155,850 )   $ 28,155     $ 52,414      
                                           

Basic weighted average common shares

    1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000      
                                           

Diluted weighted average common shares

    1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000      
                                           

Other data(1):

             

Cash flows provided by (used in):

             

Operating activities

  $ 458,408     $ 525,435     $ 323,748     $ 66,723     $ 136,181      

Investing activities

    (545,903 )     (530,165 )     (691,438 )     (241,724 )     (279,441 )    

Financing activities

    95,254       (9,049 )     332,367       133,391       164,951      

Construction expenditures

    (546,241 )     (558,446 )     (688,843 )     (235,818 )     (307,726 )    

 

 

8


Table of Contents
    As of December 31,   As of June 30,  

Pro forma

as of June 30,

    2005   2006   2007   2007
            (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)

Balance sheet data(1):

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 65,077   $ 29,754   $ 51,445   $ 55,719

Utility plant at original cost, net of accumulated depreciation

    8,101,769     8,605,341     8,806,066     8,806,066

Goodwill

    3,181,570     2,962,493     2,962,564     2,962,564

Total assets

    12,542,029     12,783,059     13,071,585     13,088,159

Redeemable preferred stock at redemption value(6)

    1,774,691     1,774,475     1,774,299     24,299

Other long-term debt

    3,011,827     3,096,404     3,335,579     5,254,579

Other short-term and current portion of long-term debt(7)

    2,018,251     1,007,128     253,242     112,242
                       

Total debt

    6,804,769     5,878,007     5,363,120     5,391,120
                       

Common stockholder’s equity

    2,804,716     3,817,397     4,520,149     4,484,793

Preferred stock without mandatory redemption requirements(6)

    4,571     4,568     4,568     4,568

(1) On September 28, 2007, Thames US Holdings was merged with and into American Water, with American Water as the surviving entity. American Water is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of RWE. The historical consolidated financial statements of American Water represent the consolidated results of the Company, formerly issued under the name Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies.

 

(2) Represents primarily losses (gains) on sales of publicly traded securities and dispositions of assets not needed in utility operations.

 

(3) Includes allowance for other funds used during construction, allowance for borrowed funds used during construction and preferred dividends of subsidiaries.

 

(4) The number of common shares used to compute net income per basic share and net income per diluted share for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 is 1,000 (the number of shares outstanding during such period) as no dilutive options or instruments were outstanding during these periods.

 

(5) The number of common shares used to compute net income per basic share is             , which gives effect to the              -for-              stock split to be effected prior to the offering. Net income per diluted share also gives effect to all restricted stock units and stock options to be granted under our 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan to our executive officers and certain key employees upon the consummation of this offering as if they were exercised or converted into common stock using the treasury method. Incremental common shares included in diluted earnings per share are                     .

 

(6) Includes preferred stock held by RWE and other preferred stock issued by subsidiaries of the Company.

 

(7) Includes the short-term portion of redeemable preferred stock of $0.6 million.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves risk. Before you decide to purchase our common stock, you should carefully consider these risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, including the information contained in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the notes thereto. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be adversely affected, which in turn could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Industry and Business

Our utility operations are heavily regulated. Decisions by state PUCs and other regulatory agencies can significantly affect our business and results of operations.

Our Regulated Businesses provide water and wastewater services to our customers through subsidiaries economically regulated by state PUCs. Economic regulation affects the rates we charge our customers and has a significant effect on our business and results of operations. Generally, the state PUCs authorize us to charge rates that they determine are sufficient to recover our prudently incurred operating expenses, to enable us to finance the addition of new, or the replacement of existing, water and wastewater infrastructure and to allow us the opportunity to earn what they determine to be an appropriate rate of return on our invested capital and a return of our invested capital.

Our ability to meet our financial objectives depends upon the rates authorized by the various state PUCs. We periodically file rate increase applications with state PUCs. The ensuing administrative process may be lengthy and costly. We can provide no assurances that our rate increase requests will be granted. Even if approved, there is no guarantee that approval will be given in a timely manner or at a sufficient level to cover our expenses, the recovery of our investment and/or provide us an opportunity to earn an appropriate rate of return on our investment and a return of our investment. If the authorized rates are insufficient to cover operating expenses, to allow for the recovery of our investment and to provide an appropriate return on invested capital, or if the rate increase decisions are delayed, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and liquidity may be adversely affected. Even if rates are sufficient, we face the risk that we will not achieve the rates of return on our invested capital and a return of our invested capital that are permitted by the state PUC.

Our operations and the quality of water we supply are subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations. Our operating costs have increased, and are expected to continue to increase, as a result of complying with environmental laws and regulations. We also could incur substantial costs as a result of violations of or liabilities under such laws and regulations.

Our water and wastewater operations are subject to extensive United States federal, state and local and, in the case of our Canadian operations, Canadian laws and regulations, that govern the protection of the environment, health and safety, the quality of the water we deliver to our customers, water allocation rights, and the manner in which we collect, treat and discharge wastewater. These requirements include the United States Clean Water Act of 1972, which we refer to as the Clean Water Act, and the United States Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, which we refer to as the Safe Drinking Water Act, and similar state and Canadian laws and regulations. We are also required to obtain various environmental permits from regulatory agencies for our operations. State PUCs also set conditions and standards for the water and wastewater services we deliver. If we deliver water or wastewater services to our customers that do not comply with regulatory standards, or otherwise violate environmental laws, regulations or permits, or other health and safety and water quality regulations, we could incur substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions or costs or damage to our reputation. In the most serious cases, regulators could force us to discontinue operations and sell our operating assets to another utility or municipality. Given the nature of our business which, in part, involves supplying water for human consumption, any potential non-compliance with, or violation of, environmental laws or regulations would likely pose a more significant risk to us than to an issuer not similarly involved in the water and wastewater industry.

 

10


Table of Contents

We incur substantial operating and capital costs on an ongoing basis to comply with environmental laws and regulations and other health and safety and water quality regulations. These laws and regulations, and their enforcement, have tended to become more stringent over time, and new or stricter requirements could increase our costs. Although we may seek to recover ongoing compliance costs in our rates, there can be no guarantee that the various state PUCs or similar regulatory bodies that govern our Regulated Businesses would approve rate increases to recover such costs or that such costs will not adversely and materially affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and liquidity.

We may also incur liabilities under environmental laws and regulations requiring us to investigate and clean up environmental contamination at our properties or at off-site locations where we have disposed of waste or caused adverse environmental impacts. The discovery of previously unknown conditions, or the imposition of cleanup obligations in the future, could result in significant costs, and could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and liquidity. Such remediation losses may not be covered by our insurance policies and may make it difficult for us to secure insurance in the future at acceptable rates.

Changes in laws and regulations over which we have no control can significantly affect our business and results of operations.

Any governmental entity that regulates our operations may enact new legislation or adopt new regulations or policies at any time, and new judicial decisions may change the interpretation of existing legislation or regulations at any time. The individuals who serve as regulators are elected or are political appointees. Therefore, elections which result in a change of political administration or new appointments may also result in changes in the individuals who serve as regulators and the policies of the regulatory agencies that they serve. New laws, or regulations, new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, or changes in agency policy, including as a response to shifts in public opinion, or conditions imposed during the regulatory hearing process may affect our business in a number of ways, including the following:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to raise our rates and, as a consequence, to recover our costs or earn our expected rates of return;

 

   

changing the determination of the costs, or the amount of costs, that would be considered recoverable in rate cases;

 

   

changing water quality or delivery service standards or wastewater collection, treatment and discharge standards with which we must comply;

 

   

restricting our ability to terminate our services to customers who owe us money for services previously provided;

 

   

requiring us to provide water services at reduced rates to certain customers;

 

   

restricting our ability to sell assets or issue securities;

 

   

changing regulatory benefits that we expected to receive when we began offering services in a particular area;

 

   

changing or placing additional limitations on change in control requirements relating to any concentration of ownership of our common stock;

 

   

making it easier for governmental entities to convert our assets to public ownership via eminent domain;

 

   

restricting or prohibiting our extraction of water from rivers, streams, reservoirs or aquifers; and

 

   

revoking or altering the terms of the certificates of public convenience and necessity (or similar authorizations) issued to us by state PUCs.

Any of these changes or any other changes in laws, regulations, judicial decisions or agency policies applicable to us may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and liquidity.

 

11


Table of Contents

Weather conditions, natural hazards, overuse of water supplies and competing uses may interfere with our sources of water, demand for water services and our ability to supply water to customers.

Our ability to meet the existing and future water demands of our customers depends on an adequate supply of water. As a general rule, sources of public water supply, including rivers, lakes, streams and groundwater aquifers are held in the public trust and are not owned by private interests. As such, we typically do not own the water that we use in our operations, and the availability of our water supply is established through allocation rights and passing-flow requirements set by governmental entities. Passing-flow requirements set minimum volumes of water that must pass through specified water sources, such as rivers and streams, in order to maintain environmental habitats and meet water allocation rights of downstream users. Allocation rights are imposed to ensure sustainability of major water sources and passing flow requirements are most often imposed on source waters from smaller rivers, lakes and streams. These requirements can change from time to time and adversely impact our water supply. Drought, overuse of sources of water, the protection of threatened species or habitats or other factors may limit the availability of ground and surface water.

Governmental restrictions on water use during drought conditions may also result in decreased use of water services, even if our water supplies are sufficient to serve our customers, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Seasonal drought conditions that would impact our water services are possible across all of our service areas. However, these conditions are more prevalent in the Northeast and West where supply capacity is limited and per capita water demand is high. If a regional drought were to occur affecting our service areas and adjacent systems, governmental restrictions may be imposed on all systems within a region independent of the supply adequacy of any individual system. Following drought conditions, water demand may not return to pre-drought levels even after restrictions are lifted. Cool and wet weather may also reduce demand for water, thereby adversely affecting our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and liquidity.

Service interruptions due to severe weather events are possible across all our service areas. These include winter storms and freezing conditions in our colder climate service areas, high wind conditions in our service areas known to experience tornados, earthquakes in our service areas known to experience seismic activity, high water conditions for our facilities located in or near designated flood plains, hurricane protection and response planning for our coastal service areas and severe electrical storms which are possible across all of our service areas. These weather events may affect the condition or operability of our facilities, limiting or preventing us from delivering water or wastewater services to our customers, or requiring us to make substantial capital expenditures to repair any damage. Any interruption in our ability to supply water or to collect, treat and properly dispose of wastewater, or any costs associated with restoring service, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, losses from business interruptions or damage to our facilities might not be covered by our insurance policies and such losses may make it difficult for us to secure insurance in the future at acceptable rates.

Declining residential per customer water usage may reduce our long-term revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

Increased water conservation, including through the use of more efficient household fixtures and appliances among residential consumers, combined with declining household sizes in the United States, has contributed to a trend of declining residential per customer water usage. Our Regulated Businesses are heavily dependent upon revenue generated from rates we charge to our residential customers for the volume of water they use. The rate we charge for our water is regulated by state PUCs and we may not unilaterally adjust our rates to reflect demand. Declining usage will have a negative impact on our long-term operating revenues if we are unable to secure rate increases or to grow our residential customer base to the extent necessary to offset the residential usage decline.

Risks associated with the collection, treatment and disposal of wastewater may impose significant costs.

The wastewater collection, treatment and disposal operations of our subsidiaries are subject to substantial regulation and involve significant environmental risks. If collection or sewage systems fail, overflow or do not operate properly, untreated wastewater or other contaminants could spill onto nearby properties or into nearby

 

12


Table of Contents

streams and rivers, causing damage to persons or property, injury to aquatic life and economic damages, which may not be recoverable in rates. This risk is most acute during periods of substantial rainfall or flooding, which are the main causes of sewer overflow and system failure. Liabilities resulting from such damage could adversely and materially affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, in the event that we are deemed liable for any damage caused by overflow, our losses might not be covered by insurance policies, and such losses may make it difficult for us to secure insurance in the future at acceptable rates.

Our Regulated Businesses require significant capital expenditures to maintain infrastructure and expand our rate base and may suffer if we fail to secure appropriate funding to make investments, or if we suffer delays in completing major capital expenditure projects.

The water and wastewater utility business is capital intensive. In addition to our acquisition strategy, we invest significant amounts of capital to add, replace and maintain property, plant and equipment. In 2006, we invested $688.8 million in capital improvements and we expect to invest approximately $740 to $780 million in capital improvements in 2007. We expect the level of capital expenditures necessary to maintain the integrity of our systems to increase in the future. We fund these projects from cash generated from operations, borrowings under our revolving credit facility and commercial paper programs and the issuance of long-term debt and equity securities. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to access the debt and equity capital markets or do so on favorable terms.

Upon the consummation of this offering RWE will have certain registration rights with respect to future issuances of our equity securities and, subject to lock-up provisions described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements,” intends to fully divest its ownership of American Water as soon as reasonably practicable, subject to market conditions. The registration rights agreement to be entered into with RWE will impose certain restrictions on our ability to issue equity securities in amounts beyond specified thresholds without RWE’s consent. Future sales of our common stock by RWE, as well as the restrictions in the registration rights agreement, may make it more difficult or costly for us to raise additional equity in the future. Furthermore, if we are unable to raise sufficient equity, we can provide no assurances that we will be able to access the debt capital markets, or do so on favorable terms.

If we are unable to obtain sufficient capital, we may fail to maintain our existing property, plant and equipment, realize our capital investment strategies, meet our growth targets and successfully expand the rate base upon which we are able to earn future returns on our investment and a return of our investment. Even if we have adequate resources to make required capital expenditures, we face the additional risk that we will not complete our major capital expenditures on time, as a result of construction delays or other obstacles. Each of these outcomes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We also face the risk that after we make substantial capital expenditures, the rate increases granted to us by state PUCs may not be sufficient to recover our prudently incurred operating expenses and to allow us the opportunity to earn an appropriate rate of return on our invested capital and a return of our invested capital.

The failure of, or the requirement to repair, upgrade or dismantle, any of our dams may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We own a total of 99 dams. A failure of any of those dams could result in injuries and property damage downstream for which we may be liable. The failure of a dam would also adversely affect our ability to supply water in sufficient quantities to our customers and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Any losses or liabilities incurred due to a failure of one of our dams might not be covered by insurance policies or be recoverable in rates, and such losses may make it difficult for us to secure insurance in the future at acceptable rates.

We also are required from time to time to repair or upgrade the dams that we own. The cost of such repairs can be and has been material. We might not be able to recover such costs through rates. The inability to recover these higher costs or regulatory lag in the recovery of such costs can affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and liquidity.

 

13


Table of Contents

The federal and state agencies that regulate our operations may adopt rules and regulations requiring us to dismantle our dams. Federal and state agencies are currently considering rules and regulations that could require us to strengthen or dismantle one of our dams on the Carmel River in California due to safety concerns related to seismic activity. Any requirement to strengthen or dismantle this dam could result in substantial costs that may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We are currently engaged in negotiations with federal and state agencies and local stakeholders on a plan to maintain our existing Carmel River dams or to share the costs of dismantling one of them with those federal and state agencies and local stakeholders. These negotiations could be delayed or abandoned.

Any failure of our network of water and wastewater pipes and water reservoirs could result in losses and damages that may affect our financial condition and reputation.

Our operating subsidiaries distribute water and wastewater through an extensive network of pipes and store water in reservoirs located across the United States. A failure of major pipes or reservoirs could result in injuries and property damage for which we may be liable. The failure of major pipes and reservoirs may also result in the need to shut down some facilities or parts of our network in order to conduct repairs. Such failures and shutdowns may limit our ability to supply water in sufficient quantities to our customers and to meet the water and wastewater delivery requirements prescribed by governmental regulators, including state PUCs with jurisdiction over our operations, and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, liquidity and reputation. Any business interruption or other losses might not be covered by insurance policies or be recoverable in rates, and such losses may make it difficult for us to secure insurance in the future at acceptable rates.

Contamination of our sources of water could result in service interruptions and human exposure to hazardous substances and subject our subsidiaries to civil or criminal enforcement actions, private litigation and clean-up obligations.

Our water supplies are subject to contamination, including contamination from naturally-occurring compounds, chemicals in groundwater systems, pollution resulting from man-made sources, such as perchlorate and methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE), and possible terrorist attacks. In the event that our water supply is contaminated, we may have to interrupt the use of that water supply until we are able to substitute the supply of water from another water source, including, in some cases, through the purchase of water from a third-party supplier. In addition, we may incur significant costs in order to treat the contaminated source through expansion of our current treatment facilities, or development of new treatment methods. If we are unable to substitute water supply in a cost-effective manner, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, liquidity and reputation may be adversely affected. We might not be able to recover costs associated with treating or decontaminating water supplies through rates, or such recovery may not occur in a timely manner. Moreover, we could be held liable for environmental damage as well as damages arising from toxic tort or other lawsuits or criminal enforcement actions or other consequences arising out of human exposure to hazardous substances in our drinking water supplies.

Our liquidity and earnings could be adversely affected by increases in our production costs, including the cost of chemicals, electricity, fuel or other significant materials used in the water and wastewater treatment process.

We incur significant production costs in connection with the delivery of our water and wastewater services. Our production costs are driven by inputs such as chemicals used to treat water and wastewater as well as electricity and fuel, which are used to operate pumps and other equipment used in water treatment and delivery and wastewater collection, treatment and disposal. We also incur production costs for waste disposal. For 2006, production costs accounted for 14.4% of our total operating costs. These costs can and do increase unexpectedly and in substantial amounts, as occurred in California during 2001 when the cost of electricity rose substantially.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our Regulated Businesses might not be able to recover increases in the costs of chemicals, electricity, fuel, other significant inputs or waste disposal through rates, or such recovery may not occur in a timely manner. Our Non-Regulated Businesses may not be able to recover these costs in contract prices or other terms. The inability to recover these higher costs can affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and liquidity.

Our reliance on third-party suppliers poses significant risks to our business and prospects.

We contract with third parties for goods and services that are essential to our operations, such as maintenance services, pipes, chemicals, electricity, water, gasoline, diesel and other materials. We are subject to substantial risks because of our reliance on these suppliers. For example:

 

   

our suppliers may not provide raw materials that meet our specifications in sufficient quantities;

 

   

our suppliers may provide us with water that does not meet applicable quality standards or is contaminated;

 

   

our suppliers may face production delays due to natural disasters or strikes, lock-outs or other such actions;

 

   

one or more suppliers could make strategic changes in the lines of products and services they offer; and

 

   

some of our suppliers are small companies which are more likely to experience financial and operational difficulties than larger, well-established companies, because of their limited financial and other resources.

As a result of any of these factors, we may be required to find alternative suppliers for the raw materials and services on which we rely. Accordingly, we may experience delays in obtaining appropriate raw materials and services on a timely basis and in sufficient quantities from such alternative suppliers at a reasonable price, which could interrupt services to our customers and adversely affect our revenues, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and liquidity.

Risks associated with potential acquisitions or investments may adversely affect us.

We will continue to seek to acquire or invest in additional regulated water or wastewater systems, including by acquiring systems in markets in the United States, where we do not currently operate our Regulated Businesses, and through tuck-ins. We will also continue to seek to enter into public/private partnerships, including O&M, military and design, build and operate, which we refer to as DBO, contracts and services that complement our businesses. These transactions may result in:

 

   

incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities;

 

   

failure to have or to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

fluctuations in quarterly results;

 

   

exposure to unknown risk and liabilities, such as environmental liabilities; and

 

   

other acquisition-related expenses.

We may also experience difficulty in obtaining required regulatory approvals for acquisitions, and any regulatory approvals we obtain may require us to agree to costly and restrictive conditions imposed by regulators. Future sales of our common stock by RWE, as well as the restrictions in the registration rights agreement to be entered into with RWE, may make it more difficult or costly for us to raise additional equity to fund an acquisition or to issue shares as consideration in connection with an acquisition. We may not identify all significant risks when conducting due diligence for the transaction, and we could be exposed to potential liabilities for which we will not be indemnified. There may be difficulties integrating new businesses, including bringing newly acquired businesses up to the necessary level of regulatory compliance. The demands of

 

15


Table of Contents

identifying and transitioning newly acquired businesses or pursuing investment opportunities may also divert management’s attention from other business concerns and otherwise disrupt our business. Any of these risks may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We have recorded a significant amount of goodwill, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets causing us to record impairments that may negatively affect our results of operations.

Our total assets include substantial goodwill. At June 30, 2007, our goodwill totaled $2,962.6 million. The goodwill is associated primarily with the acquisition of American Water by an affiliate of RWE in 2003 and the acquisition of E’Town Corporation in 2001, representing the excess of the purchase price the purchaser paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is recorded at fair value on the date of an acquisition and, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” or SFAS No. 142, is reviewed annually or more frequently if changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Annual impairment reviews are performed in the fourth quarter. We have been required to reflect, as required by SFAS No. 142 and other applicable accounting rules, a non-cash charge to operating results for goodwill impairment in the amounts of $192.9 million in 2004, $396.3 million in 2005 and $227.8 million in 2006. These amounts include impairments relating to discontinued operations.

Our annual goodwill impairment test is completed during the fourth quarter. We have processes to monitor for interim triggering events. During the third quarter of 2007, as a result of our debt being placed on review for a possible downgrade and the proposed RWE Divestiture, management determined at that time that it was appropriate to update its valuation analysis before the next scheduled annual test.

Based on this assessment, we are performing an interim impairment test and expect to record an impairment charge to goodwill to our Regulated Businesses in the amount of approximately $243.3 million in the third quarter of 2007. The decline was primarily due to a slightly lower long-term earnings forecast caused by updated customer demand and usage expectations and expectations for timing of capital expenditures and rate recovery.

We may be required to recognize additional impairments in the future, depending on, among other factors, a decline over a period of time in the valuation multiples of comparable water utilities, a decline in the market value of our common stock and its value relative to our book equity at the consummation of this offering or a decline over a period of time of our stock price following the consummation of this offering. A decline in our forecasted results in our business plan, such as changes in rate case results or capital investment budgets or changes in our interest rates may also result in an incremental impairment charge. Further recognition of impairments of a significant portion of goodwill would negatively affect our results of operations and total capitalization, the effect of which could be material and could make it more difficult for us to secure financing on attractive terms and maintain compliance with our debt covenants.

Our Regulated Businesses compete with other regulated utilities, as well as strategic and financial buyers, for acquisition opportunities, which may hinder our ability to grow our business.

We compete with other regulated utilities, as well as strategic and financial buyers, for acquisition opportunities, including tuck-ins. Our competitors may impede our growth by purchasing water utilities near our existing operations, thereby preventing us from acquiring them. Competing utilities and strategic and financial buyers have challenged, and may in the future challenge, our applications for new service territories. Our growth could be hindered if we are not able to compete effectively for new territories with other companies or strategic and financial buyers that have lower costs of operations or that can submit more attractive bids.

The assets of our Regulated Businesses are subject to condemnation through eminent domain.

Municipalities and other government subdivisions have historically been involved in the provision of water and wastewater services in the United States, and organized movements may arise from time to time in one or

 

16


Table of Contents

more of the service areas in which our Regulated Businesses operate to convert our assets to public ownership and operation through the governmental power of eminent domain. Should a municipality or other government subdivision seek to acquire our assets through eminent domain, we may resist the acquisition. Contesting an exercise of condemnation through eminent domain may result in costly legal proceedings and may divert the attention of the affected Regulated Business’s management from the operation of its business.

The last sale of one of our water and wastewater systems under threat of condemnation occurred in 2003 in California. On March 1, 2007, our subsidiary, California American Water Company, was served by the San Lorenzo Valley Water District with court papers seeking to condemn our water and wastewater system in Felton, California, which serves approximately 1,300 customers. While we are contesting the condemnation, we might not prevail. If a municipality or other government subdivision succeeds in acquiring the assets of one or more of our Regulated Businesses through eminent domain, there is a risk that we will not receive adequate compensation for the business, that we will not be able to keep the compensation, or that we will not be able to divest the business without incurring significant one-time charges.

In order to consummate the proposed RWE Divestiture, we and RWE were required to obtain approvals from thirteen state PUCs. There can be no guarantee that some state PUC approvals already granted to us will not be appealed, withdrawn, modified or stayed.

To consummate the proposed RWE Divestiture, we and RWE obtained regulatory approvals from state PUCs in 13 states. The state PUC approval in Illinois has been appealed and the appeal period to challenge our state PUC approvals remains open in New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania. Thus, there can be no guarantee that our state PUC approvals in those states will not be appealed. Moreover, some of our existing state PUC approvals may be withdrawn or altered in the future by the state PUCs since they retain authority to withdraw or modify their prior decisions. There also can be no guarantee that, in conjunction with an appeal or otherwise, a stay or other form of injunctive relief will not be granted by a state PUC or reviewing court.

In addition, two of the regulatory approvals that we and RWE obtained expire 24 months from the date of effectiveness of this registration statement and another approval expires 36 months from that date. If RWE does not fully divest its ownership of American Water within 24 or 36 months of the effectiveness of this registration statement, then we and RWE may be required to seek an extension of such approvals, as applicable, which process may result in delays, costs and the imposition of additional conditions on us or on RWE.

In order to obtain the state PUC approvals to consummate the proposed RWE Divestiture we were required to accept certain conditions and restrictions that could increase our costs.

Some of the regulatory approvals contain conditions and restrictions, including reporting obligations; obligations to maintain appropriate credit worthiness; restrictions on changes of control, prohibitions on the pass-through of our initial Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance costs; prohibitions on the pass-through of costs of the Transactions; service quality and staffing level requirements; and the maintenance of specific collective bargaining agreements and retirement and certain other post employment benefit programs. These conditions and restrictions could increase our costs and adversely affect our business.

Our Non-Regulated Businesses, through American Water (excluding its regulated subsidiaries), provide performance guarantees and other forms of financial security to our public-sector clients that could be claimed by our clients or potential clients if we do not meet certain obligations.

Under the terms of some of our indebtedness and some of our agreements with the municipalities and other governmental entities, which we serve pursuant to O&M contracts, American Water (excluding its regulated subsidiaries) provides guarantees of the performance of our Non-Regulated Businesses, including financial guarantees or deposits to ensure performance of certain obligations. At June 30, 2007, we had guarantees and deposits totaling approximately $511.0 million, and this amount is likely to increase if our Non-Regulated

 

17


Table of Contents

Businesses grow. The presence of these contingent liabilities on our balance sheet may adversely affect our financial condition and make it more difficult for us to secure financing on attractive terms. In addition, if the obligor on the guaranteed instrument fails to perform certain obligations to the satisfaction of the party that holds the guarantee, that party may seek to enforce the guarantee against us or proceed against the deposit. In that event, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and liquidity could be adversely affected.

We operate a number of water and wastewater systems under O&M contracts and face the risk that the owners of those systems may fail to maintain those systems, which will negatively affect us as the operators of the systems.

We operate a number of water and wastewater systems under O&M contracts. Pursuant to these contracts, we operate the system according to the standards set forth in the applicable contract, where it is generally the responsibility of the owner to undertake capital improvements. In some cases, we may not be able to convince the owner to make needed improvements in order to maintain compliance with applicable regulations. Although violations and fines incurred by water and wastewater systems may be the responsibility of the owner of the system under these contracts, those non-compliance events may reflect poorly on us as the operator of the system and damage our reputation, and in some cases, may result in liability to the same extent as if we were the owner.

Our Non-Regulated Businesses are party to long-term contracts to operate and maintain water and wastewater systems under which we may incur costs in excess of payments received.

Some of our Non-Regulated Businesses enter into long-term contracts pursuant to which they agree to operate and maintain a municipality’s or other party’s water or wastewater treatment and delivery facilities in exchange for an annual fee. Our Non-Regulated Businesses are generally subject to the risk that costs associated with operating and maintaining the facilities may exceed the fees received from the municipality or other contracting party. In addition, directly or through our non-regulated subsidiaries, we often guarantee our Non-Regulated Businesses’ obligations under those contracts. Losses under these contracts or guarantees may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and liquidity.

We rely on our IT systems to assist with the management of our business and customer and supplier relationships, and a disruption of these systems could adversely affect our business.

Our IT systems are an integral part of our business, and a serious disruption of our IT systems could significantly limit our ability to manage and operate our business efficiently, which in turn could cause our business and competitive position to suffer and cause our results of operations to be reduced. We depend on our IT systems to bill customers, process orders, provide customer service, manage construction projects, manage our financial records, track assets, remotely monitor certain of our plants and facilities and manage human resources, inventory and accounts receivable collections. Our IT systems also allow us to purchase products from our suppliers and bill customers on a timely basis, maintain cost-effective operations and provide service to our customers. Our IT systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

 

   

power loss, computer systems failures and internet, telecommunications or data network failures;

 

   

operator negligence or improper operation by, or supervision of, employees;

 

   

physical and electronic loss of customer data or security breaches, misappropriation and similar events;

 

   

computer viruses;

 

   

intentional acts of vandalism and similar events; and

 

   

hurricanes, fires, floods, earthquakes and other natural disasters.

Such damages or interruptions may result in physical and electronic loss of customer or financial data, security breaches, misappropriation and similar events.

 

18


Table of Contents

In addition, we may not be successful in developing or acquiring technology that is competitive and responsive to the needs of our business and we might lack sufficient resources to make the necessary investments in technology to allow us to continue to operate at our current level of efficiency.

Our indebtedness could affect our business adversely and limit our ability to plan for or respond to changes in our business, and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our liquidity needs.

As of June 30, 2007, after giving effect to the Transactions, our pro forma indebtedness was $5,391.1 million, and our working capital, defined as current assets less current liabilities, was in a deficit position. Our indebtedness could have important consequences, including:

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital or capital expenditures;

 

   

exposing us to interest rate risk with respect to the portion of our indebtedness that bears interest at a variable rate;

 

   

limiting our ability to pay dividends on our common stock or make payments in connection with our other obligations;

 

   

likely requiring that a portion of our cash flow from operations be dedicated to the payment of the principal of and interest on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for future operations, acquisitions, dividends on our common stock or capital expenditures;

 

   

limiting our ability to take advantage of significant business opportunities, such as acquisition opportunities, and to react to changes in market or industry conditions; and

 

   

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to those of our competitors that have less debt.

In order to meet our capital expenditure needs, we may be required to make additional borrowings under our credit facilities or be required to issue new debt securities in the capital markets. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to access the debt capital markets or do so on favorable terms. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks we now face could intensify limiting our ability to refinance existing debt on favorable terms.

We will depend primarily on operations to fund our expenses and to pay the principal and interest on our outstanding debt. Our ability to meet our expenses thus depends on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. If we do not have enough money to pay the principal and interest on our outstanding debt, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow additional funds or sell additional equity. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if we are unable to incur indebtedness sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs, we may be unable to plan for or respond to changes in our business that would prevent us from maintaining or increasing our business and cause our operating results and prospects to be affected adversely.

Our failure to comply with restrictive covenants under our credit facilities could trigger prepayment obligations.

Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants under our credit facilities could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in us being required to repay or refinance (on less favorable terms) these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to repay or refinance (on less favorable terms) these borrowings, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by increased costs and rates. In 2007, we were not in compliance with reporting covenants contained in some of the debt agreements of our subsidiaries. Such defaults under the reporting covenants were caused by our delay in producing our quarterly and audited annual consolidated financial statements. We have obtained all necessary waivers under the agreements. We can provide no assurance that we will comply in the future with all our reporting covenants and will not face an event of default under our debt agreements, or that such default will be cured or waived.

 

19


Table of Contents

Work stoppages and other labor relations matters could adversely affect our results of operations.

Currently, approximately 3,400 employees, or approximately 50% of our total workforce, are unionized and represented by 18 different unions. Approximately one-third of our 75 union collective bargaining agreements expire annually, with 24 agreements covering 803 employees scheduled to expire before the end of 2007. We might not be able to renegotiate labor contracts on terms that are favorable to us and negotiations or dispute resolutions undertaken in connection with our labor contracts could be delayed or become subject to the risk of labor actions or work stoppages. Labor actions, work stoppages or the threat of work stoppages and our failure to obtain favorable labor contract terms during renegotiations may all adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and liquidity.

We currently have material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remedy our material weaknesses or otherwise maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or on a timely basis. Any inability to report and file our financial results in an accurate and timely manner could harm our business and adversely impact the trading price of our common stock.

After the consummation of this offering, we will become a public company. As a public company, we will be required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules and regulations that govern public companies. In particular, we will be required to certify our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the year ended December 31, 2008, which will require us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. However, since 2003, we have been an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, a stock corporation incorporated in the Federal Republic of Germany, and were not required to maintain a system of internal control consistent with the requirements of the SEC and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor to prepare our own financial statements. As a public reporting company, we will be required, among other things, to maintain a system of effective internal control over financial reporting suitable to prepare our publicly reported financial statements in a timely and accurate manner, and also to evaluate and report on such system of internal control.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2006, we and our independent registered public accountants have identified the following material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting:

 

   

Inadequate internal staffing and skills;

 

   

Inadequate controls over financial reporting processes;

 

   

Inadequate controls over month-end closing processes, including account reconciliations;

 

   

Inadequate controls over maintenance of contracts and agreements;

 

   

Inadequate controls over segregation of duties and restriction of access to key accounting applications; and

 

   

Inadequate controls over tax accounting and accruals.

We will need to allocate additional resources to enhance the quality of our staff and to remediate the deficiencies in our internal controls listed above.

 

20


Table of Contents

Each of these weaknesses could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we have identified all, or that we will not in the future have additional, material weaknesses, any of which may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, and cause future delays in filing our financial statements and periodic reports with the SEC. Any such delays in the filing of our financial statements and periodic reports may result in a loss of public confidence in the reliability of our financial statements and sanctions imposed on us by the SEC. We believe that such misstatements or delays could negatively impact our liquidity, access to capital markets, financial condition and the market value of our common stock or cause a downgrade in the credit ratings of American Water or American Water Capital Corp., our finance subsidiary, which we refer to as AWCC. These material weaknesses contributed to our inability to comply with reporting covenants in our debt agreements and those of our subsidiaries, and could hinder our ability to comply with such covenants in the future if we are not successful in remediating such weaknesses.

Risks Related to this Offering

There has been no prior public trading market for shares of our common stock since our acquisition by RWE, and an active trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering.

Since our acquisition by RWE in 2003, there has been no public market for our shares. It is likely that the initial public offering price for our shares will differ from the market price for our shares after the initial public offering. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our shares will develop. A significant portion of our shares may not trade following the offering because RWE will own approximately         % of our shares after the offering (or approximately         % of our shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). If no trading market develops, securities analysts may not initiate or maintain research coverage of us, which could further depress the market for our shares. The price of our shares could decline if one or more equity analysts downgrade our shares or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. Furthermore, our operating results and prospects from time to time may be below the expectations of market analysts and investors. As a result, investors may not be able to sell their shares at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

The initial public offering price for the shares of common stock being sold in this offering will be determined by negotiations between the representatives of the underwriters and the selling stockholder and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to fluctuations in the market price of our common stock caused by changes in our operating performance or prospects and other factors, including broad market fluctuations. Some specific factors that may have a significant effect on the market price of our common stock include:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results or future prospects;

 

   

the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

   

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

adverse conditions in the financial markets or general economic conditions, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism and responses to such events;

 

   

sales of common stock by us, the selling stockholder or members of our management team; and

 

   

changes in stock market analyst recommendations or earnings estimates regarding our common stock, other comparable companies or the water services industry generally.

 

21


Table of Contents

There has not been a public market for our common stock since our acquisition by RWE in 2003. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you buy. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.

Future sales of our shares, or the perception by the market that future sales of our shares may occur, could depress the market price of our common stock.

Future sales, or the perception of the availability for sale in the public market, of substantial amounts of our common stock could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of equity securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Following the Transactions, there will be              shares of our common stock outstanding.

The shares of common stock sold by RWE in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining              shares of common stock owned by RWE will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act but will be eligible for resale subject to applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 and the lock-up provisions described below. RWE has registration rights with respect to the common stock that they will retain following this offering and, subject to the lock-up provisions described in this prospectus, intends to fully divest its ownership of American Water as soon as reasonably practicable, subject to market conditions.

In addition, the equity units to be issued pursuant to a separate prospectus concurrently with this offering are effectively exchangeable into up to              freely tradable shares of our common stock on the third anniversary of that offering. Following the consummation of this offering, we intend to grant              restricted stock units and              stock options under our 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan, and are considering establishing an employee stock purchase plan, for which we would reserve              shares of our common stock to be issued and sold thereunder.

We, our executive officers and directors and the selling stockholder have agreed to a “lock-up,” meaning that, subject to specified exceptions, neither we nor they will sell any shares or engage in any hedging transactions without the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Following the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period, all of the              shares of our common stock held by our executive officers and directors and by the selling stockholder will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144.

We expect to pursue issuances of our common stock in order to meet our capital expenditure needs. We may also issue shares of our common stock, or other securities, from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments. The number of shares of our common stock or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that we may issue may in turn be significant. To the extent such shares or other securities are issued in private transactions, we may also grant registration rights covering those shares or other securities. Any additional capital raised through the sale of our equity securities may dilute your percentage ownership in us. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of the shares of common stock that may be sold into the public market in the future.

You may never receive dividends on your investment in our common stock, which may limit your returns.

We currently intend to declare and pay regular quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. See “Dividend Policy.” However, we are not legally or contractually required to pay dividends, and our board of directors may revise or discontinue our dividend policy at any time. In particular, our dividend policy may change upon a change in control.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our ability to pay dividends will depend on our ability to generate cash flow from operations in the future. This ability, to an extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. In addition, we are a holding company with no substantial assets. Because substantially all of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries, we will not be able to pay dividends unless we receive sufficient cash distributions from our operating subsidiaries. We cannot assure you, however, that our subsidiaries will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or have sufficient surplus or net profits, as the case may be, to make cash contributions to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, pay dividends or to fund our other liquidity needs. Our operating subsidiaries are subject to regulation by applicable state PUCs which may limit the ability of these subsidiaries to make distributions to us. Some of our debt agreements restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to pay dividends. We cannot assure you that the agreements governing our future indebtedness will permit us to pay dividends on our common stock. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” If we do not have sufficient cash to fund dividend payments, we would either reduce or eliminate dividends or rely on cash provided by financing activities to fund dividend payments, and such financing may or may not be available.

Our principal stockholder is in a position to affect our ongoing operations, corporate transactions and other matters, and its interests may conflict with or differ from your interests as a stockholder.

Upon the consummation of this offering, RWE will own approximately     % of our common stock (or approximately     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). As a result, RWE effectively will be able to significantly influence the outcome on virtually all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including the election of directors. So long as RWE continues to own a significant portion of the outstanding shares of our common stock, it will continue to be able to significantly influence the election of our directors, subject to compliance with applicable NYSE requirements, our decisions, policies, management and affairs and corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the approval of transactions involving a change in control. The interests of RWE and its affiliates may not coincide with the interests of our other stockholders.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, Delaware law and the laws of the states in which we operate may inhibit or discourage a takeover attempt and negatively affect the value of your shares.

Provisions of our charter documents, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the state in which we are organized, and the laws of the states in which we operate, could discourage potential acquisition proposals or make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of our company, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Upon the consummation of the offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide for various procedural and other requirements that could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect some corporate actions, or may deter, delay or prevent a third party from acquiring us. These provisions will include:

 

   

limitations on who may call special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

the inability of stockholders to act by written consent;

 

   

advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors and for stockholder proposals; and

 

   

the authority of our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, shares of preferred stock with such terms as our board of directors may determine and to issue additional shares of our common stock.

In addition, some of the states in which we operate have enacted laws that require regulatory approval for the acquisition of “control” of regulated utilities. The threshold for a change in control is a fact specific inquiry that varies by state. For instance, in some states, any person acquiring more than 9.9% of our common stock

 

23


Table of Contents

would need the prior approval of the applicable state PUC or a determination from such state PUC that “control” has not been acquired. In addition to ownership, other states may analyze the degree of influence or control an acquiror may exert over the company. Any person acquiring our common stock in this offering, through the concurrent offering of our equity units or in any other purchase of our common stock in a quantity sufficient to trigger a change in control under state law would need the prior approval of the applicable state PUC. For example, in Kentucky, KY. Rev. Stat. Ann. §278.020 requires that no person may acquire control of American Water without obtaining necessary regulatory approvals.

These provisions may discourage acquisition proposals and may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting stock or may delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer or proxy contest, which may negatively affect our stock price.

 

24


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have made statements under the captions “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and in other sections of this prospectus that are forward-looking statements. In some cases, these forward-looking statements can be identified by words with prospective meanings such as “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “predict,” “project,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “future,” “potential,” “continue,” “may,” “can,” “should” and “could” and similar expressions. Forward-looking statements may relate to, among other things, our future financial performance, our growth strategies, our ability to repay debt, our ability to finance current operations and growth initiatives, trends in our industry, regulatory or legal developments or rate adjustments.

Forward-looking statements are predictions based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding future events. They are not guarantees of any outcomes, financial results or levels of performance, and you are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon them. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, and new risks and uncertainties of which we are not currently aware or which we do not currently perceive may arise in the future from time to time. Should any of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our expectations or assumptions prove incorrect, then our results may vary materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements herein. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” and the following factors:

 

   

weather conditions, patterns or events, including drought or abnormally high rainfall;

 

   

changes in general economic, business and financial market conditions;

 

   

changes in laws, governmental regulations and policies, including environmental, health and water quality and public utility regulations and policies;

 

   

the decisions of governmental and regulatory bodies, including decisions to raise or lower rates;

 

   

the timeliness of regulatory commissions’ actions concerning rates;

 

   

migration into or out of our service territories;

 

   

our ability to obtain permits for expansion projects;

 

   

changes in customer demand for, and patterns of use of, water, such as may result from conservation efforts;

 

   

the availability of adequate and cost-effective supplies of chemicals, electricity, fuel, water and other raw materials that are needed for our operations;

 

   

our ability to successfully acquire and integrate water and wastewater systems that are complementary to our operations and the growth of our business;

 

   

our ability to manage the expansion of our business;

 

   

our ability to control operating expenses and to achieve efficiencies in our operations;

 

   

access to sufficient capital on satisfactory terms;

 

   

fluctuations in interest rates;

 

   

restrictive covenants in or changes to the credit ratings on our current or future debt that could increase our financing costs or affect our ability to borrow, make payments on debt or pay dividends;

 

   

changes in our credit rating;

 

   

changes in capital requirements;

 

   

the incurrence of impairment charges;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

difficulty in obtaining insurance at acceptable rates and on acceptable terms and conditions;

 

   

ability to retain and attract qualified employees;

 

   

cost overruns relating to improvements or the expansion of our operations; and

 

   

civil disturbance or terrorist threats or acts or public apprehension about future disturbances or terrorist threats or acts.

Any forward-looking statements we make speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we do not have any obligation, and we specifically disclaim any undertaking or intention, to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning the water and wastewater industry, its segments and related markets and our general expectations concerning such industry and its segments and related markets are based on management estimates. Such estimates are derived from publicly available information released by third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research and on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of such industry and markets, which we believe to be reasonable. We have estimated the number of people served by our water and wastewater systems (i) by multiplying the number of residential water and wastewater connections by average people per household based on 2000 United States Census data by state (average people per household varies by state but is generally between 2.4 to 3.0 individuals per household); (ii) by adjusting for some other customer classes, including commercial customers, and for bulk water sales and (iii) by reconciling drinking water and wastewater connections to avoid double counting population served where the same user has both drinking water and wastewater service. In some instances, population estimates for our Non-Regulated Businesses are based on either (i) specific population estimates from the client or (ii) population estimates based on the average volume of water processed by the applicable facilities. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry or similar data presented herein, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

26


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

All of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are being sold by the selling stockholder. For information about the selling stockholder, see “Principal and Selling Stockholder.” We will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholder.

EQUITY UNITS OFFERING

Concurrently with this offering of common stock, we are offering, by means of a separate prospectus, $             million of our equity units. Each equity unit will have a stated amount of $50 and will consist of a contract obligating the purchaser to purchase shares of common stock and a fixed-rate senior note initially due             . Pursuant to the purchase contracts, we will have an obligation to deliver, on or prior to             , shares of common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments as provided in the purchase contracts.

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from our sale of equity units of $            million, after deducting estimated expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock at an initial rate of $         per share per annum. The first such dividend will be declared and paid in the first quarter following the completion of this offering. The declaration, payment and amount of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition and results of operations, liquidity requirements, capital requirements of our subsidiaries, legal requirements, regulatory constraints and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

We are a holding company with no significant business operations of our own. All of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Dividends and loans from, and cash generated by, our subsidiaries will be our principal sources of cash to repay indebtedness, fund operations and pay dividends. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders will depend on the earnings and distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering—To pay dividends at intended levels, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control, including the ability to receive cash distributions from our subsidiaries. We may not receive sufficient distributions from our subsidiaries to pay dividends with respect to shares of our common stock.”

 

27


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2007 on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on June 30, 2007.

You should read this table in conjunction with, and this table is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the sections in this prospectus entitled “Summary Historical Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2007
     (dollars in thousands)
       Historical    Pro forma

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 51,445    $ 55,719
             

Short-term debt

     

RWE notes(1)

     141,000      —  

Short-term debt

     167      167
             

Total short-term debt

     141,167      167
             

Long-term debt of American Water

     

Redeemable preferred stock(2)

     1,750,000      —  

Long-term debt of AWCC

     

Private activity bonds and government funded debt

     86,860      86,860

Senior notes

     1,212,000      1,212,000

New senior notes(3)

     —        1,500,000

RWE notes(4)

     81,000      —  

Equity units (5)

     —        500,000

Long-term debt of other subsidiaries

     

Private activity bonds and government funded debt

     1,126,493      1,126,493

Mortgage bonds

     802,840      802,840

Senior notes

     53,500      53,500

Redeemable preferred stock at redemption value (6)

     24,856      24,856

Notes payable and other

     3,859      3,859

Unamortized debt discount, net

     80,545      80,545
             

Total long-term debt

     5,221,953      5,390,953
             

Total debt

     5,363,120      5,391,120
             

Equity

     

Common stockholders’ equity(7)(8)

     4,520,149      4,484,793

Preferred stock without mandatory redemption requirements

     4,568      4,568
             

Total equity

     4,524,717      4,489,361
             

Total capitalization including short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

   $ 9,887,837    $ 9,880,481
             

(1) In connection with the Refinancing, we will repay $141.0 million of short-term indebtedness owed to RWE.

 

(2) In connection with the Refinancing, on September 20, 2007 we redeemed $1,750.0 million of our preferred stock.

 

(3) In connection with the Refinancing, AWCC will issue $1,500.0 million of new senior notes.

 

(4) In connection with the Refinancing, we will repay $81.0 million of long-term indebtedness owed to RWE.

 

(5) In connection with the Refinancing, AWCC will issue approximately $500.0 million of equity units by a separate prospectus concurrently with this offering.
(6) Includes current portion of redeemable preferred stock.
(7) Does not include the common stock issuable upon settlement of the purchase contract included in the equity units being offered by a separate prospectus concurrently with this offering.
(8) Does not include the approximately $243.3 million goodwill impairment we expect to record in the third quarter of 2007 or the $150.0 million equity contribution from RWE on September 27, 2007.

 

28


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information have been developed by applying pro forma adjustments to the historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of American Water appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. See the explanatory note to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet gives effect to the Transactions (other than the non-cash equity contributions to the Company by RWE, which are each reflected in the historical balance sheet) as if they had occurred on June 30, 2007. The Transactions consist of the following:

 

   

The Merger, comprising:

 

   

The merger of Thames US Holdings into American Water with American Water being the surviving entity.

 

   

The Refinancing, comprising:

 

   

The non-cash equity contribution to the Company by RWE of $1,194.5 million of debt of our subsidiaries held by RWE on December 15, 2006, the non-cash equity contribution to the Company by RWE of $100.0 million of debt of our subsidiaries held by RWE on March 29, 2007 and the $550.0 million cash equity contribution to the Company by RWE on March 29, 2007, which was used to pay down $232.5 million of short-term debt and the remainder used for general working capital purposes;

 

   

The $1,750.0 million issuance of RWE redemption notes on September 20, 2007, which was used to fund the early redemption of $1,750.0 million of preferred stock held by RWE;

 

   

The issuance of approximately $1,500.0 million aggregate principal amount of new senior notes, less issuance costs, which will fund the repayment of $1,270.1 million aggregate principal amount of RWE redemption notes and $222.0 million (including after tax gains of $1.3 million) aggregate principal amount of RWE notes; and

 

   

The issuance of approximately $500.0 million of equity units, less issuance costs, to fund the repayment of approximately $479.9 million of RWE redemption notes with the balance of the net cash proceeds of approximately $4.3 million to be used for general corporate purposes.

 

   

The             -for-             split of common stock effected prior to this offering.

Upon completion of this offering the Company expects to pay approximately $2.8 million in completion bonuses to various key members of management. As of June 30, 2007, approximately $2.1 million has been accrued as a portion of the completion bonuses are not contingent on the successful completion of the offering and may be paid as cash bonuses. The unaccrued portion of the completion bonuses has not been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments and financial information do not include the approximately $243.3 million goodwill impairment we expect to record in the third quarter of 2007 or the $150.0 million equity contribution from RWE on September 27, 2007.

Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with these unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments and financial information:

 

   

are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances;

 

   

are presented for informational purposes only;

 

29


Table of Contents
   

do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial condition would have been had the Transactions actually occurred on the dates indicated; and

 

   

do not purport to project our results of operations or financial condition for any future period or as of any future date.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

30


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

     Historical     Pro forma
adjustments
    Pro forma  
     (dollars in thousands, except for share and per
share amounts)
 

Operating revenues

   $ 2,093,067     $ —       $ 2,093,067  

Operating expenses

      

Operation and maintenance

     1,174,544       1,700  (A)     1,176,244  

Depreciation and amortization

     259,181       —         259,181  

General taxes

     185,065       —         185,065  

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

     79       —         79  

Impairment charges

     221,685       —         221,685  
                        

Total operating expenses, net

     1,840,554       1,700       1,842,254  
                        

Operating income (loss)

     252,513       (1,700 )     250,813  
                        

Other income (deductions)

      

Interest

     (365,970 )     (4,370 )(B)     (297,067 )
       74,676  (C)  
       (1,403 )(H)  

Amortization of debt expense

     (5,062 )     (968 )(B)     (6,030 )

Other, net

     9,581       —         9,581  
                        

Total other income (deductions)

     (361,451 )     67,935       (293,516 )
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (108,938 )     66,235       (42,703 )

Provision for income taxes

     46,912       26,194  (E)     73,106  
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (155,850 )   $ 40,041     $ (115,809 )
                        

Unaudited pro forma earnings per share:

      

Basic

   $ (155,850 )    
            

Diluted

   $ (155,850 )    
            

Weighted average shares used in calculating earnings per share:

      

Basic

     1,000             (F)  
            

Diluted

     1,000             (G)  
            

See accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

31


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2007

 

     Historical     Pro forma
adjustments
    Pro forma  
     (dollars in thousands, except for share and
per share amounts)
 

Operating revenues

   $ 1,027,277     $ —       $ 1,027,277  

Operating expenses

      

Operation and maintenance

     581,999       510  (A)     582,509  

Depreciation and amortization

     132,764       —         132,764  

General taxes

     93,819       —         93,819  

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

     (6,113 )     —         (6,113 )

Impairment charges

     —         —         —    
                        

Total operating expenses, net

     802,469       510       802,979  
                        

Operating income (loss)

     224,808       (510 )     224,298  
                        

Other income (deductions)

      

Interest

     (142,970 )     (2,203 )(B)     (141,759 )
       4,116  (C)  
       (702 )(H)  

Amortization of debt expense

     (2,397 )     (484 )(B)     (2,881 )

Other, net

     7,351       —         7,351  
                        

Total other income (deductions)

     (138,016 )     727       (137,289 )
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     86,792       217       87,009  

Provision for income taxes

     34,378       85  (E)     34,463  
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 52,414     $ 132     $ 52,546  
                        

Unaudited pro forma earnings per share:

      

Basic

   $ 52,414      
            

Diluted

   $ 52,414      
            

Weighted average shares used in calculating earnings per share:

      

Basic

     1,000             (F)  
            

Diluted

     1,000             (G)  
            

See accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

32


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

June 30, 2007

 

     Historical    Pro forma
adjustments
    Pro forma
     (dollars in thousands)

ASSETS

       

Property, plant and equipment

       

Utility plant—at original cost, net of accumulated depreciation

   $ 8,806,066    $ —       $ 8,806,066

Nonutility property, net of accumulated depreciation

     109,525      —         109,525
                     

Total property, plant and equipment

     8,915,591      —         8,915,591
                     

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

     51,445      4,274  (B)(I)     55,719

Other current assets

     440,550      —         440,550
                     

Total current assets

     491,995      4,274       496,269
                     

Regulatory and other long-term assets

       

Goodwill

     2,962,564      —         2,962,564

Other regulatory and other long-term assets

     701,435      12,300  (D)     713,735
                     

Total regulatory and other long-term assets

     3,663,999      12,300       3,676,299
                     

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 13,071,585    $ 16,574     $ 13,088,159
                     

CAPITALIZATION & LIABILITIES

       

Capitalization

       

Common stockholders’ equity

   $ 4,520,149    $

 


 


 

1,346

(23,389


(13,653


340

 (I)

)(H)


)(D)


 (J)

  $ 4,484,793

Preferred stock without mandatory redemption requirements

     4,568      —         4,568

Long-term debt

       

Long-term debt

     3,335,579      (81,000 )(I)     3,254,579

Redeemable preferred stock at redemption value

     1,774,299      (1,750,000 )(I)     24,299

New senior notes

     —        1,500,000  (B)     1,500,000

Equity units

     —        500,000  (B)     500,000
                     

Total capitalization

     9,634,595      133,644       9,768,239
                     

Current liabilities

       

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

     253,242      (141,000 )(I)     112,242

Other current liabilities

    
373,216
    

 

881

4,425

 (E)

 (E)

    378,522
                     

Total current liabilities

     626,458      (135,694 )(I)     490,764
                     

Total regulatory and other long-term liabilities

     2,031,085     

 


 

(4,425

23,389


(340

)(E)

 (H)


)(J)

    2,049,709
                     

Contributions in aid of construction

     779,447      —         779,447
                     

TOTAL CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES

   $ 13,071,585    $ 16,574     $ 13,088,159
                     

See accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

33


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Explanatory Note: On September 28, 2007, Thames US Holdings was merged with and into American Water, with American Water as the surviving entity. American Water is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of RWE. The historical consolidated financial statements of American Water represent the consolidated results of the Company, formerly issued under the name Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies.

 

(A) Reflects the granting of              of unvested stock options and              restricted stock units to our employees in conjunction with this offering. The awards will be issued under the American Water 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan and will be recorded as equity awards. The awards vest over a 3-year period commencing January 1, 2007 and              unvested stock options and              restricted stock units are expected to vest over the three-year period based on our assessment of the probability of achieving performance conditions. The grant date value of the stock options at issuance was              using the following assumptions in a Black-Scholes model:              Exercise Price,              Expected Term,              Discount Rate,              Volatility,              Dividend Yield.

 

(B) The sources and uses of funds in connection with the Refinancing and the related impact on interest expense related to the Transactions are summarized below, which are defined and further discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Principal   Rate    

Interest
expense

12 months

   

Interest
expense

6 months

   

Debt expense

amortization

12 months

   

Debt expense

amortization

6 months

 
    (dollars in thousands)  

SOURCES:

           

RWE redemption notes(1)

  $ 1,750,000   5.72 %        

New senior notes(1)

    1,500,000   6.00 %(2)        

Equity units(1)

    500,000   6.00 %(2)        
               

Total sources

  $ 3,750,000     $ 120,000     $ 60,000      

USES:

           

Redeemable preferred stock(1)

  $ 1,750,000     $ (103,250 )   $ (51,625 )    

RWE redemption notes(1)

    1,750,000          

RWE notes(1)

    219,773       (12,380 )     (6,172 )    

Financing costs

    25,953         ($ 968 )   ($ 484 )
                                       

Total

    3,745,726       (115,630 )     (57,797 )     (968 )     (484 )
                                       

Net source (use)

  $ 4,274     $ 4,370     $ 2,203     ($ 968 )   ($ 484 )

  (1) The issuance of $1,750.0 million of RWE redemption notes on September 20, 2007 was used to fund the early redemption of $1,750.0 million of preferred stock held by RWE. $1,270.1 million of the proceeds of the new senior notes and $479.9 million of the proceeds of the equity units will be used to fund the early repayment of the RWE redemption notes. $219.8 million of the proceeds of the new senior notes will be used to fund the repayment of $222.0 million (including after tax gains of $1.3 million, net of $0.9 million of tax) of RWE notes.
 

(2)

Reflects the assumed blended interest rates in the case of the new senior notes and the notes associated with the equity units. A  1 / 8 % change to the assumed interest rates would impact earnings before tax by approximately $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007.

 

(C) Reflects the non-cash equity contribution to the Company by RWE of $1,194.5 million of debt of our subsidiaries held by RWE on December 15, 2006, the non-cash equity contribution to the Company by RWE of $100.0 million of debt of our subsidiaries held by RWE and the $550.0 million of cash equity contribution to the Company by RWE on March 29, 2007. The cash was used to pay down $232.5 million of short-term debt with the remainder used for general working capital purposes.

 

34


Table of Contents

The resulting reduction in interest expense is computed as follows:

 

       RWE Notes     RWE Notes     Revolver     Commercial
Paper
    Total
     (dollars in thousands)

Principal redemption

   $ 1,194,454     $ 100,000     $ 232,500     $ 232,500    

Calculated effective rate

     4.89 %     4.00 %     5.30 %     5.44 %     —  
                                      

Reduction in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006

   $ 58,353     $ 4,000     $ 12,323       —       $ 74,676
                                      

Reduction in interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2007

     —       $ 989       —   (2)   $ 3,127 (1)   $ 4,116
                                      

  (1) Reflects actual interest accrued from January 1, 2007 to March 27, 2007.

 

  (2) The revolving credit facility was fully repaid as of December 31, 2006.

 

(D) Reflects issuance costs that are expected to total $26.0 million, of which $13.7 million relating to the equity units has been reflected as a reduction to additional paid in capital, and $12.3 million associated with new senior notes (including $10.1 million with respect to the new senior notes and $2.2 million related to the notes associated with the equity units) has been reflected as other assets and will be amortized over the respective terms of each of the new notes.

 

(E) Represents the reduction in income tax expense resulting from the Transactions at the estimated blended tax rate of 39.6%. The deferred tax liability of $4.4 million associated with the preferred stock dividend was reclassified from long-term to short-term liabilities, and the $0.9 million estimated tax expense on the gains from early extinguishment of debt is reflected as a current liability.

 

(F) The number of common shares used to compute pro forma basic earnings per common share is             , which is the number of shares of our common stock assumed to be outstanding on the issuance date.

 

(G) The number of shares used to compute pro forma diluted earnings per share will be based on the number of shares of our common stock described in (F) above, plus the potential dilution that could occur if restricted stock units granted under the American Water 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan were exercised or converted into common stock. The number of shares used in computing pro forma diluted earnings per share have been adjusted to reflect              number of restricted units assumed to have been issued.

 

(H) The equity units have an assumed overall annual payment rate of         %. The assumed interest rate on the underlying notes is         % and the remainder is attributable to the contract adjustment payments, which includes imputed interest of $1.4 million (which is not disclosed in footnote (B) above calculated on the basis of the $23.4 million present value of the obligation to make contract adjustment payments at the estimated interest rate of 6%). The estimated present value of the obligation to make contract adjustment payments of $23.4 million is recorded as a long-term liability with a corresponding reduction of additional paid-in capital.

 

(I) Reflects the repurchase of RWE notes, the issuance and repayment of the RWE redemption notes, the issuance of equity units, the issuance of senior notes and the early redemption of preferred stock. The proceeds from the new senior notes will be used to fund the repayment of $222.0 million (including after tax gains of $1.3 million) aggregate principal amount of RWE notes and to fund the repayment of $1,270.1 million of RWE redemption notes with the remaining net proceeds to be used for general corporate purposes. The gain of $1.3 million, after income taxes, on the early extinguishment of the RWE notes is calculated as the difference between the assumed interest rate of the 10-year tranche of the new senior notes and the weighted-average interest rate on the RWE notes. The gain has been recorded as a capital contribution from RWE.

 

(J) Reflects the adjustment of the restricted stock units from liability-classified awards to equity-classified awards as of the completion of this offering resulting in a reclassification of $0.3 million of current liabilities to additional paid-in capital.

 

35


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents our selected historical consolidated financial data at the dates and for the periods indicated. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial data as of December 31, 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The financial data as of June 30, 2006 and 2007 and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. See footnote 1 to the table below. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results for the periods presented. The results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim period or for the entire fiscal year. The financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2002 have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of Thames Water Holdings, Incorporated, which we refer to as Predecessor, the statement of operation for the year ended December 31, 2003, and the financial data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our historical financial statements, in each case, which are not included in this prospectus.

Our historical consolidated financial data are not necessarily indicative of our future performance or what our financial position and results of operations would have been if we had operated as a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods shown. This financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the information in the section in this prospectus entitled “Summary Historical Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data”, “Use of Proceeds”, “Capitalization”, “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     

For the years ended

December 31,

   

For the

six months ended
June 30,

 
   
    2002(1)     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
    (Predecessor)
(unaudited)
    (unaudited)                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
          (dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)  

Statement of operations data(2):

               

Operating revenues

  $ 198,835     $ 1,890,291     $ 2,017,871     $ 2,136,746     $ 2,093,067     $ 1,007,691     $ 1,027,277  
 

Operating expenses

               

Operation and maintenance

    99,571       1,089,071       1,121,970       1,201,566       1,174,544       562,072       581,999  

Depreciation and amortization

    20,659       210,588       225,260       261,364       259,181       128,728       132,764  

General taxes

    24,480       164,677       170,165       183,324       185,065       94,756       93,819  

Loss (gain) on sale of assets(3)

    —         (16,771 )     (8,611 )     (6,517 )     79       (1,795 )     (6,113 )

Impairment charges

    182,256       3,555       78,688       385,434       221,685       —         —    
                                                       

Total operating expenses, net

    326,966       1,451,120       1,587,472       2,025,171       1,840,554       783,761       802,469  
                                                       

Operating income (loss)

    (128,131 )       439,171       430,399       111,575       252,513       223,930       224,808  
                                                       

Other income (deductions)

               

Interest

    (26,734 )     (280,501 )     (315,944 )     (345,257 )     (365,970 )     (178,968 )     (142,970 )

Amortization of debt expense

    —         (3,872 )     (3,377 )     (4,367 )     (5,062 )     (1,678 )     (2,397 )

Other, net(4)

    5,343       (52,387 )     14,350       13,898       9,581       4,927       7,351  
                                                       

Total other income (deductions)

    (21,391 )     (336,760 )     (304,971 )     (335,726 )     (361,451 )     (175,719 )     (138,016 )
                                                       
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    (149,522 )     102,411       125,428       (224,151 )     (108,938 )     48,211       86,792  
                                                       

Provision for income taxes

    8,895       60,271       66,328       50,979       46,912       20,056       34,378  
                                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ (158,417 )   $ 42,140     $ 59,100     $ (275,130 )   $ (155,850 )   $ 28,155     $ 52,414  
                                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations per basic common share(5)

  $ (158,417 )   $ 42,140     $ 59,100     $ (275,130 )   $ (155,850 )   $ 28,155     $ 52,414  
                                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations per common diluted share(5)

  $ (158,417 )   $ 42,140     $ 59,100     $ (275,130 )   $ (155,850 )   $ 28,155     $ 52,414  
                                                       

Basic weighted average common shares(5)

    1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000  
                                                       

Diluted weighted average common shares(5)

    1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000  
                                                       

 

36


Table of Contents
     

For the years ended

December 31,

   

For the six months ended
June 30,

 
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)  

Other data:

         

Cash flows provided by (used in):

         

Operating activities

  $ 458,408     $ 525,435     $ 323,748     $ 66,723     $ 136,181  

Investing activities

    (545,903 )     (530,165 )     (691,438 )     (241,724 )     (279,441 )

Financing activities

    95,254       (9,049 )     332,367       133,391       164,951  

Construction expenditures

    (546,241 )     (558,446 )     (688,843 )     (235,818 )     (307,726 )
    As of December 31,   As of
June 30,
  2002(1)   2003   2004   2005   2006   2007
    (Predecessor)
(unaudited)
  (unaudited)               (unaudited)

Balance sheet data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 24,232   $ 71,097   $ 78,856   $ 65,077   $ 29,754   $ 51,445

Utility plant and property, net of depreciation

    772,052     7,377,195     7,754,434     8,101,769     8,605,341     8,806,066

Total assets

    1,297,587     12,629,354     12,728,410     12,542,029     12,783,059     13,071,585
 

Other short term and long term debt

    806,770     5,063,344     5,101,891     5,030,078     4,103,532     3,588,821

Redeemable preferred stock

    12,000     1,787,777     1,775,224     1,774,691     1,774,475     1,774,299

Total debt

    818,770     6,851,121     6,877,115     6,804,769     5,878,007     5,363,120

Common stockholder equity

    106,229     3,198,144     3,129,555     2,804,716     3,817,397     4,520,149

Preferred stock without mandatory redemption requirements

         5,687     4,651     4,571     4,568     4,568

(1) Principally reflects the historical financial data of Elizabethtown Water Company.

 

(2) On September 28, 2007, Thames US Holdings was merged with and into American Water, with American Water as the surviving entity. American Water is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of RWE. The historical consolidated financial statements of American Water represent the consolidated results of the Company, formerly issued under the name Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies.

 

(3) Represents primarily losses (gains) on sales of publicly traded securities and dispositions of assets not needed in utility operations.

 

(4) Includes allowance for other funds used during construction, allowance for borrowed funds used during construction and preferred dividends of subsidiaries.

 

(5) The number of shares used to compute income (loss) from continuing operations per basic share and income (loss) from continuing operations per diluted common share for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 is 1,000 (the number of common shares outstanding during such period) as no dilutive options or instruments were outstanding during these periods.

 

37


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations covers periods prior to the consummation of the Transactions. Accordingly, the discussion and analysis of historical periods does not reflect the significant impact that the Transactions will have on us. You should read the following discussion together with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. The cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Founded in 1886, American Water is the largest investor-owned United States water and wastewater utility company, as measured both by operating revenue and population served. Our nearly 6,900 employees provide approximately 16.2 million people with drinking water, wastewater and other water-related services in 32 states and Ontario, Canada. In 2006, we generated $2,093.1 million in total operating revenue, representing approximately four times the operating revenue of the next largest investor-owned company in the United States water and wastewater business, and $252.5 million in operating income, which includes $221.7 million of impairment charges relating to continuing operations, and a net loss of $162.2 million.

Our primary business involves the ownership of water and wastewater utilities that provide water and wastewater services to residential, commercial and industrial customers. Our Regulated Businesses that provide these services are generally subject to economic regulation by state PUCs in the states in which they operate. The federal government and the states also regulate environmental, health and safety and water quality matters. Our Regulated Businesses currently provide services in 20 states and in 2006 served approximately 3.3 million customers, or connections to our water and wastewater networks. We report the results of this business in our Regulated Businesses segment. In 2006, our Regulated Businesses generated $1,854.6 million in operating revenue, prior to inter-segment eliminations, representing 88.6% of our consolidated operating revenue.

We also provide services that are not subject to economic regulation by state PUCs. Our Non-Regulated Businesses include our:

 

   

Contracts Operations Group, which enters into public/private partnerships, including O&M and DBO contracts for the provision of services to water and wastewater facilities for municipalities, the United States military and other customers;

 

   

Applied Water Management Group, which works with customers to design, build and operate small water and wastewater treatment plants; and

 

   

Homeowner Services Group, which provides services to domestic homeowners to protect against the cost of repairing broken or leaking pipes inside and outside their homes.

We report the results of this business in our Non-Regulated Businesses segment. In 2006, our Non-Regulated Businesses generated $248.5 million in operating revenue, prior to inter-segment eliminations.

History

Prior to being acquired by RWE in 2003, we were the largest publicly traded water utility company in the United States. In 2003, we were acquired by RWE and became a private company. Prior to the Merger, Thames US Holdings, formerly an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, was the holding company for us and our

 

38


Table of Contents

regulated and unregulated subsidiaries throughout the United States and Ontario, Canada. Our consolidated statements of operations, statements of cash flow and changes in common stockholder’s equity and comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 and consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and as of June 30, 2007 have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Thames US Holdings and its subsidiaries.

Our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 reflect expense allocations for some central corporate functions historically provided to us by RWE, including information systems, human resources, accounting and treasury activities and legal services. These allocations reflect expenses specifically identifiable as relating to our business as well as our share of expenses allocated to us based on capital employed, capital expenditures, headcount, revenues, production volumes, fixed costs, environmental accruals or other methods management considers to be reasonable. We and RWE consider these allocations to be a reasonable reflection of our utilization of the services provided by RWE.  However, our expenses as a separate, stand-alone company may be higher or lower than the amounts reflected in our consolidated statements of operations.

The RWE acquisition resulted in certain changes in our business. For example, our operations and management were managed through Thames Water Plc, which we refer to as Thames Water, a former subsidiary of RWE. Also, we agreed not to file rate cases with some state PUCs for specified periods of time as a condition of the acquisition. As of June 30, 2007, all rate stay-out provisions had expired.

As a result of significantly increased costs, our inability to file rate cases and impairment charges, we recorded net losses in the amount of $64.9 million, $325.0 million and $162.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

In 2005, RWE decided to divest American Water through the sale of shares in one or more public offerings. In order to become a public company once again, we have had to incur substantial initial costs, including costs associated with ensuring adequate internal control over financial reporting in order to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These substantial initial costs are not recoverable in rates charged to our customers. See “—Our Internal Control and Remediation Initiatives.”

We performed valuations of our long-lived assets, investments and goodwill, as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006. As a result of the valuation analyses, we recorded pretax charges of $216.0 million, $420.4 million and $227.8 million, including impairment charges from discontinued operations, for the years ended December 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. As a result, this reduced net income by $200.5 million, $388.6 million and $223.6 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

The Company estimates the fair value of our long-lived assets, investments and goodwill using available market values, discounted cash flow models from our business plan or a combination of market and discounted cash flow values. Annual impairment reviews are performed in the fourth quarter. There are a number of significant assumptions reflected in our valuation analyses. These include market interest rates used for discounting future cash flows, market value assumptions using market valuation multiples of comparable water utilities and revenue and operating income growth assumptions in our business plan. We base these assumptions on our best estimates of the Company’s future performance and available market information at the time. Any decline over a period of time in the valuation multiples of comparable water utilities, a decline in the market value of our common stock and its value relative to our book equity at the consummation of this offering or a decline over a period of time of our stock price following the consummation of this offering could result in additional impairments. A decline in our forecasted results in our business plan, such as changes in rate case results or capital investment budgets or an increase in interest rates, may also result in an incremental impairment charge. In accordance with GAAP, the Company reviews goodwill annually, or more frequently, if changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. See “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.”

 

39


Table of Contents

Our Internal Control and Remediation Initiatives

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. However, since 2003, we have been an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, a stock corporation organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany, and were not required to maintain a system of internal control consistent with the requirements of the SEC and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor to prepare our own financial statements. As a public reporting company, we will be required, among other things, to maintain a system of effective internal control over financial reporting suitable to prepare our publicly reported financial statements in a timely and accurate manner, and also to evaluate and report on such system of internal control. In particular, we will be required to certify our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the year ended December 31, 2008, which will require us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2006, we and our independent registered public accountants have identified the following material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting:

 

   

Inadequate internal staffing and skills;

 

   

Inadequate controls over financial reporting processes;

 

   

Inadequate controls over month-end closing processes, including account reconciliations;

 

   

Inadequate controls over maintenance of contracts and agreements;

 

   

Inadequate controls over segregation of duties and restriction of access to key accounting applications; and

 

   

Inadequate controls over tax accounting and accruals.

Since joining the Company in 2006, Donald L. Correll, our Chief Executive Officer, and Ellen C. Wolf, our Chief Financial Officer, have assigned a high priority to the evaluation and remediation of our internal controls, and have taken numerous steps to remediate these material weaknesses and to evaluate and strengthen our other internal controls over financial reporting. Some of the actions taken include:

 

   

Increasing our internal financial staff numbers and skill levels, and using external resources to supplement our internal staff where necessary;

 

   

Implementing detailed processes and procedures related to our period end financial closing processes, key accounting applications and our financial reporting processes;

 

   

Implementing or enhancing systems used in the financial reporting processes and month-end close processes;

 

   

Conducting extensive training on existing and newly developed processes and procedures as well as explaining to employees Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements and the value of internal controls;

 

   

Enhancing our internal audit staff;

 

   

Hiring a director of internal control and a director of taxes;

 

   

Implementing a tracking mechanism and new policy and procedure for approval of all contracts and agreements; and

 

   

Retaining a nationally recognized accounting and auditing firm to assist management in developing policies and procedures surrounding internal controls over financial reporting, to evaluate and test these internal controls and to assist in the remediation of internal control deficiencies.

 

40


Table of Contents

We have allocated significant additional resources, including the hiring of additional staff, to remediate the material weaknesses identified above. As of June 30, 2007, the Company has incurred $33.8 million to remediate these material weaknesses and to document and test key financial reporting controls. We will need to allocate additional resources to enhance the quality of our staff and to remediate these material weaknesses. As a condition to state PUC approval of the RWE Divestiture, we agreed that costs incurred in connection with our initial internal control and remediation initiatives would not be recoverable in rates charged to our customers.

Elements of our remediation activities can only be accomplished over time, and our initiatives provide no assurances that they will result in an effective internal control environment. Our board of directors, in coordination with our audit committee, will continually assess the progress and sufficiency of these initiatives and make adjustments, as necessary.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

As the largest investor-owned United States water and wastewater utility company, as measured both by operating revenue and population served, our financial condition and results of operations are influenced by a variety of industry-wide factors, including the following:

 

   

economic utility regulation;

 

   

the need for infrastructure investment;

 

   

compliance with environmental, health and safety standards;

 

   

production costs;

 

   

customer growth;

 

   

an overall trend of declining water usage per customer; and

 

   

weather and seasonality.

Since our acquisition by RWE in 2003, our results of operations have also been significantly influenced by goodwill impairments.

Factors that may affect the results of operations of our Regulated Businesses’ operating performance are mitigated by state PUCs granting us appropriate rate relief that is designed to allow us to recover prudently incurred expenses and to earn an appropriate rate of return on our investment.

Economic Utility Regulation

Our subsidiaries in the states in which we operate our Regulated Businesses are generally subject to extensive economic regulation by their respective state PUCs. Although specific authority might differ from state to state, in most states, these state PUCs must approve rates, accounting treatments, long-term financing programs, significant capital expenditures and plant additions, transactions between the regulated subsidiary and affiliated entities, reorganizations and mergers and acquisitions, in many instances prior to their completion. Regulatory policies not only vary from state to state, they may change over time. These policies will affect the timing as well as the extent of recovery of expenses and the realized return on invested capital.

Our operating revenue is typically determined by reference to the volume of water supplied to a customer multiplied by a price-per-gallon set by a tariff approved by the relevant state PUC. The process to obtain approval for a change in rates, or rate case, involves filing a petition with the state PUC on a periodic basis as determined by our capital expenditures needs and our operating costs. Rate cases and other rate-related proceedings can take several months to a year or more to complete. Therefore, there is frequently a delay, or regulatory lag, between the time one of our regulated subsidiaries makes a capital investment or incurs an operating expense increase and when those costs are reflected in rates. The management team at each of our regulated subsidiaries works to minimize regulatory lag.

 

41


Table of Contents

Our results of operations are significantly affected by rates authorized by the state PUCs in the states in which we operate, and we are subject to risks and uncertainties associated with delayed or inadequate rate recovery. In addition to the formal rate case filings, we generate revenues through other cost recovery procedures. For example, some states in which we operate allow utility subsidiaries to recover system infrastructure replacement costs without the necessity of filing a full rate proceeding. Since infrastructure replacement is a significant element of capital expenditures made by our subsidiaries, such programs can reduce regulatory lag.

Currently, Pennsylvania, Illinois, Missouri, Indiana, New York, California and Ohio have allowed the use of these infrastructure surcharges. These surcharges adjust periodically based on qualified capital expenditures being completed or anticipated in a future period. These surcharges are typically reset to zero when new base rates are effective and incorporate the costs of these infrastructure expenditures. We anticipate an increase in revenues of approximately $16.0 million in 2007, assuming constant sales volumes, as a result of these infrastructure surcharges.

Some states have permitted use of some form of forecast or forward looking test year instead of historical data to set rates. Examples of these states include Illinois, Kentucky, Ohio, New York and California. In addition, a number of states in which we operate have allowed the utility to update historical data for some changes that occur for some limited period of time subsequent to the historical test year. This allows the utility to take account of some more current costs or capital investments in the rate-setting process. Examples of these states include New Mexico, Texas, Missouri, Iowa, Virginia, Pennsylvania, Maryland, West Virginia, New Jersey and Arizona.

Another regulatory mechanism to address issues of regulatory lag includes the ability, in some circumstances, to recover in rates a return on utility plant before it is actually in service, instead of capitalizing an allowance for funds used during construction. Examples of states that have allowed such recovery include Iowa, Texas, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky and California.

The infrastructure surcharge, the forward looking test year and the allowance of a return on utility plant before it is actually in service, are examples of mechanisms that present an opportunity to limit the risks associated with regulatory lag. We employ each of these mechanisms as part of our rate case management program to ensure efficient recovery of our costs and investment and to ensure positive short-term liquidity and long-term profitability.

As a condition to our acquisition by RWE in 2003, we agreed not to file rate cases in some of the states where our Regulated Businesses operate, and our recent inactivity in rate-making is therefore not indicative of our future performance in securing appropriate and timely rate recovery through the filing of rate cases. As of June 30, 2007, all material rate stay-out provisions had expired. We have four general rate cases pending that were filed in 2006 that would provide $79.1 million in additional annualized revenues, assuming constant sales volumes, if approved as filed. During the first six months of 2007, our subsidiaries filed general rate cases in seven states that would provide $125.5 million in additional annualized revenues, assuming constant sales volumes, if approved as filed. In the first six months of 2007 we received authorizations for $81.0 million of additional annualized revenues from rates, assuming constant sales volumes. We have filed (or expect to file soon) general rate cases in six additional states before the end of 2007 that would provide $52.6 million in additional annualized revenues, assuming constant sales volumes, if approved as filed. In addition, we expect to continue to receive additional revenues through infrastructure replacement surcharges. There is no assurance that the complete amount, or any portion thereof, of any requested increases will be granted.

Infrastructure Investment

The water and wastewater utility industry is highly capital intensive. Over the next five years, we estimate that Company-funded capital investment will total between $4,000 and $4,500 million. We anticipate spending between $700 and $900 million yearly on Company-funded capital investment for the foreseeable future, depending upon the timing of major capital projects. Our capital investment includes both infrastructure renewal programs, where we replace existing infrastructure, as needed, and construction of facilities to meet new

 

42


Table of Contents

customer growth. Over the next five years, we estimate we will invest approximately $1,800 million to replace aging infrastructure including mains, meters, and supply and treatment facilities. We estimate that we will invest approximately $1,300 million in facilities to serve new customer growth over this same period. In addition, we estimate that complying with water quality standards and other regulatory requirements will require approximately $750 million of investment. Projects to enhance system reliability, security and efficiency, or to meet other needs are projected to account for approximately an additional $400 million of investment over this same period.

These capital investments are needed on an ongoing basis to comply with existing and new regulations, renew aging treatment and network assets, provide capacity for new growth and enhance system reliability, security and quality of service. The need for continuous investment presents a challenge due to the potential for regulatory lag, or the delay in recovering our operating expenses and earning an appropriate rate of return on our invested capital and a return of our invested capital. Because the decisions of state PUCs and the timing of those decisions can have a significant impact on the operations and earnings of our Regulated Businesses, we maintain a rate case management program guided by the goals of obtaining efficient recovery of costs of capital and utility operation and maintenance costs, including costs incurred for compliance with environmental, health and safety and water quality regulation. As discussed above under “—Economic Utility Regulation,” we pursue methods to minimize the adverse impact of regulatory lag and have worked with state PUCs and legislatures to implement a number of approaches to achieve this result, including promoting the implementation of forms of forward-looking test years and infrastructure surcharges.

Compliance with Environmental, Health and Safety Standards

Our water and wastewater operations are subject to extensive United States federal, state and local and, in the case of our Canadian operations, Canadian laws and regulations, governing the protection of the environment, health and safety, the quality of the water we deliver to our customers, water allocation rights, and the manner in which we collect, treat and discharge wastewater. These requirements include the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Clean Water Act and similar state and Canadian laws and regulations. We are also required to obtain various environmental permits from regulatory agencies for our operations. State PUCs also set conditions and standards for the water and wastewater services we deliver. We incur substantial costs associated with compliance with environmental, health and safety and water quality regulation to which our Regulated Businesses are subject.

Environmental, health and safety and water quality regulations are complex and change frequently, and the overall trend has been that they have become more stringent over time. We face the risk that as newer or stricter standards are introduced, they could increase our operating expenses. In the past, we have generally been able to recover expenses associated with compliance for environmental, health and safety standards, but this recovery is affected by regulatory lag and the corresponding uncertainties surrounding rate recovery.

Production Costs

Our water and wastewater services require significant production inputs and result in significant production costs. These costs include fuel and power, which is used to operate pumps and other equipment, purchased water and chemicals used to treat water and wastewater. We also incur production costs for waste disposal. For 2006, production costs accounted for approximately 14.4% of our total operating costs. Prices associated with these inputs impact our results of operations until rate relief is granted.

Customer Growth

Customer growth in our Regulated Businesses is driven by (i) organic population growth within our authorized service areas and (ii) by adding new customers to our regulated customer base by acquiring water and wastewater utility systems through acquisitions. Generally, we add customers through tuck-ins of small water and/or wastewater systems, typically serving fewer than 10,000 customers, in close geographic proximity to where we currently operate our Regulated Businesses. We also seek large acquisitions that allow us to acquire

 

43


Table of Contents

multiple water and wastewater utility systems in our existing markets and markets where we currently do not operate our Regulated Businesses. During 2004, 2005, and 2006, we had cash outflows of $1.6 million, $5.0 million and $12.5 million, respectively, for acquisitions of water and wastewater systems which allowed us to expand our regulated customer base. Our most recent significant acquisition was the 2002 purchase of the water and wastewater assets of Citizens Communications Company, adding approximately 300,000 customers in six states in which we had existing operations. We intend to continue to expand our regulated footprint geographically by acquiring water and wastewater systems in our existing markets and some markets in the United States where we do not currently operate our Regulated Businesses. Our experienced development team evaluates potential acquisition targets across the country, particularly in higher-growth areas. Before entering new markets, we will evaluate the regulatory environment to ensure that we will have the opportunity to achieve an appropriate return on our investment while maintaining our high standards for quality, reliability and compliance with environmental, health and safety and water quality standards. These acquisitions may include large acquisitions of companies that have operations in multiple markets. For further information, see “Our Business—Our Regulated Businesses—Acquisitions”.

Declining Water Usage Per Customer

Increased water conservation, including through the use of more efficient household fixtures and appliances among residential consumers, combined with declining household sizes in the United States, has contributed to a trend of declining water usage per residential customer.

The average annual change in residential water usage per customer from January 1998 through December 2006 (as a percentage of January 1998 usage) in the larger states served by our Regulated Businesses ranged from –0.76% per year in New Jersey at the low end to as high as –1.72% per year in West Virginia.

Because the characteristics of residential water use are driven by many factors, including socio-economic and other demographic characteristics of our service areas, climate, seasonal weather patterns and water rates, these declining trends vary by state and service area and change over time. The trend of declining residential water usage per customer is higher in the predominantly rural states served by our Regulated Businesses. We do not believe that the trend in any particular state or region will have a disproportionate impact on our results of operations.

Our Regulated Businesses are heavily dependent upon operating revenue generated from rates we charge to our residential customers for the volume of water they use. Declining usage will have a negative impact on our long-term operating revenues if we are unable to secure rate increases or to grow our residential customer base to the extent necessary to offset the residential usage decline.

Weather and Seasonality

Our ability to meet the existing and future water demands of our customers depends on an adequate supply of water. Drought, overuse of sources of water, the protection of threatened species or habitats or other factors may limit the availability of ground and surface water. Also, customer usage of water is affected by weather conditions, in particular during the summer. Our water systems experience higher demand in the summer due to the warmer temperatures and increased usage by customers for lawn irrigation and other outdoor uses. Summer weather that is cooler and wetter than average generally serves to suppress customer water demand, and can have a downward effect on our operating revenue and operating income. Conversely, when weather conditions are extremely dry, our systems may be affected by drought-related warnings and/or water usage restrictions imposed by governmental agencies, also serving to reduce water allocation due to passing-flow requirements, customer demand and operating revenue. These restrictions may be imposed at a regional or state level and may affect our service areas regardless of our readiness to meet unrestricted customer demands. We employ a variety of measures to ensure that we have adequate sources of water supply, both in the short term and over the long term. For additional detail concerning these measures, see “Business—Our Regulated Businesses—Overview of Networks, Facilities and Water Supply.”

 

44


Table of Contents

The geographic diversity of our service areas tends to mitigate some of the effect of weather extremes. In any given summer, some areas are likely to experience drier than average weather while other areas will experience wetter than average weather.

Goodwill Impairment

At June 30, 2007, our goodwill totaled $2,962.6 million. The goodwill is associated primarily with the acquisition of American Water by an affiliate of RWE in 2003 and the acquisition of E’Town Corporation in 2001, representing the excess of the purchase price the purchaser paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. As required by applicable accounting rules and principles, we have been required to reflect a non-cash charge to operating results for goodwill impairment in the amounts of $192.9 million in 2004, $396.3 million in 2005 and $227.8 million in 2006. These amounts include impairments relating to discontinued operations.

Our annual goodwill impairment test is completed during the fourth quarter. We have processes to monitor for interim triggering events. During the third quarter of 2007, as a result of our debt being placed on review for a possible downgrade and the proposed RWE Divestiture, management determined at that time it was appropriate to update its valuation analysis before the next scheduled annual test.

Based on this assessment, we are performing an interim impairment test and expect to record an impairment charge to goodwill to our Regulated Businesses in the amount of approximately $243.3 million in the third quarter of 2007. The decline was primarily due to a slightly lower long-term earnings forecast caused by updated customer demand and usage expectations and expectations for timing of capital expenditures and rate recovery.

We may be required to recognize additional impairments in the future due to, among other things, a decline in the market value of our stock, a decline in our forecasted results as compared to the business plan, changes in interest rates or a change in rate case results. Further recognition of additional material impairments of goodwill would negatively affect our results of operations and total capitalization.

 

45


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007:

 

    For the years ended December 31,     For the six months ended June 30,  
    2004     2005     2006             2006                     2007          
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (dollars in thousands except for share and per share data)  

Operating revenues

  $ 2,017,871     $ 2,136,746     $ 2,093,067     $ 1,007,691     $ 1,027,277  
                                       

Operating expenses

         

Operation and maintenance

    1,121,970       1,201,566       1,174,544       562,072       581,999  

Depreciation and amortization

    225,260       261,364       259,181       128,728       132,764  

General taxes

    170,165       183,324       185,065       94,756       93,819  

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    (8,611 )     (6,517 )     79       (1,795 )     (6,113 )

Impairment charges

    78,688       385,434       221,685       —         —    
                                       

Total operating expenses, net

    1,587,472       2,025,171       1,840,554       783,761       802,469  
                                       

Operating income (loss)

    430,399       111,575       252,513       223,930       224,808  
                                       

Other income (deductions)

         

Interest

    (315,944 )     (345,257 )     (365,970 )     (178,968 )     (142,970 )

Allowance for other funds used during construction

    5,476       5,810       5,980       3,145       3,169  

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

    2,923       2,420       2,652       1,366       1,512  

Amortization of debt expense

    (3,377 )     (4,367 )     (5,062 )     (1,678 )     (2,397 )

Preferred dividends of subsidiaries

    (410 )     (227 )     (215 )     (112 )     (113 )

Other, net

    6,361       5,895       1,164       528       2,783  
                                       

Total other income (deductions)

    (304,971 )     (335,726 )     (361,451 )     (175,719 )     (138,016 )
                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    125,428       (224,151 )     (108,938 )     48,211       86,792  
                                       

Provision for income taxes

    66,328       50,979       46,912       20,056       34,378  
                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    59,100       (275,130 )     (155,850 )     28,155       52,414  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    (124,018 )     (49,910 )     (6,393 )     1,703       (551 )
                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ (64,918 )   $ (325,040 )   $ (162,243 )   $ 29,858     $ 51,863  
                                       

Net income (loss) per common share:

         

Basic

         

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 59,100     $ (275,130 )   $ (155,850 )   $ 28,155     $ 52,414  
                                       

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

  $ (124,018 )   $ (49,910 )   $ (6,393 )   $ 1,703     $ (551 )
                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ (64,918 )   $ (325,040 )   $ (162,243 )   $ 29,858     $ 51,863  
                                       

Diluted

         

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 59,100     $ (275,130 )   $ (155,850 )   $ 28,155     $ 52,414  
                                       

Income (loss) discontinued operations, net of tax

  $ (124,018 )   $ (49,910 )   $ (6,393 )   $ 1,703     $ (551 )
                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ (64,918 )   $ (325,040 )   $ (162,243 )   $ 29,858     $ 51,863  
                                       

Average common shares outstanding during the period:

         

Basic

    1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000  
                                       

Diluted

    1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000       1,000  
                                       

 

46


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes certain financial information for our Regulated and Non-Regulated Businesses for the periods indicated (without giving effect to inter-segment eliminations):

 

    For the years ended December 31,     For the six months ended June 30,
      2004   2005     2006     2006   2007
    Regulated
Businesses
 

Non-

Regulated
Businesses

  Regulated
Businesses
 

Non-

Regulated
Businesses

    Regulated
Businesses
 

Non-

Regulated
Businesses

    Regulated
Businesses
 

Non-

Regulated
Businesses

  Regulated
Businesses
 

Non-

Regulated
Businesses

                                (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)

Operating revenues

  $ 1,748,004   $ 290,037   $ 1,836,061   $ 310,771     $ 1,854,618   $ 248,451     $ 883,017   $ 129,428   $ 927,910   $ 106,960

Adjusted EBIT 1

  $ 482,127   $ 17,117   $ 469,921   $ (106 )   $ 468,701   $ (4,725 )   $ 220,555   $ 342   $ 210,052   $ 14,031

(1)

Refer to Note 21 of the audited consolidated financial statements for the Company’s definition of Adjusted EBIT.

Our primary business involves the ownership of water and wastewater utilities that provide water and wastewater services to residential, commercial and industrial customers. As such, our results of operations are significantly impacted by rates authorized by the state PUCs in the states in which we operate. The table below details the annualized revenues (assuming constant sales volumes) resulting from rate authorizations, including distribution infrastructure and other surcharges, granted in 2004, 2005, 2006 and through June 30, 2007.

 

     Annualized Rate Increases Granted
       During the years
       2004         2005        2006        2007  
     (dollars in millions)

State

          

New Jersey

   $ 29.7     $ —      $ —      $ 56.2

Pennsylvania

     28.6       5.8      8.0      6.6

Missouri

     (0.4 )     —        6.8      2.6

Illinois

     —         —        0.9      1.7

Indiana

     2.7       0.9      1.8      —  

California

     7.2       8.4      15.1      0.5

West Virginia

     1.8       10.0      —        —  

Other

     9.5       9.9      8.7      13.4
                            

Total

   $ 79.1     $ 35.0    $ 41.3    $ 81.0
                            

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2007 to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006

Operating revenues . Our consolidated operating revenues increased $19.6 million, or 1.9%, from $1,007.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006, to $1,027.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. An increase in operating revenues for our Regulated Businesses was somewhat offset by a decrease in operating revenues for our Non-Regulated Businesses. The increase in the Regulated Businesses operating revenues was primarily due to rate increases obtained through general rate cases in New Jersey, California, Arizona and other states, totaling approximately $26.5 million. In addition, rate increases obtained through infrastructure surcharges, primarily in Pennsylvania, Missouri, Illinois and Indiana, totaled approximately $8.0 million. Water service operating revenues increased due to growth of 0.9% in our Regulated Businesses customer base. Water sales volume associated with existing customers increased by 0.4% for our Regulated Businesses.

 

47


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the percentage of our Regulated Businesses operating revenues and water sales volume by customer class:

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     Operating Revenues     Water Sales Volume  
       2006         2007         2006         2007    

Water service:

        

Residential

   57.3 %   57.7 %   51.6 %   52.3 %

Commercial

   19.5 %   19.0 %   21.9 %   21.8 %

Industrial

   5.1 %   5.0 %   11.1 %   10.8 %

Public and other

   13.1 %   12.6 %   15.4 %   15.1 %

Other water revenues

   1.1 %   1.7 %   —       —    
                        

Total water revenues

   96.1 %   96.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                        

Wastewater service

   3.7 %   3.8 %    

Management fees

   0.2 %   0.2 %    
                
   100.0 %   100.0 %    
                

Water Services— Water service operating revenues from residential customers for the six months ended June 30, 2007 amounted to $535.3 million, a 5.9% increase over the same period in 2006 primarily due to rate increases and changes in sales volume. The volume of water sold to residential customers increased by 2.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2007 to 99.1 billion gallons, from 96.9 billion gallons for the same period in 2006, largely as a result of favorable weather conditions and an increased residential customer base.

Water service operating revenues from commercial customers for the six months ended June 30, 2007 amounted to $176.0 million, a 2.3% increase over the same period in 2006, primarily due to rate increases and changes in sales volume. The volume of water sold to commercial customers increased by 0.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2007 to 41.3 billion gallons, from 41.1 billion gallons for the same period in 2006, with favorable weather conditions being offset by declines in our commercial customer base.

Water service operating revenues from industrial customers for the six months ended June 30, 2007 amounted to $46.1 million, a 3.0% increase over the same period in 2006, primarily due to rate increases and changes in sales volume. The volume of water sold to industrial customers decreased by 2.0% for the six months ended June 30, 2007 to 20.5 billion gallons, from 20.9 billion gallons for the same period in 2006, largely as a result of the loss of industrial customers due to economic and business conditions in our service area.

Water service operating revenues from public and other customers for the six months ended June 30, 2007 amounted to $116.7 million, a 0.6% increase over the same period in 2006. Water service operating revenues from municipal governments for fire protection services and customers requiring special private fire service facilities for the six months ended June 30, 2007 amounted to $49.2 million, a 2.0% decrease over the same period in 2006. Water service operating revenues from governmental entities and resale customers for the six months ended June 30, 2007 amounted to $67.5 million, a 2.6% increase over the same period in 2006.

Wastewater Services— Our subsidiaries provide wastewater services in 11 states. Operating revenues from these services increased by 7.9% to $35.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007, from $32.8 million for the same period in 2006. The increase was attributable to 1.5% growth in the number of wastewater customers served, with the remainder of the change due to increases in rates charged to customers in states where we have wastewater operations (principally Arizona, Hawaii and New Jersey).

Our Non-Regulated Businesses operating revenues decreased by $22.4 million, or 17.3%, from $129.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006 to $107.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007.

 

48


Table of Contents

The decline was primarily attributable to the inclusion in 2006 of approximately $28.5 million in operating revenues for work performed under a contract to design and build the Lake Pleasant Water Treatment Plant in Phoenix, Arizona. Pursuant to our DBO contract with the city of Phoenix, Arizona, we served as the lead contractor in connection with the construction of the Lake Pleasant facility, which includes an 80 million gallon per day surface water treatment plant and granular activated carbon reactivation system. The Lake Pleasant facility is significantly larger in size and function compared to other projects with which we have been engaged. However, we do not expect the completion of this project to have a material impact on our results of operations. The decrease in our Non-Regulated Businesses operating revenues also reflects operating contracts that ended during 2006. These decreases were partially offset by expansion into new geographic markets by the Homeowners Services Group (Virginia and Trenton, New Jersey) and a new contract awarded to American Water Enterprises in Fillmore, California for a DBO project.

Operation and maintenance. Our consolidated operation and maintenance expense increased $19.9 million, or 3.5%, from $562.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006, to $582.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007.

Operation and maintenance expense by major category was as follows:

 

     For the six months ended June 30,
               2006                    2007        
     (dollars in thousands)

Production costs

   $ 121,431    $ 131,397

Employee-related costs

     205,853      223,262

Operating supplies and services

     142,380      134,166

Maintenance materials and services

     44,078      54,703

Customer billing and accounting

     25,430      17,473

Other

     22,900      20,998
             

Total

   $ 562,072    $ 581,999
             

Production costs, including fuel and power, purchased water, chemicals and waste disposal increased by 8.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to higher energy costs, which are mainly due to increased production, as well as higher electricity prices as rate freezes resulting from electricity deregulation expired in some states in which we operate.

Employee-related costs including wage and salary, group insurance, and pension expense increased by 8.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006. These costs represented 36.6%, and 38.4% of operation and maintenance expense for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively. The increase in 2007 was due to higher wage, salary and group insurance expenses in our Regulated Businesses, primarily resulting from an increase in the number of employees and wage rate increases. This increase was offset by a reduction in pension expense. Pension expense in excess of the amount contributed to the pension plans is deferred by some of our regulated subsidiaries pending future recovery in rates as contributions are made to the plans. The decrease is primarily attributable to lower pension expense for those regulated subsidiaries as a result of reduced pension contributions. In addition, pension expense for the six months ended June 30, 2006 included additional pension expense due to curtailment charges.

Operating supplies and services include the day-to-day expenses of office operation, legal and other professional services, as well as information systems and other office equipment and facility rental charges. For the six months ended June 30, 2007, these costs decreased by 5.8% compared to the same period in 2006. A significant factor contributing to the decrease was approximately $27.6 million of expenses associated with the design and build of the Lake Pleasant Water Treatment Plant in Phoenix, Arizona which were included in operating supplies and services for the six months ended June 30, 2006. The decrease also reflects

 

49


Table of Contents

Non-Regulated Businesses operating contracts that ended during 2006, and a decline in design and build activity by the Applied Water Management Group due to a downturn in new home construction. Offsetting the decrease was additional expense associated with several new operating contracts and expansion into new markets by the Homeowner Services Group.

In addition, offsetting the decline in operating supplies and services was an increase in accounting, legal and consulting costs. Our remediation efforts in connection with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act resulted in an increase of $14.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007, as compared to the same period in 2006. Transportation costs for the six months ended June 30, 2007 increased by $2.4 million due to increased vehicle leasing costs and higher gasoline prices. Also included in the six months ended June 30, 2006 was a recovery of $2.4 million previously disallowed in the regulatory process by our Indiana subsidiary. Expenses related to the RWE Divestiture were $2.3 million lower for the six months ended June 30, 2007 than in the same period in 2006 as regulatory approval activity related to the divestiture declined.

Maintenance materials and services, which include emergency repairs as well as costs for preventive maintenance, increased by 24.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006. This increase was primarily the result of a larger number of main breaks in the first quarter of 2007 compared to the first quarter of 2006 experienced by several of our operating subsidiaries due to winter weather conditions.

Customer billing and accounting expenses decreased by 31.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006. Lower uncollectible accounts expense by our regulated subsidiaries as a result of an increased focus on collection of past due accounts contributed to the decrease.

Other operation and maintenance expenses include casualty and liability insurance premiums and regulatory costs. These costs decreased by 8.3% in 2007 primarily due to a reduction in insurance cost resulting from favorable claims experience.

Depreciation and amortization. Our consolidated depreciation and amortization expense increased $4.1 million, or 3.2%, from $128.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006, to $132.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The increase was primarily due to property placed in service, net of retirements, of approximately $319.9 million as a result of an increased focus on infrastructure spending mainly in our Regulated Businesses.

General taxes. Our consolidated general taxes expense, which includes taxes for property, payroll, gross receipts and other miscellaneous items, decreased $1.0 million, or 1.1%, from $94.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006, to $93.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to lower taxes for expatriates because employees seconded by Thames Water to American Water were no longer employed by American Water in 2007.

Loss (gain) on sale of assets. Our consolidated gain on sale of assets increased $4.3 million, or 238.9%, from $(1.8) million for the six months ended June 30, 2006, to $(6.1) million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. This line of our Statement of Operations represents loss (gain) on non-recurring sales of assets not needed in our utility operations.

Other income (deductions). Interest expense, the primary component of our consolidated other income (deductions), decreased $36.0 million, or 20.1%, from $179.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006, to $143.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The decline was primarily due to the repayment of outstanding debt with new equity contributions from RWE in order to establish a capital structure that is consistent with other regulated utilities and also to meet the capital structure expectations of various state regulatory commissions. This decrease was offset slightly by an increase in interest expense of our Regulated Businesses of $7.4 million mainly due to increased borrowings to fund capital programs.

 

50


Table of Contents

Provision for income taxes. Our consolidated provision for income taxes increased $14.3 million, or 71.1%, from $20.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006, to $34.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The increase reflects a 80.0% increase in pre-tax income for the six months ended June 30, 2007, as compared with the same period in 2006. The effective tax rates for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 were 41.6% and 39.6%, respectively.

Net income (loss). Our consolidated net income including results from discontinued operations increased $22.0 million, or 73.6%, from $29.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006, to $51.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. The increase is the result of the changes discussed above.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Operating revenues . Our consolidated operating revenues decreased $43.6 million, or 2.0%, from $2,136.7 million for 2005 to $2,093.1 million for 2006. A decline in operating revenues associated with our Non-Regulated Businesses was partially offset by an overall increase in operating revenues from our Regulated Businesses.

Operating revenues from our Regulated Businesses increased by $18.6 million in 2006 compared to 2005, even with a 2.0% decline in water sales volume primarily due to weather fluctuations in 2006, as compared to 2005. The increase was primarily due to rate increases obtained through general rate cases in Arizona, California and New York as well as other states totaling $12.4 million. In addition, infrastructure surcharges in Pennsylvania, Missouri, Indiana, Illinois, and Ohio provided $13.7 million in additional operating revenues. Operating revenue also increased due to the addition of approximately 1.5%, or 51,000 customers, in our Regulated Businesses customer base through small acquisitions to our service areas and through growth in existing service areas.

The following table sets forth the percentage of our Regulated Businesses operating revenues and water sales volume by customer class:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     Operating Revenues     Water Sales Volume  
         2005             2006             2005             2006      

Water service:

        

Residential

   58.2 %   57.6 %   52.4 %   52.1 %

Commercial

   19.3 %   19.6 %   21.9 %   22.0 %

Industrial

   5.3 %   5.0 %   10.6 %   10.6 %

Public and other

   12.2 %   12.5 %   15.1 %   15.3 %

Other water revenues

   1.4 %   1.4 %   —       —    
                        

Total water revenues

   96.4 %   96.1 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                        

Wastewater service

   3.4 %   3.7 %    

Management fees

   0.2 %   0.2 %    
                
   100.0 %   100.0 %    
                

Water Services— Water service operating revenues from residential customers in 2006 amounted to $1,068.2 million, relatively unchanged from 2005, as rate increases offset changes in sales volume. The volume of water sold to residential customers decreased by 2.5% in 2006 to 217.2 billion gallons, from 222.8 billion gallons for 2005, primarily as a result of wetter and cooler weather conditions in some of our larger states, including New Jersey, Pennsylvania and Indiana and decreased usage related to enhanced conservation education, the installation of low-flow appliances and reduced household sizes.

 

51


Table of Contents

Water service operating revenues from commercial customers in 2006 amounted to $362.7 million, a 2.5% increase over 2005, primarily due to rate increases offset by changes in sales volume. The volume of water sold to commercial customers decreased by 1.7% in 2006 to 91.6 billion gallons, from 93.2 billion gallons for 2005, driven by a 0.4% decline in our commercial customer base due to economic conditions in our service areas with the remainder primarily attributable to weather conditions.

Water service operating revenues from industrial customers in 2006 amounted to $92.0 million, a 5.4% decrease over 2005, primarily due to changes in sales volume. The volume of water sold to industrial customers decreased by 1.8% in 2006 to 44.4 billion gallons, from 45.2 billion gallons for 2005, driven primarily by the loss of customers due to economic and business conditions in our service areas.

Water service operating revenues from public and other customers for 2006 amounted to $231.5 million, a 3.6% increase over 2005 primarily due to rate increases and changes in sales volume. Water service operating revenues from municipal governments for fire protection services and customers requiring special private fire service facilities for 2006 amounted to $98.5 million, a 9.6% increase from 2005. Water service operating revenues from governmental entities and resale customers 2006 amounted to $133.0 million, a 0.4% decrease from 2005.

Wastewater Services— Our subsidiaries provide wastewater services in 11 states. Operating revenues from these services increased by 8.1% to $68.1 million for 2006, from $63.0 million for 2005. The increases were attributable to 4.3% growth in the number of wastewater customers served, with the remainder due to rate increases.

Non-Regulated Businesses operating revenues decreased by $62.3 million, or 20.0% from $310.8 million for 2005 to $248.5 million for 2006. The decrease was primarily due to a decline of approximately $63.4 million in operating revenue, representing the effects of the completion of work performed under a contract to design and build the Lake Pleasant Water Treatment Plant in Phoenix, Arizona. The decrease in operating revenues also reflects the cessation of operating contracts in Houston, Texas; Hazelton, Pennsylvania; and Dedham, Massachusetts that ended during fiscal 2006 and the non-renewal of unprofitable contracts in several smaller communities. The discontinuance of these contracts resulted in a decrease of $11.3 million in aggregate revenue in 2006 compared to 2005. Partially offsetting the decrease was $8.7 million of increased revenue related to the expansion into new markets by the Applied Water Management Group and the Homeowner Services Group, as well as $3.7 million of additional revenues from organic growth of existing O&M contracts, including capital improvement projects performed on behalf of Sioux City, Iowa and a new contract in Fillmore, California for a DBO project.

Operation and maintenance. Our consolidated operation and maintenance expense decreased $27.1 million, or 2.3%, from $1,201.6 million for 2005, to $1,174.5 million for 2006.

Operation and maintenance expense by major category was as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,
             2005                    2006        
     (dollars in thousands)

Production costs

   $ 262,629    $ 264,385

Employee-related costs

     408,834      446,231

Operating supplies and services

     338,052      268,199

Maintenance materials and services

     97,866      96,502

Customer billing and accounting

     44,413      55,601

Other

     49,772      43,626
             

Total

   $ 1,201,566    $ 1,174,544
             

Production costs, including fuel and power, purchased water, chemicals and waste disposal, increased by 0.7% in 2006 compared to 2005. Increases in chemical prices and energy costs in our Regulated Businesses were

 

52


Table of Contents

the principal drivers of the increase, mitigated by the overall decline in water sales and decreases in costs resulting from reduced Non-Regulated Businesses activities. Energy costs increased due to higher electricity prices as rate freezes resulting from electricity deregulation expired in some states in which we operate. The unit cost of water produced was up 7.3% in 2006 compared to 2005.

Employee-related costs include wage and salary, group insurance, pension expense and expenses related to our long-term incentive plan, which we refer to as the LTIP, for certain key employees. These costs represented 38.0% of operation and maintenance expense in 2006 and increased 9.1% in 2006 as compared to 2005. Wage and salary expenses were up $22.2 million, or 6.9%, in 2006 due to salary increases and workforce additions. The LTIP accounted for $3.1 million of the increase. Group insurance expense, which includes the cost of providing current health care and life insurance benefits as well as the expected cost of providing postretirement benefits, increased 15.1% in 2006 as a result of workforce additions and higher group insurance premiums associated with our active employees. In addition, the cost accrued for postretirement benefits in 2006 also increased due to lower than expected returns on plan assets and a decrease in the discount rate actuarial assumption. Pension expense increased by 32.5% in 2006 compared to 2005, due to lower than expected returns on plan assets and a decrease in the discount rate actuarial assumption. Additionally, our contributions to a defined contribution plan for employees increased over 2005 as the number of program participants increased.

Operating supplies and services include the day-to-day expenses of office operation, legal and other professional services, as well as information systems and other office equipment and facility rental charges. These costs decreased by 20.7% in 2006 compared to 2005. The expenses in this category include rents, general office expense, and other miscellaneous expenses. A significant factor contributing to the decrease was approximately $63.0 million of expenses associated with the timing of project activity for the design and build of the Lake Pleasant Water Treatment Plant in Phoenix, Arizona. The majority of the project activity occurred during 2005. These Non-Regulated Businesses operating expenses also decreased as a result of the aforementioned operating and maintenance contracts that ended during 2006. These cost reductions were offset by additional expenses related to expansion into new markets by the Applied Water Management Group and Homeowner Services Group, as well as costs associated with several new O&M contracts. These changes resulted in a decrease of $54.0 million in operating supplies and services by our Non-Regulated Businesses in 2006 as compared to 2005.

In addition to the decline in our Non-Regulated Businesses operating supplies and services, there was a decrease in accounting, legal and consulting costs in 2006. A significant portion of the decrease was due to lower management charges allocated from Thames Water of $7.7 million in 2006 as compared to 2005 and a recovery of $2.4 million previously disallowed in the regulatory process for our Indiana subsidiary. During 2005, the Company also recorded $3.5 million in expense relating to a special program established to protect the environment along the central coastal area of California. In addition, there was a decrease of $3.9 million relating to costs incurred in 2005 that were subsequently not allowed to be recovered in rates at our Kentucky subsidiary. These decreases were offset by higher expenses related to the RWE Divestiture of $7.4 million and increased costs related to the Company’s compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of $3.8 million from 2005 to 2006.

Maintenance materials and services, which include emergency repairs as well as costs for preventive maintenance, decreased by 1.4% in 2006 compared to 2005. The cessation of some O&M contracts managed by our Non-Regulated Businesses was the primary reason for this decrease.

Customer billing and accounting expenses increased by 25.2% in 2006 compared to 2005, due to higher uncollectible expense due to a decline in the quality of our customer accounts receivable, increases in postage costs to mail customer bills and an increased number of bills being sent as a result of customer growth.

Other operation and maintenance expenses include casualty and liability insurance premiums and regulatory costs. Total other costs decreased in 2006 by 12.3% from 2005, due to improved claims experience following an increase in 2005. Regulatory costs increased during 2006 due to increased regulatory filings by our subsidiaries.

 

53


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization. Our consolidated depreciation and amortization expense decreased $2.2 million, or 0.8%, from $261.4 million for 2005, to $259.2 million for 2006. The decrease was primarily due to a write-off in 2005 of $21.6 million associated with an abandoned information technology project. This decrease was offset by an increase in depreciation expense due to property placed in service, net of retirements, of $697.1 million as a result of infrastructure replacement in our Regulated Businesses.

General taxes. Our consolidated general taxes expense, which includes taxes for property, payroll, gross receipts and other miscellaneous items, was relatively unchanged from $183.3 million for 2005 to $185.1 million for 2006. The increase was primarily due to higher gross receipts taxes as a result of increased Regulated Businesses operating revenues. Gross receipts and franchise taxes that vary based on operating revenues were higher by 7.5% in 2006 compared to 2005. Property and capital stock taxes that are assessed on the basis of tax values assigned to assets and capitalization were down 3% in 2006 compared to 2005 due to property tax appeals and dispositions.

Loss (gain) on sale of assets. Our consolidated gain on sale of assets was $(6.5) million for 2005, compared to a loss on sale of assets of $0.1 million for 2006. The decrease in 2006 was primarily due to the fact that 2005 included sales of various properties and investments not needed in our utility operations.

Impairment charges. Our consolidated impairment charges were $385.4 million for 2005 and $221.7 million for 2006. The 2005 impairment charge was primarily the result of a change in our strategic business plan for our Non-Regulated Businesses and lower margins than previously forecasted in our Regulated Businesses. The 2006 impairment charge was primarily attributable to higher interest rates in our Regulated Businesses and a change in the potential net realizable value of our Non-Regulated Businesses.

Other income (deductions). Interest expense, the primary component of our consolidated other income (deductions), increased $20.7 million, or 6.0%, from $345.3 million for 2005 to $366.0 million for 2006. This increase was primarily due to higher interest rates for new debt issuances, mitigated by overall reduced borrowings as a result of repaying outstanding debt with new equity contributions.

Provision for income taxes. Our consolidated provision for income taxes decreased $4.1 million, or 8.0%, from $51.0 million for 2005, to $46.9 million for 2006. This decrease was primarily due to the mix of taxable income by jurisdiction.

Net income (loss). Our consolidated net (loss), including results from discontinued operations, decreased $162.8 million, or 50.1%, from $(325.0) million for 2005, to $(162.2) million for 2006. The decrease was primarily due to the changes discussed above.

Comparison of Results of Operations for December 31, 2005 and 2004

Operating revenues . Our consolidated operating revenues increased $118.8 million, or 5.9%, from $2,017.9 million for 2004 to $2,136.7 million for 2005. The increase was primarily due to increased water sales volume of 3.1% from existing customers, increased customer growth, and the effects of rate increases granted to our regulated subsidiaries. In addition, revenues from our Non-Regulated Businesses increased primarily due to the timing of work performed on a design and build contract and expansion into new markets by Applied Water Management Group and Homeowner Services Group, offset in part by the cessation of some operations contracts.

Operating revenues from our Regulated Businesses increased $88.1 million, or 5.0%, from $1,748.0 million for 2004 to $1,836.1 million for 2005. The increase was primarily due to rate increases from general rate cases in California, Kentucky, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania and West Virginia as well as other states totaling

$34.6 million. In addition, infrastructure related provisions in Indiana, Ohio and Pennsylvania provided $6.5 million in additional operating revenues. Operating revenues also increased due to the addition of nearly 38,000 new customers and a 2.6% increase in water sales volume from existing customers over 2004 due to favorable weather conditions in the summer of 2005.

 

54


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the percentage of our Regulated Businesses operating revenues and water volume by customer class:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     Operating Revenues     Water Sales Volume  
         2004             2005             2004             2005      

Water service:

        

Residential

   57.6 %   58.2 %   50.6 %   52.4 %

Commercial

   19.5 %   19.3 %   23.2 %   21.9 %

Industrial

   5.7 %   5.3 %   10.9 %   10.6 %

Public and other

   12.5 %   12.2 %   15.3 %   15.1 %

Other water revenues

   1.2 %   1.4 %   —       —    
                        

Total water revenues

   96.5 %   96.4 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                        

Wastewater service

   3.3 %   3.4 %    

Management fees

   0.2 %   0.2 %    
                
   100.0 %   100.0 %    
                

Water Services— Water service operating revenues from residential customers in 2005 amounted to $1,068.1 million, a 6.1% increase over those for 2004 primarily due to rate increases and changes in sales volume. The volume of water sold to residential customers increased by 7.2% in 2005 to 222.8 billion gallons, from 207.8 billion gallons for 2004.

Water service operating revenues from commercial customers in 2005 amounted to $353.7 million, a 3.9% increase over 2004 primarily due to rate increases offset by changes in sales volume. The volume of water sold to commercial customers decreased by 2.0% in 2005 to 93.2 billion gallons, from 95.1 billion gallons for 2004.

Water service operating revenues from industrial customers in 2005 amounted to $97.2 million, a 2.6% decrease over 2004 primarily due to changes in sales volume offset by rate increases. The decrease was largely the result of the loss of industrial customers due to economic and business conditions in communities we serve.

Water service operating revenues from public and other customers for 2005 amounted to $223.4 million, a 2.4% increase over 2004 primarily due to rate increases and changes in sales volume. Water service operating revenues from municipal governments for fire protection services and customers requiring special private fire service facilities for 2005 amounted to $89.9 million, a 4.1% decrease over 2004. Water service operating revenues from governmental entities and resale customers in 2005 amounted to $133.5 million, an 7.4% increase over 2004.

Wastewater Services— Our subsidiaries provide wastewater services in 11 states. Operating revenues from these services increased by 9.8% to $63.0 million for 2005, from $57.4 million for 2004. The increases were attributable to rate increases and 3.7% wastewater customer growth in our service areas.

Operating Revenues for our Non-Regulated Businesses increased $20.8 million, or 7.2%, from $290.0 million for 2004, to $310.8 million for 2005. The increase was primarily for work substantially completed in 2004 on the design and build of the Lake Pleasant Water Treatment Plant in Phoenix, Arizona. This resulted in approximately $50.3 million in additional operating revenues. The increase was partially offset by work performed on the design and build of a wastewater plant adjoining existing facilities at Camp Creek in Fulton County, Georgia of approximately $28.6 million. The increase in operating revenues also includes expansion into new markets by the Applied Water Management Group and Homeowner Services Group and general price increases in operating contracts for 2005, partly offset by operation and maintenance contracts that ended in 2005. Offsetting these increases were lower production costs from the Non-Regulated Businesses primarily due to operating contracts that ended in 2005.

 

55


Table of Contents

Operation and maintenance. Our consolidated operation and maintenance expense increased $79.6 million or 7.1%, from $1,122.0 million for 2004 to $1,201.6 million for 2005.

Operation and maintenance expense by major category was as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,
       2004    2005
     (dollars in thousands)

Production costs

   $ 248,487    $ 262,629

Employee-related costs

     407,661      408,834

Operating supplies and services

     289,329      338,052

Maintenance materials and services

     90,620      97,866

Customer billing and accounting

     42,460      44,413

Other

     43,413      49,772
             

Total

   $ 1,121,970    $ 1,201,566
             

Production costs, including fuel and power, purchased water, chemicals and waste disposal, increased by 5.7% in 2005 compared to 2004. Higher chemical prices and energy costs were the principal drivers of the increase, along with the incremental costs associated with increased sales volume. Offsetting these increases were lower production costs from the Non-Regulated Businesses primarily due to operating contracts that ended in 2005.

Employee-related costs include wage and salary, group insurance, and pension expense. These costs increased 0.3% in 2005 compared to 2004. Wage and salary expense decreased by 1.2% in 2005 compared to 2004. Group insurance expense increased by 6.5% in 2005 compared to 2004. The total expense in 2004 was higher than normal as a result of severance and other compensation related costs associated with organizational restructuring during that year. Pension expense increased by 1.9% in 2005 compared to 2004. The increase was due primarily to a decrease in the discount rate actuarial assumption. Pension expense in excess of the amount contributed to the pension plans is deferred by some regulated subsidiaries pending future recovery in rates charged for water services as contributions are made to the plans.

Operating supplies and services include the day-to-day expenses of office operation, legal and other professional services, as well as information systems and other office equipment and facility rental charges. These costs increased by 16.8% in 2005 compared to 2004. The increase in operating expense in 2005 compared to 2004 for our Non-Regulated Businesses was mainly attributable to approximately $49.8 million of costs associated with the Lake Pleasant Water Treatment Plant in Phoenix, Arizona. The additional increase can be attributed to a number of items, including increased costs due to the expansion into new markets by the Applied Water Management Group and Homeowner Services Group, increased business development costs due to enhanced emphasis on exploring potential business growth opportunities and higher administrative costs associated with a management restructuring of our contract operations. Offsetting these expenses were lower costs related to the Camp Creek project in Fulton County, Georgia of approximately $27.6 million. Operating supplies and services expenses also decreased as a result of the contracts that ended during 2005, partially offset by the new contracts awarded and Consumer Price Index increases in existing contracts.

In addition to the increase in Non-Regulated Businesses operating supplies and services, a portion of the increase was due to higher management charges allocated from Thames Water of $2.4 million in 2005 as compared to 2004. During 2005, we also recorded $3.5 million in expense relating to a special program established to protect the environment along the central coastal area of California.

Maintenance materials and services, which include emergency repairs as well as costs for preventive maintenance, increased by 8.0% in 2005 compared to 2004. The increase was primarily due to costs associated with main breaks, as well as tank painting.

 

56


Table of Contents

Customer billing and accounting expenses increased by 4.6% in 2005 compared to 2004, due to higher uncollectible expense resulting from a decline in the quality of our customer accounts receivable, increases in postage costs to mail customer bills and an increase in the number of bills mailed as a result of customer growth.

Other operation and maintenance expenses increased by 14.6% in 2005 compared to 2004. These expenses include casualty and liability insurance premiums and regulatory costs. Casualty and liability insurance increased based on claims experience. Regulatory costs increased during 2005 compared to 2004 due to increased regulatory filings by our subsidiaries.

Depreciation and amortization. Our consolidated depreciation and amortization expense increased $36.1 million, or 16.0%, from $225.3 million for 2004, to $261.4 million for 2005. The increase was primarily due to a write-off in 2005 of $21.6 million associated with an abandoned information technology project. In addition, the increase was due to increased property placed in service, net of retirements, of $515.1 million as a result of infrastructure replacement in our Regulated Businesses.

General taxes. Our consolidated general taxes expense, which includes taxes for property, payroll, gross receipts and other miscellaneous items, increased $13.1 million, or 7.7%, from $170.2 million for 2004, to $183.3 million for 2005. The increase was primarily due to a 9.7% increase in our Regulated Businesses gross receipts and franchise taxes driven by increased operating revenues, as well as a 3% increase in regulated property and capital stock taxes.

Loss (gain) on sale of assets. Our consolidated gain on sale of assets was ($8.6) million for 2004, compared to ($6.5) million for 2005. This line of our Statement of Operations represents loss (gain) on non-recurring sales of assets not needed in our utility operations.

Impairment charges. Our consolidated impairment charges were $78.7 million for 2004 and $385.4 million for 2005. The 2004 impairment charge was for our Non-Regulated Businesses and was primarily attributable to lower than expected growth and slower development compared with original expectations. The 2005 impairment charge was primarily the result of a change in our strategic business plan for our Non-Regulated Businesses and lower margins than previously forecasted in our Regulated Businesses.

Other income (deductions). Interest expense, the primary component of our consolidated other income (deductions), increased $29.4 million, or 9.3%, from $315.9 million for 2004, to $345.3 million for 2005. A portion of this increase is due to the fact that 2004 interest expense included an offsetting gain of $11.4 million resulting from an early extinguishment of debt. The remaining increase in interest expense was the result of additional borrowings from the regulated subsidiaries and additional interest expense of $7.1 million associated with the Company’s long-term borrowings from RWE.

Provision for income taxes. Our consolidated provision for income taxes expense decreased $15.3 million, or 23.1%, from $66.3 million for 2004, to $51.0 million for 2005.

Net income (loss). Our consolidated net (loss), including results from discontinued operations, increased $260.1 million, or 400.8%, from $(64.9) million for 2004, to $(325.0) million for 2005. The increase was due to the changes discussed above, as well as a $74.1 million reduction in our loss from discontinued operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our business is capital intensive and requires considerable capital resources. A portion of these capital resources are provided by internally generated cash flows from operations. When necessary, we obtain funds from external sources in the capital markets and through bank borrowings. Our access to external financing on reasonable terms depends on our credit ratings and current business conditions, including that of the water utility industry in general as well as conditions in the debt or equity capital markets. If these business and market

 

57


Table of Contents

conditions deteriorate to the extent that we no longer have access to the capital markets at reasonable terms, we have access to revolving credit facilities with aggregate bank commitments of $810.0 million that we currently utilize to support our commercial paper programs and to issue letters of credit. See “—Credit Facilities and Short-Term Debt.”

In addition, our regulated utility subsidiaries receive advances and contributions from customers, home builders and real estate developers to fund construction necessary to extend service to new areas. Advances for construction are refundable for limited periods, which vary according to state regulations, as new customers begin to receive service or other contractual obligations are fulfilled. Amounts which are no longer refundable are reclassified to contributions in aid of construction. Utility plant funded by advances and contributions is excluded from rate base. Generally, we depreciate contributed property and amortize contributions in aid of construction at the composite rate of the related property. Some of our subsidiaries do not depreciate contributed property, based on regulatory guidelines.

We use our capital resources, including cash, to (i) fund capital requirements, including construction expenditures, (ii) pay off maturing debt, (iii) pay dividends, (iv) fund pension obligations and (v) invest in new and existing ventures. We spend a significant amount of cash on construction projects that have a long-term return on investment. Additionally, we operate in rate-regulated environments in which the amount of new investment recovery may be limited, and where such recovery takes place over an extended period of time, as our recovery is subject to regulatory lag. See “Business—Regulation—Economic Regulation.” As a result of these factors, our working capital, defined as current assets less current liabilities, as of June 30, 2007, is in a net deficit position.

To maintain our capital structure, we intend to refinance maturing long-term debt during 2007 with proceeds of future external debt offerings. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to use the proceeds from the issuance of approximately $1,500.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes to fund the repayment of $222.0 million (including after tax gains of $1.3 million) aggregate principal amount of the RWE notes and to fund the repayment of $1,270.1 million of RWE redemption notes. In addition, concurrently with this offering, we intend to use the net proceeds from the issuance of approximately $500.0 million equity units to fund the repayment of approximately $479.9 million of RWE redemption notes, with the balance of excess cash used to fund general working capital requirements. Future acquisitions that we may undertake may involve external debt financing or the issuance of additional common stock.

We expect to fund future maturities of long-term debt through a combination of external debt and cash flow from operations. We have no plans to reduce debt significantly.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our future cash flows from operating activities will be affected by economic utility regulation; infrastructure investment; inflation; compliance with environmental, health and safety standards; production costs; customer growth; and declining per customer usage of water; and weather and seasonality. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting our Results of Operations.”

Cash flows from operating activities have been a reliable, steady source of cash flow, sufficient to meet operating requirements and a portion of our capital expenditures requirements. We will seek access to debt and equity capital markets to meet the balance of our capital expenditure requirements. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully access such markets on favorable terms or at all. Operating cash flows can be negatively affected by changes in our rate regulatory environments. Taking into account the factors noted above, we also obtain cash from non-operating sources such as the proceeds from debt issuances, customer advances and contributions in aid of construction and equity offerings.

 

58


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of the major items affecting our cash flows from operating activities for the periods indicated:

 

    Year ended December 31,         Six months ended June 30,      
        2004             2005             2006             2006             2007      
    (dollars in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

  $ (64,918 )   $ (325,040 )   $ (162,243 )   $ 29,858     $ 51,863  

Add (subtract):

         

Non-cash operating activities(1)

    560,135       799,127       582,569       141,285       143,622  

Income taxes, paid net of refunds

    (18,109 )     (43,694 )     (11,633 )     (6,389 )     8,967  

Changes in working capital and other noncurrent assets and liabilities(2)

    28,365       148,288       (3,454 )     (57,472 )     (36,564 )

Pension and postretirement healthcare contributions

    (47,065 )     (53,246 )     (81,491 )     (40,559 )     (31,707 )
                                       

Net cash flows provided by operations

  $ 458,408     $ 525,435     $ 323,748     $ 66,723     $ 136,181  
                                       

(1) Includes (gain) loss on sale of businesses, depreciation and amortization, impairment charges, removal costs net of salvage, provision for deferred income taxes, amortization of deferred investment tax credits, provision for losses on utility accounts receivable, allowance for other funds used during construction, employee benefit expenses greater (less) than funding, (gain) loss on sale of assets, deferred regulatory costs, amortization of deferred charges and other non-cash items, net, less income taxes and pension and postretirement healthcare contributions.

 

(2) Changes in working capital and other noncurrent assets and liabilities include the changes to accounts receivable and unbilled utility revenue, other current assets, accounts payable, interest accrued and other current liabilities.

The decrease in cash flows from operations during 2006 versus 2005 was primarily the result of higher contributions to pension and postretirement healthcare trusts and higher taxes paid. Excluding these items, changes in our cash flows from operating activities were generally consistent with changes in the results of operations as adjusted by changes in working capital in the normal course of business.

The increase in cash flow from operations during 2005 versus 2004 was primarily due to improvements in working capital driven mainly by the changes in accounts receivable and unbilled utility revenues. This improvement was offset in part by higher contributions to pension and postretirement healthcare trusts and higher taxes paid.

The increase in cash flow from operations during the six months ended June 30, 2007 versus the same period for 2006 was primarily due to greater net income and improvements in working capital. Also adding to the improved cash flow for this period were the lower contributions to pension and postretirement healthcare trusts than made in the same period for the prior year.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities were as follows for the periods indicated:

 

    

Year ended December 31,

   

Six months ended June 30,

 
         2004             2005             2006             2006             2007      
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Construction expenditures

   $ (546,241 )   $ (558,446 )   $ (688,843 )   $ (235,818 )   $ (307,726 )

Other Investing activities, net(1)

     338       28,281       (2,595 )     (5,906 )     28,285  
                                        

Net cash flows used in investing activities

   $ (545,903 )   $ (530,165 )   $ (691,438 )   $ (241,724 )   $ (279,441 )
                                        

(1) Includes allowances for other funds used during construction, acquisitions, proceeds from the sale of assets and securities, proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations, removal costs from property, plant and equipment retirements, receivables from affiliates and restricted funds.

 

59


Table of Contents

Cash flows used in investing activities increased significantly in 2006 versus 2005 as we increased investment in regulated infrastructure projects. Cash flows used in investing activities will continue to rise during 2007 as construction expenditures are expected to be approximately $740 to $780 million during 2007. We intend to invest capital prudently to provide essential services to our regulated customer base, while working with regulators in the various states in which we operate to have the opportunity to earn an appropriate rate of return on our investment and a return of our investment.

Our infrastructure investment plan consists of both infrastructure renewal programs, where we replace infrastructure as needed, and major capital investment projects, where we will construct new water and wastewater treatment and delivery facilities. Our projected capital expenditures and other investments are subject to periodic review and revision to reflect changes in economic conditions and other factors.

The following table provides a summary of our historical construction expenditures:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,
         2004            2005            2006            2006              2007      
     (dollars in thousands)

Transmission and distribution

   $ 264,673    $ 238,972    $ 314,282    $ 107,591    $ 135,115

Treatment and pumping

     104,655      137,299      133,074      45,556      69,881

Services, meter and fire hydrants

     86,161      84,148      132,610      45,397      50,323

General structures and equipment

     73,796      81,516      72,892      24,954      29,533

Sources of supply

     16,956      16,511      35,985      12,320      22,874
                                  

Total construction expenditures

   $ 546,241    $ 558,446    $ 688,843    $ 235,818    $ 307,726
                                  

Construction expenditures for the periods noted above were partially offset by customer advances and contributions for construction (net of refunds) of $15.7 million, $47.4 million, $52.0 million and $45.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2007 and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Customer advances and contributions are reflected in our net cash flows from investing activities. Capital expenditures during the periods noted above are related to the renewal of supply and treatment assets, new water mains and customer service lines, as well as rehabilitation of existing water mains and hydrants.

Construction expenditures for 2006 increased by $130.4 million or 23.4% over 2005. Expenditures related to transmission and distribution increased by $75.3 million in 2006 over 2005 and meter and fire hydrant replacements increased by $48.5 million in 2006 compared to 2005. These increases occurred due to an increase in the rate of infrastructure replacement. In addition, treatment plant improvements caused an increase from 2005 to 2006 in the amount of $15.2 million. These improvements are taking place primarily at our Joplin, Missouri, Verrado, Arizona and Somerset, New Jersey facilities.

Construction expenditures in 2005 increased $12.2 million from 2004. This increase can be attributed to an increase in treatment and pumping related construction expenditures of $32.6 million or 31.2%. Our Arizona subsidiary treatment facility incurred capital expenditures for a treatment facility in 2005 that were $30.3 million greater than in 2004. Upgrades to the Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania treatment plant also contributed $3.4 million of the 2005 increase. Expenditures for year ended December 31, 2005 increased $7.7 million over 2004 for computer equipment and systems as well as facilities. A temporary curtailment in our infrastructure replacement program offset some of the increase as expenditures for these categories declined by $27.7 million.

The increase of $71.9 million in construction expenditures for the six months ended June 30, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006 consists mainly of infrastructure replacements amounting to $27.7 million and upgrades to treatment facilities amounting to $33.2 million at several plants including Joplin, Missouri, Verrado, Arizona, Somerset, New Jersey and Champaign, Illinois.

 

60


Table of Contents

An integral aspect of our strategy is to seek growth through tuck-ins and other acquisitions which are complementary to our existing business and support the continued geographical diversification and growth of American Water’s operations. Generally, acquisitions are funded initially with short-term debt and later refinanced with the proceeds from long-term debt or equity offerings.

We also conduct ongoing reviews of our existing investments. As a result of these reviews, we sold the operations of various non-regulated water-related businesses over the last two years.

The following provides a summary of the major acquisitions and dispositions affecting our cash flows from investing activities in the periods indicated:

Six months ended June 30, 2007:

 

   

We received approximately $9.7 million in cash proceeds from the sale of a group of assets of the Residuals business.

 

   

We paid approximately $0.2 million for the acquisition of water and wastewater systems.

2006:

 

   

We paid approximately $12.5 million for the acquisition of water and wastewater systems.

 

   

We received approximately $30.2 million in cash proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations including a group of assets of the Residuals business and the Underground business.

2005:

 

   

We received approximately $15.3 million in cash proceeds from the sale of Engineering’s Canadian operations and the assets of Ashbrook Corporation.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Our financing activities include the issuance of long-term and short-term debt, primarily through our wholly owned financing subsidiary, AWCC. From time to time, we will pursue tax-exempt financing at the state utility level provided that the overall cost of the debt, including issuance costs, are below the overall cost of debt issued through AWCC. In addition, we have received capital contributions from RWE and intend to issue equity in the future to maintain an appropriate capital structure, subject to any restrictions in the registration rights agreement to be entered into with RWE. In order to finance new infrastructure, we received customer advances and contributions for construction (net of refunds) of $15.7 million, $47.4 million, $52.0 million and $45.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2007 and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 respectively. In connection with the RWE Divestiture, we have made and will continue to make significant changes to our capital structure through debt refinancing and equity offerings.

RWE made equity contributions of $650.0 million and $1,194.5 million to us in March 2007 and December 2006, respectively. We used the contributions to pay down loans payable to RWE, to pay off commercial paper and for other corporate purposes.

AWCC issued senior notes in principal amounts of $617.0 million during the first six months of 2007. Interest rates on the senior notes ranged from 5.39% to 5.77% and maturities ranged from 7 years to 15 years. The net proceeds from these debt issues were used to pay off RWE debt prior to maturity in contemplation of the RWE Divestiture.

 

61


Table of Contents

The following long-term debt was issued in the first six months of 2007:

 

Company

 

Type

  Interest Rate   Maturity   Amount
    (dollars in thousands)

American Water Capital Corp.

  Senior notes   5.39%-5.77%   2018-2022   $ 617,000

Other Subsidiaries

  Miscellaneous   1.39%-1.62%   2022-2023     450
           

Total issuances

  $ 617,450
           

The following debt was retired through extinguishments, optional redemption or payment at maturity in the first six months of 2007:

 

Company

 

Type

  Interest Rate   Maturity   Amount
    (dollars in thousands)

American Water Capital Corp.

  Senior notes Fixed Rate   6.87%   2011   $ 28,000

American Water Capital Corp.

  RWE notes Fixed Rate   4.00%-5.90%   2007-2034     384,300

Elizabethtown Water Co

  Called Senior Debt   7.25%-8.75%   2021-2028     92,500

Various Subsidiaries

  Miscellaneous   0%-9.87%   2007-2032     33,083
           

Total extinguishments

  $ 537,883
           

The following long-term debt was issued in 2006:

 

Company

 

Type

  Interest Rate   Maturity   Amount
    (dollars in thousands)

American Water Capital Corp.

  Senior notes   5.39%-5.77%   2013-2018   $ 483,000

Missouri-American Water Company

  Tax exempt first mortgage bonds   4.60%   2036     57,480

Indiana-American Water Company

  Tax exempt first mortgage Bonds   4.88%   2036     25,770

Other Subsidiaries

  State financing authority loans & other   0%-5.00%   2019-2026     16,248
           

Total issuances

  $ 582,498
           

The following debt was retired through extinguishments, optional redemption or payment at maturity during 2006:

 

Company

 

Type

  Interest Rate   Maturity   Amount
    (dollars in thousands)

Long-term debt

       

American Water Works Company, Inc.

  RWE notes   4.92%   2006   $ 150,000

American Water Capital Corp.

  RWE notes-fixed rate   4.00%-6.05%   2006-2034     1,086,500

American Water Capital Corp.

  RWE notes-floating rate   4.02%-4.66%   2006-2015     482,300

Missouri-American Water Company

  Mortgage bonds-fixed rate   5.50%-5.85%   2006-2026     57,565

Indiana-American Water Company

  Mortgage bonds-fixed rate   5.35%-5.90%   2022-2026     27,004

West Virginia-American Water Company

  Mortgage bonds-fixed rate   6.81%   2006     11,000

Other Subsidiaries

    0%-9.87%   2006-2034     17,564

Preferred stock with mandatory redemption requirements

       

Miscellaneous

    4.60%-8.80%   2007-2019     538
           

Total extinguishments

  $ 1,832,471
           

 

62


Table of Contents

From time to time and as market conditions warrant, we may engage in long-term debt retirements via tender offers, open market repurchases or other viable alternatives to strengthen our balance sheets.

We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock at an initial rate of $             per share per annum. The first such dividend will be declared and paid in the first quarter following the completion of this offering. The declaration, payment and amount of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition and results of operations, liquidity requirements, capital requirements of our subsidiaries, legal requirements, regulatory constraints and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

Credit Facilities and Short-Term Debt

The components of short-term debt at December 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

       2006

RWE revolver

   $ 130,000

RWE short-term notes

     268,230

Commercial paper, net of discount

     321,339

Other short-term debt

     176
      

Total short-term debt

   $ 719,745
      

On January 26, 2007, AWCC entered into a $10.0 million committed revolving line of credit with PNC Bank, N.A. This line of credit will terminate on December 31, 2007 unless extended and is used primarily for short-term working capital needs. Interest rates on advances under this line of credit are based on either the prime rate of PNC Bank, N.A. or the applicable London Interbank Offering Rate, which we refer to as LIBOR, for the term selected plus 25 basis points. As of June 30, 2007, $0.4 million was outstanding under this revolving line of credit. If this line of credit were not extended beyond its current maturity date of December 31, 2007, AWCC would continue to have access to its $800.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility described below.

On December 21, 2004, AWCC entered into a $550.0 million 364-day unsecured revolving credit facility with RWE. The facility was renewed on October 28, 2006 and was terminated on December 28, 2006. On September 15, 2006, AWCC entered into a new $800.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility syndicated among a group of ten banks. This revolving credit facility, which originally terminated on September 15, 2011, is principally used to support the commercial paper program at AWCC and to provide up to $150.0 million in letters of credit. AWCC had no loans outstanding under the net $800.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility as of June 30, 2007. On September 14, 2007, this revolving credit facility was extended for an additional year by the facility bank group, making the new termination date September 15, 2012.

On December 31, 2006 and June 30, 2007, respectively, AWCC had the following sub-limits and available capacity under the revolving credit facility and indicated amounts of outstanding commercial paper.

 

     

Letter of Credit

            Sublimit            

   Available Capacity    Outstanding
Commercial Paper
    (dollars in thousands)    (dollars in thousands)    (dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2006

 

$150,000

   $ 85,986    $ 322,734

June 30, 2007

 

$150,000

   $ 88,172    $ 0

Interest rates on advances under the revolving credit facility are based on either prime or LIBOR plus an applicable margin based upon our credit ratings, as well as total outstanding amounts under the agreement at the time of the borrowing. The maximum LIBOR margin is 55 basis points.

The credit facility requires us to maintain a ratio of consolidated debt to consolidated capitalization of not more than 0.70 to 1.00. On June 30, 2007, we were in compliance with the ratio.

 

63


Table of Contents

Capital Structure

Our capital structure was as follows:

 

     At June 30,
2007
    At December 31,
2006
    At December 31,
2005
 

Common stockholder equity and preferred stock without mandatory redemption rights

   46 %   40 %   29 %

Long-term debt

   52 %   50 %   50 %

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

   2 %   10 %   21 %
                  
   100 %   100 %   100 %
                  

As a condition to some PUC approvals of the RWE Divestiture, we have agreed to maintain a capital structure which includes a minimum of 45% common equity at the time of the consummation of this offering. The changes to capital resource mix during 2006 and 2007 were accomplished through the various financing activities noted above. The capital structure at June 30, 2007 more closely reflects our expected future capital structure following the consummation of this offering, at which point our credit rating will no longer reflect RWE’s controlling ownership.

Debt covenants

Our debt agreements contain financial and non-financial covenants. To the extent that we are not in compliance, we or our subsidiaries may be restricted in our ability to pay dividends, issue debt or access our revolving credit lines. We were not in compliance with our reporting covenants as of June 30, 2007. See “Risk Factors—Our failure to comply with restrictive covenants under our credit facilities could trigger repayment obligations.” However, AWCC’s creditors waived the reporting requirements for all debt issued by AWCC and the revolving credit facilities. As of September 27, 2007, we had cured all defaults under our reporting covenants at no cost, and we are currently in compliance with all such covenants. We do not expect there to be any future impact relating to the events described above.

Security Ratings

On September 19, 2007, S&P affirmed its “A–/A–2” corporate credit rating to American Water. At the same time, S&P affirmed its “A–” rating on AWCC and its “A–2” rating on AWCC’s $700.0 million commercial paper program. The ratings on American Water and AWCC were removed from CreditWatch with negative implications. S&P’s outlook of American Water and AWCC is negative.

On October 17, 2006, Moody’s assigned a Prime-2 short term rating to AWCC in connection with its $700 million commercial paper program. At the same time, Moody’s affirmed AWCC’s Baa1 long-term senior unsecured rating and VMIG-2 short term rating. On August 28, 2007, Moody’s placed both the long-term and short-term ratings of AWCC on review for possible downgrade.

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency, and each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

We primarily access the capital markets, including the commercial paper market, through AWCC. However, we do issue debt at our regulated subsidiaries, primarily in the form of tax exempt securities, to lower overall cost of debt. The following table shows the Company’s securities ratings at September 30, 2007:

 

Securities

   Moody’s Investors
Service
   Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Service

Senior unsecured debt

   Baa1    A–

Commercial paper

   P2    A2

 

64


Table of Contents

None of our borrowings are subject to default or prepayment as a result of a downgrading of securities although such a downgrading could increase fees and interest charges under our credit facilities.

As part of the normal course of business, we routinely enter into physical contracts for the purchase and sale of water, energy, fuels and other services. These contracts either contain express provisions or otherwise permit us and our counterparties to demand adequate assurance of future performance when there are reasonable grounds for doing so. In accordance with the contracts and applicable contract law, if we are downgraded by a credit rating agency, especially if such downgrade is to a level below investment grade, it is possible that a counterparty would attempt to rely on such a downgrade as a basis for making a demand for adequate assurance of future performance. Depending on its net position with a counterparty, the demand could be for the posting of collateral. In the absence of expressly agreed provisions that specify the collateral that must be provided, the obligation to supply the collateral requested will be a function of the facts and circumstances of the Company’s situation at the time of the demand. If we can reasonably claim that we are willing and financially able to perform our obligations, it may be possible to successfully argue that no collateral should be posted or that only an amount equal to two or three months of future payments should be sufficient.

Regulatory Restrictions

The issuance by the Company or AWCC of long-term debt or equity securities does not require authorization of any state PUC if no guarantee or pledge of the regulated subsidiaries is utilized. However, state PUC authorization is required to issue long-term debt or equity securities at most regulated subsidiaries. Our regulated subsidiaries normally obtain the required approvals on a periodic basis to cover their anticipated financing needs for a period of time or in connection with a specific financing.

Under applicable law, our subsidiaries can pay dividends only from retained, undistributed or current earnings. A significant loss recorded at a subsidiary may limit the dividends that these companies can distribute to us.

Insurance Coverage

We carry various property, casualty and financial insurance policies with limits, deductibles and exclusions consistent with industry standards. However, insurance coverage may not be adequate or available to cover unanticipated losses or claims. We are self-insured to the extent that losses are within the policy deductible or exceed the amount of insurance maintained. Such losses could have a material adverse effect on our short-term and long term financial condition and the results of operations and cash flows.

 

65


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

We enter into obligations with third parties in the ordinary course of business. These obligations, as of December 31, 2006, are set forth in the table below:

 

Contractual obligation

   Total    Less Than
1 Year
   1-3 Years    3-5 Years   

More than

5 Years

     (dollars in thousands)

Long term debt obligations(a)

   $ 3,284,933    $ 286,786    $ 250,535    $ 87,949    $ 2,659,663

Interest on long-term debt(b)

     3,686,578      294,625      542,220      520,935      2,328,798

Capital lease obligations(c)

     2,191      209      323      408      1,251

Operating lease obligations(d)

     213,469      26,180      46,311      28,840      112,138

Purchase water obligations(e)

     789,633      38,645      77,979      81,185      591,824

Other purchase obligations(f)

     7,589      7,589      —        —        —  

Post-retirement benefit plans’ obligations(g)

     25,000      25,000      —        —        —  

Pension ERISA minimum funding requirement

     49,600      49,600      —        —        —  

Preferred stocks with mandatory redemption requirements(h)

     1,775,032      388      436      616      1,773,592

Other obligations(i)(j)

     87,337      77,176      7,993      678      1,490
                                  

Total

   $ 9,921,362    $ 806,198    $ 925,797    $ 720,611    $ 7,468,756
                                  

(a) Represents sinking fund obligations and debt maturities.

 

(b) Represents expected interest payments on outstanding long-term debt. Amounts reported may differ from actual due to future refinancing of debt.

 

(c) Represents future minimum payments under noncancelable capital leases.

 

(d) Represents future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases, primarily for the lease of motor vehicles, buildings, land and other equipment.

 

(e) Represents future payments under water purchase agreements for minimum quantities of water.

 

(f) Represents the open purchase orders as of December 31, 2006, for goods and services purchased in the ordinary course of business.

 

(g) Represents contributions expected to be made to postretirement benefit plans.

 

(h) Includes $1,750.0 million of preferred stock held by RWE which has been redeemed.

 

(i) Represents capital expenditures estimated to be required under legal and binding contractual obligations.

 

(j) Includes unrecognized tax benefits of $1.8 million at December 31, 2006.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

From 1997 through 2002, West Virginia-American Water Company, our subsidiary, which we refer to as the Subsidiary, entered into a series of agreements with various public entities to establish certain joint ventures, commonly referred to as “public-private partnerships.” The Subsidiary agreed to transfer and convey some of its real and personal property, which we refer to as the Subsidiary Facilities, to various public entities, subject to the lien of its General Mortgage Indenture, in exchange for an equal principal amount of Industrial Development Bonds, which we refer to as IDBs, to be issued by the various public entities under a state Industrial Development Bond and Commercial Development Act.

The Subsidiary leased back the Subsidiary Facilities under capital leases for a period of 40 years. The leases have payments that approximate the payments required by the terms of the IDBs. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation Number 39, Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts , we have presented the transaction on a net basis in the consolidated financial statements. The carrying value of the Subsidiary Facilities was $162.6 million at December 31, 2006.

 

66


Table of Contents

Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk associated with changes in commodity prices, equity prices and interest rates. We use a combination of fixed-rate and variable-rate debt to reduce interest rate exposure. As of June 30, 2007 a hypothetical 10% increase in interest rates associated with variable rate debt would result in a $1.0 million decrease in our pre-tax earnings. Our risks associated with price increases for chemicals, electricity and other commodities are reduced through long-term contracts and the ability to recover price increases through rates.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The application of critical accounting policies is particularly important to our financial condition and results of operations and provides a framework for management to make significant estimates, assumptions and other judgments. Although our management believes that these estimates, assumptions and other judgments are appropriate, they relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Accordingly, changes in the estimates, assumptions and other judgments applied to these accounting policies could have a significant impact on our financial condition and results of operations as reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow are impacted by the methods, assumptions and estimates used in the application of critical accounting policies. Management believes that the areas described below require significant judgment in the application of accounting policy or in making estimates and assumptions in matters that are inherently uncertain and that may change in subsequent periods. Our management has reviewed these critical accounting policies, and the estimates and assumptions regarding them, with our Audit Committee. In addition, our management has also reviewed the following disclosures regarding the application of these critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee.

Regulatory Accounting

Our regulated utility subsidiaries are subject to regulation by state PUCs and the local governments of the states in which they operate. As such, we account for these regulated operations in accordance with SFAS No. 71, “Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation,” which we refer to as SFAS No. 71, which requires us to reflect the effects of rate regulation in our financial statements. Use of SFAS No. 71 is applicable to utility operations that meet the following criteria: (1) third-party regulation of rates; (2) cost-based rates; and (3) a reasonable assumption that all costs will be recoverable from customers through rates. As of December 31, 2006, we had concluded that the operations of our regulated subsidiaries meet the criteria. If it is concluded in a future period that a separable portion of the businesses no longer meets the criteria, we are required to eliminate the financial statement effects of regulation for that part of the business, which would include the elimination of any or all regulatory assets and liabilities that had been recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Failure to meet the criteria of SFAS No. 71 could materially impact our consolidated financial statements as a one-time extraordinary item and through impacts on continuing operations.

Regulatory assets represent costs that have been deferred to future periods when it is probable that the regulator will allow for recovery through rates charged to customers. Regulatory liabilities represent revenues received from customers to fund expected costs that have not yet been incurred. As of December 31, 2006, we have recorded $587.2 million of net regulatory assets within our consolidated financial statements. Also, at December 31, 2006, we had recorded $166.9 million of regulatory liabilities within our consolidated financial statements. See Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the significant regulatory assets.

For each regulatory jurisdiction where we conduct business, we continually assess whether the regulatory assets and liabilities continue to meet the criteria for probable future recovery or settlement. This assessment includes consideration of factors such as changes in applicable regulatory environments, recent rate orders to other regulated entities in the same jurisdiction, the status of any pending or potential deregulation legislation and the ability to recover costs through regulated rates.

 

67


Table of Contents

Goodwill

As of December 31, 2006, we had $2,962.5 million of goodwill. The goodwill is associated primarily with the acquisition of American Water by an affiliate of RWE in 2003 and the acquisition of E’Town Corporation in 2001, representing the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, and was assigned to reporting units based on the fair values at the date of the acquisition. The Regulated Businesses have been aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit because they have similar economic characteristics. In the Non-Regulated Businesses segment, the business is organized into eight reporting units.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” which we refer to as SFAS 142, goodwill is reviewed annually, or more frequently if changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. To test for impairment, we utilize discounted estimated future cash flows and comparable public company market data analyses for the regulated segment to measure fair value for each reporting unit. This calculation is highly sensitive to both the estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit, the discount rate assumed and the change in market data in these calculations. Annual impairment reviews are performed in the fourth quarter. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires management’s judgments, including the identification of reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units, and determining the fair value of each reporting unit. In addition, we will need to consider the market price of our common stock at the offering date or a decline over a period of time of our stock price following the consummation of this offering.

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, we determined that our goodwill was impaired and recorded impairments of $227.8 million, $396.3 million and $192.9 million, respectively, including impairment charges from discontinued operations (See Note 18—Goodwill and Intangible Assets of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.) Our annual goodwill impairment test is completed during the fourth quarter. We have processes to monitor for interim triggering events. During the third quarter of 2007, as a result of our debt being placed on review for a possible downgrade and the proposed RWE Divestiture, management determined at that time that it was appropriate to update its valuation analysis before the next scheduled annual test.

Based on this assessment, we are performing an interim impairment test and expect to record an impairment charge to goodwill to our Regulated Businesses in the amount of approximately $243.3 million in the third quarter of 2007. The decline was primarily due to a slightly lower long-term earnings forecast caused by updated customer demand and usage expectations and expectations for timing of capital expenditures and rate recovery.

We may be required to recognize additional impairments in the future due to, among other things, a decline in the market value of our stock, a decline in our forecasted results as compared to the business plan, changes in interest rates or a change in rate case results. Further recognition of additional material impairments of goodwill would negatively affect our results of operations and total capitalization. It is reasonably possible that further goodwill impairment charges will be required depending upon changes in market conditions or circumstances.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill which is discussed above, include land, buildings, equipment and long-term investments. Long-lived assets, other than investments, land and goodwill, are depreciated over their estimated useful lives, and are reviewed for impairment whenever changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Such circumstances would include items such as a significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset, a significant adverse change in the manner in which the asset is being used or planned to be used or in its physical condition, or a history of operating or cash flow losses associated with the use of the asset. In addition, changes in the expected useful life of these long-lived assets may also be an impairment indicator. When such events or changes occur, we estimate the fair value of the asset from future cash flows expected to result from the use and, if applicable, the eventual disposition of the assets and compares

 

68


Table of Contents

that to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. The key variables that must be estimated include assumptions regarding sales volume, rates, operating costs, labor and other benefit costs, capital additions, assumed discount rates and other economic factors. These variables require significant management judgment and include inherent uncertainties since they are forecasting future events. A variation in the assumptions used could lead to a different conclusion regarding the realizability of an asset and, thus, could have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements.

The long-lived assets of the regulated utility subsidiaries are grouped on a separate entity basis for impairment testing as they are integrated state-wide operations that do not have the option to curtail service and generally have uniform tariffs. A regulatory asset is charged to earnings if and when future recovery in rates of that asset is no longer probable.

We performed a valuation of long-lived assets, other than investments and goodwill, as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. As a result of the impairment analyses, we recorded pretax charges of $24.0 million and $23.0 million including impairments recorded associated with discontinued operations for the years ended December 2005 and 2004, respectively. No impairment charges were recorded in 2006. The impairments primarily resulted from lower than expected growth, slower development compared with original expectations and changes in the value of a building with a carrying value that exceeded its fair value. These charges are included in impairment charges in the statements of operations. The remaining values as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were determined to be appropriate.

The fair values of long-term investments are dependent on the financial performance and solvency of the entities in which we invest, as well as volatility inherent in the external markets. In assessing potential impairment for these investments, we consider these factors and in one case also receive annual appraisals. If such assets are considered impaired, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. We determined the values of long-term investments were appropriate for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues of the regulated utility subsidiaries are recognized as water and wastewater services are delivered to customers and include amounts billed to customers on a cycle basis and unbilled amounts based on estimated usage from the date of the latest meter reading to the end of the accounting period. Unbilled revenues as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $123.2 million and $106.0 million, respectively. Increases in volumes delivered to the utilities’ customers and favorable rate mix due to changes in usage patterns in customer classes in the period could be significant to the calculation of unbilled revenue. Changes in the timing of meter reading schedules and the number and type of customers scheduled for each meter reading date would also have an effect on the estimated unbilled revenue; however, since the majority of our customers are billed on a monthly basis, total operating revenues would remain materially unchanged.

Revenue from non-regulated operations is recognized as services are rendered. Revenues from certain construction projects are recognized over the contract term based on the estimated percentage of completion during the period compared to the total estimated services to be provided over the entire contract. Losses on contracts are recognized during the period in which the loss first becomes known. Revenues recognized during the period in excess of billings on construction contracts are recorded as unbilled revenue. Billings in excess of revenues recognized on construction contracts are recorded as other current liabilities on the balance sheet until the recognition criteria are met. Changes in contract performance and related estimated contract profitability may result in revisions to costs and revenues and are recognized in the period in which revisions are determined.

Accounting for Income Taxes

We participate in a consolidated federal income tax return for United States tax purposes. Members of the consolidated group are charged with the amount of federal income tax expense determined as if they filed separate returns.

 

69


Table of Contents

We estimate the amount of income tax payable or refundable for the current year and the deferred income tax liabilities and assets that results from estimating temporary differences resulting from the treatment of certain items, such as depreciation, for tax and financial statement reporting. These differences result from the recognition of a deferred tax asset or liability on our consolidated balance sheet and require us to make judgments regarding the probability of the ultimate tax impact of the various transactions we enter into. Based on these judgments we may record tax reserves or adjustments to valuation allowances on deferred tax assets to reflect the expected realization of future tax benefits. Actual income taxes could vary from these estimates and changes in these estimates can increase income tax expense in the period that these changes in estimate occur.

Accounting for Pension and Postretirement Benefits

We maintain noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all non-union employees of our regulated utility and shared service operations. The pension plans have been closed for any employees hired on or after January 1, 2006. Union employees hired on or after January 1, 2001 and non-union employees hired on or after January 1, 2006 will be provided with a 5.25% of base pay defined contribution plan. We also maintain postretirement benefit plans for eligible retirees. The retiree welfare plans are closed for union employees hired on or after January 1, 2006. The plans had previously closed for non-union employees hired on or after January 1, 2002. We follow the guidance of SFAS 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” and SFAS 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” when accounting for these benefits. In addition, we adopted the recognition and disclosure requirements of SFAS 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” effective December 31, 2006. See Note 6—Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the accounting for the defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefit plans.

Under these accounting standards, assumptions are made regarding the valuation of benefit obligations and the performance of plan assets. Delayed recognition in earnings of differences between actual results and expected or estimated results is a guiding principle of these standards. This delayed recognition of actual results allows for a smoothed recognition of costs over the working lives of the employees who benefit under the plans. The primary assumptions are:

 

   

Discount Rate—The discount rate is used in calculating the present value of benefits, which are based on projections of benefit payments to be made in the future. The objective in selecting the discount rate is to measure the single amount that, if invested at the measurement date in a portfolio of high-quality debt instruments, would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the accumulated benefits when due;

 

   

Expected Return on Plan Assets—Management projects the future return on plan assets considering prior performance, but primarily based upon the plans’ mix of assets and expectations for the long-term returns on those asset classes. These projected returns reduce the net benefit costs we record currently;

 

   

Rate of Compensation Increase—Management projects employees’ annual pay increases, which are used to project employees’ pension benefits at retirement; and

 

   

Health Care Cost Trend Rate—Management projects the expected increases in the cost of health care.

In selecting a discount rate for our pension and postretirement benefit plans, a yield curve was developed for a portfolio containing the majority of United States-issued Aa-graded non-callable (or callable with make-whole provisions) corporate bonds. For each plan, the discount rate was developed as the level equivalent rate that would yield the same present value as using spot rates aligned with the projected benefit payments. The discount rate for determining both pension benefit obligations and other postretirement benefit obligations was 5.65%, 6.00% and 6.25% at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

In selecting an expected return on plan assets, we considered tax implications, past performance and economic forecasts for the types of investments held by the plans. The long-term expected rate of return on plan

 

70


Table of Contents

assets (EROA) assumption used in calculating pension cost was 8.25% for 2006 and 8.75% for 2005 and 2004. The weighted average EROA assumption used in calculating other postretirement benefit costs was 7.95% for 2006, and 8.40% in 2005 and 2004.

In selecting a rate of compensation increase, we consider past experience in light of movements in inflation rates. At December 31, 2006, the Company’s rate of compensation increase was 4.25% for 2006 and 2005 and 4.75% for 2004.

In selecting health care cost trend rates, we consider past performance and forecasts of increases in health care costs. Our health care cost trend rate used to calculate the periodic cost was an increase of 10.0% for 2006 compared to the rate used for 2005, gradually declining to increases of 5.0% in years 2011 and thereafter.

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the other postretirement benefit plans. The health care cost trend rate is based on historical rates and expected market conditions. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

Change in Actuarial Assumption

  

Impact on

Other

Postretirement

Benefit

Obligation at

December 31, 2006

   

Impact on

2006

Total

Service and

Interest Cost

Components

 

Increase assumed health care cost trend by 1%

   $ 56,263     $ 6,124  

Decrease assumed health care cost trend by 1%

   $ (46,710 )   $ (4,985 )

We will use a discount rate and EROA of 8% and 5.9%, respectively, for estimating our 2007 pension costs. Additionally, we will use a discount rate and expected return on plan assets of 8% and 5.9%, respectively, for estimating our 2007 other postretirement benefit costs.

The assumptions are reviewed annually and at any interim remeasurement of the plan obligations. The impact of assumption changes is reflected in the recorded pension and postretirement benefit amounts as they occur, or over a period of time if allowed under applicable accounting standards. The assumptions are selected to represent the average expected experience over time and may differ in any one year from actual experience due to changes in capital markets and the overall economy. As these assumptions change from period to period, recorded pension and postretirement benefit amounts and funding requirements could also change.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, which we refer to as FASB, issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” which we refer to as SFAS 159. This standard permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. This standard will be effective for us on January 1, 2008. We are currently evaluating the effect, if any, that the adoption of SFAS 159 will have on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R),” which we refer to as SFAS 158. This statement requires the recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans on the balance sheet. Under SFAS 158, actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition obligations and assets that have

 

71


Table of Contents

not been recognized in net periodic benefit cost under previous accounting standards will be recognized as a regulatory asset for the portion of the underfunded liability that meets the recovery criteria prescribed in SFAS 71 and as accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax effects, for that portion of the underfunded liability that does not meet SFAS 71 regulatory accounting criteria. We adopted the recognition and disclosure requirements of the statement on December 31, 2006.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which we refer to as SFAS 157. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement applies when other statements require or permit the fair value measurement of assets and liabilities. This statement does not expand the use of fair value measurement. SFAS 157 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2008. We are currently evaluating the provisions of this statement and have not yet determined the effect of adoption on our results of operations or financial position.

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” which we refer to as SAB 108. SAB 108 provides guidance on how prior year misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in current year financial statements for purposes of determining whether the current year’s financial statements are materially misstated. SAB 108 is effective for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” which we refer to as FIN 48, an Interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 is intended to address inconsistencies among entities with the measurement and recognition in accounting for income tax deductions for financial statement purposes. Specifically, FIN 48 addresses the timing of the recognition of income tax benefits. FIN 48 requires the financial statement recognition of an income tax benefit when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We adopted it as required on January 1, 2007 and it did not have a significant effect on our results of operations or financial position.

During 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ratified EITF Issue No. 06-3, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (that is, Gross versus Net Presentation),” which we refer to as EITF 06-3. The Task Force reached a consensus that the scope of EITF 06-3 includes any tax assessed by a governmental authority that is both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer, and that the presentation of such taxes is an accounting policy that should be disclosed. Our accounting policy is to present these taxes on a net basis (excluded from revenues).

See Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of new accounting standards recently adopted or pending adoption.

 

72


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

Founded in 1886, we are the largest investor-owned United States water and wastewater utility company, as measured both by operating revenue and population served. Our nearly 6,900 employees provide approximately 16.2 million people with drinking water, wastewater and other water-related services in 32 states and Ontario, Canada. In 2006, we generated $2,093.1 million in total operating revenue, representing approximately four times the operating revenue of the next largest investor-owned company in the United States water and wastewater business, and $252.5 million in operating income, which includes $221.7 million of impairment charges relating to continuing operations, and a net loss of $162.2 million.

For 2006 and for the six months ended June 30, 2007, our Regulated Businesses generated $1,854.6 million and $927.9 million, respectively, in operating revenue, which accounted for 88.6% and 90.3%, respectively, of total operating revenue. For the same periods, our Non-Regulated Businesses generated $248.5 million and $107.0 million, respectively, in operating revenue, prior to inter-segment eliminations, which accounted for 11.9% and 10.4%, respectively, of consolidated operating revenue.

Our History as a Public Company

We were founded in 1886 as the American Water Works & Guarantee Company, for the purposes of building and purchasing water systems in McKeesport, Pennsylvania. In 1935, the Company was reorganized under its current name, and in 1947 the common stock of the Company became publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Prior to being acquired by RWE in 2003, we were the largest publicly traded water utility company in the United States.

Our Acquisition by RWE

In 2003, we were acquired by RWE and became a private company. The RWE acquisition resulted in certain changes in our business. For example, our operations and management were managed through Thames Water. Also, we agreed not to file rate cases with certain state PUCs for specified periods of time as a condition of the acquisition. As of June 30, 2007, all rate stay-out provisions had expired. In 2005, RWE decided to divest American Water through the sale of shares in one or more public offerings.

Corporate & Industry Milestones

 

Year

  

Event

1886

   Founding of American Water as the American Water Works & Guarantee Company

1935

   Reorganizes as American Water Works Company, Inc. in response to the Public Utility Company Holding Act

1947

   First listing of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AWK”

1958

   Acquires operations in Connecticut, Massachusetts and New Hampshire

1962

   Acquires contract operations and water systems in Maryland, Pennsylvania and New Jersey through merger with Northeastern Water Company

1965

   Purchases the water utility assets of Southern Gas and Water Company in West Virginia

1966

  

Purchases the water utility assets of California Water & Telephone Company

Joins Fortune magazine’s list of 50 largest United States public utility companies

 

73


Table of Contents

Year

  

Event

1969

   Acquires Paradise Valley Water Company in Arizona

1972

   Passage of Clean Water Act

1972

   Western Pennsylvania Water Company formed through merger of 17 operating subsidiaries

1974

   Passage of Safe Drinking Water Act

1986

   Acquires operations in New Mexico from Southwest Public Service Company

1989

   Western Pennsylvania Water Company and Keystone Water Company merge to form Pennsylvania American Water Company

1993

   Acquires operations in Indiana, Missouri and Ohio from Avatar Holdings

1996

   Acquires the water service assets of Pennsylvania Gas & Water Company

1998

   Acquires wastewater operations in Hawaii

1999

   Acquires National Enterprises Inc. with operations in Missouri, Illinois, Indiana and New York

2000

   Acquires water utilities in Missouri, Indiana, Illinois and Virginia from United Water Resources

2001

  

Acquires Azurix North America Corporation

RWE signs an agreement to acquire the Company

2002

   Acquires water subsidiaries of Citizens Communications Company in Arizona, California, Illinois, Indiana, Ohio and Pennsylvania

2003

  

RWE completes acquisition of the Company

RWE combines the Company with the United States operations of Thames Water (including E’Town Corporation, Inc.) to form the North American Water reporting unit of RWE Thames Water

2005

   RWE announces its intention to divest the Company

Regulated Businesses Overview

Our primary business involves the ownership of water and wastewater utilities that provide water and wastewater services to residential, commercial and industrial customers. Our subsidiaries that provide these services are generally subject to economic regulation by the state PUCs in the states in which they operate. The federal government and the states also regulate environmental, health and safety and water quality matters. We report the results of this business in our Regulated Businesses segment.

 

74


Table of Contents

The following charts set forth operating revenue and customers, respectively, for 2006 for the states in which our Regulated Businesses provide services:

 

Regulated Businesses Operating Revenue

(dollars in millions)

  Regulated Businesses Customers

- LOGO


Non-Regulated Businesses Overview

We also provide services that are not subject to economic regulation by state PUCs through our Non-Regulated Businesses. Our Non-Regulated Businesses include our:

 

   

Contracts Operations Group, which enters into public/private partnerships, including O&M, and DBO contracts for the provision of services to water and wastewater facilities for municipalities, the United States military and other customers;

 

   

Applied Water Management Group, which works with customers to design, build and operate small water and wastewater treatment plants; and

 

   

Homeowner Services Group, which provides services to domestic homeowners to protect against the cost of repairing broken or leaking pipes inside and outside their homes.

We report the results of these lines of business in our Non-Regulated Businesses segment. For 2006, operating revenue for our Non-Regulated Businesses was $248.5 million, prior to inter-segment eliminations, accounting for 11.9% of total operating revenue for the same period.

Our Industry

Overview

The United States water and wastewater industry has two main segments: (i) utility, which involves supplying water and wastewater services to consumers, and (ii) general services, which involves providing water- and wastewater-related services to water and wastewater utilities and other customers on a contract basis.

 

75


Table of Contents

The utility segment includes municipal systems, which are owned and operated by local governments or governmental subdivisions, and investor-owned systems. Government-owned systems make up the vast majority of the United States water and wastewater utility segment, accounting for approximately 84% of all United States community water systems and approximately 98% of all United States community wastewater systems. Investor-owned water and wastewater systems account for the remainder of the United States water and wastewater community water systems. Growth of service providers in the utility segment is achieved through acquisitions, including tuck-ins, of other water and wastewater systems and organic growth of the population served by such providers.

The utility segment is characterized by high barriers to entry, including high capital spending requirements. Investor-owned water and wastewater utilities also face regulatory approval processes in order to do business, which may involve obtaining relevant operating approvals, including certificates of public convenience and necessity (or similar authorizations) from state PUCs. Investor-owned water and wastewater systems are generally economically regulated by the state PUCs in the states in which they operate. The federal government and the states also regulate environmental, health and safety and water quality matters for both investor-owned and government-owned water and wastewater utilities.

The general services segment includes engineering and consulting companies and numerous other fee-for-service businesses. These include the building and operating of water and wastewater utility systems, system repair services, lab services, sale of water infrastructure and distribution products (such as pipes) and other specialized services. The general services segment is characterized by aggressive competition and market-driven growth and profit margins.

The aging water and wastewater infrastructure in the United States is in constant need of modernization and facilities replacement. Increased regulations to improve water quality and the management of wastewater discharges, which began with passage of the Clean Water Act in 1972 and the Safe Drinking Water Act in 1974, have been among the primary drivers of the need for modernization. The EPA estimates that approximately $277 billion of capital spending will be necessary between 2003 and 2022 to replace aging infrastructure and to comply with quality standards to ensure quality water systems across the United States. In addition, the EPA estimates that approximately $388 billion of capital spending will be necessary between 2000 and 2019 to replace aging infrastructure and ensure quality wastewater systems across the United States.

The following chart sets forth estimated capital expenditure needs through 2022 for United States water systems:

LOGO


 

76


Table of Contents

Capital expenditures related to municipal water supply, treatment and distribution and wastewater collection and treatment facilities are typically funded by water and wastewater rates, taxes or the issuance of bonds. However, raising large amounts of funds is challenging for municipal water utilities, which impacts their ability to increase capital spending. In order to meet their capital spending challenges, many municipalities are examining a combination of privatizations and partnerships with the private sector. Privatization involves a transfer of responsibility for, and ownership of, the utility from the municipality to the private sector. Partnerships between municipalities and the private sector include DBO contracts, own, operate and transfer contracts and own, leaseback and operate contracts. Under these types of contracts, the municipality maintains ownership of the water system and the private sector takes responsibility for managing and operating the system.

Fragmentation and Consolidation

The utility segment of the United States water and wastewater industry is highly fragmented, with approximately 53,000 community water systems and approximately 16,000 community wastewater facilities, according to the EPA. As shown in the charts below, the majority of the approximately 53,000 community water systems are very small, serving a population of 500 or less.

The following charts set forth the total United States water industry by system type and the total population served by system type, respectively, for 2005:

 

Number of United States Water Systems by Type:*   United States Population Served by Water System Type:*

LOGO

 


This large number of relatively small water and wastewater utilities results in inefficiencies in the marketplace, since smaller utilities may not have the operating expertise, financial and technological capability or economies of scale to provide services or raise capital as efficiently as larger utilities. These inefficiencies may lead to industry consolidation in the future, as the larger investor-owned utilities acquire smaller, local water and wastewater systems. Larger utilities that have greater access to capital are generally more capable of making mandated and other necessary infrastructure upgrades to both water and wastewater systems. In addition, water and wastewater utilities with large customer bases spread across broad geographic regions may more easily absorb the impact of adverse weather, such as droughts, excessive rain and cool temperatures in specific areas.

 

77


Table of Contents

Larger utilities are able to spread overhead expenses over a larger customer base, thereby reducing the costs to serve each customer. Since many administrative and support activities can be efficiently centralized to gain economies of scale and sharing of best practices, companies that participate in industry consolidation have the potential to improve operating efficiencies, lower unit costs and improve service at the same time.

Water and Wastewater Rates

Investor-owned water and wastewater utilities generate operating revenue from customers based on rates that are established by state PUCs through a rate-setting process that may include public hearings, evidentiary hearings and the submission by the utility of evidence and testimony in support of the requested level of rates. In evaluating a rate case, state PUCs typically focus on five areas: (i) the amount and prudence of investment in facilities considered “used and useful” in providing public service; (ii) the operating and maintenance costs and taxes associated with providing the service (typically by making reference to a representative 12-month period of time, known as a test year); (iii) the appropriate rate of return; (iv) the tariff or rate design that allocates operating revenue requirements equitably across the customer base; and (v) the quality of service the utility provides, including issues raised by customers.

For most consumers, water and wastewater bills make up a relatively small percentage of household expenditures compared to other utility services.

The following chart sets forth the relative cost of water in the United States as a percentage of total household utility expenditures:

 

LOGO

 


Our Strengths

We believe that we are distinguished by the following key competitive strengths:

Market leader with broad national footprint and strong local presence. We are the largest and most geographically diversified investor-owned water and wastewater utility company in the United States. With operations in 32 states and Ontario, Canada, we serve a population of approximately 16.2 million people, which we estimate is approximately 5 times the population served by the next largest investor-owned water and wastewater company in the United States. Our scale and geographic scope enable us to capitalize effectively on growth opportunities across our service areas, while helping to insulate us from adverse conditions in any one geographic area.

 

   

Regulatory, weather and economic diversity. State regulatory decisions, regional droughts and floods and local and regional economic downturns can have a major effect on geographically concentrated

 

78


Table of Contents
 

water and wastewater utilities. Our presence in numerous jurisdictions and localities across the United States promotes more stable and predictable financial performance across our overall business.

 

   

Economies of scale. As the largest investor-owned water and wastewater utility company in the United States, our Regulated Businesses span 356 individual service areas and include approximately 45,000 miles of distribution and collection mains, 84 surface water treatment plants, 655 groundwater treatment plants and 41 wastewater treatment facilities. Our scale and long-standing history with suppliers provide us with a competitive advantage in procuring goods and services reliably and economically, which enables us to provide high quality, cost-effective service to our customers and allows us to economically employ industry experts to serve all our systems. In addition, our experience in operating utilities in many jurisdictions results in the identification and application of best practices across the entire company.

 

   

Active community involvement supports customer satisfaction. We establish an active presence in the local communities where we operate, supported by strong, ongoing community relations and corporate responsibility. We work closely with these communities to help create detailed water development plans, collaborate on growth initiatives and implement various water infrastructure and conservation projects. We are involved in local charities, schools and community organizations. In 2006, we donated approximately $1.7 million to a wide array of charitable projects in communities that we serve. This strong local presence and community involvement complements our high quality service and helps us to achieve high levels of customer satisfaction. We work with internal and external audiences to develop and support activities that contribute to a responsible business and to achieve high economic, social and environmental standards while balancing the needs of our key stakeholders through a multi-faceted corporate responsibility approach. See “Business—Community Relations.”

Regulated Businesses provide financial stability . Our core Regulated Businesses, which consist of locally managed utility subsidiaries that generally are economically regulated by the states in which they operate, accounted for approximately 88.6% of our consolidated operating revenue in 2006. Our Regulated Businesses provide a high degree of financial stability because (i) high barriers to entry provide limited protection from competitive pressures, (ii) economic regulation promotes predictability in financial planning and long-term performance through the rate-setting process and (iii) our largely residential customer base promotes consistent operating results.

 

   

Barriers to entry. Generally, water and wastewater utilities operate pursuant to certificates of public convenience and necessity (or similar authorizations) issued by the state PUC in which they operate, which creates a barrier to entry. The requirement to hold such a certificate typically prevents investor-owned water and wastewater utilities from competing with us in our authorized areas. In addition, the high cost of constructing a new water or wastewater system generally inhibits competitive entry into our markets, including by municipal or government-owned utilities, which must either construct new systems or convert our assets to public ownership in order to compete directly with us in our authorized areas. Both of these factors provide a framework that allows us to operate our Regulated Businesses on a predictable and consistent basis.

 

   

Economic regulation. Economic regulation in the water and wastewater utility industry exists as a substitute for competition. The primary regulatory model used by state PUCs involves a determination of an applicable rate base (consisting of allowed investments made in infrastructure), the recovery of prudently incurred operating expenses and an opportunity to earn an appropriate rate of return on our invested capital and a return of our invested capital. This model allows us to project our return on our investment and a return of our investment and recovery of expenses and promotes predictability in financial planning and long-term performance of our Regulated Businesses.

 

   

Residential customer base. Residential customers accounted for approximately 91% of the total customers served by our Regulated Businesses and approximately 61% of total operating revenue for our Regulated Businesses in 2006. Residential usage of water tends to be stable because residential

 

79


Table of Contents
 

customers need water for daily health and sanitary needs regardless of economic or other external factors. In addition, residential customers generally do not have the option of switching to another service provider. For these reasons, residential customers represent a stable customer platform, generating consistent operating results for our company over time and across our geographic service areas.

Experience in securing appropriate rates of return and promoting constructive regulatory frameworks. We seek an appropriate rate of return on our investment and a return of our investment and recovery of prudently incurred operating expenses from state PUCs in the form of rate increases. We have a strong track record of providing reliable service at cost-effective rates, which has typically resulted in high customer satisfaction and has generally allowed us to maintain positive relations with local communities and regulators. We have generally been granted rate relief in a timely manner after application, and prior to our acquisition by RWE we often were successful in securing appropriate rate relief when we filed rate cases. In the period following RWE’s acquisition of the Company, as a condition to the approval of the acquisition, we agreed with certain state PUCs that we would not file rate cases for specified periods of time, also known as rate stay-outs. As of June 30, 2007, all material rate stay-out provisions had expired.

A number of states in which our Regulated Businesses operate have adopted efficient rate policies, including some form of single tariff pricing, forward-looking test years or infrastructure surcharges. Pennsylvania, New Jersey, West Virginia, Ohio, Indiana and Illinois are examples of states that have adopted a full or partial single rate policy, under which all customers in a state or certain regions within a state are charged utilizing a single rate structure, regardless of which of our individual systems serves them. The single tariff structure is based on costs that are determined on a statewide or intra-state regional basis, thereby moderating the impacts of periodic fluctuations in local costs while lowering administrative costs for us and our customers. In addition, a number of states in which we operate allow utilities to utilize some form of forecast or forward-looking test year and Pennsylvania, Illinois, Missouri, Indiana, New York, California and Ohio are examples of states that have permitted some form of infrastructure surcharge for investments to replace aging infrastructure. Forward-looking test years and infrastructure surcharges reduce the regulatory lag associated with the traditional method of recovering rates from state PUCs through lengthy rate cases based on historical information. The forward-looking test year mechanism allows us to earn on a more timely basis a return of our current or projected costs and a rate of return on our current or projected invested capital and other “known and measurable changes” in our business. The infrastructure surcharge mechanism allows our rates to be adjusted and charged to customers outside the context of a general rate proceeding for pre-specified portions of our capital expenditures to replace aging infrastructure closer to the time these expenses are incurred. These constructive regulatory mechanisms encourage us to maintain a steady capital expenditure program to repair and improve water and wastewater systems as needed by reducing the regulatory lag on the recovery of prudent expenditures.

Significant growth opportunities with a low risk business profile. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from favorable industry dynamics in the water and wastewater sectors, which provide significant opportunities for future growth in both our Regulated Businesses and complementary Non-Regulated Businesses.

 

   

Replacement of aging infrastructure . The EPA estimates that approximately $277 billion of capital spending will be needed between 2003 and 2022 to replace aging water infrastructure and comply with stricter water quality standards, and the EPA estimates that approximately $388 billion will be needed between 2003 and 2022 to replace aging wastewater infrastructure. We intend to invest capital prudently to enable us to continue to provide essential services to our regulated water and wastewater utility customers.

In addition, approximately 84% of community water systems are owned by municipalities or government entities that have varying access to financial resources and may have less extensive experience with large construction programs. In order to meet their capital spending challenges, we believe that municipalities will increasingly examine a range of strategies, including privatizations and partnerships with the private sector. We have successfully developed expertise in managing large capital investment projects and programs as an owner-operator and have an established track record of

 

80


Table of Contents

investing to upgrade, replace and add new pipes, treatment and pumping facilities and other water system infrastructure. In addition, we have experience designing, building and operating water treatment plants, which treat water from major rivers as well as lakes, reservoirs and groundwater sources within the United States. Our experience and resources position us favorably to partner with municipalities to upgrade and manage their infrastructure projects.

 

   

Fragmented industry provides consolidation opportunities . With approximately 53,000 community water systems and roughly 16,000 community wastewater systems in the United States, the water and wastewater industry is significantly more fragmented than the other major utility industries. We expect the factors driving industry consolidation to increase in the future. These include economies of scale, environmental regulations, capital investment needs and need for technical and regulatory expertise. With the presence of our Regulated Businesses in 20 states, we have a large platform on which to grow both organically and through consolidation of this fragmented market. Historically, we have been able to successfully identify, acquire and integrate water and wastewater systems.

 

   

Opportunities for non-regulated growth . Our expertise and geographic diversity increases our ability to make opportunistic investments in non-regulated businesses that are complementary to our Regulated Businesses. Our national footprint and public/private partnership experience, including O&M, military and DBO contracts and services, position us to participate in existing and emerging non-regulated water businesses. These include contracting for the supply and treatment of water and wastewater with the United States military, for which we operate and maintain the water and wastewater networks at Forts Leavenworth, Sill and Rucker and for which we have been awarded contracts at Fort A.P. Hill and Scott Air Force Base.

Experienced senior management team . Our three senior managers have an average of 27 years of experience in the utilities industry. Donald L. Correll, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Ellen C. Wolf, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and John S. Young, our Chief Operating Officer, have all held senior management positions at publicly traded companies. Our 12 state presidents have an average of 24 years of experience in the utilities industry.

Industry leader in water quality, testing and research. As the largest investor-owned United States water and wastewater utility company, we are experts in water quality testing, compliance and treatment and have established and own industry-leading water testing facilities. Our technologically advanced quality control and testing laboratory in Belleville, Illinois is certified in 24 states. Our laboratories and other facilities perform more than one million water quality tests per year.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to consistently provide customers with safe, high quality drinking water and reliable water and wastewater services. Our business strategies include:

 

   

continuing to invest prudently in regulated water and wastewater infrastructure projects;

 

   

earning an appropriate rate of return on our investments from state PUCs;

 

   

growing our Regulated Businesses through acquisitions; and

 

   

continuing to pursue public/private partnerships, including O&M and military contracts and services and other non-regulated businesses that are complementary to our Regulated Businesses.

Continue our prudent investment in regulated infrastructure projects . We intend to invest capital prudently to enable us to continue to provide essential services to our regulated water and wastewater utility customers, while working with regulators in the various states in which we operate to have the opportunity to earn an appropriate rate of return on our investment and a return of our investment.

Over the next five years, we estimate that Company-funded capital investment will total between approximately $4,000 and $4,500 million. We anticipate spending between approximately $700 and $900 million

 

81


Table of Contents

yearly on Company-funded capital investment for the foreseeable future, depending upon the timing of major capital projects. Our capital investment includes both infrastructure renewal programs, where we replace existing infrastructure, as needed, and construction of facilities to meet new customer growth. Over the next five years, we estimate we will invest approximately $1,800 million to replace aging infrastructure including mains, meters, and supply and treatment facilities. We estimate that we will invest approximately $1,300 million in facilities to serve new customer growth over this same period. In addition, we estimate that complying with water quality standards and other regulatory requirements will require approximately $750 million of investment over the same period. Projects to enhance system reliability, security, and efficiency, or to meet other needs are projected to account for approximately an additional $400 million of investment over the same period.

The charts below set forth our estimated percentage of projected capital expenditures for 2007 to 2011 by purpose of investment and by asset type, respectively:

LOGO

Earn an appropriate rate of return on our investments. A critical competency of a regulated utility is filing and completing rate cases with state PUCs. We will focus on the timely filing and completion of these rate cases in order to earn an appropriate return on our investments and to obtain recovery of prudently incurred expenses.

Grow our Regulated Businesses through acquisitions . We intend to continue to expand our regulated footprint geographically by acquiring water and wastewater systems in our existing markets and certain markets in the United States where we do not currently operate our Regulated Businesses. Our experienced development team evaluates potential acquisition targets across the country, particularly in higher-growth areas. Before entering new markets, we will evaluate the regulatory environment to ensure that we will have the opportunity to achieve an appropriate return on our investment while maintaining our high standards for quality, reliability and compliance with environmental, health and safety and water quality standards. These acquisitions may include large acquisitions of companies that have operations in multiple markets.

We also intend to continue to grow our regulated footprint through tuck-in acquisitions of small water and/or wastewater systems, typically serving fewer than 10,000 customers, in close geographic proximity to where we currently operate our Regulated Businesses. Tuck-ins allow us to integrate systems, operations and management and achieve efficiencies.

Continue to pursue complementary businesses . While our business mix will continue to focus predominantly on regulated activities, we are pursuing opportunities in non-regulated businesses that are complementary to our Regulated Businesses and our capabilities. We plan to focus on our public/private partnerships, including O&M and military contracts and services. We intend to capitalize on our O&M expertise

 

82


Table of Contents

as well as our existing municipal and government relationships to identify and bid for new ventures that have attractive risk and return characteristics. We also intend to continue to expand our non-regulated Homeowner Services business, which provides services to domestic homeowners to protect against the cost of repairing broken or leaking pipes inside and outside their homes, in areas within and beyond our existing regulated footprint.

Our Regulated Businesses

Overview of Networks, Facilities and Water Supply

Our Regulated Businesses operate in approximately 1,625 communities spread out across 356 individual service areas in 20 states in the United States. Our primary operating assets include 84 surface water treatment plants, 655 groundwater treatment plants, 1,013 groundwater wells, 41 wastewater treatment facilities, 921 treated water storage facilities, 1,268 pumping stations, 99 dams and approximately 45,000 miles of mains and collection pipes, 40,000 miles of which are water mains and 5,000 miles of which are sewer mains. We own substantially all of the assets used by our Regulated Businesses.

We generally own the land and physical assets used to store, extract and treat source water. Typically, we do not own the water itself, which is held in public trust and is allocated to us through contracts and allocation rights granted by federal and state agencies or through the ownership of water rights pursuant to local law. Sources of supply are seasonal in nature and weather conditions can have a pronounced effect on supply. In connection with supply planning for most surface or groundwater sources, we employ sophisticated models to determine safe yields under different rainfall and drought conditions. Surface and groundwater levels are routinely monitored for all supplies so that supply capacity may be predicted and, as needed, mitigated through demand management and additional supply development.

The following chart sets forth the sources of water supply for our Regulated Businesses for 2006 by volume:

LOGO

The level of water treatment that we apply varies significantly depending upon the quality of the water source. Surface water sources, such as rivers, typically require significant filtration, while some groundwater sources, such as aquifers, require chemical treatment only. In addition, a small amount of treated water is purchased from neighboring water purveyors. Treated water is transported through an extensive transmission and distribution network, which includes underground pipes, above ground storage facilities and numerous pumping facilities with the ultimate distribution of the treated water to the customers’ premises. We also have installed meters to measure the water that we deliver through our distribution network. We employ a variety of methods of meter reading to monitor consumption, ranging from basic mechanical meters read by traveling meter readers to remote “drive-by” electronic meter reading equipment. The majority of new meters are able to support future advances in electronic meter reading.

 

83


Table of Contents

The provision of wastewater services involves the collection of wastewater from customers’ premises through sewer lines. The wastewater is then transported through a sewer network to a treatment facility where it is treated to meet required effluent standards. The treated wastewater is finally returned to the environment as effluent, and the solid waste byproduct of the treatment process is disposed of in accordance with local standards.

Maintenance of our networks is a key activity of our Regulated Businesses. We have ongoing main renewal programs in all states in which our Regulated Businesses operate. These programs consist of both rehabilitation of existing mains and replacement of mains that have reached the end of their useful service life. We generally replace rather than rehabilitate our mains, subject to considerations of cost, feasibility and customer service impact.

The following table sets forth operating revenue, operating income and number of customers for 2006 for our regulated subsidiaries in the states where our Regulated Businesses provide services:

 

    

Operating
Revenue

($ in millions)

   % of Total    

Number of
Customers
(at December

31, 2006)

   % of Total  

New Jersey

   $ 445.0    24.0 %   623,808    19.0 %

Pennsylvania

     402.8    21.7 %   640,555    19.5 %

Missouri

     170.9    9.2 %   464,361    14.1 %

Illinois

     169.9    9.2 %   304,138    9.3 %

Indiana

     136.5    7.4 %   281,099    8.5 %

California

     117.3    6.3 %   176,888    5.4 %

West Virginia

     101.9    5.5 %   166,336    5.1 %
                        

Subtotal (Top Seven States)

     1,544.3    83.3 %   2,657,185    80.9 %

Other†

     310.3    16.7 %   629,179    19.1 %
                        

Total Regulated Businesses

   $ 1,854.6    100.0 %   3,286,364    100.0 %
                        

Includes data from our operating subsidiaries in the following states: Arizona, Georgia, Hawaii, Iowa, Kentucky, Maryland, Michigan, New Mexico, New York, Ohio, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia.

Approximately 83.5% of operating revenue from our Regulated Businesses in 2006 were generated from approximately 2.7 million customers in our seven largest states, as measured by operating revenues. In fiscal year 2006, no single customer accounted for more than 1% of our annual operating revenue.

The operational characteristics of our Regulated Businesses, including water and wastewater networks and infrastructure and water sources and supply, vary on a state-by-state basis, as explained below with respect to our top seven states by Regulated Businesses revenues.

New Jersey

New Jersey American Water Company, Inc. serves a population (including resale) of approximately 2.65 million and generated approximately $445.0 million of operating revenue in 2006, representing approximately 24.0% of operating revenue of our Regulated Businesses for that period.

In New Jersey, our infrastructure and assets are designed to collect, treat and distribute water from a variety of surface water sources (including streams, lakes and reservoirs) and groundwater sources. In 2006, we obtained 68% of our water supply from surface water sources and 22% from groundwater sources. Purchased raw water and treated water each accounted for 5% of water supply, respectively, for the same period.

New Jersey American Water Company, Inc. currently operates eight surface water treatment plants and 146 groundwater treatment plants, which process water extracted from 158 groundwater wells. We maintain 123

 

84


Table of Contents

treated water storage facilities, 206 pumping stations and seven dams, and our water and wastewater collection and distribution systems comprise 8,113 miles of mains and collection pipes. We do not currently provide wastewater treatment services in New Jersey.

In New Jersey, in order to ensure that we have adequate sources of water supply, we utilize reservoirs, aquifer storage supplies and seasonal wells to provide for water needs during peak summer seasons. Through the optimization of ground and surface water rights, we are able to balance seasonal fluctuations and provide sufficient water supply to our customers year round. We also maintain drought and emergency plans to ensure service reliability through a wide range of weather fluctuations.

Pennsylvania

Pennsylvania American Water Company serves a population of approximately 2.1 million and generated approximately $402.8 million of operating revenue in 2006, representing approximately 21.7% of operating revenue of our Regulated Businesses for that period.

In Pennsylvania, our infrastructure and assets are designed to collect, treat and distribute water from a variety of surface water sources (including streams, lakes and reservoirs) and groundwater sources. In 2006, we obtained 92% of our water supply from surface water sources and 6% from groundwater sources. Purchased treated water accounted for 2% of our water supply for the same period.

Pennsylvania American Water Company currently operates 36 surface water treatment plants and 63 groundwater treatment plants, which process water extracted from 125 groundwater wells. We maintain 182 treated water storage facilities, 288 pumping stations and 65 dams, and our water and wastewater collection and distribution systems comprise 9,238 miles of mains and collection pipes. We currently operate four wastewater treatment facilities in Pennsylvania.

In Pennsylvania, in order to ensure that we have adequate sources of water supply, we maintain active drought contingency plans in each of our public water systems. The plans identify the source of supply operations that are used during normal and drought weather conditions and specify measures to be taken at different drought trigger levels to increase supply and/or curtail water demand. Water allocation and passing-flow requirements must be managed to maintain adequate supply to our production facilities. In addition, we have taken action to augment supply in systems that have historically had drought-related supply issues (such as Butler, Pennsylvania) by finding alternative raw water sources and making finished water interconnections with other systems. In another of our drought-sensitive areas, Coatesville, Pennsylvania, we are currently in the planning and design stage of a supplemental interconnection with a neighboring water authority and long-term development of additional raw water sources.

Missouri

Missouri American Water Company serves a population of approximately 1.63 million and generated approximately $170.9 million of operating revenue in 2006, representing approximately 9.2% of operating revenue of our Regulated Businesses for that period.

In Missouri, our infrastructure and assets are designed to collect, treat and distribute water from a variety of surface water sources (including rivers, streams, lakes and reservoirs) and groundwater sources. In 2006, we obtained 90% of our water supply from surface water sources and 10% from groundwater sources.

Missouri American Water Company currently operates six surface water treatment plants and 15 groundwater treatment plants, which process water extracted from 36 groundwater wells. We maintain 61 treated water storage facilities, 39 pumping stations and one dam, and our water and wastewater collection and distribution systems comprise 5,671 miles of mains and collection pipes. We currently operate four wastewater treatment facilities in Missouri.

 

85


Table of Contents

In our Joplin service area in Missouri, our source of water supply is limited. To manage this issue on the demand side, the water use of a large industrial customer has been restricted under an interruptible tariff. Additional wells have and will be developed to address supply and reliability deficiencies.

Illinois

Illinois American Water Company serves a population of approximately 1.28 million and generated approximately $169.9 million of operating revenue in 2006, representing approximately 9.1% of operating revenue of our Regulated Businesses for that period.

In Illinois, our infrastructure and assets are designed to collect, treat and distribute water from a variety of surface water sources (including rivers, streams, lakes and reservoirs) and groundwater sources. In 2006, we obtained 51% of our water supply from surface water sources and 38% from groundwater sources. Purchased treated water accounted for 11% of water supply for the same period.

Illinois American Water Company currently operates seven surface water treatment plants and 31 groundwater treatment plants, which process water extracted from 64 groundwater wells. We maintain 59 treated water storage facilities, 97 pumping stations and three dams, and our water and wastewater collection and distribution systems comprise 3,853 miles of mains and collection pipes. We currently operate 11 wastewater treatment facilities in Illinois.

In Illinois, we utilize a comprehensive planning process to assess source of supply adequacy. This assessment addresses both water quantity and quality features. Future customer demand projections are prepared. Existing system delivery infrastructure is evaluated to determine the capabilities of addressing anticipated demands. In addition to determining source of supply quantity adequacy, the ability to deliver the appropriate water quality is assessed. This would include compliance with environmental regulations as well as company water quality goals. The planning efforts result in a list of improvements that include source of supply upgrades.

Indiana

Indiana American Water Company, Inc. serves a population of approximately 1.28 million and generated approximately $136.5 million of operating revenue in 2006, representing approximately 7.4% of operating revenue of our Regulated Businesses for that period.

In Indiana, our infrastructure and assets are designed to collect, treat and distribute water from a variety of surface water sources (including rivers, streams, lakes and reservoirs) and groundwater sources. In 2006, we obtained 44% of our water supply from surface water sources and 55% from groundwater sources. Purchased treated water accounted for 1% of water supply for the same period.

Indiana American Water Company, Inc. currently operates five surface water treatment plants and 34 groundwater treatment plants, which process water extracted from 139 groundwater wells. We maintain 71 treated water storage facilities, 51 pumping stations and six dams, and our water and wastewater collection and distribution systems comprise 4,164 miles of mains and collection pipes. We currently operate one wastewater treatment facility in Indiana.

At Indiana American Water Company, we employ several measures to ensure that we have adequate sources of water supply. Indiana American Water conducts and updates comprehensive planning studies for each of its water utilities to identify and plan for long term customer demand trends. In order to provide uninterrupted water service, new source of supply and water treatment capital projects are planned and timed to match increases in customer demand and/or changes in the yield of existing sources of supply and treatment capacities. For example, to serve our high growth Indianapolis southern Suburban market, our London Road Project will utilize a new well field and treatment plant that will satisfy the significant needs of increased population and economic development. Further, these facilities are built to be incrementally expandable to match further growth over the

 

86


Table of Contents

next 10 years. In cases of extreme demand (such as drought conditions), customer demand-management plans are in place to sustain water sources through to normal demand conditions. Indiana American’s Noblesville District, a high growth northern suburb of Indianapolis, has successfully managed high demand in 2007’s heat wave/drought condition through the use of its demand management plan. Further, emergency connections to alternate water sources are in place in some drought-sensitive Indiana American Water districts.

California

California American Water Company serves a population of approximately 0.68 million and generated $117.3 million of operating revenue in 2006, representing approximately 6.3% of operating revenue of our Regulated Businesses for that period.

In California, our infrastructure and assets are designed to collect, treat and distribute water from a variety of surface water sources (including rivers, streams, lakes and reservoirs) and groundwater sources. In 2006, we obtained 1% of our water supply from surface water sources and 72% from groundwater sources. Purchased treated water accounted for 27% of water supply for the same period.

California American Water Company currently operates two surface water treatment plants and 149 groundwater treatment plants, which process water extracted from 178 groundwater wells. We maintain 90 treated water storage facilities, 115 pumping stations and three dams, and our water and wastewater collection and distribution systems comprise 2,704 miles of mains and collection pipes. We currently operate five wastewater treatment facilities in California.

In California, in order to ensure that we have adequate sources of water supply we are in the permitting stages to obtain approval for the construction of a desalination plant to serve our customers on the Monterey Peninsula, we are designing new groundwater wells in our Larkfield district, and in other areas, we are making arrangements to extend or expand our purchase of water from neighboring water providers.

West Virginia

West Virginia American Water Company serves a population of approximately 0.57 million and generated approximately $101.9 million of operating revenue in 2006, representing approximately 5.5% of operating revenue of our Regulated Businesses for that period.

In West Virginia, our infrastructure and assets are designed to collect, treat and distribute water from a variety of surface water sources (including streams, lakes and reservoirs), and in 2006 we obtained 100% of our water supply from surface water sources.

West Virginia American Water Company currently operates nine surface water treatment plants. We maintain 119 treated water storage facilities, 255 pumping stations and four dams, and our water collection and distribution systems comprise 2,918 miles of mains and collection pipes. We do not currently provide wastewater services in West Virginia.

In West Virginia, our surface water supplies are sufficient to meet demand under all but the most extreme drought conditions. Such conditions would be atypical for West Virginia, which has an average annual rainfall of 44 inches.

Customers

We have a large and geographically diverse customer base in our Regulated Businesses. For the purposes of our Regulated Businesses, each customer represents a connection to our water or wastewater networks. As in the case of apartment complexes, businesses and many homes, multiple individuals may be served by a single connection. See “Industry and Market Data” for the methodology we employ to estimate population served.

 

87


Table of Contents

Residential customers make up the large majority of customers in all of the states in which we operate. In 2006, residential customers accounted for 91% of the customers and 61% of the operating revenue of our Regulated Businesses. Residential customers are highly predictable water and wastewater services consumers and they generate stable operating revenue over time and across regions. We also serve commercial customers, such as shops and businesses, industrial customers, such as large-scale manufacturing and production operations, and public authorities, such as government buildings and other public sector facilities, including schools. We supply water to private fire customers for use in fire suppression systems in office buildings and other facilities and also provide bulk water supplies to other water utilities that distribute them to their own customers.

The following table sets forth the number of water and wastewater customers by customer class for our Regulated Businesses in 2004, 2005 and 2006:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2004    2005    2006
     Water    Wastewater    Water    Wastewater    Water    Wastewater

Residential

   2,785,578    120,096    2,820,727    124,882    2,865,667    130,355

Commercial

   230,052    5,861    230,187    5,756    229,354    5,922

Industrial

   4,847    11    4,768    11    4,668    13

Private Fire

   34,580    9    32,106    10    33,208    10

Public Authority & Other

   16,663    163    16,844    178    16,990    177
                             

Total

   3,071,720    126,140    3,104,632    130,837    3,149,887    136,477
                             

The following table sets forth water services operating revenue by customer class and wastewater services operating revenue, both excluding management fee revenues and other water revenues, for our Regulated Businesses for 2004, 2005 and 2006 and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007:

 

     Year ended December 31,    Six months ended
June 30,
     2004    2005    2006    2006    2007
     (dollars in millions)

Water service

              

Residential

   $ 1,006.3    $ 1,068.1    $ 1,068.2    $ 505.6    $ 535.3

Commercial

     340.6      353.7      362.7      172.1      176.0

Industrial

     99.9      97.2      92.0      44.8      46.1

Public and other

     218.1      223.4      231.5      116.0      116.7
                                  

Total water services

     1,664.9      1,742.4      1,754.4      838.5      874.1

Wastewater services

     57.4      63.0      68.1      32.8      35.4
                                  

Total

   $ 1,722.3    $ 1,805.4    $ 1,822.5    $ 871.3    $ 909.5
                                  

Substantially all of our regulated water customers are metered, which allows us to measure and bill for our customers’ water consumption, typically on a monthly basis. Our wastewater customers are billed either on a fixed charge basis or based on their water consumption.

Customer usage of water is affected by weather conditions, in particular during the summer. Our water systems experience higher demand in the summer due to the warmer temperatures and increased usage by customers for lawn irrigation and other outdoor uses. Summer weather that is cooler and wetter than average generally serves to suppress customer water demand and can have a downward effect on water operating revenue and operating income. Conversely, when weather conditions are extremely dry, our systems may be affected by drought-related warnings and/or water usage restrictions imposed by governmental agencies, also serving to reduce customer demand and operating revenue. These restrictions may be imposed at a regional or state level and may affect our service areas, regardless of our readiness to meet unrestricted customer demands.

 

88


Table of Contents

The principal factor of any increase in our Regulated Businesses customer base is due to customers added through acquisitions and organic growth. From 2003 to 2006, our Regulated Businesses customer base increased at an average annual rate of 1.5%.

Supplies

Our water and wastewater operations require an uninterrupted supply of chemicals, energy and fuel, as well as maintenance material and other critical inputs. Many of these inputs are subject to short-term price volatility. Long-term volatility is partially mitigated through existing procurement contracts, current supplier continuity plans and the regulatory rate setting process.

Because of our geographic diversity, we maintain relationships with many chemical, equipment and service suppliers in the marketplace and we do not rely on any single entity for a material amount of our supplies. We also employ a strategic sourcing process intended to ensure reliability in supply and long-term cost effectiveness. As a result of our strategic sourcing process and our strong relationships with suppliers, we are able to mitigate interruptions in the delivery of the products and services that are critical to our operations. For example, during Hurricane Katrina, we were challenged to locate chemical suppliers not affected by the hurricane. As a result of our previously negotiated and established relationships with a network of preferred suppliers, we were able to secure an uninterrupted supply of materials and to continue our operations in the affected areas without interruptions.

We have back-up energy sources at key facilities that are able to keep our operations running in the event of a temporary loss of our primary energy supplies.

Regulation

Economic Regulation

Our subsidiaries in the states in which we operate our Regulated Businesses are generally subject to extensive economic regulation by their respective state PUCs. The term “economic regulation” is intended to indicate that these state PUCs regulate the economic aspects of service to the public from systems that fall within their jurisdiction but do not generally establish water quality standards, which are set by the EPA and/or state environmental authorities and enforced through state environmental or health agencies. State PUCs have broad authority, derived from state laws and state constitutions under which they operate, to regulate many of the economic aspects of the utilities that fall within their jurisdiction. For example, state PUCs issue certificates of public convenience and necessity (or similar authorizations) that may be required for a company to provide public utility services in specific areas of the state. They also must approve the rates and conditions under which service is provided to customers and have extensive authority to establish rules and regulations under which the utilities operate. Although specific authority might differ from state to state, in most states, these state PUCs must approve rates, accounting treatments, long-term financing programs, significant capital expenditures and plant additions, transactions between the regulated subsidiary and affiliated entities, reorganizations and mergers and acquisitions, in many instances prior to their completion. The jurisdiction exercised by each state PUC is prescribed by state laws and regulations and therefore varies from state to state. Regulatory policies not only vary from state to state, they may change over time. These policies will affect the timing as well as the extent of recovery of expenses and the realized return on invested capital.

Economic regulation of utilities deals with many competing, and occasionally conflicting, public interests and policy goals. The primary responsibility of state PUCs is to achieve the overall public interest by balancing the interests of customers and the utility and its stockholders. Although the specific approach to economic regulation does vary, certain general principles are consistent across the states in which our regulated subsidiaries operate. Based on the United States Constitution and state constitutions that prohibit confiscation of property without due process of law and just compensation, as well as state statutory provisions and court precedent, utilities are entitled to recover, through rates charged to customers, prudent and reasonable operating costs as well as an opportunity to earn an appropriate return on our prudent, used and useful capital investment necessary

 

89


Table of Contents

to provide service to customers and a return of our prudent, used and useful capital investment necessary to provide service to customers. The state PUCs will also generally accord a utility the right to serve specific areas and will also provide investor-owned utilities with limited protection from competition because the requirement of an investor-owned utility to operate pursuant to a certificate of public convenience and necessity (or similar authorizations) typically prevents other investor-owned utilities from competing with it in the authorized area. In return, the utility undertakes to provide reliable service on a nondiscriminatory basis to all customers within the authorized area.

Our operating revenue is typically determined by reference to the volume of water supplied to a customer multiplied by a price-per-gallon set by a tariff approved by the relevant state PUC. Certain states, such as, for example, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, New Jersey, Ohio, Indiana and Illinois, have utilized a full or partial single rate policy, under which all customers in a state or certain regions within a state are charged utilizing a single rate structure, regardless of which of our individual systems serves them. The single tariff structure is based on costs that are determined on a state-wide or intra-state regional basis, thereby moderating the impact of periodic fluctuations in local costs while lowering administrative costs for us and our customers.

The process to obtain approval for a change in rates, or rate case, involves filing a petition with the state PUC on a periodic basis as determined by our capital expenditures needs and our operating costs. Rate cases are normally initiated by the regulated utility whenever the utility determines it needs to recover increased operating expenses or a return on new capital investment, or otherwise determines that its current authorized return is not sufficient, given current market conditions, to provide a reasonable return on investment. Typically a rate case will not be filed, however, unless the current or expected future return is below the allowed rate of return currently authorized by the regulator. A state PUC may also initiate a rate proceeding or investigation if it believes a utility may be earning in excess of its authorized rate of return. Rate cases often involve a lengthy and costly administrative process. The utility, the state PUC staff, consumer advocates and any other interveners who may participate in the process prepare and file evidence, consisting of supporting testimony and documentation. This is presented in public hearings in connection with the rate case. These hearings, which are economic and service quality fact-finding in nature, are typically conducted in a trial-like setting before the state PUC or an administrative law judge. During the process, the utility is required to provide staff and interveners with all relevant information they may request concerning the utility’s operations, expenses and investments. The sworn evidentiary record then forms the basis for a state PUC decision.

Some state PUCs are more restrictive than others with regard to the types of expenses and investments that may be recovered in rates as well as with regard to the transparency of their rate-making processes, and how they reach their final rate determinations. However, in evaluating a rate case, state PUCs typically focus on five areas:

 

   

the amount and prudence of investment in facilities considered “used and useful” in providing public service;

 

   

the operating and maintenance costs and taxes associated with providing the service (typically by making reference to a representative 12-month period of time, known as a test year);

 

   

the appropriate rate of return;

 

   

the tariff or rate design that allocates operating revenue requirements equitably across the customer base; and

 

   

the quality of service the utility provides, including issues raised by customers.

The decisions of state PUCs and the timing of those decisions can have a significant impact on the operations and earnings of our Regulated Businesses. Rate cases and other rate-related proceedings can take several months to over a year to complete. Therefore, there is frequently a delay, or regulatory lag, between the time one of our regulated subsidiaries makes a capital investment or incurs an operating expense increase and when those costs are reflected in rates. For instance, an unexpected increase in chemical costs or new capital investment that is not appropriately reflected in the most recently completed rate case will generally not be recovered by the regulated subsidiary until the next rate case is filed and approved by the state PUC. Our rate

 

90


Table of Contents

case management program is guided by the goals of obtaining efficient recovery of costs of capital and utility operating and maintenance costs, including costs incurred for compliance with environmental regulations. The management team at each of our regulated subsidiaries anticipates the time required for the regulatory process and files a rate case with the goal of obtaining rates that reflect as closely as possible the cost of providing service at the time the rates become effective. Even if rates are sufficient, we face the risk that we will not achieve the rates of return on our invested capital and a return of our invested capital that are permitted by the state PUC.

Our regulated subsidiaries also pursue methods to minimize the adverse impact of regulatory lag and have worked with state PUCs and legislatures to implement a number of approaches to achieve this result. For example, an increasing number of states are permitting rates to be adjusted outside of a general rate case for certain costs, such as a return on capital investments to replace aging infrastructure or increases in expenses beyond the utility’s control, such as purchased water costs. For example, Pennsylvania, Illinois, Missouri, Indiana, New York, California and Ohio have in the past allowed tariffs that permit the imposition of surcharges on customers’ bills for infrastructure replacement. New Jersey, California, Virginia and Illinois have allowed surcharges for purchased water costs and California has allowed surcharges for power.

Some states have permitted use of some form of forecast or forward looking test year instead of historical data to set rates. Examples of these states include Illinois, Kentucky, Ohio, New York and California. In addition, a number of states in which we operate have allowed the utility to update historical data for certain changes that occur for some limited period of time subsequent to the historical test year. This allows the utility to take account of some more current costs or capital investments in the rate-setting process. Examples of these states include New Mexico, Texas, Missouri, Iowa, Virginia, Pennsylvania, Maryland, West Virginia, New Jersey and Arizona.

Another regulatory mechanism to address issues of regulatory lag includes the ability, in certain circumstances, to recover in rates a return on utility plant before it is actually in service, instead of capitalizing an allowance for funds used during construction. Examples of states that have allowed such recovery include Texas, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky and California.

The ability of the Company to seek regulatory treatment as described above does not guarantee that the state PUCs will accept the Company’s proposal in the context of a particular rate case. However, the Company strives to use these and other regulatory policies to address issues of regulatory lag wherever appropriate and to expand their use in areas where they may not currently apply.

Environmental, Health and Safety and Water Quality Regulation

Our water and wastewater operations are subject to extensive United States federal, state and local, and in the case of our Canadian operations, Canadian laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment, health and safety, the quality of the water we deliver to our customers, water allocation rights and the manner in which we collect, treat and discharge wastewater. We are also subject to certain regulations regarding fire protection services in the areas we serve. These regulations include the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Clean Water Act and other federal, state, local and Canadian laws and regulations governing the provision of water and wastewater services, particularly with respect to the quality of water we distribute. We also are subject to various federal, state, local and Canadian laws and regulations governing the storage of hazardous materials, the management and disposal of hazardous and solid wastes, discharges to air and water, the cleanup of contaminated sites, dam safety and other matters relating to the protection of the environment, health and safety. State PUCs also set conditions and standards for the water and wastewater services we deliver.

We maintain a comprehensive environmental policy including responsible business practices, compliance with environmental laws and regulations, effective use of natural resources, and stewardship of biodiversity. We believe that our operations are in material compliance with, and in many cases surpass, minimum standards required by applicable environmental laws and regulations. Water samples across our water system are analyzed on a regular basis in material compliance with regulatory requirements. Across the Company, we conduct nearly one million water quality tests each year at our laboratory facilities in addition to continuous on-line instrumentations such as

 

91


Table of Contents

monitoring turbidity levels, disinfectant residuals and adjustments to chemical treatment based on changes in incoming water. For 2006, we achieved greater than a 99.9 percent compliance rate for meeting state and federal drinking water standards and 99.3 percent for compliance with wastewater requirements.

American Water participates in the Partnership for Safe Water, the United States EPA’s voluntary program to meet more stringent goals for reducing microbes. Currently, 66 of our facilities have received the program’s “Director” award and over 55 have maintained it for more than five years.

For 2007 and 2008, American Water’s aggregate capital expenditures for environmental, health and safety and water quality regulatory compliance are expected to be approximately $130.0 million.

Safe Drinking Water Act

The federal Safe Drinking Water Act and regulations promulgated thereunder establish national quality standards for drinking water. The EPA has issued rules governing the levels of numerous naturally occurring and man-made chemical and microbial contaminants and radionuclides allowable in drinking water and continues to propose new rules. These rules also prescribe testing requirements for detecting contaminants, the treatment systems which may be used for removing contaminants and other requirements. Federal and state water quality requirements have become increasingly more stringent, including increased water testing requirements, to reflect public health concerns.

For example, in 2001, the EPA decreased permissible arsenic levels in drinking water and required compliance by water systems by January 2006. In 2003, a new EPA rule governing non-radon radionuclides became effective, regulating uranium in drinking water for the first time and requiring initial monitoring under state programs by the end of 2007. We believe that we are in material compliance with both these rules.

In order to remove or inactivate microbial organisms, the EPA has promulgated various rules to improve the disinfection and filtration of drinking water and to reduce consumers’ exposure to disinfectants and byproducts of the disinfection process. In January 2006, the EPA promulgated the Long Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule and the Stage 2 Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproduct Rule. In October 2006, the EPA finalized the Ground Water Rule, applicable to water systems providing water from underground sources. In 2006, the EPA also proposed revisions to the monitoring and reporting requirements of the existing Lead and Copper Rule.

Although it is difficult to project the ultimate costs of complying with the above or other pending or future requirements, we do not expect current requirements under the Safe Drinking Water Act to have a material impact on our operations or financial condition. In addition, capital expenditures and operating costs to comply with environmental mandates traditionally have been recognized by state public utility commissions as appropriate for inclusion in establishing rates. As a result, we expect to fully recover the operating and capital costs resulting from these pending or future requirements.

Clean Water Act

The federal Clean Water Act regulates discharges from drinking water and wastewater treatment facilities into lakes, rivers, streams and groundwater. In addition to requirements applicable to our sewer collection systems, our operations require discharge permits under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System, or NPDES, permit program established under the Clean Water Act. Pursuant to the NPDES program, the EPA or implementing states set maximum discharge limits for wastewater effluents and overflows from wastewater collection systems. We believe that we maintain the necessary permits and approvals for the discharges from our water and wastewater facilities. From time to time, discharge violations occur at our facilities, some of which result in fines. We do not expect any such violations or fines to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

 

92


Table of Contents

Other Environmental, Health and Safety and Water Quality Matters

Our operations also involve the use, storage and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. For example, our water and wastewater treatment facilities store and use chlorine and other chemicals and generate wastes that require proper handling and disposal under applicable environmental requirements. We also could incur remedial costs in connection with any contamination relating to our operations or facilities or our off-site disposal of wastes. Although we are not aware of any material cleanup or decontamination obligations, the discovery of contamination or the imposition of such obligations in the future could result in additional costs. Our facilities and operations also are subject to requirements under the United States Occupational Safety and Health Act and are subject to inspections thereunder. For further information, see “Our Business—Research and Development.”

Certain of our subsidiaries are involved in pending legal proceedings relating to environmental matters. These proceedings are described further in the section entitled “Our Business—Legal Proceedings”.

Acquisitions

In the course of pursuing our growth strategy, we periodically acquire water and wastewater utilities by making acquisitions in our existing markets and certain markets in the United States where we do not currently operate our Regulated Businesses. These acquisitions may include large corporate acquisitions of companies that have operations in multiple markets. We have executed a number of large acquisitions in the past 10 years. In 1996, our regulated subsidiary, Pennsylvania American Water Company, acquired the regulated water utility operations of Pennsylvania Gas and Water Company, a subsidiary of Pennsylvania Enterprises Inc., for approximately $409.4 million. In 1999, we acquired the privately held National Enterprises Inc., in a transaction valued at $700.0 million. In 2002, we acquired the water and wastewater facilities in six states from Citizens Communications Company for an aggregate purchase price of $979.8 million. We also acquire water and wastewater utilities through tuck-ins. The proximity of tuck-in opportunities to our regulated footprint allows us to integrate and manage the acquired systems and operations using our existing management and to achieve efficiencies. Historically, pursuing tuck-ins has been a fundamental part of our growth strategy, and we intend to resume our active pursuit of tuck-ins.

The chart below sets forth our historical tuck-ins for 1996 through 2006 and the first six months of 2007:

LOGO


Competition and Condemnation

In our Regulated Businesses, we generally do not face direct or indirect competition in providing services in our existing markets because (i) we operate within those markets pursuant to certificates of public convenience and necessity (or similar authorizations) issued by state PUCs and (ii) the high cost of constructing a new water

 

93


Table of Contents

and wastewater system in an existing market creates a barrier to market entry. Our Regulated Businesses do face competition from governmental agencies, other investor-owned utilities and strategic buyers in connection with entering new markets and making strategic acquisitions. Consolidation is changing the competitive landscape as small local utilities struggle to meet their capital spending requirements and look to partner with investor-owned utilities. We also face competition in offering services to new real estate developers, where we compete with others on the basis of the financial terms we offer for our services, the availability of water and our ability to commence providing services on a timely basis. Our largest investor-owned competitors are Aqua America Inc., United Water (owned by Suez), American States Water Co. and California Water Services Group.

The certificates of public convenience and necessity (or similar authorizations) pursuant to which we operate our Regulated Businesses do not prevent municipalities from competing with us to provide water and wastewater utility services. Further, the potential exists that portions of our subsidiaries’ utility assets could be acquired by municipalities or other local government entities through one or more of the following methods:

 

   

eminent domain (also known as condemnation);

 

   

the right of purchase given or reserved by a municipality or political subdivision when the original certificate was granted; and

 

   

the right of purchase given or reserved under the law of the state in which the utility subsidiary was incorporated or from which it received its certificate.

The sale price for such a transaction initiated by a local government may be determined consistent with applicable eminent domain law, or the price may be negotiated or fixed by appraisers as prescribed by the law of the state or in the particular franchise or charter. We believe our operating subsidiaries would be entitled to fair market value for any assets required to be sold, and we are of the opinion that fair market value would be in excess of the book value for such assets.

We are periodically subject to condemnation proceedings in the ordinary course of business. The last sale under threat of condemnation occurred in 2003 in California. A referendum on condemnation was held on November 7, 2006 in respect of assets of our Kentucky American Water Company subsidiary in Lexington, Kentucky. A majority of voters voted against the condemnation proposal, and therefore we anticipate that no further action with respect to this condemnation proceeding will be taken. On March 1, 2007, California American Water Company was served with a First Amended Complaint in Eminent Domain seeking to condemn the water and wastewater system we currently operate in Felton, California. The Felton system serves a population of approximately 1,300. We are contesting the complaint. We actively monitor condemnation activities that may affect us as soon as we become aware of them. We do not believe that condemnation poses a material threat to our ability to operate our Regulated Businesses.

Our Non-Regulated Businesses

In addition to our Regulated Businesses, we operate the following Non-Regulated Businesses, which generated $248.5 million of operating revenue in 2006 and $107.0 million in operating revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2007, which is 11.9% and 10.4%, respectively, of total operating revenue for the same periods. No single group within our Non-Regulated Businesses generates in excess of 10% of our aggregate revenue.

Contracts Operations Group

Our Contracts Operations Group enters into public/private partnerships, including O&M and DBO contracts for the provision of services to water and wastewater facilities for municipalities, the United States military and other customers. We typically make no capital investment under these contracts, instead performing our services for a fee. Our Contract Operations Group generated revenue of $154.8 million in 2006, representing 62.3% of revenue for our Non-Regulated Businesses.

 

94


Table of Contents

We are currently party to more than 45 contracts across the United States and Canada, with contracts ranging in term from two to 20 years. The services provided under our O&M contracts vary in size and scope. For instance, 25 of our O&M contracts are purely operational in nature and do not involve the design or construction of the facilities. Annual operating revenue from the O&M contracts varies from $0.26 million to $9.0 million per contract.

We are an active participant in the Department of Defense’s recently adopted Utility Privatization Program, or UPP. In 2003 we were awarded 50-year contracts for the operation and maintenance of the water and wastewater systems at Forts Leavenworth, Sill and Rucker and in September 2007 we were awarded 50-year contracts for the operation and maintenance of the water and wastewater systems at Fort A.P. Hill and Scott Air Force Base. Our responsibilities under these contracts include system project management, regulatory and environmental compliance, planning and long-term operations and maintenance. Additionally, under a three-year contract awarded in 2006, we were selected by Harnett County and the City of Fayetteville, North Carolina to operate, maintain and manage the existing water and wastewater treatment plants at Fort Bragg for an interim period until construction of new connections to the Harnett County and City of Fayetteville systems is completed.

In general, the Contract Operations Group is engaged in providing these services to systems with over 3,000 customers (and in many cases far larger) as distinguished from the O&M services provided by our Applied Water Management Group usually to systems with less than 3,000 customers. However, there is some overlap in size of systems served due to geographic and operational considerations.

Applied Water Management Group

Our Applied Water Management Group works with customers to design, build and operate smaller-scale water and wastewater treatment plants (typically serving up to 3,000 customers). Our typical customers are real estate developers, industrial companies and new or expanding communities. We specialize in providing reliable, advanced and eco-friendly water and wastewater solutions to suit each customer’s water needs. Our Applied Water Management Group generated revenue of $34.8 million in 2006, representing 14.0% of revenue for our Non-Regulated Businesses.

The Applied Water Management Group currently serves our customer base primarily in the Northeastern United States and was responsible for the design, construction and operation of advanced wastewater treatment recycling systems for sites as varied as residential buildings in Battery Park City in New York City and Gillette Stadium in Foxborough, Massachusetts. Approximately 30% of the Applied Water Management Group’s business involves operating and maintaining smaller-scale water and wastewater plants, made up of a mixture of facilities that we designed and built, and some which we only operate.

Homeowner Services Group

Our Homeowner Services Group provides services to domestic homeowners to protect against the cost of repairing broken or leaking pipes inside and outside their homes. We initially offered these services within territories covered by our regulated subsidiaries, but have expanded to enable other utilities outside our territories to offer the service to their customers. In the marketing of these services, we focus on educating homeowners about their service line ownership responsibility and providing convenient and cost effective solutions to internal and external water line and sewer line repairs. Our Homeowner Services Group generated revenue of $33.0 million in 2006, representing 13.3% of revenue for our Non-Regulated Businesses.

Our Service Line Protection Programs offer customers various service contracts for a monthly fee that cover repair of water line leaks and breaks, sewer line clogs and blockages and emergency in-home plumbing problems. In the event of a problem, customers contact our national call center and we dispatch local contractors to the customer’s home to undertake the necessary repairs.

 

95


Table of Contents

The Homeowners Services Group currently has over 550,000 customer contracts in 14 of the states where we operate our Regulated Businesses. We intend to expand our service offering to the remaining key states in which we operate our Regulated Businesses.

Building on the success of its Service Line Protection Programs, our Homeowner Services Group recently introduced LineSaver™, an exclusive program for municipalities and public water systems that is available across the country. The LineSaver™ program involves partnering with municipalities to offer our protection programs to homeowners serviced by the municipal system while providing an income opportunity to the municipality or public water system. We entered into our first Service Line Protection Program partnership with the city of Trenton, New Jersey and are currently discussing partnerships with municipalities across the nation.

Other Non-Regulated Businesses

Our Non-Regulated Businesses also include (i) our Carbon Services Group, which provides granular activated carbon for water purification to our Regulated Businesses as well as certain outside customers and (ii) our Residuals Group, which provides safe and efficient treatment and disposal of biosolids and wastewater residuals. Our United States-based Residuals Group was divested effective June 29, 2007. These other Non-Regulated Businesses generated revenue of $25.9 million in 2006 in the aggregate, representing 10.4% of revenue for our Non-Regulated Businesses.

Competition

We face competition in our Non-Regulated Businesses from a number of service providers including Veolia, OMI and Southwest Water, particularly in the area of O&M contracting. Securing new O&M contracts is highly competitive, as these contracts are awarded based on a combination of customer relationships, service levels, competitive pricing, references and technical expertise. We also face competition in maintaining existing O&M contracts to which we are a party, as these frequently come up for renegotiation and are subject to an open bidding process.

Research and Development

We established a formal research and development program in 1981 with the goal of improving water quality and operational effectiveness in all areas of our businesses. Our research and development personnel are located at two of our facilities: the regional center in Voorhees, New Jersey and our research laboratory in Delran, New Jersey. In addition, our quality control and testing laboratory in Belleville, Illinois supports research through sophisticated testing and analysis. Since its inception, our research and development program has evolved to become a leading water-related research program, achieving advancements in the science of drinking water, including sophisticated water testing procedures and desalination technologies.

Since the formation of the EPA in 1970, we have collaborated with the agency to achieve effective environmental, health and safety and water quality regulation. This relationship has developed to include sharing of our research and national water quality monitoring data in addition to our treatment and distribution system optimization research. Our engagement with the EPA has helped us to achieve a leadership position for our company within the water and wastewater industry and has provided us with early insight into emerging regulatory issues and initiatives, thereby allowing us to anticipate and to accommodate our future compliance requirements.

In 2006, we spent $1.9 million on research and development, which represents an increase of 23% over the $1.6 million spent in 2005. This increase was primarily the result of certain projects begun in 2005 that were not completed until 2006. In 2004, we spent approximately $0.8 million on research and development. Approximately one-third of our research budget is comprised of competitively awarded outside research grants. Such grants reduce the cost of doing research and allow collaboration with leading national and international researchers.

 

96


Table of Contents

We believe that continued research and development activities are critical to maintaining our leadership position in the industry and will provide us with a competitive advantage as we seek additional business with new and existing customers.

Support Services

Our American Water Works Service Company subsidiary provides centrally administered professional services to our Regulated Businesses under the terms of contracts with these companies that have been approved by state PUCs, where necessary. These services, which are provided at cost, may include accounting, administration, business development, communications, corporate secretarial, engineering, financial, health and safety, human resources, information systems, legal, operations, procurement, rates, security, risk management, water quality and research and development. Similar services may be provided to our Non-Regulated Businesses. These arrangements afford our affiliated companies professional and technical talent on an economical and timely basis.

We operate two national customer service centers, with personnel located in Alton, Illinois and Pensacola, Florida. These centers employ approximately 600 people in total and process telephone calls from customers across all of our service areas.

Community Relations

Communication activities for our Regulated Businesses are designed to ensure that our customers, regulators, elected and appointed officials, as well as, community leaders are fully informed about water and wastewater-related issues affecting their communities. We focus on developing effective relationships and have in place experienced staff members in the areas of community relations, government relations, media relations and marketing. We believe that an informed customer is more likely to be a satisfied customer.

Our primary focus for our Regulated Businesses is on consumer education. We target our communications to ensure that all of our audiences are well informed and up-to-date on water and wastewater-related issues through community outreach meetings, bill inserts to our customers, newspaper articles on timely topics, paid advertisements on important issues, annual water quality reports or one-on-one meetings to update key community and government leaders. We continually provide information on topics such as the need for infrastructure investments that we are making within a community, the impact on rates and services, water supply needs, water conservation requirements, as well as information on water quality. We believe that educating our customers about these topics leads to greater understanding of the service issues that we face and results in a higher level of customer satisfaction. For instance, we believe that our customers are less likely to react negatively to a rate increase if they have been informed that the rate increase is necessitated by an infrastructure investment necessary to continue to provide high quality water service. We also believe that customers would be less likely to have a negative reaction to water use restrictions if they understand the reasons behind the restrictions and that all customers were being impacted by the same inconveniences.

Communications activities for our Non-Regulated Businesses focus on identifying prospective market opportunities for growth and expansion and educating target markets on the value we can bring to solving specific water supply, water quality or other water and wastewater-related issues. Our experienced business development team reinforces the expertise, experience and capabilities we can provide to communities or developers through industry trade shows, public speaking opportunities, industry conferences and paid advertising, public-private partnerships or contract relationships which may include DBO projects for customers or providing experienced O&M services for various sized water and wastewater-related projects.

Employee Matters

Currently we employ approximately 6,900 full-time employees. Of these, 3,400 or 50% are represented by unions. We have 75 collective bargaining agreements in place with the 14 different unions representing our

 

97


Table of Contents

unionized employees. Approximately one-third of our local union contracts expire annually. We maintain good relations with our unionized workforce and have no significant history of strikes or labor stoppages.

Training

We place emphasis on the selection of well qualified employees and seek to provide the best and most up-to-date training to ensure that our water and wastewater operations function efficiently and safely. We provide extensive internal training programs designed to meet the standards demanded by the regulatory authorities in the states where we operate our regulated business.

Security

Due to terrorist and other risks, we have heightened security at our facilities over the past several years and have taken added precautions to protect our employees and the water delivered to customers. We have a security programs department that provides oversight and governance of physical and information security throughout our operations and is responsible for designing, implementing, monitoring and supporting active and effective physical and information security controls.

In 2002, federal legislation was enacted that resulted in new regulations concerning security of water facilities, including submitting vulnerability assessment studies to the federal government. We have complied with EPA regulations concerning vulnerability assessments and have made filings to the EPA as required. Vulnerability assessments are conducted regularly to evaluate the effectiveness of existing security controls and serve as the basis for further capital investment in security for the facility. Information security controls are deployed or integrated to prevent unauthorized access to company information systems, assure the continuity of business processes dependent upon automation, ensure the integrity of our data and to support regulatory and legislative compliance requirements. In addition, communication plans have been developed as a component of our procedures. While we do not make public comments on the details of our security programs, we have been in contact with federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies to coordinate and improve the security of our water delivery systems and to safeguard our water supply.

Legal Proceedings

California

In 2001, our California American Water Company subsidiary, which we refer to as CAWC, entered into a conservation agreement with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, which we refer to as NOAA, requiring CAWC to implement certain measures to protect the steelhead trout and its habitat in the Carmel River watershed, study the removal of the San Clemente Dam and explore long-term water sources other than a new reservoir in the Carmel River. Since that time, CAWC has implemented a number of measures to reduce the impact of its operations on the steelhead trout and other species and has begun the environmental review and permitting process for our Coastal Water Project , which is intended to remedy some of the foregoing deficiencies. In early 2004, NOAA informed CAWC of its concern that CAWC’s ongoing operations would cause the “take” of significant numbers of steelhead trout during the several remaining years required to implement the Coastal Water Project. In June 2006, CAWC and NOAA entered a settlement agreement whereby CAWC agreed to fund certain additional projects to improve habitat conditions for and aid in the recovery of steelhead trout in the Carmel River watershed. Under the settlement agreement, CAWC is required, among other things, to make an initial payment of $3.5 million and annual installments of $1.1 million for the lesser of six years or until such time as CAWC is in compliance with the State Water Resource Board’s Order governing the implementation of the Coastal Water Project. The settlement agreement requires that all payments made by CAWC to NOAA to be used for mitigation projects in the Carmel River watershed. NOAA is currently unable to ensure that settlement payments will be used for mitigation projects in the Carmel River watershed, and no payments have been made to date. Once NOAA is able to confirm that settlement payments will be applied as

 

98


Table of Contents

required by the settlement agreement, CAWC will make the settlement payments. We have established a reserve for the settlement agreement payments. NOAA has agreed not to assess any penalties or otherwise prosecute CAWC for any “take” of steelhead trout, so long as CAWC complies with the settlement agreement.

New Jersey

In February 2004, the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection, which we refer to as NJDEP, issued to New Jersey American Water Company, which we refer to as NJAWC, a notice of violation alleging that NJAWC had exceeded annual diversion limits contained in NJAWC’s water allocation permits for certain wells in our Lakewood system during the years 2001 through 2003. NJDEP initially assessed a penalty of $633,000. NJAWC subsequently submitted a voluntary statewide Self Disclosure Report identifying all such exceedances for the period of 1999 through 2003. NJAWC is in the process of finalizing an administrative consent order with NJDEP to resolve the above violations under which NJAWC will agree to pay a civil fine of $90,000 and fund a $400,000 environmental project. We have established a reserve for these costs and believe NJAWC is currently operating in compliance with the applicable diversion limits in its water allocation permits.

Periodically, we are involved in other proceedings or litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will materially affect our financial position or results of operations.

 

99


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information with respect to the members of our board of directors and our executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name(1)

   Age   

Position

Donald L. Correll    57    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
John S. Young    53    Chief Operating Officer
Ellen C. Wolf    53    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Laura L. Monica    50    Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications and External Affairs

Walter Q. Howard

   55    Senior Vice President, Sales and Business Development
George W. Patrick    64    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
James M. Kalinovich    40    Vice President and Treasurer
Terry L. Gloriod    60    President, Central Region
Walter J. Lynch    45    Executive Vice President, Eastern Division
Mark F. Strauss    56    President, American Water Enterprises
Paul G. Townsley    50    President, Western Region
John R. Bigelow    52    President, New Jersey American Water Company
George MacKenzie    58    Director and Chairman of the Board
Martha Clark Goss    58    Director
Dr. Manfred Döss    49    Director
William J. Marrazzo    58    Director
Dr. Rolf Pohlig    54    Director
Andreas G. Zetzsche    51    Director

(1) Dr. Volker Heischkamp, 48, currently serves as our Senior Vice President, Capital Markets, a position he will resign prior to the consummation of this offering.

Donald L. Correll is our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors. Prior to joining American Water on April 17, 2006, Mr. Correll spent three years serving as President and Chief Executive Officer and member of the board of directors of Pennichuck Corporation, a New Hampshire-based water utility holding company. He previously spent 25 years with United Water Resources, an investor-owned water services company, where he served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer from 1991 through 2001. Mr. Correll serves on the boards of a variety of civic, professional and business organizations, including the Environmental Financial Advisory Board of the United States Environmental Protection Agency and the National Association of Water Companies. In addition, he is a member of the board of directors of HealthSouth Corp. and is a Commissioner of the New Jersey Water Supply Authority. He was formerly a member of the board of directors of Interchange Financial Services Corporation.

John S. Young is our Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Young began his career with us in 1977 and has held a variety of operations, engineering and executive positions, including Vice President of Engineering, Vice President of Technical Services and Vice President of Operations and Investment Performance. Mr. Young is a member of several professional organizations, including the Design/Build Institute of America (board member), the American Water Works Association (board member, section chair and Fuller Awardee) and the American Society of Civil Engineers. He also serves on the National Drinking Water Advisory Council.

 

100


Table of Contents

Ellen C. Wolf is our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Wolf served as a member of our board of directors from March 2006 until August 8, 2007. Prior to re-joining us, Ms. Wolf served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of USEC Inc., a global energy company, a position she held since December 2003. From 1999 through 2003, Ms. Wolf was employed by us as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Wolf’s career began in the accounting firm of Deloitte Haskins & Sells. From 1987 through 1999 Ms. Wolf held various positions in corporate accounting, finance and business development for Bell Atlantic and several of its subsidiaries, including Bell Atlantic Enterprises International, Bell Atlantic Mobile, and Bell Atlantic Corporation. Currently, Ms. Wolf also serves on the board of directors of C&D Technologies, Inc., where she serves as chair of its audit committee, the board of directors of the National Association of Water Companies and the board of directors of Water for People, a humanitarian organization.

Walter Q. Howard has been our Senior Vice President, Sales and Business Development since January 2007, Interim Chief Growth Officer of American Water Works Service Company, Inc. from March 2006 to January 2007, and Vice President, Sales and Development from November 2005 to March 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Howard served as a consultant for General Electric Company from June 2003 to August 2004, and Chief Executive Officer of Noble Power Assets, LLC from March 2002 to June 2003.

Laura L. Monica has been our Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications and External Affairs since October 2006. From 1991 to 2006, Ms. Monica was president and founder of High Point Communications Group, Inc., a strategic communications firm in Bow, New Hampshire. There she worked with a wide variety of clients in both the public and private sector, assisting them in developing and implementing comprehensive, strategic communications plans. Before forming High Point, Ms. Monica was head of corporate communications for Numerica Financial Corporation, where she obtained experience working in corporate finance.

George W. Patrick is our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Patrick served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from May 2004 to September 2007. Prior to this, he served as Vice President and Secretary of American Water Works Service Company, a position he held from September 1999 to May 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Patrick served as a Partner at Dechert LLP from July 1976 to September 1999.

James M. Kalinovich is our Vice President and Treasurer. Prior to joining us in 2004, Mr. Kalinovich served as Vice President and Treasurer of Amkor Technology, Inc. from 2000 to 2004. Previously, he held executive positions at Merck & Company, Inc. in the United States and London from 1994 to 2000, and worked at Deloitte and Touche as a certified public accountant.

Terry L. Gloriod is President of our Central Region, headquartered in St. Louis County, Missouri. Mr. Gloriod originally joined us in 1999 as president of Illinois American Water, our wholly owned subsidiary. Prior to joining us, Mr. Gloriod had been with Continental Water Company, the water subsidiary of National Enterprises, Inc., for nearly 30 years, spending most of that time with its largest subsidiary, St. Louis County Water Company. He served as Continental’s Vice President of Operations where he supervised engineering and operations of the Continental subsidiary companies. He also served as Chairman of each of Continental’s four former subsidiaries: St. Louis County Water Company, Northern Illinois Water Company, Northwest Indiana Water Company and Long Island Water Company in New York. Mr. Gloriod is a Diplomat in the American Academy of Environmental Engineers. He has also participated in a variety of professional organizations, including the American Water Works Association, the AWWA Research Foundation and the National Association of Water Companies.

Walter J. Lynch was named Executive Vice President, Eastern Division, in July 2007. Prior to that date, he served as president of New Jersey American Water, Long Island American Water and our Northeast Region. Mr. Lynch joined us in 2001 and most recently served as President of our Products and Services Group where he was responsible for overseeing our non-regulated businesses. Prior to this, he was President of the Southwest Region of American Water Services. Mr. Lynch has over 16 years of experience in engineering, sales and marketing, operations and business development. Before joining us, he was involved with various start-up and

 

101


Table of Contents

growth organizations in the environmental industry. Mr. Lynch worked for Mobil Oil Corporation following his departure from the United States Army where he attained the rank of Captain.

Mark F. Strauss is President of American Water Enterprises, which administers our Non-Regulated Businesses. Previously, Mr. Strauss was President and Chief Executive Officer of our Applied Water Management Group, which provides customized water and wastewater management solutions to real estate developers, industrial clients and small to midsized communities nationwide. Mr. Strauss joined Applied Water Management Group in 1997 as Corporate Counsel and Secretary. He was promoted to Chief Operating Officer in 2002, a position he held until his appointment as Division President and Chief Executive Officer in 2003. Prior to that, he served as Vice President and General Counsel of Vizzoni Brothers Construction, Inc. Mr. Strauss concurrently serves as a director of Skylands Community Bank. Mr. Strauss was also at the law firms of Ozzard, Rizzolo, Klein, Mauro & Savo and Toolan, Romond, Abbot and Domenichetti.

Paul G. Townsley is President of our Western Region, headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona. Mr. Townsley originally joined us in 2002 as President of our California, Arizona, New Mexico, Hawaii and Texas subsidiaries. He has also been responsible for our Non-Regulated Businesses located in six western states. Prior to joining American Water, Mr. Townsley held a number of senior management positions with Citizens Utilities Company, where he had responsibility for that company’s electricity, natural gas, telecom, and water/wastewater utilities in Arizona, and later for all its water/wastewater utilities nationwide. In total, Mr. Townsley has over 27 years of utility industry experience. Mr. Townsley is a licensed professional engineer and marine engineer.

John R. Bigelow has been the President of New Jersey American Water Company since July 2007. From March 2006 to July 2007, Mr. Bigelow served as our Senior Vice President, Regulatory Programs and Enterprise Risk Management. From December, 2005 to March 2006, Mr. Bigelow served as our Vice President, Finance—Americas. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Bigelow served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of American Water. In 2003, Mr. Bigelow served as Vice President, Finance, and from 1999 to 2003, he served as Vice President, Business Services of American Water. Mr. Bigelow has also held other various positions since he joined us in 1994.

Board of Directors

In addition to Donald L. Correll, our board of directors consists of the following members:

George MacKenzie began his appointment as Chairman of our board of directors on May 17, 2006. He most recently served as our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer from January 1, 2006 to April 17, 2006 until the appointment of Donald L. Correll, which took effect April 17, 2006. He has been a member of our board of directors since August 2003 and was the Chair of the Audit Committee of the Board from February 2004 until December 2005. In addition to his role with American Water, Mr. MacKenzie has been a Director on the Boards of Safeguard Scientifics, Inc. since February 2003, Tractor Supply Co. since May 2007, and C&D Technologies, Inc. since March 1999. He previously served on the boards of Central Vermont Public Service Corp. from May 2001 to May 2006 and traffic.com from December 2005 to March 2007. He also serves on the Board of Trustees of the Medical Center of Delaware and is a member of the Investment Committee at the University of Delaware. Mr. MacKenzie previously served as Vice Chairman of the Board and Chief Financial Officer of Hercules Incorporated from 1979-2001, a global manufacturer of chemical specialties. During his 22-year career with Hercules he served in a variety of senior management roles including President of the Chemical Specialty Division. From September 2001 to June 2002, Mr. MacKenzie was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of P.H. Glatfelter Company, a specialty paper manufacturer. From June 2002, Mr. MacKenzie served on the boards of directors of the aforementioned companies and in the interim positions noted.

Martha Clark Goss began her tenure as a member of our board of directors on October 22, 2003, and she has served as Chair of the Audit Committee since December 2005. Ms. Goss has been Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Amwell Holdings/Hopewell Holdings LLC, a holding company for a healthcare reinsurance start-up, since 2003. Since July 2006, she has also served as the non-executive Chair of Channel

 

102


Table of Contents

Reinsurance Ltd. From 2002 to 2004, she was a subcontractor for Resources Global Professionals. Previously, Ms. Goss served as the Chief Financial Officer of Booz-Allen & Hamilton and held various senior executive positions at Prudential Insurance Company from 1981 until 1995. In addition to her position with American Water, Ms. Goss currently is a director and audit committee member of Ocwen Financial Corporation.

Dr. Manfred Döss began his tenure on our board of directors on August 8, 2007. He has served as General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer of RWE since January 2005. From 1990 to 2004, Dr. Döss held various positions at Metallgesellschaft AG, including serving as a member of the supervisory board and as Senior Vice President and General Counsel.

William J. Marrazzo began his tenure as a member of our board of directors on October 22, 2003. In addition, Mr. Marrazzo has been the Chief Executive Officer and President of WHYY, Inc., a public television and radio company, since 1997. He served as Water Commissioner for the Philadelphia Water Department from 1971 to 1988 and Managing Director for the City of Philadelphia from 1983 to 1984. From 1988 to 1997 Mr. Marrazzo served as Chief Executive Officer of Roy F. Weston, Inc., an environmental and redevelopment firm. He has also served on the board of Amerigas Partners, L.P. (including on its audit committee) since April 2000 and Woodward & Curran since October 2001.

Dr. Rolf Pohlig began his tenure as a member of our board of directors on August 8, 2007. He has served as Chief Financial Officer of RWE since January 2007. From 2000 to 2006 Dr. Pohlig served as Executive Vice President, Mergers & Acquisitions of E.ON AG.

Andreas G. Zetzsche began his tenure as a member of our board of directors on August 17, 2007. He has served as an executive officer within the RWE group since 1997, and since January 2007 has served as Vice President, Group Corporate Development and Mergers & Acquisitions of RWE.

Composition of the Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, three of whom we believe are independent directors under currently applicable listing standards of the NYSE. Within one year of listing on the NYSE, our board of directors will consist of 10 members, six of whom will be independent under applicable SEC rules and currently applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will conduct its business through three standing committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating/corporate governance committee. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of our board of directors, when necessary, to address specific issues. Our audit committee, our compensation committee and our nominating/corporate governance committee will be required to be composed of a majority of independent directors within 90 days following the completion of this offering and entirely of independent directors within one year following the completion of this offering.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Martha Clark Goss (Chair), George MacKenzie and Dr. Rolf Pohlig. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will designate members of the audit committee who will meet the requirements for independence under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will designate a member of the audit committee as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website. The audit committee has responsibility for, among other things:

 

   

appointing the independent auditor to audit the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries;

 

103


Table of Contents
   

reviewing the arrangements for and scope of the audit;

 

   

reviewing the results of the audit of the consolidated financial statements;

 

   

reviewing audit problems and management responses;

 

   

reviewing adjustments or estimates proposed by the independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing any significant deficiency or material weakness in the design or operation of internal accounting controls identified by the independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing all critical accounting policies and practices;

 

   

reviewing all alternative accounting treatments of financial information within generally accepted accounting principles that have been discussed with management;

 

   

reviewing other material written communications between the independent auditor and members of management;

 

   

resolving any disagreement between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting;

 

   

reviewing the independent auditors’ report describing internal quality control procedures and material issues raised by the most recent quality control review;

 

   

discussing with management and the independent auditor the Company’s audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements;

 

   

reviewing and discussing SEC filings with management and, to the extent that such filings contain financial information, with the independent auditor;

 

   

discussing earnings press releases, as well as financial information and earnings guidance, if any, provided to analysts and ratings agencies;

 

   

overseeing policies and procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting and other controls, auditing matters and suspected infractions of our Code of Ethics;

 

   

reviewing the reports of any internal auditor with respect to any financial safeguard problem that has not resulted in corrective action; and

 

   

reviewing with the General Counsel any legal matter that could have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of George Mackenzie (Chair), Martha Clark Goss, William J. Marrazzo and Dr. Rolf Pohlig. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will designate members of the compensation committee who will meet the requirements for independence under the rules and regulations of the NYSE. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee, which will be available on our website. The compensation committee has responsibility for, among other things:

 

   

establishing and reviewing the overall compensation philosophy of the Company;

 

   

setting compensation for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the other executive officers of the Company;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors, or approving, all awards of stock or stock options pursuant to the Company’s equity-based plans; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating the short and long-term succession plans relating to the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officer positions and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the selection of individuals to occupy these positions.

 

104


Table of Contents

Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating/corporate governance committee consists of George MacKenzie (Chair), William J. Marrazzo and Dr. Manfred Döss. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will designate members of the nominating/corporate governance committee who will meet the requirements for independence under the rules and regulations of the NYSE. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating/ corporate governance committee, which will be available on our website. The nominating/corporate governance committee has responsibility for, among other things:

 

   

establishing criteria for the selection of new directors to serve on our board of directors;

 

   

identifying qualified candidates to serve on our board of directors and recommending their election to our board of directors;

 

   

making recommendations to our board of directors as to whether members of our Board should stand for re-election; and

 

   

developing and recommending to our board of directors our corporate governance guidelines, assessing those guidelines annually and making recommendations to our board of directors in light of such assessments as may be appropriate.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers will serve as a member of our compensation committee, and none of them has served, or will be permitted to serve, on the compensation committee (or any other committee serving a similar function) of any entity of which an executive officer is expected to serve as a member of our compensation committee.

Code of Business and Financial Conduct and Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees and corporate governance guidelines, each in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. Prior to completion of this offering, the Code of Ethics and the corporate governance guidelines will be available on our website.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This compensation discussion and analysis explains our compensation philosophy, policies and practices with respect to Donald L. Correll, who has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since April 17, 2006; George MacKenzie, our Chairman, who served as our interim President and Chief Executive Officer from January 1, 2006 through April 17, 2006; Ellen C. Wolf, who has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 1, 2006; John Bigelow, who has served since July 2, 2007 as the President of New Jersey American Water Company and served as our Senior Vice President, Regulatory Programs and Enterprise Risk Management from March 27, 2006 through July 1, 2007 and our Vice President, Finance–Americas from December 1, 2003 through March 26, 2006; John S. Young, our Chief Operating Officer; Dietrich Firnhaber, who served as our Senior Vice President of Legal from January 1, 2003 through July 31, 2007; and Volker Heischkamp, who has served as our Senior Vice President of Capital Markets since November 15, 2005. These individuals are collectively referred to as the “named executive officers.”

Jim McGivern, who served as our Chief Growth Officer, and Graham Wood, who served as the President of American Water Enterprises, were each seconded to American Water from Thames Water during 2006. Mr. McGivern and Mr. Wood might otherwise be named executive officers pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission. However, as a result of the sale of Thames Water by RWE, we do not have access to sufficient compensation information to enable us to satisfy the disclosure requirements with respect to them. We do not believe that the compensation information with respect to these two individuals is material to our investors, however, since it was determined by Thames Water and does not reflect American Water’s compensation policies or philosophies.

 

105


Table of Contents

Overview and Objectives of our Compensation Programs

Since January 2003, American Water has been owned and controlled by RWE, and our compensation strategy has been primarily determined by the management of RWE and, until 2006, managed by Thames Water. Our Chief Executive Officer has approved our compensation philosophy and proposals prior to their final determination by RWE. Prior to our Chief Executive Officer’s approval of our compensation proposals, he reviewed them with our Chief Operating Officer and our Chief Financial Officer.

We have recently established an independent compensation committee that will administer and oversee our compensation and employee benefits programs, including our executive compensation programs and policies. We have used the services of Towers Perrin, a compensation consulting firm, to help us devise our compensation programs and policies, and we expect that our compensation committee will continue to consult with Towers Perrin following the consummation of this offering.

Since our compensation committee has only recently been established, we have not yet determined what the role of our named executive officers will be in establishing executive compensation following this offering. However, pursuant to our compensation committee charter, as part of the compensation committee’s review and establishment of the performance criteria and compensation of our named executive officers, it will meet separately on at least an annual basis with our Chief Executive Officer, our principal human resources executive and any other officers, as it deems appropriate. However, the compensation committee will also meet regularly without such officers present. No individual officer will be present at any meeting at which his or her performance and compensation are being discussed and determined.

Our executive compensation programs and policies have been designed to achieve the following objectives:

 

   

Attract and retain talented and experienced executives in the competitive water and wastewater utility industries;

 

   

Motivate and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

 

   

Align the interests of our executive officers and future stockholders by motivating executive officers to increase stockholder value and rewarding executive officers when stockholder value increases;

 

   

Provide a competitive compensation package that is weighted heavily towards pay for performance, and in which total compensation is primarily determined by financial, operational and individual results and the creation of stockholder value;

 

   

Foster a shared commitment among executives by coordinating their financial, operational and individual goals; and

 

   

Encourage executives to manage our business to meet our long-range objectives.

With the assistance of Towers Perrin, we annually compare our compensation policies to suitable benchmarks to arrive at what we believe to be fair and competitive compensation for the named executive officers. We primarily use two comparator groups, one that is a blended group of general industry companies of sizes similar to ours and one that is composed of utility companies of sizes similar to ours. We have chosen these comparator groups because the general industry group includes a broad sample of companies that provide us with a broad database, while the utility company group includes companies similar to ours. The component companies of the comparator groups are as follows:

 

106


Table of Contents

General Industry Comparator Group

 

Aerospace and Defense   Trex   Wendy’s International

Alliant Techsystems

 

Washington Group International

 

Wm. Wrigley Jr.

Boeing

 

Westinghouse Savannah River

 

Health Care Products

Rockwell Collins

 

Rinker Materials

 

Boston Scientific

General Dynamics

 

Johns-Manville

 

Dade Behring

Goodrich

 

Consumer Products (Excluding F&B)

 

Medtronic

Honeywell

 

American Standard

 

St. Jude Medical

Hexcel

 

Avery Dennison

 

Dentsply

Lockheed Martin

 

Black & Decker

 

Roche Diagnostics

Northrop Grumman

 

Colgate-Palmolive

 

Metals and Mining

Raytheon

 

Clorox

 

Alcoa

United Technologies

 

Eastman Kodak

 

Barrick

AAI

 

Hasbro

 

Crown Holdings

ITT- Defense

 

Jarden

 

Carpenter Technology

Aerojet

 

Kimberly-Clark

 

Kinross Gold

Agriculture   Masco   Kennametal

Bunge

 

NIKE

 

Martin Marietta Materials

CHS

 

Procter & Gamble

 

Phelps Dodge

Monsanto

 

Reynolds American

 

Rio Tinto

Syngenta

 

Revlon

 

Timken

Automotive and Transportation   Sherwin-Williams   Vulcan Materials

ArvinMeritor

 

Tupperware

 

United States Steel

Cooper Tire & Rubber

 

Unilever United States

 

Oil and Gas

DaimlerChrysler

 

Lorillard

 

Apache

Ford

 

Clarke American Checks

 

Anadarko Petroleum

Fleetwood Enterprises   Russell   BP

General Motors

  Food & Beverages  

ConocoPhillips

Harley-Davidson

 

ACH Food

 

Chevon

Johnson Controls

 

Altria Group

 

Devon Energy

Lear

 

Anheuser-Busch

 

EnCana Oil & Gas USA

Monaco Coach

 

Arby’s Restaurant Group

 

Hess

Modine Manufacturing

 

Bob Evans Farms

 

Kerr-McGee

International Truck & Engine

 

C.H. Guenther & Son

 

Marathon Oil

Visteon

 

Cadbury-Schweppes North America

 

Occidental Petroleum

Freightliner

 

Campbell Soup

 

Sunoco

Chemicals  

Coca-Cola

 

Tesoro

Air Products and Chemicals

 

ConAgra Foods

 

Valero Energy

Ashland

 

Constellation Brands

 

ExxonMobil

Chemtura

 

Corn Products

 

Shell Oil

Cytec

 

CSM North America

 

Telecommunications

DuPont

 

Darden Restaurants

 

Alcatel USA

Dow Chemical

 

Diageo North America

 

Avaya

Engelhard

 

General Mills

 

BellSouth

Ecolab

 

Gorton’s

 

Cincinnati Bell

Eastman Chemical

 

H J. Heinz

 

Crown Castle

H.B. Fuller

 

Hershey Foods

 

Charter Communications

Georgia Gulf

 

Interstate Brands

 

Sprint Nextel

W.R. Grace

 

J.M. Smucker

 

Lucent Technologies

Hercules

 

Jack in the Box

 

Motorola

International Flavors & Fragrances

 

Kellogg

 

Nortel Networks

Nalco

 

Kraft Foods

 

Qwest Communications

PPG Industries

 

Land O’Lakes

 

QUALCOMM

Rohm and Haas

 

McDonald’s

 

AT&T

Sigma-Aldrich

 

Mission Foods

 

TDS Telecom

Scotts Miracle-Gro

 

Molson Coors Brewing

 

United States Cellular

ICI Paints North America

 

Nestle USA

 

Verizon

National Starch & Chemical

 

Novartis Consumer Health

 

Verizon Wireless

Solvay America

 

PepsiCo

 

T-Mobile

Bayer CropScience

 

Pernod Ricard USA

 

Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications

Construction  

Ralcorp Holdings

 

Transportation

EMCOR Group

 

Rich Products

 

Burlington Northern Santa Fe

Fluor

 

Sara Lee

 

CSX

Hovnanian Enterprises

 

Schwan’s

 

Norfolk Southern

Jacobs Engineering

 

Sodexho

 

Union Pacific

KB Home

 

Starbucks

 

United Parcel Service

McDermott

 

Vistar

 

Comair

St. Lawrence Cement

 

Wells 1 Dairy

 

American Airlines

 

107


Table of Contents

Utility Comparator Group

 

AES

 

El Paso

 

New York Power Authority

 

Reliant Resources

AGL Resources

  Enbridge Energy  

Nicor

 

Salt River Project

Allegheny Energy

 

Energen

 

Northwestern Energy

 

SCANA

Allete

  Energy East  

NRG Energy

 

Sempra Energy

Arneren

 

Energy Northwest

 

NSTAR

 

Southern Company

American Electric Power

 

Enron

 

Nuclear Management

 

Southern Union

American Transmission

 

Entergy

 

NW Natural

 

STP Nuclear Operating

Aquila

 

Equitable Resources

 

OGE Energy

 

SUEZ Energy North America

Atmos Energy

 

Eugene Water & Electric Board

 

Oglethorpe Power

 

Targa Resources

Avista

 

Exelon

 

Omaha Public Power

 

TECO Energy

California Independent System

 

FirstEnergy

 

ONEOK

 

Tennessee Valley Authority

    Operator

 

FPL Group

 

Otter Tail

 

TransCanada

CenterPoint Energy

 

Great Plains Energy

 

Pacific Gas & Electric

 

TXU

CH Energy Group Cleco

 

Hawaiian Electric

 

PacifiCorp

 

UIL Holdings

CMS Energy

 

IDACORP

 

Peoples Energy

 

UniSource Energy

Colorado Springs Utilities

 

JEA

 

Pepco Holdings

 

United States Enrichment

Consolidated Edison

 

Lower Colorado River Authority

 

Pinnacle West Capital

 

Unitil

Constellation Energy

 

MarkWest Energy

 

PNM Resources

 

Vectren

Covanta Energy  

MDU Resources

 

Portland General Electric

 

Westar Energy

Dominion Resources  

MGE Energy

 

PPL

 

Williams Companies

DTE Energy

 

Mirant

 

Prisma Energy

 

Wisconsin Energy

Duke Energy

 

National Enrichment Facility

 

Progress Energy

 

Wolf Creek Nuclear

Dynegy

 

National Fuel Gas

 

Public Service Enterprise

 

WPS Resources

E.ON U.S.

 

New York Independent System

 

Puget Energy

 

Xcel Energy

Edison International

 

    Operator

   

Compensation opportunities for the named executive officers are designed to result in annual base salaries approximating the median for the comparator groups and annual total compensation packages approximating those of companies in the 65th percentile of the comparator groups. We target the 65th percentile for total compensation in order to effectively attract and retain executive officers.

In establishing compensation for new executive officers, we take into account the base salary and annual cash incentives they received in their previous jobs, as well as the contributions they are expected to make to American Water. Each year, in determining whether to increase or decrease compensation to our executive officers, including the named executive officers, we take into account changes (if any) in the pay among the companies in our comparator groups, the contributions made by the executive officer, the performance of the executive officer, increases or decreases in the responsibilities and roles of the executive officer, the business needs for the executive officer, the transferability of the executive officer’s managerial skills to another employer, the relevance of the executive officer’s experience to other potential employers and the readiness of the executive officer to assume a more significant role with another organization.

Mr. Correll participates in the same programs and receives compensation based on the same factors as the other named executive officers. However, Mr. Correll’s overall compensation reflects a greater degree of policy and decision-making authority and a higher level of responsibility with respect to the strategic direction and financial and operating results of American Water.

Certain of our named executive officers are parties to employment agreements with us, which are described below under “—Narrative Disclosure to 2006 Summary Compensation Table and 2006 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements”. We do not have any specific policy that controls whether we enter into employment agreements with our named executive officers.

Elements of Compensation

Our compensation program has traditionally included the following key elements, which we expect to remain the key elements of our compensation program following the consummation of this offering: base salary, annual incentives, long-term equity incentives and other benefits. In 2006, we granted cash retention bonuses, which are described below, in lieu of long-term equity incentives.

 

108


Table of Contents

We determine the compensation of our executive officers, including the named executive officers, by first assigning each job to a management level. The assignment has been done by RWE with the assistance of our chief executive officer. The management levels are used to determine salary ranges, annual incentive targets and long-term incentive targets. We believe this is the most transparent and flexible approach to achieve the objectives of the executive compensation program.

We consider market pay practices and the practices of our comparator groups in determining the amounts of each element of compensation to be paid, what components should be paid in cash versus equity and how much of a named executive officer’s compensation should be short-term versus long-term. All elements have traditionally been paid to participants in cash, but our new omnibus equity compensation plan will provide for awards that pay out in equity following this offering.

Base Salary

We believe competitive base salaries are necessary to attract and retain an effective executive management team. Base salaries for executive officers are targeted at the median of our comparator groups, and are adjusted to reflect individual performance and experience.

The management of RWE determined Mr. Correll’s starting salary for serving as our President and Chief Executive Officer by considering a review of levels of base pay of chief executive officers of companies in our comparator groups, which were provided by Towers Perrin, and Mr. Correll’s experience as the chief executive officer at other companies in the industry. Mr. Correll’s annualized base salary was set at $550,000 effective April 17, 2006, which was his start date.

At the January 2006 meeting of the board of directors of American Water, our directors and the management of RWE reviewed base salaries for the other named executive officers (other than Mr. MacKenzie) as compared to compensation data of companies at the 50 th percentile of our comparator groups. After the review, the base salaries of the named executive officers were increased, primarily to bring them closer to the levels among our comparator groups and to recognize individual performance. Ms. Wolf’s starting base salary was established at the meeting.

 

Name

   New Base Salary    Percent Increase    Effective Date

Ms. Wolf

   $ 450,000    Hired    03/01/06

Mr. Bigelow

   $ 275,000    17.5%    03/27/06

Mr. Young

   $ 400,000    8.1%    03/27/06

Mr. Firnhaber(1)

   $ 322,427    3.1%    03/27/06

(1) Base salary of 138,020 Euros and functional allowance of 106,193 Euros converted to United States dollars using the December 31, 2006 exchange rate of 1.32027.

The base salaries paid to the named executive officers in 2006 are set forth below in the “2006 Summary Compensation Table.”

Annual Incentive Compensation

Annual incentive compensation is made available to all managerial, professional and supervisory employees, including the named executive officers. It is designed to provide incentives for achieving short-term financial and operational goals for the Company as a whole and for its subsidiaries and individual business units, as well as individual goals. Annual incentive compensation is provided to the named executive officers, other than Dr. Heischkamp, through American Water’s annual incentive plan. Dr. Heischkamp participates in RWE’s short-term incentive plan.

For 2006 and 2007, management, including the named executive officers and subsidiary and business unit leaders, worked with RWE to establish goals for American Water’s annual incentive plan that were aligned with

 

109


Table of Contents

American Water’s business plan for the applicable year. Following this offering, the compensation committee will assume responsibility for setting the goals for the annual incentive plan. The compensation committee will strive to ensure that the goals are consistent with the overall strategic goals of American Water set by our board of directors and that, if the targets are met, the payouts will be consistent with the design for the overall compensation program for the named executive officers.

The annual incentive plan typically includes three performance components: “company (financial),” “operational” and “individual.” However, in 2006, none of the named executive officers had operational goals under the plan. Target and maximum achievement levels are established for each goal. Target is set consistent with the achievement of the business plan objectives. Maximum is set at a level that significantly exceeds the business plan and has a low probability of payout.

The amount of a participant’s annual incentive target opportunity, expressed as a percentage of the participant’s base salary, is based on the participant’s role at American Water. Each participant’s bonus opportunity is allocated among the components of the plan based on their relative weights for the participant, which depend upon the importance of the applicable goal to the responsibilities of the participant and his or her subsidiary or business unit and American Water’s view of the relative importance of the goals. Actual incentive payments corresponding to each goal can range from 0 (if the threshold is not met), to target level (if the target is met), to 150% of the target level for company (financial) goals, 120% of the target level for operational goals (none of which applied to the named executive officers) and 120% of the target level for individual goals. At the end of the year, payments are determined by evaluating the performance of each component, and then adding the results of all components.

To be eligible to receive an annual incentive award, a participant must be actively employed at the end of the plan year for which the award is earned. However, in the case of disability, retirement, layoff or death during the plan year, a prorated award may be payable. Awards are usually determined and paid in cash as soon as possible after the release of company (financial) results. American Water may reduce or not pay the annual incentive awards even if the targets are met. American Water has the discretion to pay the annual incentive awards even if the applicable performance goals are not met, but would generally not exercise this discretion to pay awards at greater than maximum levels permitted by the plan absent unusual circumstances.

In 2006, the company (financial) component for the annual incentive plan was based on a profitability measure defined by RWE.

 

110


Table of Contents

The individual component for the annual incentive plan included performance targets that related to the participant’s function in the company as agreed between each participant and his or her manager. During 2006, the primary individual performance goals for the named executive officers were as follows:

 

Named

Executive

Officer

 

Goal

Donald L. Correll  

•     Leading and managing critical activities associated with the RWE Divestiture, including regulatory, financial reporting, financing and public information/relations activities

 

•     Working collaboratively with the Chief Executive Officer of RWE and the chairman of our board of directors to implement appropriate corporate governance for a public company

 

•     Beginning implementation of a culture of business development to ensure long-term investment and growth prospects for the Company and to support the positioning for this offering

 

•     Leading and supporting the American Water management team to investigate and implement creative solutions and programs to enable the business to build its competitiveness and to be viewed as an industry leader in the pre- and post-offering business environment

Ellen C. Wolf  

•     Leading and driving American Water’s regulated and non-regulated businesses to deliver financial results in line with the 2006 business plan

 

•     Increasing the knowledge, talent and expertise level of the finance organization to the level that is necessary for a successful public company

 

•     Leading and managing critical activities associated with the RWE Divestiture, including financial reporting, refinancing and Sarbanes-Oxley Act implementation

 

•     Enhancing customer satisfaction while still adhering to appropriate controls and procedures

John Bigelow  

•     Meeting 2006 finance group business plan budget targets

 

•     Providing the necessary support to successfully complete the RWE Divestiture, including preparing financial statements and business plans, Sarbanes-Oxley Act implementation and delivering road shows to potential investors

 

•     Establishing the 2006 finance organization development plan to feature internal controls to support financial integrity, Sarbanes-Oxley Act reporting and decision support

 

•     Supporting those groups within the company that support the customer with accurate, timely financial information

John S. Young  

•     Enhancing the value of capital expenditures through improved governance, financial controls and unit cost analysis

 

•     Enhancing American Water’s operational integrity and excellence through continued improvement in environmental and operational risk management performance

 

•     Achieving improved efficiencies, value and competitiveness in both regulated and non-regulated businesses through commercial opportunities and regional contract performance reviews of major projects

 

111


Table of Contents

Named

Executive

Officer

 

Goal

 

•     Acting as an ambassador and coach for important American Water culture change initiatives (including diversity initiatives)

 

•     Enhancing and improving the level of customer service and satisfaction at American Water customer call centers

Dietrich Firnhaber  

•     Staying in-line with 2006 budget for legal functions and identifying additional functional wide saving opportunities

 

•     Developing and implementing a divestiture project organization to support the RWE Divestiture

 

•     Implementing agreements to sustain and enhance operating performance throughout 2006

 

•     Enhancing talent and capability by establishing development programs for all employees of the legal function

 

•     Establishing a succession plan for the general counsel position

The target payment opportunities for the named executive officers under the 2006 annual incentive plan, which were the bonus amounts that would have been paid at 100% achievement of both company (financial) and individual goals, are shown as percentages of annual base salary in the following table. The target percentages were determined based on recommendations of Towers Perrin and the comparable percentages used by the comparator groups discussed above. Mr. Correll’s annual incentive opportunity for 2006 was prorated to reflect his mid-year start date. Mr. MacKenzie was granted a discretionary bonus for 2006 in lieu of an annual incentive plan award, which is set forth in the “2006 Summary Compensation Table.” The amount of Mr. MacKenzie’s discretionary bonus was established by determining what Mr. MacKenzie’s target payment opportunity would have been had he participated in the annual incentive plan (80% of his base salary) and prorating such amount based on the quarter of the year that he served as our Chief Executive Officer.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target (as % of base salary)

Donald L. Correll

   80%

Ellen C. Wolf

   50%

John Bigelow

   40%

John S. Young

   50%

Dietrich Firnhaber

   35%

The following table shows the weighting of the company and individual measures, as a percentage of the total payout opportunity, used to determine award payments to the named executive officers for 2006.

 

     Mr. Correll     Ms. Wolf     Mr. Bigelow     Mr. Young     Mr. Firnhaber  

Company (Financial)

   70 %   50 %   40 %   50 %   40 %

Individual

   30 %   50 %   60 %   50 %   60 %

 

112


Table of Contents

In 2006, American Water did not achieve the threshold level of performance that was necessary to produce a payment under the company (financial) component of the plan. Therefore, each of the named executive officer’s 2006 annual incentive plan payments was based solely on individual goals, which were achieved as follows:.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Percentage of
Individual
Goals Achieved

Donald L. Correll

   80%

Ellen C. Wolf

   105%

John R. Bigelow

   100%

John S. Young

   90%

Dietrich Firnhaber

   90%

The actual annual incentive payments made to the named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 are set forth below in the “2006 Summary Compensation Table.”

For the 2007 fiscal year, the company (financial) component for the annual incentive plan is based on operating income, which is defined as earnings before interest, taxes and other non-operating expenses. The performance level will be determined at the corporate and regional levels. More than 80% of the operating income target for the entire Company must be achieved before any payment will be made on the company (financial) component of the plan (although a payment could be made on the regional financial component if the regional operating income exceeds 80% of target). In addition, more than 70% of the operating income target for the entire Company must be achieved before any payment will be made on any component of the plan, including operational and individual. The operational component consists of performance measures tied to customer satisfaction, customer service quality, service level, environmental, health and safety, quality and compliance. As was the case in 2006, none of the named executive officers has operational goals in 2007. The individual component includes performance targets that relate to the participant’s function in the company as agreed between the participant and his or her manager.

The 2007 target payment opportunities and relative weightings of the performance measures for purposes of the annual incentive plan for the named executive officers who remain employed by American Water are the same as for 2006.

RWE’s short-term incentive plan is similar to American Water’s annual incentive plan. Dr. Heischkamp’s goals were based 40% on company and 60% on individual measures. Dr. Heischkamp’s company component was based on RWE’s, rather than American Water’s, performance. It was based 50% on RWE’s achievement of “Free Cash Flow 1”, which is defined as cash flow from operating activities minus capital expenditures, and excluding proceeds from disposals, financial investments, acquisitions and dividend payments, and which is a key performance indicator used to measure the self-financing power of the RWE group, and 50% on RWE’s achievement of “Value Added”, which is defined as operating result minus the product of average operating assets of the period and the weighted average cost of capital, and which is a key performance indicator that measures the ability of RWE’s operating activities to cover and exceed the cost of invested operating assets. Dr. Heischkamp’s target incentive opportunity for 2006 was 34.7% of his base pay (including his functional allowance), and his bonus paid out based on achievement of company performance at 119% of target and individual performance at 104% of target. In 2007, Dr. Heischkamp’s company goals are based on the Value Added component only.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation

RWE currently has a global long-term equity incentive program in place in which certain named executive officers participate. It is known as the Beat program, because it aims to incentivize the RWE group to perform successfully as one integrated team acting in one rhythm, or beat.

 

113


Table of Contents

Under RWE’s 2005 Beat program, performance shares were granted to participants in 2005, based on a 2005-2007 award cycle. The awards are scheduled to pay out in cash in 2008 to participants who remain employed for the full award cycle, or whose employment is terminated without cause during the award cycle. The number of performance shares that will pay out at the end of the cycle is determined by RWE’s performance, measured by total stockholder return, which we refer to as TSR, which takes into account both the share price and reinvested dividends. RWE’s TSR is ranked against those of other companies within the DJ Stoxx Utilities Index, which consists of the top 29 European utility companies, to determine a payout factor. The factor does not only measure RWE’s rank within the list but also takes into account which competitors were outperformed. Each company within the list has a weighting according to its free float market capitalization (the total value of its shares on the stock market). The payout factor therefore depends on RWE’s position within the list and the sum of the index weightings of the outperformed companies. In order for any payouts to be made under the Beat program, RWE must perform better than at least 25% of the index weighting. A participant’s potential gain depends on the final number of performance shares awarded multiplied by the average RWE share price in the last 20 days prior to the end of the award cycle. The maximum amount that may be paid to a participant is limited to three times the “grant value” of the performance shares, which is the expected value of the shares set forth at the beginning of the award cycle. The grant value for the 2005-2007 award cycle is 18.62 Euros per share.

No long-term incentive awards were granted to the United States-based named executive officers under the Beat program in 2006 or 2007. However, Mr. Firnhaber and Dr. Heischkamp were granted long-term equity incentive awards under the Beat program for the 2006-2008 performance cycle. The terms of these awards are the same as for the 2005-2007 awards, except that the maximum amount that may be paid to a participant is limited to two times the “grant value” of the performance shares, which is 17.48 Euros per performance share.

If the consummation of this offering occurs prior to December 31, 2007, participants’ performance shares will be paid out on the regular payment date under the Beat program, in the same amount that they would have been paid had American Water remained in the RWE group until the end of the award cycle.

Prior to 2005, RWE had other long-term equity incentive programs in place.

Pursuant to the 2004 Thames Water/RWE long-term incentive program, restricted stock units with respect to shares of RWE common stock were granted to participants in 2004. The units were paid out to participants who were actively employed on July 24, 2007. The plan provided that the amount paid to each participant would be determined by multiplying the number of restricted stock units granted to that participant by the closing price of a share of RWE stock on July 23, 2007, provided that for purposes of the plan the RWE share price could not exceed $90. Since the closing price of an RWE share on July 23, 2007 was greater than $90, the maximum payouts were made under the plan.

In 2006, Dr. Heischkamp exercised stock appreciation rights, which we refer to as SARs, that were granted to him in 2004 under RWE’s 2002 long-term incentive plan. The exercise price of his SARs was 35.45 Euros, which was determined based on the average value of the stock exchange price for RWE common stock in the closing auction of XETRA trading at the Frankfurt Stock Exchange during the ten trading days immediately prior to the day the SARs were issued. The term of the SARs was five years, and they were exercisable beginning two years after grant, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals. A target increase in the stock exchange price of RWE common stock of at least 10% over the exercise price was determined as a minimum performance goal for exercising SARs. In addition, RWE common stock had to have outperformed the Dow Jones STOXX Utility Price Index once from the issuing date to the exercise date for ten days in a row. The additional performance hurdle was to disappear if the stock price increase in RWE shares exceeded 20% during the exercise period. The number of SARs that became exercisable upon meeting the performance goals depended ultimately on the price movement of RWE common stock from the date of issue up to the exercise date. If the specified performance goals were met, one quarter of the total number issued could be exercised. The number of exercisable SARs increased to 60% of the total issued if the benchmark stock price of RWE common stock was 15% or more above the exercise price at least once in ten consecutive trading days. If a 20% or more increase in

 

114


Table of Contents

stock price occurred, all SARs issued could be exercised. The maximum value that could be received per exercised SAR was limited to 50% of the exercise price. Since the performance conditions were met, and the stock price increased by more than 20%, all of Dr. Heischkamp’s SARs were permitted to be exercised. Dr. Heischkamp exercised his SARs on June 8, 2006 and he was paid out on June 29, 2006.

For further information on the long-term equity incentive awards granted to the named executive officers, see the “2006 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table, the “2006 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” table and the “2006 Option Exercises” table.

Other Benefits

Other benefits offered to the named executive officers by American Water include qualified and non-qualified retirement benefit plans, an executive severance policy and perquisites. American Water also provides medical and dental coverage and life insurance to each named executive officer to generally the same extent as such benefits are provided to other American Water employees. These benefits are intended to provide for the health, well-being and retirement planning needs of the named executive officers. We periodically review these other benefits and compare them to those of our comparator groups to confirm that they are reasonable and competitive in keeping with our overall objective of designing our compensation program to attract and retain talent while maximizing the interests of our stockholders.

Retirement Benefit Plans

American Water sponsors qualified and nonqualified defined benefit retirement plans that cover certain employees who commenced employment prior to January 1, 2006, when the plans were closed to new entrants. Some of the plans are predecessor company plans that American Water assumed in acquisitions. American Water also sponsors qualified and nonqualified defined contribution plans, including a deferred compensation plan. We transitioned from defined benefit to defined contribution plans for several reasons. Defined contribution plans provide to employees a retirement savings opportunity that is portable, which is important to us, since our workforce is more mobile than the traditional water utility workforce. In addition, we desired to be able to predict our fixed costs for retirement benefits on an ongoing basis, rather than having our costs depend on the volatility of actuarial assumptions, including discount rates and interest rates in capital markets (both long-term bond yields and equity returns). Further, defined contribution plans permit employees to defer the taxation of the compensation that they contribute to the plan, and allow American Water to contribute to the plan on behalf of employees in a relatively tax-efficient manner.

At the recommendation of Towers Perrin based on its experience with companies both in the utility industry and outside of it, we recently established a 401(k) Restoration Plan to provide matching contributions in excess of those permitted to be provided under our 401(k) plan due to limits on compensation that can be taken into account pursuant the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Restoration Plan includes a Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account that provides a benefit of 5.25% of total cash compensation to employees, offset by our contribution of 5.25% of base pay to the qualified plan, which is subject to Code limits. For information on the named executive officers’ potential retirement plan benefits, please see the “2006 Pension Benefits” table and “—Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control.”

Executive Severance Policy

Our executive severance policy was established in June 2006 to provide certainty with respect to the payments and benefits to be provided upon certain termination events. It provides severance benefits to executives whose employment is involuntarily terminated by American Water for reasons other than cause. For further information about the executive severance policy, see “—Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control.” The number of months of salary to be paid as severance was based on the recommendation of Towers Perrin, based on various surveys that they have done and their experience in the general industry.

 

115


Table of Contents

Change in Control

Most of our compensation plans and policies do not contain change in contract triggers. As described in “—Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control,” Company contributions to the Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account of our 401(k) Restoration Plan will vest upon a change in control of American Water. Also, pursuant to the AWW Inc. Executive Retirement Plan, our nonqualified defined benefit pension plan, our board of directors has the discretion to vest benefits upon certain terminations of employment following a change in control. However, a change in control will not be triggered by this offering for purposes of these plans, and all of the named executive officers who participate in the AWW Inc. Executive Retirement Plan are already vested in their benefits.

Perquisites

American Water provides limited perquisites, which represent a small part of our overall compensation package. We annually review the perquisites that we provide to senior management in light of the benefits provided by our comparator groups. The primary perquisites that we offer are financial planning, executive physicals and a vehicle allowance. We believe that good financial planning by experts reduces the amount of time and attention that senior management must spend on that topic and maximizes the net financial reward to the employee of compensation received from American Water. Furthermore, since our leadership team has the greatest impact on our success, the executive physical is important. Healthy leaders are better prepared to perform physically and mentally. None of the named executive officers used the Company’s financial planning services in 2006.

Policies for RWE Employees on Assignment at American Water

During 2006, two RWE employees, Dietrich Firnhaber, our Senior Vice President, Legal, and Volker Heischkamp, our Senior Vice President, Capital Markets, worked for American Water. The Executive Board of RWE determined the compensation of these individuals based on RWE’s general compensation philosophy, which is similar to the American Water philosophy described above. Like American Water, RWE assigns every position to a management level. Annually, salary ranges are benchmarked against the levels used by the companies that comprise Germany’s DAX30, an index of certain publicly traded companies in Germany, and against other large national and international companies operating in Germany. Salaries are adjusted based on the benchmarking and performance.

RWE provided Mr. Firnhaber and Dr. Heischkamp with various elements of compensation on account of their United States assignments, including foreign service pay, housing allowances, home leave pay, travel reimbursements and cost of living allowances. RWE provides these elements of compensation in order to ensure that the expatriate’s lifestyle while on assignment is broadly comparable to what it would be in his or her domestic country. RWE views its expatriates as essential links among its companies worldwide. It also views expatriate assignments as an opportunity for personal and professional development and as an important component in the career development of individuals for management positions. In designing its international assignment policies, RWE aims to manage the interface between the home and the host companies, and to ensure that all tax, social security and labor requirements are met and that participating employees receive optimal care before, during and after the assignment.

Transaction-related Bonuses

Retention Bonuses

American Water has established a retention bonus program that is intended to retain employees in key leadership roles through the timely completion of American Water’s initial public offering. If a participant remains employed by American Water through the earlier of March 31, 2008 and one year after the date of American Water’s initial public offering, the participant will receive a cash retention bonus based on a

 

116


Table of Contents

predetermined percentage of his or her base salary in effect on January 1, 2006, or his or her hire date, if he or she was hired after January 1, 2006. Retention bonuses are payable to employees whose employment is terminated without cause prior to the applicable payment date. The retention bonus has been offered to employees in lieu of a 2006 grant under the RWE long-term incentive program.

The named executive officers who participate in the retention bonus program are entitled to retention bonuses in amounts equal to the following percentages of their base salaries:

 

Named Executive Officer

  

Retention Bonus Opportunity

(as percentage of base salary)

 

Donald L. Correll

   120 %

Ellen C. Wolf

   100 %

John Bigelow

   80 %

John S. Young

   100 %

We determined these retention bonus opportunities by doubling the percentage opportunities that would have applied to the named executive officers’ long term equity incentives, had we granted such incentives in 2006.

Completion Bonuses

American Water has offered a “completion bonus” to reward selected senior executives for their contributions to this offering. Each eligible executive is entitled to receive a cash bonus based on a predetermined percentage of his or her base salary in effect on January 1, 2006, or his or her hire date, if he or she was hired after January 1, 2006.

The named executive officers who participate in the completion bonus program are entitled to completion bonuses in amounts equal to the following percentages of their base salaries:

 

Named Executive Officer

  

Completion Bonus Opportunity

(as percentage of base salary
(including functional allowance
for Mr. Firnhaber and
Dr. Heischkamp))

 

Donald L. Correll

   100 %

Ellen C. Wolf

   100 %

John Bigelow

   75 %

John S. Young

   100 %

Dietrich Firnhaber

   75 %

Volker Heischkamp

   18.8 %

With respect to each executive other than Dr. Heischkamp, 50% of each executive’s completion bonus will be awarded if this offering is consummated. The remaining 50% is payable at the discretion of RWE, based upon the executive’s leadership and support in positively marketing the business and preparing for this offering. All of Dr. Heischkamp’s completion bonus is discretionary, and it will be based on his personal contribution to this offering.

For further information on the retention and completion bonuses to which the named executive officers are entitled, please see the “2006 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table.

New Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan

American Water intends to adopt an omnibus equity compensation plan in connection with this offering pursuant to which equity-based awards will be granted to certain employees and non-employee directors of American Water. The plan will encourage participants to contribute materially to the growth of the Company, thereby benefiting American Water’s stockholders. The terms of the omnibus equity compensation plan are described below under “—2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan”.

 

117


Table of Contents

At the time of this offering, performance-based non-qualified stock options and performance-based restricted stock units are expected to be granted to employees under the plan. We have chosen to use stock options and restricted stock units as forms of equity-based compensation in order to align our program with common market practice. The amount of awards granted is expected to be based on certain performance conditions, as described below. Sixty percent of the award value granted under the plan is expected to be in the form of stock options and 40% is expected to be in the form of restricted stock units. The exercise price of the stock options will be the fair market value of the underlying shares on the grant date. The options will expire on December 31, 2013. The awards are expected to vest on December 31, 2009, if the applicable participant remains employed with American Water at such time, subject to certain performance conditions described below.

The targeted expected values of the long-term incentive awards that vest and become exercisable are 120% of base salary for Mr. Correll, 115% of base salary for Ms. Wolf and Mr. Young, and 45% of base salary for all other named executive officers. Other employees will receive awards with targeted expected values of 45% or 20% of their base salaries.

The number of stock options and restricted stock units that are initially granted to participants, as well as the number of such awards that vest, is expected to be based on American Water’s net income, as adjusted for certain non-recurring items related to this offering, impairments, the settlement of income tax audits and changes in benefit plan costs that are not related to management decisions, effects resulting from changes in accounting principles and other items.

The number of stock options that become exercisable, and the number of restricted stock units that vest, as a percentage of the targeted number of awards for each participant, is expected to be determined by comparing the Company’s actual audited net income results for 2007 and 2008 to the net income forecast for the Company for those years at the time of this offering. If the Company’s actual net income for 2007 and 2008 is 100% of the forecasted net income at the time of this offering, then 100% of each participant’s target number of awards is expected to become exercisable and vest. If the Company’s actual net income for 2007 and 2008 is 80% of the forecasted net income at the time of this offering, then 25% of each participant’s target number of awards is expected to become exercisable and vest. All awards are expected to be forfeited if less than 80% of forecasted net income is achieved. The maximum percentage of awards that become exercisable and vest is expected to be 175% of each participant’s target number awards, which percentage is expected to be achieved if actual net income for 2007 and 2008 is 120% of forecasted net income or greater.

In order to achieve the exercisability and vesting percentages described above, the number of stock options and restricted stock units initially granted at the time of this offering is expected to be determined based on the same schedule as described above, except that it is expected to be based on a comparison of forecasted net income for the Company for 2007 and 2008 at the time of this offering to the net income targets established for the Company for the years 2007 and 2008. The number of stock options and restricted stock units initially granted is expected to be 175% of the number of awards determined based on applying the schedule described above to this comparison, with a cap at 175% of the target numbers.

The Company has the discretion to grant, and to cause to vest, fewer or more awards than would be granted and that would vest based on the mechanisms described above.

On the vesting date or shortly thereafter, subject to the service and performance conditions having been met, the restricted stock units will be converted to an equivalent number of shares of American Water common stock, and the stock options will become exercisable. If any dividends are declared with respect to American Water common stock during the vesting period, American Water will credit dividend equivalents with respect to the restricted stock units, and participants will receive cash equal to the value of the dividend equivalents that accumulate with respect to any of their restricted stock units that are not forfeited.

Awards will generally be forfeited upon a termination of employment prior to vesting. Awards will fully time-vest upon death or disability, but will remain subject to performance conditions until the end of the

 

118


Table of Contents

performance cycle. Awards will time-vest on a pro rata basis upon retirement, but will remain subject to performance conditions until the end of the performance cycle. Our board of directors, in its discretion, may allow for early vesting upon early retirement. If a change in control occurs, awards will vest based on actual performance through the most recent reporting period prior to the change in control.

Executives will be required to hold 50% of the shares underlying their awards in order to comply with minimum ownership requirements, which are set at 300% of base salary for Mr. Correll, 200% of base salary for Ms. Wolf and Mr. Young, and 100% of base salary for other senior management positions.

If an initial public offering has not occurred by December 31, 2009, participants will not receive the stock options or restricted stock units described above and will instead receive cash equal to the value of the restricted stock units they otherwise would have received at the target level.

Other New Plans and Awards

American Water is considering establishing an employee stock purchase plan after this offering in order to more closely align our employees’ goals with those of our stockholders. The plan would allow certain employees to purchase shares of American Water’s common stock at a discount of up to 10% from the prevailing market price. Our board of directors has not yet made a decision as to whether or when such a plan would be adopted.

American Water is considering granting, upon this offering, $2.0 million of fully vested stock to certain of our employees, excluding our named executive officers, and other senior management in order to encourage such employees to remain employed following this offering.

American Water is also considering establishing new deferred compensation plans for certain senior executives and directors.

Tax and Accounting Consequences

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, imposes a limit on the amount of compensation that we may deduct in any one year with respect to certain of our named executive officers, unless certain specific and detailed criteria are satisfied. Performance-based compensation, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, is fully deductible if the applicable compensation programs are approved by our stockholders and meet other requirements. We seek to maintain flexibility to compensate our executives in a manner designed to promote our corporate goals, and therefore we have not adopted a policy requiring all compensation to be deductible. However, from time to time, we intend to monitor whether it might be in our interest to structure our compensation programs to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m).

 

119


Table of Contents

2006 Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year  

Salary

($)

 

Bonus

($)

   

Stock
Award(s)

($)(1)

 

Option
Awards

($)(2)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)(3)

 

Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($)(4)

 

All Other
Compensation

($)(14)

 

Total

($)

Donald L. Correll

President and Chief Executive Officer(5)

  2006   $ 370,195     —         —       —     $ 74,933     —     $ 106,040   $ 551,168

George MacKenzie

Chairman, Former Interim President and Chief Executive Officer(6)

  2006   $ 276,439   $ 110,000 (12)     —       —       —       —     $ 18,031   $ 404,470

Ellen C. Wolf

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer(7)

  2006   $ 360,000     —         —       —     $ 99,031   $ 563   $ 54,886   $ 514,480

John Bigelow

President, New Jersey, American Water Company, Former Vice President, Finance-Americas, Former Senior Vice President, Regulatory Programs & Enterprise Risk Management(8)

  2006   $ 260,517     —       $ 153,899     —     $ 64,860   $ 106,509   $ 15,427   $ 601,212

John S. Young

Chief Operating Officer(9)

  2006   $ 391,542     —       $ 202,389     —     $ 90,000   $ 308,400   $ 18,781   $ 1,011,112

Dietrich Firnhaber

Senior Vice President, Legal(10)

  2006   $ 290,097   $ 19,753 (13)   $ 120,871     —     $ 56,963   $ 16,030   $ 254,099   $ 757,813

Volker Heischkamp

Senior Vice President, Capital Markets(11)

  2006   $ 350,558     —       $ 108,476   $ 68,760   $ 132,147   $ 68,934   $ 115,993   $ 844,868

(1)

The amounts shown under this column reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, with respect to the 2004 Thames Water/RWE long-term incentive awards and the 2005-2007 and 2006-2008 RWE long-term incentive awards. With respect to the 2005-2007 and 2006-2008 long-term incentive awards, the values for these awards are based on a fair-value calculation which is based on a multivariate Black-Scholes model. A Monte-Carlo simulation of risk-neutral paths with a subsequent averaging and discounting of the payoff yields the fair value. Relevant valuation parameters are index weights, reference prices/strikes, dividend assumptions, interest rates, volatilities and correlations. The values have not been computed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) “Share Based Payment.” For further information on these awards see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation”.

 

(2)

The amounts shown in this column reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, with respect to a stock appreciation right granted to Dr. Heischkamp in 2004 and exercised by him in 2006. The value is based on a fair-value calculation which is based on a multivariate Black-Scholes model. A Monte-Carlo simulation of risk-neutral paths with a subsequent averaging and discounting of the payoff yields the fair value. Exercise restrictions are

 

120


Table of Contents
 

considered. Relevant valuation parameters are reference prices/strikes, dividend assumptions, interest rates, volatilities and correlations. The values have not been computed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) “Share Based Payment.” For further information on this award see the “2006 Option Exercises” table.

 

(3) The amounts shown in this column reflect payments for 2006 performance under American Water’s and RWE’s annual incentive plans made in March 2007. For further information about these plans, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Incentive Compensation.”

 

(4) The amounts shown in this column reflect the aggregate changes in the actuarial present values of the named executive officers’ accumulated benefits under our defined benefit pension plans (including supplemental plans) from the pension plan measurement date used for our audited financial statements for 2005 to the pension plan measurement date used for our audited financial statements for 2006. For further information on the pension plans, see “—2006 Pension Benefits.” No named executive officers received earnings on deferred compensation in 2006.

 

(5) Mr. Correll was hired as our President and Chief Executive Officer on April 17, 2006. His salary and annual incentive plan award were prorated based on his hire date.

 

(6) Mr. MacKenzie, our Chairman, served as our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer from January 1, 2006 through April 17, 2006. The amount of salary in his “Base Salary” column includes his prorated salary as Interim Chief Executive Officer as well as $58,632 for serving on American Water’s board of directors and $10,500 for serving as the director and chair of the audit committee of Pennsylvania-American Water Company, a subsidiary of American Water.

 

(7) Ms. Wolf was hired as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on March 1, 2006. Her salary and annual incentive plan award were prorated based on her hire date.

 

(8) Mr. Bigelow, who has served since July 2, 2007 as the President of New Jersey American Water Company, served as our Senior Vice President, Regulatory Programs and Enterprise Risk Management from March 27, 2006 through July 1, 2007 and our Vice President, Finance—Americas from December 1, 2003 through March 26, 2006.

 

(9) Mr. Young has served as our Chief Operating Officer since October 1, 2005.

 

(10) Mr. Firnhaber joined the RWE group on January 1, 1996, and began working for American Water on January 1, 2003. He resigned effective July 31, 2007. His compensation was denominated in Euros but was paid to him in the equivalent number of United States dollars. Mr. Firnhaber’s salary (including functional allowance) was converted from Euros to United States dollars based on a rate of 1.2237 (which was the rate actually used in converting his compensation in dollars). Mr. Firnhaber’s bonus was converted to United States dollars using the April 24, 2006 exchange rate of 1.2348. For purposes of the column titled “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings”, the December 31, 2005 exchange rate of 1.18445 was used to determine 2005 pension values and the December 31, 2006 exchange rate of 1.32027 was used to determine 2006 pension values.

 

(11) Dr. Heischkamp joined the RWE group on August 1, 2002, and has been seconded to American Water since November 15, 2005. He has served as our Senior Vice President, Capital Markets since November 15, 2005. He has been compensated in Euros. All items of his compensation reported here were converted from Euros to United States dollars based on the December 31, 2006 exchange rate of 1.32027, except that for purposes of the column titled “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings”, the December 31, 2005 exchange rate of 1.18445 was used to determinate 2005 pension values.

 

(12) Mr. MacKenzie was paid a discretionary bonus in 2006 in lieu of an annual incentive plan award as a result of his transition from Interim President and Chief Executive Officer to non-employee director.

 

(13) Mr. Firnhaber was paid a bonus for the successful sale of Thames Water’s business in Chile. The amount of this bonus was determined by Thames Water.

 

121


Table of Contents
(14) The following tables show the components of the amounts listed in the “All Other Compensation” column for each named executive officer:

 

Name

 

401(k)
Company
Match

($)

 

401(k)

Defined
Contribution
Account

($)(1)

 

401(k)
Restoration
Plan

($)(2)

 

Nonqualified

Defined
Contribution
Account

($)(3)

 

Executive
Physicals

($)

 

Vehicle
Allowance

($)

 

Foreign
Service
Pay

($)(4)

 

Housing
Allowance
and
Related
Expenses

($)

 

Life

Insurance

Donald L. Correll

  $ 7,615   $ 11,550   $ 6,722   $ 8,823     —     $ 13,500     —     $ 37,997   $ 452

George MacKenzie

    —     $ 10,884     —       —       —     $ 6,889     —       —     $ 258

Ellen C. Wolf

  $ 10,963   $ 11,550   $ 6,200   $ 8,138   $ 5,759   $ 12,000     —       —     $ 276

John Bigelow

  $ 5,357     —     $ 1,256     —       —     $ 8,400     —       —     $ 414

John S. Young

  $ 3,967     —     $ 4,500     —       —     $ 9,900     —       —     $ 414

Dietrich Firnhaber

    —       —       —       —       —     $ 10,200   $ 36,971   $ 60,000     —  

Volker Heischkamp

    —       —       —       —       —     $ 15,406     —     $ 66,201     —  

 

Name

   COLA ($)(5)    Home Leave
& Travel
Expenses
   Gross Up
for Taxes
 

Donald L. Correll

     —        —      $ 19,381 (6)

Dietrich Firnhaber

     —      $ 49,705    $ 97,223 (7)

Volker Heischkamp

   $ 11,750    $ 22,636   

(1) The Defined Contribution Account is an account in our 401(k) plan to which American Water contributes 5.25% of each employee’s total cash compensation (which includes base pay and annual incentive plan payouts), subject to limits on compensation that may be taken into account pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

 

(2) The 401(k) Restoration Plan provides matching contributions in excess of those permitted to be provided under our 401(k) plan due to limits on compensation that may be taken into account pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. For further information on this plan, please see “—2006 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation.”

 

(3) The Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account is an account in our 401(k) Restoration Plan to which American Water contributes up to 5.25% of each participant’s total cash compensation (which includes base pay and annual incentive plan payouts), offset by American Water’s contributions to the Defined Contribution Account of the 401(k) plan. For further information on this account, please see “—2006 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation.”

 

(4) The amount in this column was paid to Mr. Firnhaber on account of his working in the United States.

 

(5) The amount in this column represents payments made to Dr. Heischkamp to compensate him for the differences in the cost of living between the United States and Germany.

 

(6) This amount represents a payment to Mr. Correll to compensate him for taxes on his housing allowance.

 

(7) This amount represents United States income taxes paid by American Water on Mr. Firnhaber’s behalf.

 

122


Table of Contents

2006 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table provides certain information regarding plan-based awards granted to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

 

               Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
   Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards

Name

  

Plan

   Grant Date   

Target

($)

   Maximum
($)
   Target
(#)
   Target
($)
   Maximum
($)

Donald L. Correll

   Retention bonus(1)    —      $ 660,000      —      —        —        —  
   Completion bonus(2)    —      $ 275,002      —      —        —        —  
   2006 Annual incentive plan(3)    —      $ 312,221    $ 440,232    —        —        —  

George MacKenzie

   2006 Annual incentive plan(3)    —      $ 165,150    $ 232,862    —        —        —  

Ellen C. Wolf

   Retention bonus(1)    —      $ 450,000      —      —        —        —  
   Completion bonus(2)    —      $ 225,000      —      —        —        —  
   2006 Annual incentive plan(3)    —      $ 188,630    $ 254,651    —        —        —  

John Bigelow

   Retention bonus(1)    —      $ 188,000      —      —        —        —  
   Completion bonus(2)    —      $ 88,125      —      —        —        —  
   2006 Annual incentive plan(3)    —      $ 110,100    $ 145,200    —        —        —  

John S. Young

   Retention bonus(1)    —      $ 370,000      —      —        —        —  
   Completion bonus(2)    —      $ 185,000      —      —        —        —  
   2006 Annual incentive plan(3)    —      $ 200,000    $ 270,000    —        —        —  

Dietrich Firnhaber

   Completion bonus(2)    —      $ 136,179      —      —        —        —  
   2006 Annual incentive plan(3)(4)    —      $ 112,849    $ 148,961    —        —        —  
   2006-2008 Beat award(5)    January 1, 2006      —        —      2,288    $ 52,807    $ 105,614

Volker Heischkamp

   RWE Short-term bonus(6)    —      $ 121,795    $ 160,769    —        —        —  
   2006-2008 Beat award(5)    January 1, 2006      —        —      2,860    $ 66,009    $ 132,018

(1) American Water has established a retention bonus program that is intended to retain employees in key leadership roles through the timely completion of American Water’s initial public offering. If a participant remains employed by American Water through the earlier of March 31, 2008 or one year after the date of American Water’s initial public offering, the participant will receive a cash retention bonus based on a predetermined percentage of his or her base salary in effect on January 1, 2006, or his or her hire date, if he or she was hired after January 1, 2006. For further information on the retention bonuses, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Transaction-Related Bonuses—Retention Bonuses”.

 

(2) American Water has offered a “completion bonus” to reward selected senior executives for their contributions to this offering. Each eligible executive is entitled to receive a cash bonus based on a predetermined percentage of his or her base salary in effect on January 1, 2006, or his or her hire date, if he or she was hired after January 1, 2006. With respect to each executive other than Dr. Heischkamp, 50% of each executive’s completion bonus will be awarded if this offering is consummated. The remaining 50% is payable at the discretion of RWE, based upon the executive’s leadership and support in positively marketing the business and preparing for the sale. The latter 50% of the completion bonus is not included in the “2006 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table, since it would be considered a bonus award, rather than a plan-based award, pursuant to the rules of the SEC. Dr. Heischkamp is also eligible for a completion bonus, but his entire completion bonus is payable at the discretion of RWE. Since Dr. Heischkamp’s completion bonus would be considered a bonus award, rather than a plan-based award, pursuant to the rules of the SEC, it is not included in the table.

 

123


Table of Contents
(3) The annual incentive plan is American Water’s annual cash bonus plan. For further information on the plan, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Incentive Compensation.” The 2007 bonus payment for 2006 performance has been made based on the metrics described, and is shown in the 2006 Summary Compensation Table in the column titled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

 

(4) Mr. Firnhaber’s annual incentive plan amount was based on his base pay (including a functional allowance) of 244,213 Euros and was converted to United States dollars based on the December 31, 2006 exchange rate of 1.32027.

 

(5) The amounts reported in these rows represent outstanding awards under RWE’s 2006-2008 long-term incentive plan. Participants were initially granted a target number of performance shares. Based on the performance of RWE, the final amount of shares that vest will be adjusted by a payout factor. The target value of the performance shares included in the table is the “grant value,” or the expected value of the shares set forth at the beginning of the award cycle, which was 17.48 Euros per performance share. The maximum amount that may be paid to a participant under the plan is limited to two times the “grant value” of the performance shares. For purposes of determining the dollar amounts in the table, the expected value was converted to dollars based on the December 31, 2006 exchange rate of 1.32027. For further information on the plan, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

 

(6) Dr. Heischkamp’s short-term bonus is described under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Incentive Compensation.” His 2007 bonus payment for 2006 has been made based on the metrics described, and is shown in the “2006 Summary Compensation Table” in the column titled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

Narrative Disclosure to 2006 Summary Compensation Table and 2006 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Employment Agreements

Below are descriptions of the material terms of our employment agreements with our named executive officers. For further information on the items included in the “2006 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” For information on severance agreements entered into with our named executive officers, see “—Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control.”

Donald L. Correll . Mr. Correll entered into an employment agreement with American Water, dated March 10, 2006. According to the agreement, Mr. Correll will have the title of President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and will serve as a member of American Water’s board of directors. The agreement provides for Mr. Correll’s initial annual base salary of $550,000 and his participation in the annual incentive plan, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The agreement also provides for Mr. Correll’s retention and completion bonuses and for his participation in American Water’s new 2007 omnibus equity compensation plan with a target award of 120% of his base salary. For further information on the retention and completion bonuses and the new omnibus equity compensation plan, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The agreement also provides for Mr. Correll’s participation in the nonqualified retirement plans described under “—2006 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation”. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Correll will receive $1,500 per month as an auto allowance, and is entitled to participate in American Water’s executive relocation program.

The agreement provides that in the event of a termination of Mr. Correll’s employment other than for cause, Mr. Correll will be covered under our executive severance policy. The amounts Mr. Correll is entitled to receive under the severance policy are described under “—Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control.”

Ellen C. Wolf. Ms. Wolf entered into an employment agreement with American Water dated December 29, 2005. According to the agreement, Ms. Wolf will have the title of Chief Financial Officer of American Water. The agreement provides for Ms. Wolf’s initial annual base salary of $450,000 and her participation in the annual incentive plan, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

 

124


Table of Contents

The agreement also provides for Ms. Wolf’s retention and completion bonuses and for her participation in American Water’s new 2007 omnibus equity compensation plan with a target award of 115% of her base salary. For further information on the retention and completion bonuses and the omnibus equity compensation plan, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis”. In addition, Ms. Wolf is eligible to participate in a deferred compensation plan and in a comprehensive benefits package. The employment agreement also provides that Ms. Wolf will receive $1,200 per month as an auto allowance.

Dietrich Firnhaber. Dietrich Firnhaber has been seconded from RWE to work at American Water pursuant to a secondment agreement. His secondment began on January 1, 2003, and was scheduled to end on October 31, 2006, although it was extended beyond such date. The secondment agreement provides for an annual base salary of 125,000 Euros, an annual allowance of 70,000 Euros for serving as member of the board of directors of American Water and a monthly foreign allowance of 2,500 Euros. The agreement provides for Mr. Firnhaber’s participation in the annual incentive plan and the Beat program.

During the secondment, Mr. Firnhaber is entitled to private health care coverage from RWE. He is entitled to reimbursement for school fees for his children in an amount up to $7,600 per child, adjusted annually. American Water pays for Mr. Firnhaber’s costs of housing, less $1,000 per month, for which Mr. Firnhaber is responsible. American Water also agreed to provide Mr. Firnhaber with 9,000 Euros annually for home visit accommodations. Mr. Firnhaber has an annual budget for homeward journeys for himself and his family of 18,200 Euros. He is also provided with a company car.

According to the secondment agreement, RWE was entitled to recall Mr. Firnhaber at any time upon three months’ notice. Any costs incurred due to the early termination of the secondment contract were to be reimbursed.

Mr. Firnhaber has resigned from RWE effective August 1, 2007. Previously, Mr. Firnhaber and RWE had entered into a separation agreement contemplating his official termination of employment on June 30, 2008. For a description of the amounts Mr. Firnhaber is entitled to under the separation agreement, see “—Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control”.

2006 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

Name

  

Number of

Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested

(#)(1)

  

Market Value
of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested

($)(2)

  

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That Have
Not Vested

(#)(3)

  

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or Payout
Value of Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights That
Have Not Vested

($)(4)

John Bigelow

   1,191    $ 107,190    3,807 (2005)    $ 249,054

John S. Young

   1,191    $ 107,190    5,438 (2005)    $ 355,754

Dietrich Firnhaber

   1,225    $ 110,250    1,882 (2005)    $ 123,120
         2,288 (2006)    $ 69,120

Volker Heischkamp

   —        —      2,680 (2005)    $ 175,326
         2,860 (2006)    $ 86,401

(1) Awards in this column represent restricted stock units granted under the 2004 Thames Water/RWE long-term incentive plan. For further information on the plan, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

 

(2) The amounts in this column were calculated by multiplying the number of restricted stock units held by each participant by $90, the maximum stock price that the plan allowed to be taken into account, since the RWE stock price was higher than $90 on December 31, 2006. Payments made to participants at the conclusion of the plan period in 2007 were at the $90 per share maximum value.

 

125


Table of Contents
(3) Awards in this column represent performance shares granted for the 2005-2007 and 2006-2008 performance periods under the RWE Beat program. Since Donald Correll and Ellen Wolf were not hired until 2006, they were not granted any performance shares under the RWE Beat program. For further information on RWE’s Beat program, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

 

(4) The amounts in this column represent the expected values of the outstanding performance shares on December 31, 2006.

2006 Option Exercises

 

     Option Awards(1)  

Name

  

Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise

(#)

  

Value Realized
on Vesting

($)

 

Volker Heischkamp

   14,000    $ 317,940 (2)

(1) The amounts in this table represent cash-settled SARs granted to Mr. Heischkamp under RWE’s 2004 long-term incentive plan. For further information on the plan, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation.”

 

(2) The value realized was calculated by multiplying the maximum value that could be received per SAR (50% of the exercise price, or $22.71 (converted from Euros using the June 8, 2006 exchange rate of 1.28105)) by the number of SARs awarded.

2006 Pension Benefits

 

Name

  

Plan Name

  

Number of
Years Credited
Service

(#)

  

Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit

($)(4)

   Payments During
Last Fiscal Year
($)

Ellen C. Wolf(5)

   AWW Co. Pension Plan(1)    4.52    $ 101,824    —  

John Bigelow

   AWW Inc. Executive Retirement Plan(2)    12.67    $ 286,829    —  
   AWW Co. Pension Plan(1)    12.67    $ 335,148    —  

John S. Young

   AWW Inc. Executive Retirement Plan(2)    29.35    $ 479,538    —  
   AWW Co. Pension Plan(1)    29.35    $ 818,619    —  

Dietrich Firnhaber

   I Lahmeyer AG(3)    10.5    $ 102,901    —  

Volker Heischkamp

   VO2003(3)    4.33    $ 345,991    —  

(1) The AWW Co. Pension Plan, which we refer to as the AWWPP, is a qualified pension plan that provides for a pension benefit equal to 1.6% of final average pay multiplied by years of service. Final average pay is defined for purposes of the plan as the average sum of base pay plus annual incentive payout for the highest 60 months out of the final 120 months of employment. For executives hired prior to July 1, 2001, a grandfathered benefit is provided. Normal retirement is defined as age 65, and early retirement eligibility is satisfied when an employee’s combined age and service total 70 years or more, provided the employee is at least age 55. The normal form of payment is a single life annuity for single participants and a 50% joint and survivor annuity for married participants, determined on an actuarially equivalent basis as the single life annuity. There is a reduction in benefits for early retirement for participants other than those who retire at age 62 or older with at least 20 years of service.

 

126


Table of Contents
(2) The AWW Inc. Executive Retirement Plan, which we refer to as the ERP, is a nonqualified defined benefit pension plan that provides benefits under the same formula as the AWWPP, but without the pay and benefit payment limitations that are applicable to the AWWPP under the Code. The ERP also provides a minimum benefit in accordance with provisions of former executive retirement plans that American Water sponsored, (a) the AWW Co., Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, which we refer to as the SERP, (b) the AWW Co., Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, which we refer to as the SRP, (c) the NEI Supplemental Pension Plan, and (d) the Elizabethtown Water Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. Executives who were participants in one of the former American Water nonqualified pension plans are entitled to the greater of the benefits determined pursuant to the restoration formula under the ERP and the benefits determined pursuant to their respective prior nonqualified plan formulas. Messrs. Bigelow and Young participated in the former SRP. Benefits vest in the AWWPP and the ERP upon completion of five years of service. In addition, individuals who participated in the SERP or the SRP became vested in those plans’ benefits upon the acquisition of American Water by RWE. All nonqualified benefits are payable as lump sum equivalents of life annuities.

 

(3) The German pension plans are hybrid contribution plans. The normal retirement benefit is 4% of pensionable salary for Lahmeyer 1 and 2% of pensionable salary up to the social security ceiling plus 10% of pensionable salary above the social security ceiling for VO 2003, in each case multiplied by an age-dependent factor. Retirement age is determined by law. There are no reductions for early retirement for Lahmeyer 1 but there are reductions for early retirement for VO 2003. Upon disability, a pension is provided similar to normal retirement if a participant has a minimum of 13 years of pensionable service. If a participant does not have 13 years of pensionable service, additional service credit will be provided upon disability. Upon death, the spouse is provided with 60% of the normal pension. Participants vest in their benefits after reaching age 30 with a minimum of five years of pensionable service. Pension benefits are indexed 1% per year.

 

(4) Amounts shown reflect the present value of the accumulated benefit of the named executive officer as of December 31, 2006. All amounts for United States pension plans were determined using the same interest and mortality assumptions as those used for financial reporting purposes. The following assumptions were used to calculate United States pension values: discount rate of 5.9%, lump sum conversion rate of 4.90% and mortality based on the Society of Actuaries’ RP 2000 table. Amounts for the German pension plans reflect an interest rate of 4.5% for 2006. All executives are vested in their pension benefits.

 

(5) Ms. Wolf is entitled to receive a benefit from the AWWPP attributable to her prior period of employment from May 24, 1999 through December 1, 2003. This benefit is payable as a life annuity beginning at age 65. The fixed annual benefit amount of $17,748 will not increase or be affected in any way by Ms. Wolf’s current period of employment.

For further information on American Water’s defined benefit pension plans, see “—Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control.”

 

127


Table of Contents

2006 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

Name

 

Plan

  Executive
Contributions in
Last FY ($)(4)
    Registrant
Contributions in
Last FY ($)(5)
  Aggregate
Earnings
in Last
FY ($)(6)
  Aggregate
Balance at Last
FYE ($)
 

Donald L. Correll

  Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account(1)     —       $ 8,823   —     $ 8,823  
  401(k) Restoration Plan(2)     —       $ 6,722   —     $ 6,722  
                   
  Total     —       $ 15,545   —     $ 15,545  

Ellen C. Wolf

  Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account(1)     —       $ 8,138   —     $ 8,138  
  401(k) Restoration Plan(2)     —       $ 6,200   —     $ 6,200  
                   
  Total     —       $ 14,338   —     $ 14,338  

John Bigelow

  Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account(1)     —         —     —       —    
  401(k) Restoration Plan(2)     —       $ 1,256   —     $ 1,256  
                   
  Total     —       $ 1,256   —     $ 1,256  

John S. Young

  Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account(1)     —         —     —       —    
  401(k) Restoration Plan(2)     —       $ 4,500   —     $ 4,500  
                   
  Total     —       $ 4,500   —     $ 4,500  

Volker Heischkamp

  RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (A)(3)     —         —     —     $ 469,555 (8)
 

RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (B)(3)

  $ 116,657 (7)     —     —     $ 193,204 (8)

(1) The Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account was established as part of the 401(k) Restoration Plan in 2006. It provides a benefit of 5.25% of total cash compensation (which includes base pay and annual incentive plan payouts), offset by American Water’s contribution to the qualified plan of 5.25% of base pay, which is subject to limits on compensation taken into account pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. For 2006, the Code limit was $220,000. The Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account does not provide for any executive contributions, and none of the named executive officers had any withdrawals or distributions from the account in 2006. The account requires five years in order to vest in benefits.

 

(2) The 401(k) Restoration Plan was established in 2006 to provide matching contributions in excess of those permitted to be provided under the 401(k) plan due to limits on compensation taken into account pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The plan does not provide for any executive contributions, and none of the named executive officers had any withdrawals or distributions from the plan in 2006. Employees are immediately vested in company contributions under the plan, except with respect to the Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account.

 

(3) Dr. Heischkamp participates in two deferred compensation plans. The RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (A) allowed executives to contribute their bonus payments in a minimum amount of 2,500 Euros per year and a maximum amount of one full bonus payment per year. No further contributions can be made to this plan, and none were made in 2006. The RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (B) allows executives to make pre-tax contributions of fixed and variable compensation elements, such as salary, bonus and long-term incentive compensation, in amounts of at least 2,000 Euros per year. The amounts contributed to the plans are non-forfeitable. However, the amounts are not payable to Dr. Heischkamp until January 1, 2024.

 

(4) The amount in this column is not included in the “2006 Summary Compensation Table”, because it represents a deferral of a non-equity incentive plan payout earned by Dr. Heischkamp in 2005.

 

(5) The amounts in this column are also included in the “2006 Summary Compensation Table” in the “All Other Compensation” column.

 

128


Table of Contents
(6) No earnings accrued on the amounts in the United States plans during 2006, since the contributions were made on the last day of the year. No earnings accrued on the amounts in the RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plans during 2006.

 

(7) This amount was converted from Euros using the March 29, 2006 (date of contribution) exchange rate of 1.20389.

 

(8) These amounts were converted from Euros using the December 31, 2006 exchange rate of 1.32027.

Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control

This section describes the potential payments that would have been made upon various types of terminations of employment on December 29, 2006 to the named executive officers, and the actual payments to be made to Mr. Firnhaber on account of his termination. Mr. MacKenzie did not receive any payments in connection with his transition from Interim President and Chief Executive Officer to director, other than the discretionary bonus payment described in the “2006 Summary Compensation Table.”

This offering will not trigger any change in control provisions under our compensation plans and arrangements.

United States-based Named Executive Officers

American Water’s employment agreements with its United States-based named executive officers do not provide for severance payments. However, the following plans and policies provide for payments upon various types of termination of employment. No plans or policies provide for payments upon a change in control of American Water that is not accompanied by a termination of employment, except that certain amounts may be paid with respect to long-term incentive awards upon such a change in control, as described below. In addition, certain company contributions to our defined contribution retirement plans may vest upon a change in control, as described below.

Retention Bonuses . A retention bonus program was established in connection with American Water’s initial public offering to retain employees in key leadership roles. For further description of the retention bonus program, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Transaction-Related Bonuses—Retention Bonuses”. Retention bonuses would be paid to individuals who are involuntarily terminated without cause prior to the payment date under the program. American Water may, in its discretion, pay the retention bonuses upon death or disability of participants. Upon all other types of termination of employment, the retention bonuses would be forfeited.

Executive Severance Policy . Our executive severance policy provides severance benefits to executives whose employment is involuntarily terminated by American Water for reasons other than cause. The determination of whether an executive’s employment is terminated for cause will be made at the sole discretion of the board of directors of American Water. Under the policy, eligible executives will receive 12 or, in the case of Mr. Correll, 18, months of their base salary. The severance pay will be paid, at the sole discretion of American Water, in the form of base salary continuation or a lump sum payment. Executives are also entitled to receive a pro-rated annual incentive payment upon a termination under the executive severance policy. They are entitled to a number of months of continued health, dental, vision and life insurance coverage equal to the number of months of their severance benefits, 12 months of outplacement services and limited financial planning assistance. In order to receive severance benefits under the executive severance policy, an executive must sign a release and waiver of any claims against American Water and agree to certain restrictive covenants. Any severance benefits payable under the severance policy will be offset and reduced by any other severance benefits payable under any employment agreement or otherwise.

401(k) Restoration Plan . Our 401(k) Restoration Plan provides benefits to senior executives whose compensation exceeds qualified plan limits. Since employees are immediately vested in company contributions under the plan (other than with respect to the Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account described below), they

 

129


Table of Contents

would receive their full account balances upon any termination of employment. For further information on the 401(k) Restoration Plan, including the 2006 account balances, see the “2006 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” table.

Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account —The Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account was established as part of the 401(k) Restoration Plan for executives who were hired after January 1, 2006 and whose compensation exceeds qualified plan limits. Five years of service is required for vesting of benefits under the Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account, so executives with fewer than five years of service would generally not receive their Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account benefits upon a termination of employment. However, the executives would vest in their benefits upon a change in control of American Water, and therefore would receive their plan benefits upon a termination following a change in control. This offering will not trigger such vesting. For further information on the Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account, including the 2006 account balances, see the “2006 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” table.

Defined Benefit Plans. Messrs. Bigelow and Young are the only named executive officers who participate in the ERP and the AWWPP. Ms. Wolf has an accumulated benefit under the AWWPP from prior service with the Company. The table shows benefits that Messrs. Bigelow and Young would have received under the ERP upon various types of terminations on December 29, 2006. AWWPP benefits are not shown in the table, although they are described below and shown in the “2006 Pension Benefits” table. For further information on both defined benefit plans, see the “2006 Pension Benefits” table.

Voluntary termination —As of December 29, 2006, Messrs. Bigelow and Young were vested in their nonqualified pensions but were ineligible for retirement under the ERP due to age and service requirements of the plan. However, upon voluntary termination of employment they are entitled to receive their vested benefits under the plan, reduced as a result of their ineligibility for retirement. Mr. Bigelow’s benefits would have been payable as a life annuity beginning at age 65. The annuity value of his AWWPP benefit is $46,303, which cannot be paid as a lump sum. Mr. Young’s benefits would have been payable as an unreduced life annuity beginning at age 62. The annuity rate of his AWWPP benefit is $108,210, which cannot be paid as a lump sum.

Retirement —Neither Mr. Bigelow nor Mr. Young was eligible for early retirement on December 29, 2006 under the AWWPP or the ERP. Ms. Wolf was not eligible for early retirement under the AWWPP.

Involuntary termination without cause —Under the AWWPP, benefits payable upon a termination of employment without cause are in the same amount, have the same timing and are in the same form as those payable upon a voluntary termination. Under the ERP, upon an involuntary termination without cause, Mr. Bigelow and Mr. Young would receive an additional 12 months of service credit for purposes of measuring eligibility for vesting, pursuant to the Executive Severance Policy. However, both executives were already vested on December 29, 2006.

Termination due to change in control —Upon an eligible termination of employment resulting from a change in control, non-qualified plan benefits may become vested at the discretion of our board of directors. Mr. Bigelow and Mr. Young would not have been affected by this, however, since they were already vested on December 29, 2006.

Termination for cause —In the case of termination for cause, benefits payable from the AWWPP and from the nonqualified plan are in the same amount, have the same timing and are in the same form as those payable under a voluntary termination.

Disability —Benefits payable upon a termination of employment as a result of a disability are determined under the AWWPP and the nonqualified plan in the same manner as benefits payable upon voluntary termination. Disability benefits are payable immediately for the lifetime of the employee, with no reduction for early commencement. AWWPP benefits are payable as annuities, while nonqualified plan disability benefits are

 

130


Table of Contents

payable as actuarially equivalent lump sums. Mr. Bigelow and Mr. Young qualified for disability benefits as of December 29, 2006, but Ms. Wolf did not meet the service requirement.

Death —If Messrs. Bigelow or Young or Ms. Wolf had died on December 29, 2006, their surviving spouses or named beneficiaries would have received lifetime annuities equal to the benefits that would have been payable from the AWWPP and, in the case of Messrs. Bigelow and Young, the ERP, calculated as if the executives had retired on the date of death and elected a 100% joint and survivor annuity, in the case of Messrs. Bigelow and Young, and a 50% joint and survivor annuity, in the case of Ms. Wolf. The executives would have been treated as if they were age 55 if they had died on December 29, 2006, and as if their spouses were the age that would produce the same age difference between them and their spouses as the actual age difference. For purposes of reporting the death benefits on the table below, it was assumed that the spouses were the same age as the executives.

Long-term incentive plan payments . Payouts have already been made under the 2004 Thames Water/RWE long-term incentive program, but if a participant’s employment had been terminated prior to July 24, 2007, his or her awards would have been forfeited, unless the termination was for death, disability, retirement or layoff, in which case a prorated award would have been made based on the participant’s full number of months of service.

If a participant’s employment is terminated for cause prior to the payment date of RWE’s 2005-2007 or 2006-2008 long-term incentive plans, his or her performance shares will lapse without substitution or compensation. If a participant’s employment is terminated without cause or due to retirement or disability prior to the payment date, his or her performance shares will pay out on the normal payment date. If a participant voluntarily terminates his or her employment, his or her performance shares will lapse without substitution or compensation. If a participant dies before the end of the vesting period, his or her performance shares will lapse and a compensatory payment equal to the grant value of 18.62 Euros per share for 2005-2007 awards and 17.48 Euros per share for 2006-2008 awards, pro-rated for service until death, will be provided. If the consummation of this offering occurs prior to December 31, 2007, participants’ performance shares will be paid out on the regular payment date under the plan, in the same amount that they would have been paid had American Water remained in the RWE group until the end of the applicable award cycle.

Germany-based Named Executive Officers

There is no formal severance policy for the Germany-based named executive officers. The only amounts that would have been payable upon termination of employment on December 29, 2006 to Mr. Firnhaber would normally be his pension benefits, which are summarized above under “—2006 Pension Benefits”, as well as certain insurance benefits described below. However, Mr. Firnhaber has entered into a separation agreement with RWE that contemplates the payment of certain severance benefits.

Mr. Firnhaber resigned effective August 1, 2007. He had previously entered into a separation agreement with RWE that provided that his employment with RWE, and his secondment to American Water, would officially have ended on June 30, 2008. However, it provided that he was entitled to end his employment prior to June 30, 2008 upon two weeks’ notice prior to a month’s end, in which case his severance payment of 350,000 Euros (payable at the time of his last salary payment) will be increased by 20,354.17 Euros for each full month his employment is ended prior to June 30, 2008. Since Mr. Firnhaber’s resignation was effective August 1, 2007 his severance payments will be so increased. Mr. Firnhaber is entitled to a full short-term bonus for 2007 and a prorated bonus for 2008. For purposes of both bonuses, 100% of target is assumed to have been achieved. Mr. Firnhaber will be required to repay certain amounts of his severance payment if he becomes re-employed by a company majority-owned by the RWE group. Mr. Firnhaber is also entitled to reimbursement for outplacement consulting costs, including a lump-sum payment of 6,000 Euros for overnight expenses related to his outplacement and professional reorientation. He will also be entitled to his pension benefit.

Following a termination of employment on December 29, 2006, Dr. Heischkamp would have been entitled to receive his pension benefits, which are summarized above under “—2006 Pension Benefits”, his nonqualified deferred compensation benefits, as shown in the table below, and certain insurance benefits described below.

 

131


Table of Contents

Deferred compensation plans. The RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (A) allowed executives to contribute their bonus payments in a minimum amount of 2,500 Euros per year and a maximum amount of one full bonus payment per year. No further contributions can be made to this plan. The RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (B) allows executives to make pre-tax contributions of fixed and variable compensation elements, such as salary, bonus and long-term incentive compensation, in amounts of at least 2,000 Euros per year. The amounts contributed to the plans are non-forfeitable by Dr. Heischkamp. However, the amounts are not payable to Dr. Heischkamp until January 1, 2024. No amounts are shown in the “Early/Normal Retirement” column in the table below for Dr. Heischkamp because Dr. Heischkamp was not eligible to retire on December 29, 2006. In the case of disability, the values in the table represent the redemption value, at December 29, 2006, of liability insurance that would have been payable to Dr. Heischkamp in the future. Amounts were converted from Euros to United States dollars based on the December 31, 2006 exchange rate of 1.32027.

Quantifications of Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control

The following table quantifies the potential payments and benefits to which the named executive officers would have been entitled upon a termination of employment on December 29, 2006. The amounts shown in the table do not include payments and benefits to the extent they are provided on a non-discriminatory basis to non-union employees generally upon a termination of employment, including qualified pension plan benefits and the prorated annual incentive plan payment to which employees would be entitled upon certain terminations. All United States-based employees would also be entitled to accrued salary and vacation pay, 401(k) plan benefits and continued welfare coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act which we refer to as COBRA, upon any termination of employment. Retirement-eligible United States-based employees would be entitled to continued coverage under American Water’s retiree welfare benefit plans. All United States-based employees are also entitled to life insurance benefits of up to 1.5 times base salary, up to a maximum amount of $200,000, if death occurs while actively employed. Germany-based employees are entitled to certain payments pursuing to a tax favorable direct insurance plan. Please see the “2006 Pension Benefits” table and the “2006 Summary Compensation Table” for further information on the qualified pension and 401(k) plan benefits to which the named executive officers are entitled and the “2006 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table for further information on 2006 annual incentive plan amounts with respect to the named executive officers. Long-term incentive plan amounts are also not included in the table below, but are described in the “2006 Summary Compensation Table,” the “2006 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table, and the “2006 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” table.

 

Name

 

Benefit

  Voluntary
Termination
  Early/
Normal
Retirement
  Involuntary
Termination
without
Cause
  Involuntary
Termination
for Cause
 

Involuntary

Termination

without

Cause
following a
Change in
Control

 

Disability

 

Death

Donald L. Correll   Retention bonus     —       —     $ 660,005     —     $ 660,005   Subject to company discretion   Subject to company discretion
  Cash severance     —       —     $ 825,000     —     $ 825,000   —     —  
  401(k) Restoration Plan   $ 6,722   $ 6,722   $ 6,722   $ 6,722   $ 6,722   $6,722   $6,722
 

Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account

    —       —       —       —     $ 8,823   —     —  
  Health, welfare and life insurance benefits     —       —     $ 2,700     —     $ 2,700   —     —  
                                       
  Total   $ 6,722   $ 6,722   $ 1,494,427   $ 6,722   $ 1,503,250   $6,722   $6,722

 

132


Table of Contents

Name

 

Benefit

  Voluntary
Termination
  Early/
Normal
Retirement
  Involuntary
Termination
without
Cause
  Involuntary
Termination
for Cause
 

Involuntary

Termination

without

Cause
following a
Change in
Control

 

Disability

 

Death

Ellen C. Wolf   Retention bonus     —       —     $ 450,000     —     $ 450,000   Subject to company discretion   Subject to company discretion
  Cash severance     —       —     $ 450,000     —     $ 450,000   —     —  
  401(k) Restoration Plan   $ 6,200   $ 6,200   $ 6,200   $ 6,200   $ 6,200   $6,200   $6,200
 

Nonqualified Defined Contribution Account

    —       —       —       —     $ 8,138   —     —  
  Health, welfare and life insurance benefits     —       —     $ 7,188     —     $ 7,188   —     —  
                                       
  Total   $ 6,200   $ 6,200   $ 913,388   $ 6,200   $ 921,526   $6,200   $6,200
John Bigelow   Retention bonus     —       —     $ 188,000     —     $ 188,000   Subject to company discretion   Subject to company discretion
  Cash severance     —       —     $ 275,000     —     $ 275,000   —     —  
  401(k) Restoration Plan   $ 1,256   $ 1,256   $ 1,256   $ 1,256   $ 1,256   $1,256   $1,256
  Health, welfare and life insurance benefits     —       —     $ 13,788     —     $ 13,788   —     —  
  AWW, Inc. Executive Retirement Plan   $ 237,053     —     $ 237,053   $ 237,053   $ 237,053   $614,534   $219,266
                                       
  Total   $ 238,309   $ 1,256   $ 715,097   $ 238,309   $ 715,097   $615,790   $220,522
John S. Young   Retention bonus     —       —     $ 370,000     —     $ 370,000   Subject to company discretion   Subject to company discretion
  Cash severance     —       —     $ 400,000     —     $ 400,000   —     —  
  401(k) Restoration Plan   $ 4,500   $ 4,500   $ 4,500   $ 4,500   $ 4,500   $4,500   $4,500
  Health and welfare benefits     —       —     $ 13,788     —     $ 13,788   —     —  
  AWW, Inc. Executive Retirement Plan   $ 412,633     —     $ 412,633   $ 412,633   $ 412,633   $785,330   $476,350
                                       
  Total   $ 417,133   $ 4,500   $ 1,200,921   $ 417,133   $ 1,200,921   $789,830   $480,850
Volker Heischkamp   RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan A   $ 469,555     —     $ 469,555   $ 469,555   $ 469,555   $251,417   $371,294
  RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan B   $ 193,204     —     $ 193,204   $ 193,204   $ 193,204   $128,029   $193,204
                                       
  Total   $ 662,759     —     $ 662,759   $ 662,759   $ 662,759   $379,446   $564,498

 

133


Table of Contents

2006 Director Compensation

 

Name

   Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)

Martha Clark Goss

   $ 57,500

William J. Marrazzo

   $ 57,500

American Water’s non-employee directors receive an annual retainer of $40,000 per year, payable in quarterly installments, for service to our board of directors, plus a fee of $2,000 for each board meeting attended. Effective July 4, 2006, each member of the Audit Committee receives a fee of $1,500 for each Audit Committee meeting attended that does not also fall on a board meeting date. The non-employee directors are reimbursed for expenses incurred in attending board and Audit Committee meetings. Directors who are employees of the Company or one of its subsidiaries do not receive retainers or attendance fees.

In connection with this offering our non-employee directors are expected to be granted awards under the 2007 omnibus equity compensation plan, 60% of the value of which is expected to be in the form of stock options and 40% of the value of which is expected to be in the form of restricted stock units. The awards will vest on January 1, 2010.

2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan

American Water intends to adopt a new equity incentive compensation plan in connection with its initial public offering, the 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan, or the 2007 Plan. The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2007 Plan, but does not include all of the provisions of the 2007 Plan. For further information about the 2007 Plan, we refer you to the complete copy of the 2007 Plan, which we have filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Purpose. The purpose of the 2007 Plan is to provide designated employees of American Water and its subsidiaries and non-employee members of the board of directors of American Water with the opportunity to receive grants of equity-based awards. American Water believes that the 2007 Plan will encourage participants to contribute materially to the growth of the company, thereby benefiting American Water’s stockholders, and will align the economic interests of the participants with those of the stockholders.

Administration . The 2007 Plan will be administered and interpreted by the Committee. For purposes of the 2007 Plan, “Committee” will mean: (i) with respect to grants to employees, the Compensation Committee of our board of directors or another committee appointed by our board of directors to administer the plan, (ii) with respect to grants to non-employee directors, our board of directors and (iii) with respect to grants that are intended to be “qualified performance-based compensation” under section 162(m) of the Code, a committee that consists of two or more persons appointed by our board of directors, all of whom will be “outside directors” as defined under section 162(m) of the Code and related Treasury regulations.

The Committee will have the sole authority to (i) determine participants, (ii) determine the type, size and terms and conditions of the grants, (iii) determine the date of grant and the duration of any applicable exercise or restriction period, including the criteria for exercisability and acceleration of exercisability, (iv) amend the terms and conditions of any previously issued grant and (v) deal with any other matters arising under the 2007 Plan.

Grants . Grants under the 2007 Plan may consist of stock options, stock units, stock awards, stock appreciation rights, which we refer to as SARs, and other stock-based awards.

Shares Subject to Plan . The total aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2007 Plan is              shares, subject to adjustment as described below.

 

134


Table of Contents

Shares issued under the 2007 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of American Water common stock or reacquired shares of American Water common stock, including shares purchased by American Water on the open market for purposes of the 2007 Plan. If any options or SARs granted under the 2007 Plan terminate, expire or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without having been exercised, and if any stock awards, stock units or other stock-based awards are forfeited or terminated, or otherwise are not paid in full, the shares reserved for such grants will again be available for purposes of the 2007 Plan. Shares of stock surrendered in payment of the exercise price of an option, and shares withheld or surrendered for payment of taxes, will not be available for re-issuance under the 2007 Plan. If SARs are granted, the full number of shares subject to the SARs will be considered issued under the 2007 Plan, without regard to the number of shares issued upon exercise of the SARs and without regard to any cash settlement of the SARs. To the extent that a grant of stock units is designated in the grant agreement to be paid in cash, such grants will not count against the 2007 Plan’s share limitations.

The maximum aggregate number of shares of American Water common stock with respect to which all grants may be made under the 2007 plan to any individual during any calendar year will be              shares, subject to adjustment as described below. The individual limit will apply without regard to whether the grants are to be paid in stock or cash. For purposes of applying the limit, all cash payments (other than with respect to dividend equivalents) will be converted into a number of shares based on the fair market value of the shares to which the cash payments relate. A participant may not accrue dividend equivalents during any calendar year in excess of $            .

If there is any change in the number or kind of shares of American Water common stock outstanding (i) by reason of a stock dividend, spinoff, recapitalization, stock split, or combination or exchange of shares, (ii) by reason of a merger, reorganization or consolidation, (iii) by reason of a reclassification or change in par value or (iv) by reason of any other extraordinary or unusual event affecting the outstanding stock as a class without American Water’s receipt of consideration, or if the value of outstanding shares of American Water common stock is substantially reduced as a result of a spinoff or American Water’s payment of an extraordinary dividend or distribution, the maximum number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2007 Plan, the maximum number of shares of common stock for which any individual may receive grants in any year, the kind and number of shares covered by outstanding grants, the kind and number of shares issued and to be issued under the 2007 Plan, and the price per share or the applicable market value of such grants will be equitably adjusted by the Committee to reflect any increase or decrease in the number of, or change in the kind or value of, the issued shares of American Water common stock to preclude, to the extent practicable, the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under the 2007 Plan and such outstanding grants; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment will be eliminated. Any adjustments to outstanding grants will be consistent with Section 409A or 422 of the Code, to the extent applicable. Any adjustments determined by the Committee will be final, binding and conclusive.

Eligibility for Participation . Certain employees and non-employee directors will be eligible to participate in the 2007 Plan. The Committee will select the participants to receive grants and will determine the number of shares subject to each grant.

Options . The Committee may grant incentive stock options, which we refer to as ISOs, or nonqualified stock options, which we refer to as NSOs, or any combination of the two. ISOs may be granted only to employees of American Water or its parents or subsidiaries. NSOs may be granted to employees or non-employee directors. The exercise price of common stock subject to an option may be equal to or greater than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the option is granted. However, an ISO may not be granted to an employee who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of common stock of American Water or any parent or subsidiary, unless the exercise price per share is not less than 110% of the fair market value per share of American Water stock on the grant date. The term of each option will not exceed ten years from the date of grant. However, an ISO that is granted to an employee who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power

 

135


Table of Contents

of all classes of common stock of American Water or any parent or subsidiary, may not have a term that exceeds five years from the date of grant.

Options will become exercisable in accordance with the terms and conditions specified in the grant agreement. Options may be granted that are subject to achievement of performance goals or other conditions. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any or all outstanding options at any time for any reason.

The Committee may provide in a grant instrument that the participant may elect to exercise part or all of an option before it otherwise has become exercisable. Any shares so purchased will be restricted shares and will be subject to a repurchase right in favor of American Water during a specified restriction period, with the repurchase price equal to the lesser of (a) the exercise price or (b) the fair market of such shares at the time of repurchase, or such other restrictions as the Committee deems appropriate.

The participant may pay the exercise price for the option (i) in cash, (ii) if permitted by the Committee, by delivering shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to the exercise price, (iii) by payment through a broker or (iv) by such other method as the Committee may approve.

If the aggregate fair market value on the date of grant of the stock with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year, under any stock option plan of American Water or a parent or subsidiary, exceeds $100,000, then the option, as to the excess, will be treated as a NSO.

The Committee has not formalized any procedures regarding grants of stock options.

Stock Units . The Committee may grant stock units that are payable on terms and conditions determined by the Committee, which may include payment based on achievement of performance goals. Payment with respect to stock units may be made in cash, in common stock or in a combination of the two. Stock units may be paid at the end of a specified vesting or performance period, or payment may be deferred to a date authorized by the Committee. The Committee may grant dividend equivalents in connection with stock units.

Stock Awards . Shares of common stock issued pursuant to stock awards may be issued for cash consideration or for no cash consideration, and subject to restrictions or no restrictions. Any restrictions may lapse over a specified vesting or performance period. While stock awards are subject to restrictions, a participant may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of the shares of a stock award except upon death subject to certain conditions. The Committee will determine whether participants will have the right to vote shares of stock awards and to receive any dividends or other distributions paid on such shares during the restriction period.

Stock Appreciation Rights . An SAR is the right to receive an amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the American Water common stock underlying the SAR on the date of exercise of the SAR exceeds the base amount of the SAR, or the “stock appreciation” for the SAR. The base amount of each SAR will not be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the grant date. SARs may be subject to achievement of performance goals or other conditions. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any or all outstanding SARs at any time for any reason. SARs may be granted separately or in tandem with an option. A tandem SAR is only exercisable while the option to which it is related is exercisable. The stock appreciation for an SAR may be paid in the form of shares of common stock, cash or a combination of the two.

Other Stock-Based Awards . Other stock-based awards may be granted subject to achievement of performance goals or other conditions and may be payable in common stock or cash, or in a combination of the two, as determined in the grant agreement.

Qualified Performance-Based Compensation . The Committee may determine that awards are intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. If an award

 

136


Table of Contents

is intended to so qualify, the Committee will establish in writing (i) the objective performance goals that must be met, (ii) the period during which performance will be measured, (iii) the maximum amounts that may be paid if the performance goals are met and (iv) any other conditions that the Committee deems appropriate. The performance goals will satisfy the requirements for “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee will use objectively determinable performance goals based on one or more of the following criteria: stock price, earnings per share, price-earnings multiples, net earnings, operating earnings, revenue, number of days sales outstanding in accounts receivable, productivity, margin, EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes depreciation and amortization), net capital employed, return on assets, stockholder return, return on equity, return on capital employed, growth in assets, unit volume, sales, cash flow, market share, relative performance to a comparison group designated by the Committee, or strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified revenue goals, market penetration goals, customer growth, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets or goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures. The performance goals may relate to one or more business units or the performance of American Water and its subsidiaries as a whole, or any combination of the foregoing. The Committee will certify the performance results for the performance period specified in the grant agreement after the performance period ends, and will determine the amount, if any, to be paid pursuant to each grant based on the achievement of the performance goals and the satisfaction of all other terms and conditions of the grant agreement.

The Committee may provide in the grant agreement that grants will be payable, in whole or in part, in the event of the participant’s death or disability, a change in control or other circumstances consistent with the Treasury regulations and rulings under section 162(m) of the Code.

Deferrals . A participant may be permitted or required to defer receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to the participant in connection with any grant.

Withholding of Taxes . All grants under the 2007 Plan will be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. If the Committee so permits, shares of common stock may be withheld to satisfy the Company’s tax withholding obligation with respect to grants paid in common stock, at the time such grants become taxable, up to an amount that does not exceed the minimum applicable withholding tax rate for federal, state and local tax liabilities.

Transferability of Grants . A participant may not transfer exercise rights under a grant except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. However, a participant may transfer NSOs to family members, or one or more trusts or other entities for the benefit of or owned by family members, consistent with applicable securities laws; provided that the participant receives no consideration for the transfer of an NSO and the transferred NSO will continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately before the transfer.

Consequences of a Change in Control . In the event of a change in control, the Committee may take any one or more of the following actions with respect to any or all outstanding grants, without the consent of any participant: (i) determine that outstanding options and SARs will become fully exercisable, and restrictions on outstanding stock awards and stock units will lapse, (ii) require that participants surrender their outstanding options and SARs in exchange for one or more payments by the Company, in cash or common stock, in an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which the then fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the options and SARs exceeds the exercise price, (iii) after giving participants an opportunity to exercise their outstanding options and SARs, terminate any or all unexercised options and SARs, (iv) with respect to participants holding stock units and other stock-based awards, determine that such participants will receive one or more payments in settlement of such stock units and other stock-based awards, in such amount and form and on such terms as may be determined by the Committee, or (v) determine that all outstanding options and SARs that are not exercised will be assumed by, or replaced with comparable options or rights of, the surviving corporation (or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving corporation), and other outstanding grants that remain in effect after the change in control will be converted to similar grants of the surviving corporation (or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving corporation). Such acceleration, surrender, termination, settlement or conversion will

 

137


Table of Contents

take place as of the date of the change in control or such other date as the Committee may specify. The Committee may provide in a grant agreement that a sale or other transaction involving a subsidiary or other business unit of the Company will be considered a change in control for purposes of a grant.

A change in control will generally be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the 2007 Plan upon any person becoming the beneficial owner of securities representing more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding securities of American Water; the consummation of a merger or consolidation of American Water with another corporation where the stockholders of American Water immediately prior to the merger or consolidation do not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all stockholders would be entitled in the election of directors; a sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of American Water; a liquidation or dissolution of American Water; or the election of directors of American Water such that a majority of the members of the board of directors will have been on the board of directors for less than one year, unless the election or nomination for election of each new director who was not a director at the beginning of such one-year period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period. A change in control will not be deemed to occur as a result of American Water’s initial public offering.

Requirements for Issuance of Shares . No common stock will be issued in connection with any grant unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance of such common stock have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Committee.

Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2007 Plan at any time; provided, however, that our board of directors will not amend the 2007 Plan without approval of our stockholders if such approval is required in order to comply with the Code or applicable laws, or to comply with applicable stock exchange requirements. No amendment or termination of the 2007 Plan will, without the consent of the applicable participant, materially impair any rights or obligations under any grant previously made to a participant under the 2007 Plan, unless such right has been reserved in the 2007 Plan or the grant agreement, or except as provided below.

Notwithstanding anything in the 2007 Plan to the contrary, the Committee may not reprice options or SARs, nor may our board of directors amend the 2007 Plan to permit repricing of options or SARs, unless the stockholders of the Company provide prior approval for such repricing.

The 2007 Plan will terminate on the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors or is extended by our board of directors with the approval of our stockholders.

 

138


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Relationships and Transactions with RWE and its Affiliates

American Water Works Company, Inc. was acquired in 2003 by RWE for approximately $4.6 billion as a stand-alone entity and has continued to operate as such during the period it has been owned by RWE. Since 2003, the Company has been an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of RWE. RWE has not historically provided any central corporate functions to the Company.

RWE has provided certain financings for the Company and its subsidiaries primarily through AWCC. These financings have included short-term and long-term borrowings under credit facilities and other debt instruments. The largest aggregate principal amount of indebtedness owed to RWE since January 1, 2004 was $4,483.8 million, and the aggregate principal amount of such RWE indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 2007, was $1,972.0 million. All such indebtedness was incurred at market rates and is expected to be repaid in connection with the Transactions. Interest expense with regard to such indebtedness was $131.1 million in 2006, $93.9 million in 2005 and $87.7 million in 2004.

Thames Water Investments Luxembourg S.a r.l., a wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, was the holder of $1,750 million of the Company’s preferred stock. Preferred dividends included in interest expense were $103.3 million in 2006, $103.3 million in 2005 and $103.1 million in 2004. The preferred stock has been redeemed at the price of $1,750.0 million in connection with the Transactions.

Thames Water, a former wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, has provided certain management services to the Company for which we paid $1.4 million in 2006, $9.1 million in 2005 and $11.5 million in 2004.

Thames Water International Services Limited, a former wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, has provided expatriate employees to the Company, for which we paid $1.8 million in 2006, $5.0 million in 2005 and $3.6 million in 2004.

Consulting services provided by KPMG LLP to the Company were paid by RWE in the amount of $1.1 million and $0.1 million in 2006 and 2007, respectively.

RWE Systems AG, a wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, is a party to a Microsoft Enterprise Agreement for the benefit of RWE’s subsidiaries, including the Company. The Company paid 1,569 Euros in 2005 and 860,016 Euros in 2006 to RWE Systems AG for licenses and software assurance provided under the agreement. Future payments are expected to take place after August 30, 2007 when the Company determines its future license requirements on the basis of the existing Microsoft Enterprise Agreement.

Agreements Between RWE and the Company

This section provides a summary description of agreements between RWE and the Company to be entered into prior to the consummation of this offering and relating to the Company’s relationship with RWE following the consummation of this offering. These agreements will include a separation agreement and a registration rights agreement, each of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The description of these agreements is not complete and, with respect to each such agreement, is qualified by reference to the terms of such agreement. We encourage you to read the full text of these agreements once they are filed.

Separation Agreement

The separation agreement will contain the key provisions relating to our separation from RWE. As currently contemplated, the separation agreement will provide that, following the consummation of this offering, the Company and RWE, subject to certain limited exceptions, will each be responsible only for their own businesses

 

139


Table of Contents

and operations and any liabilities arising in connection therewith. Accordingly, as currently contemplated, the separation agreement will provide, among other things, that:

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, the Company will assume all liabilities of RWE and its affiliates related to the Company’s business;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, all agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings between the Company and its affiliates, on the one hand, and RWE and its affiliates, on the other, will be terminated;

 

   

the Company and RWE will release each other from certain pre-separation liabilities and will indemnify each other against certain liabilities;

 

   

the Company and RWE will provide each other with certain information and documents and, in particular, the Company will provide RWE with certain financial statements and reports for so long as RWE holds specified percentages of the Company’s voting power; and

 

   

the Company and RWE will cooperate with each other with respect to certain matters following the separation and, in particular, the Company will perform certain regulatory obligations of RWE.

Registration Rights Agreement

The registration rights agreement will provide RWE with certain registration rights relating to the shares of our common stock held by RWE after the consummation of this offering. As currently contemplated, the registration rights agreement will provide RWE with priority in registering and selling its shares of the Company’s stock in any future issuance and sale of stock by the Company, except that the Company will have the rights to issue and sell an agreed amount of stock sufficient to meet the Company’s expected equity needs. Accordingly, as currently contemplated, the registration rights agreement will provide that:

 

   

subject to certain restrictions and limitations, RWE may at any time require the Company at its own expense to register for offer and sale all or a portion of the shares held by RWE;

 

   

subject to certain restrictions and limitations, RWE may require the Company at its own expense to include all or a portion of the shares held by RWE under a registration statement to be filed by the Company;

 

   

other than with respect to an agreed amount of stock sufficient to meet the Company’s expected equity needs that may be issued and sold by the Company, the Company will not file any registration statement relating to the sale of the Company’s stock for a period of two years without RWE’s consent; and

 

   

the Company and RWE will indemnify each other against certain liabilities related to such registrations.

Relationships and Transactions with Current or Former Officers of the Company

The Company maintains agreements with both public and private water providers for the purchase of water to supplement its water supply, particularly during periods of peak demand. Donald L. Correll, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is a Commissioner of the New Jersey Water Supply Authority. The Company paid approximately $16.4 million in 2006, $16.7 million in 2005 and $14.5 million in 2004 to the New Jersey Water Supply Authority for purchased water. The estimated minimum commitment to purchase water under this agreement is $14.5 million for 2007.

Laura Monica is Senior Vice President of Corporate Communications and External Affairs for the Company and a member of the board of directors of the American Water Works Service Company, Inc., one of our subsidiaries. Ms. Monica was also the president and founder of High Point Communications Group, which we refer to as High Point. From July 2006 to September 2006, High Point was engaged to provide communications consultant services for the Company pursuant to a contract between the Company and High Point. Under the terms of the contract, High Point was paid a monthly retainer of $51,500, which included reimbursement for

 

140


Table of Contents

expenses. After Ms. Monica became a full-time employee of the Company in October 2006, the contract was terminated and the retainer was eliminated. The Company continued to use High Point’s services from October 2006 to November 2006 and was charged at cost, plus expenses, for High Point’s services. For the period July 2006 to September 2006, the Company paid High Point $154,500 in consulting fees, and expenses totaled $30,186. For the period October 2006 to November 2006, High Point was reimbursed at cost for time and expenses totaling $42,228.

The Company believes that the agreement with High Point was on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Company based upon the business judgment of the Chief Executive Officer and his prior knowledge of High Point’s experience and reputation.

The Company believes that the other transactions and agreements set forth in this section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” were on terms comparable to those the Company could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Procedure for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a written procedure for approving and ratifying related party transactions.

 

141


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDER

The following table sets forth, as of October 1, 2007, information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

 

   

each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

   

each of our current directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

our directors and named executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options. Such shares, however, are not deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 1,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of October 1, 2007, and              shares of our common stock to be outstanding after completion of the offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all beneficial owners is c/o American Water Works Company, Inc., 1025 Laurel Oak Road, Voorhees, NJ 08043.

 

142


Table of Contents
          Shares Offered Hereby  

Shares Beneficially Owned

After Offering

 
   

Shares of

Common Stock

Beneficially Owned

Prior to the Offering

   

Assuming No

Exercise of

Option

to Purchase

Additional
Shares

 

Assuming Full

Exercise of

Option

to Purchase
Additional
Shares

 

Assuming No

Exercise of

Option

to Purchase
Additional
Shares

   

Assuming Full

Exercise of

Option

to Purchase
Additional
Shares

 

Beneficial Owner

  Number   %     Number   Number   Number   %     Number   %  

Selling Stockholder:

               

Thames Water Aqua
Holdings GmbH

 

1,000

  100 %              %          %

Directors and Officers:

               

Donald L. Correll

  —     —                

John S. Young

  —     —                

Ellen C. Wolf

  —     —                

Laura L. Monica

  —     —                

Walter Q. Howard

  —     —                

George W. Patrick

  —     —                

James M. Kalinovich

  —     —                

Terry L. Gloriod

  —     —                

Walter J. Lynch

  —     —                

Mark F. Strauss

  —     —                

Paul G. Townsley

  —     —                

John R. Bigelow

  —     —                

George MacKenzie

  —     —                

Martha Clark Goss

  —     —                

Dr. Volker Heischkamp

  —     —                

William J. Marrazzo

  —     —                

Dr. Manfred Döss

  —     —                

Dr. Rolf Pohlig

  —     —                

Andreas G. Zetzsche

  —     —                

Directors and executive officers as a group (19 persons)

  —     —       —     —       —         —    
               

Total:

  1,000   100 %              %          %
                     

 

143


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following information reflects our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or certificate of incorporation, and amended and restated bylaws, or bylaws, as these documents will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The summaries of these documents are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the documents.

General

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share and              shares of preferred stock.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Except as otherwise required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the votes cast by all shares of common stock.

Dividends

Holders of common stock will share equally in any dividend declared by our board of directors, subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled, after payment of the liquidation preference to all holders of any outstanding preferred stock, to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities. We must pay the applicable distribution to any holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

Other Rights

Our stockholders have no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for additional shares.

Preferred Stock

Following the offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to the limits imposed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, to issue up to                 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the shares of each series. Our board of directors will also be authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that affect adversely the voting power or other rights of our common stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control, causing the market price of our common stock to decline, or impairing the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

144


Table of Contents

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law

Upon completion of this offering, we will have the following provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that could deter, delay or prevent a third party from acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

Our bylaws will provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only upon the request of the majority of our board of directors, upon request of our President or upon request of a stockholder holding at least         % of our outstanding common stock. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting.

Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals for annual meetings and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by stockholders. Our bylaws allow the chairman of a meeting of stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of our stockholders and may not be effected by consent in writing by such stockholders.

Certain Other Provisions of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law

Board of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the number of directors will be fixed in the manner provided in our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that the number of directors will be fixed from time to time by our board. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of 10 members.

 

145


Table of Contents

Business Combinations under Delaware Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, subject to certain exceptions, including if, prior to such time, the board of directors approved the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. “Business combinations” include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the “interested stockholder.” Subject to various exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These restrictions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers or other takeover or change-in-control attempts that are not approved by a company’s board of directors.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. The DGCL does not permit exculpation for liability:

 

   

for breach of duty of loyalty;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;

 

   

under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or

 

   

for transactions from which the director derived improper personal benefit.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we shall indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. We are also expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees and agents for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar of our common stock is             .

New York Stock Exchange Listing

We will apply to have our common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol “AWK.”

 

146


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Revolving Credit Facility

Overview

On September 15, 2006, AWCC, our finance subsidiary, entered into a senior unsecured credit agreement syndicated among a group of ten banks with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., or JPMCB, as administrative agent. The following description is only a summary of certain material provisions of the senior unsecured credit agreement, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of that agreement.

The senior unsecured credit agreement provides AWCC with an $800.0 million revolving credit facility, of which up to $150.0 million is available in the form of letters of credit and $25.0 million is available in the form of swingline loans. With the consent of the applicable existing lender and new lenders, AWCC may increase the commitments under the revolving credit facility by up to $200.0 million, none of which may increase the availability of letters of credit thereunder. The proceeds of loans made and letters of credit issued under the senior unsecured credit agreement will be used to support our working capital needs and for other general purposes. The commitments of the lenders under the senior unsecured credit agreement, which originally terminated on September 15, 2011, but may be extended at the request of AWCC with the consent of a majority of the lenders for up to one more one-year period. On September 14, 2007, this revolving credit facility was extended for an additional year by the facility bank group, making the new termination dated September 15, 2012. As of June 30, 2007, AWCC had no revolving credit loans and $61.8 million of letters of credit outstanding under the senior unsecured credit agreement.

Interest rates and fees

Borrowings under the senior unsecured credit agreement will bear interest at an applicable margin plus, at AWCC’s option, a base rate determined by reference to the higher of either (a) the prime rate of JPMCB and the federal funds rate plus  1 / 2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the cost of funds for deposit in dollars for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. In the case of borrowings bearing interest based on a base rate, the applicable margin is 0.00% and in the case of borrowings bearing interest based on a LIBOR rate, the applicable margin may be adjusted from time to time depending on our ratings from S&P and Moody’s, but will not exceed 0.55%, except as described in the next sentences. In the case of both base rate borrowings and LIBOR borrowings, the applicable margin shall be increased by 0.05% for any period during which the aggregate principal amount of outstanding revolving credit borrowings, swingline borrowings and letters of credit exceeds 50% of the total commitments under the senior unsecured credit agreement. In addition, any principal and interest amounts not paid when due shall bear additional interest of 2.00% until paid.

In addition to paying interest on the outstanding principal under the senior unsecured credit agreement, AWCC is required to pay a commitment fee with respect to (a) unused revolving credit commitments, which may be adjusted from time to time depending on our ratings from S&P and Moody’s, but shall not exceed 0.15%, and (b) outstanding letters of credit, which may be adjusted from time to time depending on our ratings from S&P and Moody’s, but shall not exceed 0.55%. AWCC is also obligated to pay customary fees with respect to the issuance and maintenance of letters of credit and the administration of the facilities under the senior unsecured credit agreement.

Prepayments

The senior unsecured credit agreement requires AWCC to prepay outstanding revolving credit and swingline borrowings and to fund a cash collateral account with respect to letters of credit to the extent that (a) the aggregate principal amount of revolving credit and swingline loans and letters of credit outstanding exceeds the lenders’ aggregate commitment under the senior unsecured credit agreement or (b) the aggregate principal amount of swingline loans outstanding exceeds the lenders’ aggregate swingline commitment as then reduced.

 

147


Table of Contents

Support agreement

Pursuant to a support agreement with AWCC, American Water has agreed to pay to any debt investor or lenders of AWCC any principal or interest amounts owed by AWCC to such debt investor or lender that AWCC fails to pay on a timely basis. The lenders under the senior unsecured credit agreement may proceed directly against American Water to the extent AWCC fails to make any principal or interest payment required thereunder on a timely basis.

Certain covenants and events of default

The senior unsecured credit agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, AWCC’s ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness secured by any lien;

 

   

create liens on assets;

 

   

engage in mergers or consolidations;

 

   

pay dividends and distributions or repurchase its common stock;

 

   

make investments, loans or advances;

 

   

engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

terminate or make certain amendments to the support agreement between AWCC and American Water;

 

   

cause or permit American Water to incur additional debt;

 

   

change its lines of business; and

 

   

sell assets.

In addition, the senior unsecured credit agreement requires American Water to maintain a ratio of consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated total capitalization of not more than 0.70 to 1.00.

The senior unsecured credit agreement contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including reporting covenants.

Senior Unsecured Notes

Overview

Since December 21, 2006, AWCC has issued six series of senior unsecured notes in private placements to certain institutional accredited investors with interest rates per annum payable semi-annually, aggregate principal amounts, issue dates and maturity dates as follows:

 

Series

   Interest Rate
per Annum
    Aggregate Principal
Amount Issued
   Aggregate Principal
Amount Outstanding
   Maturity Date

A

   5.39 %   $ 101.0 million    $ 101.0 million    December 21, 2013

B

   5.52 %   $ 37.5 million    $ 37.5 million    December 21, 2016

C

   5.62 %   $ 329.5 million    $ 329.5 million    December 21, 2018

D

   5.77 %   $ 432.0 million    $ 432.0 million    December 21, 2021

E

   5.62 %   $ 100.0 million    $ 100.0 million    March 29, 2019

F

   5.77 %   $ 100.0 million    $ 100.0 million    March 29, 2022

The following description is only a summary of certain material provisions of the senior unsecured notes, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the note purchase agreements pursuant to which the senior unsecured notes were issued.

 

148


Table of Contents

The senior unsecured notes rank pari passu in right of payment with all current and future unsubordinated, unsecured indebtedness of AWCC. The net proceeds from the sale of the senior unsecured notes were used to refinance inter-company indebtedness and for our general corporate purposes.

Prepayment

The senior unsecured notes are callable at any time at the greater of par and a make whole discount rate of the then current market standard for United States treasury bills plus 0.50%. AWCC is required to offer to prepay the senior unsecured notes upon certain changes in control and dispositions of assets (excluding this offering).

Support Agreements

Pursuant to a support agreement with AWCC, American Water has agreed to pay to any debt investor or lenders of AWCC any principal or interest amounts owed by AWCC to such debt investor or lender that AWCC fails to pay on a timely basis. The holders of the senior unsecured notes may proceed directly against American Water to the extent AWCC fails to make any principal or interest payment required thereon on a timely basis.

Certain covenants and events of default

The senior unsecured indenture contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, AWCC, American Water and Thames US Holdings’ ability to:

 

   

engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

engage in mergers or consolidations;

 

   

change its lines of business;

 

   

incur additional indebtedness secured by any lien;

 

   

create liens on assets;

 

   

pay dividends and distributions or repurchase its common stock;

 

   

terminate or make certain amendments to the support agreement between AWCC and American Water;

 

   

sell assets; and

 

   

incur certain other indebtedness, which is secured and senior to the subject notes.

In addition, the senior unsecured notes require American Water to maintain a ratio of consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated total capitalization of not more than 0.70 to 1.00.

The senior unsecured notes contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Other Debt

 

   

In addition to the debt noted above, the debt of AWCC totaled $420.9 million as of June 30, 2007, including debt owed to RWE of $222.0 million. As of June 30, 2007, these obligations had interest rates ranging between 3.72% and 6.87% and maturity dates ranging from 2007 to 2034.

 

   

Debt of the subsidiaries of American Water other than AWCC totaled $2,009.5 million as of June 30, 2007. As of June 30, 2007, these obligations had interest rates ranging between 0.00% and 10.06% and maturity dates ranging from 2007 to 2038.

 

   

Capital lease obligations of the subsidiaries of American Water totaled $2.1 million as of June 30, 2007.

 

149


Table of Contents
   

Consolidated debt included unamortized debt discount premium and a fair market adjustment of $80.5 million as of June 30, 2007.

 

   

On January 26, 2007, AWCC entered into a $10.0 million revolving credit facility with PNC Bank, N.A., or PNC. Commitments under this revolving credit facility expire on December 31, 2007 unless extended. Borrowings under this revolving credit facility will bear interest at PNC’s prime rate or the applicable LIBOR rate plus 0.25% and will be used primarily for our short-term working capital needs. As of June 30, 2007, AWCC had $0.4 million of revolving credit loans drawn against this facility.

Mandatory Redeemable Preferred Stock

On June 25, 2003, American Water issued 1,750 shares of preferred stock with a liquidation preference of $1.0 million per share. The shares were issued to Thames US Holdings in connection with RWE’s purchase of American Water and are currently held by Thames Water Investments Luxembourg S.a r.l., a subsidiary of RWE. Pursuant to a forward share sale agreement, our subsidiary, American Water Finance LLC, has agreed to purchase the preferred stock from Thames Water Investments Luxembourg upon the earlier of December 26, 2012 or the occurrence of certain events, including certain changes in law, the failure by either party to comply with its obligations thereunder and the failure of American Water Finance LLC to comply with its obligation with respect to any indebtedness outstanding with a principal amount of at least $100 million in the aggregate. Thames US Holdings entered into a support agreement with American Water Finance LLC covering all financial obligations of American Water Finance LLC, including those relating to the forward share sale agreement. Upon consummation of the Merger, the obligations of Thames US Holdings under the support agreement became the obligations of American Water by operation of law. Holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock are entitled to cumulative preferential dividends at a rate equal to 5.90% per annum, payable in cash quarterly in arrears, to the extent declared by the board of directors of American Water. If the full amount of accrued dividends is not paid on a dividend payment date, then interest shall accrue on any unpaid amounts at a rate equal to 5.90% per annum until such amounts are paid in full. American Water may not pay dividends on its common stock until such amounts then owed on the preferred stock have been paid in full. Holders of preferred stock shall not have voting rights except with respect to powers, preferences and certain rights in connection with the preferred stock or if dividends on shares of preferred stock outstanding are unpaid and in arrears for six consecutive months or more. Holders of shares of preferred stock are entitled to the liquidation preference upon any (a) consolidation, merger or reorganization of American Water pursuant to which RWE or holders of more than 50% of RWE’s equity securities do not continue to hold a majority of the common stock of American Water or (b) liquidation, dissolution or winding up of American Water. Shares of preferred stock are not redeemable or convertible into shares of common stock. In connection with the Refinancing, on September 20, 2007, we redeemed $1,750.0 of this preferred stock.

Equity Units

Concurrently with this offering of common stock, we are offering, by means of a separate prospectus, $             million of our equity units. Each equity unit will have a stated amount of $50 and will consist of (i) a purchase contract obligating the holder of the unit to purchase shares of our common stock and (ii) initially, a 1/20 undivided beneficial ownership interest in $1,000 principal amount of fixed-rate senior notes issued by AWCC initially due                     , 2012. Pursuant to the purchase contracts, we will be obligated to deliver, and the equity unit holder will be obligated to purchase, no later than                     , 2010, a number of shares of our common stock ranging from              to              shares, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments provided in the purchase contracts. The senior notes will have an interest rate of     % and an initial maturity date of                     , 2012, which interest rate may be reset and which maturity date may be extended upon remarketing of the senior notes on or prior to                     , 2010. The senior notes contain covenants and events of default that are generally similar to those described above under “—Senior Unsecured Notes”. We will also pay quarterly contract adjustment payments at a rate of     % per year to holders of the purchase contracts, subject to our right to defer contract adjustment payments as provided in the purchase contracts.

 

150


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of shares will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

Sales of Restricted Securities

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding approximately              shares of common stock. We have no shares of common stock held in treasury. All of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, except for any shares that may be acquired or held by an affiliate of us, as the term “affiliate” is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Persons who may be deemed to be affiliates generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, us and may include our directors and officers as well as our significant stockholder. All remaining shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144, and may not be sold other than through registration under the Securities Act or under an exemption from registration, such as the one provided by Rule 144.

The shares of common stock sold by RWE in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining              shares of common stock owned by RWE will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act but will be eligible for resale subject to applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 and the lock-up provisions described below. RWE has registration rights with respect to the common stock that they will retain following this offering and, subject to the lock-up provisions described in this prospectus, intends to fully divest its ownership of American Water as soon as reasonably practicable, subject to market conditions.

Rule 144

Generally, Rule 144 provides that a person who has beneficially owned “restricted” shares for at least one year will be entitled to sell on the open market in brokers’ transactions, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, which will equal approximately              shares of common stock immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on the open market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and the availability of current public information about our company.

In the event that any person who is deemed to be our affiliate purchases shares of our common stock in this offering or acquires shares of our common stock pursuant to one of our employee benefits plans, sales under Rule 144 of the shares held by that person are subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions (other than the one-year holding period requirement) described in the preceding two paragraphs.

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, “144(k) shares” may be sold immediately upon the closing of this offering, subject to the lock-up period described below.

 

151


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Arrangements

In connection with this offering, we, each of our executive officers and directors and the selling stockholder have entered into lock-up agreements described under “Underwriting” that restrict the sale of shares of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock for up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, the selling stockholder will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to register the sale of their remaining shares of our common stock under federal securities laws. By exercising their registration rights, and selling a large number of shares, the selling stockholder could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to decline.

Following the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Registration Rights Agreement

Prior to the consummation of this offering, RWE and the Company will enter into a registration rights agreement, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.

Equity Units

The equity units to be issued pursuant to a separate prospectus concurrently with this offering include a purchase contract obligating us to issue between      and      shares of our common stock on or prior to                     , 2010, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments provided in the purchase contracts.

2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Awards

Following the consummation of this offering, we intend to grant awards with respect to                  shares of our common stock under our 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan, which may consist of stock options, stock units, stock awards, SARs and other stock-based awards.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Following the consummation of this offering, we are considering establishing an employee stock purchase plan, for which we would reserve                  shares of our common stock to be issued and sold thereunder. The board of directors has not yet made a decision as to whether or when such a plan would be adopted.

Restricted Stock to Employees

Upon consummation of this offering, we are considering granting $2.0 million of restricted stock to certain of our employees. The shares of restricted stock to be granted would be contributed by RWE.

 

152


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-UNITED STATES STOCKHOLDERS

This is a general summary of material United States Federal income and estate tax considerations with respect to your acquisition, ownership and disposition of common stock if you purchase your common stock in this offering, you will hold the common stock as a capital asset and you are a beneficial owner of shares other than:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States Federal income tax purposes) created or organized in, or under the laws of, the United States or any political subdivision of the United States;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source;

 

   

a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or

 

   

a trust that has a valid election in place to be treated as a United States person.

This summary does not address all of the United States Federal income and estate tax considerations that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances or if you are a beneficial owner subject to special treatment under United States income tax laws (such as a “controlled foreign corporation”, “passive foreign investment company”, a company that accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax, foreign tax-exempt organization, financial institution, broker or dealer in securities, insurance company, regulated investment company, real estate investment trust, financial asset securitization investment trust, person who holds common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle, or former United States citizen or resident). This summary does not discuss any aspect of United States Federal alternative minimum tax, state, local or non-United States taxation. This summary is based on current provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the United States Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, and all other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

If a partnership (or other entity taxable as a partnership for United States Federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor.

WE URGE PROSPECTIVE NON-UNITED STATES STOCKHOLDERS TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-UNITED STATES INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.

Dividends

In general, any distributions we make to you with respect to your shares of common stock that constitute dividends for United States Federal income tax purposes will be subject to United States withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount, unless you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and you provide proper certification of your eligibility for such reduced rate. A distribution will constitute a dividend for United States Federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing your basis in your shares of common stock and, to the extent it exceeds your basis, as capital gain.

 

153


Table of Contents

Dividends we pay to you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if certain income tax treaties apply, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by you) generally will not be subject to United States withholding tax if you comply with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to United States Federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same graduated individual or corporate rates applicable to United States persons. If you are a corporation, effectively connected income may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty). Dividends that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business but that under an applicable income tax treaty are not attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by you may be eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax under such treaty, provided you comply with certification and disclosure requirements necessary to obtain treaty benefits.

Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be subject to United States Federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of your shares of common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, under certain income tax treaties, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment you maintain);

 

   

you are an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and you meet other conditions, and you are not eligible for relief under an applicable income tax treaty; or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States Federal income tax purposes (which we believe we are not and have never been, and do not anticipate we will become) and you hold or have held, directly or indirectly, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding disposition or your holding period for your shares of common stock, more than 5% of our common stock.

Gain that is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States generally will be subject to United States Federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same rates applicable to United States persons. If you are a corporation, the branch profits tax (described above) also may apply to such effectively connected gain. If the gain from the sale or disposition of your shares is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States but under an applicable income tax treaty is not attributable to a permanent establishment you maintain in the United States, your gain may be exempt from United States tax under the treaty. If you are described in the second bullet point above, you generally will be subject to United States tax at a rate of 30% on the gain realized, although the gain may be offset by some United States source capital losses realized during the same taxable year.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends or other distributions we pay to you on your shares of common stock and the amount of tax we withhold on these distributions regardless of whether withholding is required. The IRS may make copies of the information returns reporting those distributions and amounts withheld available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside pursuant to the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or exchange of information treaty.

The United States imposes backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) on dividends and certain other types of payments to United States persons. You will not be subject to backup withholding on dividends you receive on your shares of common stock if you provide proper certification of your status as a non-United States person or you are a corporation or one of several types of entities and organizations that qualify for exemption (an “exempt recipient”).

 

154


Table of Contents

Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale of your shares of common stock outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if you sell your shares of common stock through a United States broker or the United States office of a foreign broker, the broker will be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to you to the IRS and also backup withhold on that amount unless you provide appropriate certification to the broker of your status as a non-United States person or you are an exempt recipient. Information reporting will also apply if you sell your shares of common stock through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from United States sources or having certain other connections to the United States, unless such broker has documenting evidence in its records that you are a non-United States person and certain other conditions are met or you are an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld with respect to your shares of common stock under the backup withholding rules will be refunded to you or credited against your United States Federal income tax liability, if any, by the IRS if the required information is furnished in a timely manner.

Estate Tax

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident (as defined for United States Federal estate tax purposes) of the United States at the time of his or her death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for United States Federal estate tax purposes and therefore may be subject to United States Federal estate tax unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise.

 

155


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The Company, the selling stockholder and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as joint book-running managers and representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

  
    

Total

  
    

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional              shares from the selling stockholder. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling stockholder. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

 

Paid by the Selling Stockholder

   No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per Share

   $                 $             

Total

   $                 $             

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to       % of the shares of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to persons who are directors, officers or employees, or who are otherwise associated with us, through a directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by participants in the program. Any directed shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as all other shares of common stock offered. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the directed shares.

The Company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the Company’s common stock, including the selling stockholder, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and

 

156


Table of Contents

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. This agreement does not apply to the Company’s issuance of securities pursuant to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the selling stockholder and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application will be made to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AWK”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each which we refer to as a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that

 

157


Table of Contents

with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, which we refer to as the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000, which we refer to as the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities

 

158


Table of Contents

and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, which we refer to as the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan, which we refer to as the Securities and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

The Company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            . RWE estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

The Company and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the Company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are joint book-running managers of the concurrent offering of our equity units. An affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are each participating lenders, and an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is a co-lead arranger and a lender under AWCC’s $800.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility. An affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are each lenders, and an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is a co-lead arranger and a lender, under RWE’s Euro 4,000 million facilities agreement. An affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is a dealer, and an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is an arranger and a dealer, under RWE’s Euro 20,000 million debt issuance program. In addition, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is a dealer in AWCC’s commercial paper program and serves as the Company’s 401(k) plan administrator.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by one or more of the underwriters on a website maintained by a third-party vendor or by one or more of the underwriters. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate shares to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on such website is not part of the prospectus.

 

159


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF THE COMMON STOCK

The validity of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York, and for the underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies (formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and for the three years ended December 31, 2006, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the common stock we propose to sell in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the common stock we propose to sell in this offering, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. The registration statement may be inspected without charge at the principal office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E. Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC’s toll-free number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. Since our acquisition by RWE in 2003, we were not required to file periodic reports with the SEC.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The periodic reports and other information that we file with the SEC will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and on the website of the SEC referred to above.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. We are not making an offer of our common stock in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

160


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

“authorized area” refers to a geographic area in which we provide water and wastewater services pursuant to a certificate of public convenience and necessity (or similar authorizations).

c ertificate of public convenience and necessity ” refers to a certificate issued by a state PUC granting an exclusive right with respect to investor-owned utilities to provide service within a designated service area, and which provides limited protection from competition within that area from other investor-owned utilities.

“customer” means a connection to our water or wastewater networks; as in the case of apartment complexes, businesses and many homes, multiple individuals may be served by a single connection.

“DBO ” refers to services provided pursuant to a contract to design, build and operate a water or wastewater system.

forward-looking test year ” is a device employed by state PUCs that takes account of current or projected costs or current or projected invested capital and other “known and measurable changes” in our business, in the rate setting process, as opposed to relying strictly on historical data.

infrastructure surcharge ” is a device employed by a state PUC that allows for adjustment of our basic rates and charges for specified portions of capital expenditures, generally related to replacement of aging infrastructure, outside the context of a general rate proceeding.

“O&M ” refers to services provided pursuant to a contract to operate and maintain a water or wastewater system.

“population” means the estimated number of people served by our water and wastewater services; see “Industry and Market Data” for the methodology we employ to estimate population served.

“rate case” means the process to obtain approval for a change in rates that involves filing a petition with a state PUC on a periodic basis as determined by our capital expenditures needs and our operating costs.

“single tariff” is a policy employed by a state PUC pursuant to which all customers in a state or a region within a state are charged utilizing a single rate structure, regardless of which individual water and/or wastewater system serves them.

“state PUC” means a state commission or other entity engaged in economic regulation of public utilities.

“test year” is a device employed by a state PUC to determine costs and revenues for regulated utilities for the purposes of setting rates.

“tuck-in” means an acquisition of a small water and/or wastewater system, typically serving fewer than 10,000 customers, in close geographic proximity to locations where we operate our Regulated Businesses.

 

G-1


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page
Number

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Stockholder’s Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and June 30, 2007

   F-40

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007

   F-42

Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007

   F-43

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Stockholder’s Equity and Comprehensive Income for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007

   F-44

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-45

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of

American Water Works Company, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in common stockholder’s equity and comprehensive income (loss) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies (formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies) at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for its defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans effective December 31, 2006.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

August 9, 2007, except for Note 21 and Note 22 which are as of August 27, 2007

 

F-2


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2006 and 2005

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

ASSETS

 

     2006     2005  

Property, plant and equipment

    

Utility plant—at original cost, net of accumulated depreciation

   $ 8,605,341     $ 8,101,769  

Nonutility property, net of accumulated depreciation

     115,216       105,522  
                

Total property, plant and equipment

     8,720,557       8,207,291  
                

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     29,754       65,077  

Restricted funds

     2,100       7,497  

Utility customer accounts receivable

     153,583       136,600  

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

     (23,061 )     (15,051 )

Unbilled utility revenues

     123,180       105,996  

Non-regulated trade and other receivables, net

     54,463       110,420  

Materials and supplies

     23,012       27,462  

Assets of discontinued operations

     12,834       60,720  

Other

     36,576       32,452  
                

Total current assets

     412,441       531,173  
                

Regulatory and other long-term assets

    

Regulatory assets

     587,157       529,754  

Restricted funds

     17,239       2,431  

Goodwill

     2,962,493       3,181,570  

Other

     83,172       89,810  
                

Total regulatory and other long-term assets

     3,650,061       3,803,565  
                

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 12,783,059     $ 12,542,029  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2006 and 2005

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES

 

     2006    2005

Capitalization

     

Common stockholder’s equity

   $ 3,817,397    $ 2,804,716

Preferred stock without mandatory redemption requirements

     4,568      4,571

Long-term debt

     

Long-term debt

     3,096,404      3,011,827

Redeemable preferred stock at redemption value

     1,774,475      1,774,691
             

Total capitalization

     8,692,844      7,595,805
             

Current liabilities

     

Short-term debt

     719,745      374,063

Current portion of long-term debt

     287,383      1,644,188

Accounts payable

     140,691      133,477

Taxes accrued, including federal income

     28,115      95,583

Interest accrued

     34,775      52,906

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     2,478      13,511

Other

     150,475      182,586
             

Total current liabilities

     1,363,662      2,496,314
             

Regulatory and other long-term liabilities

     

Advances for construction

     615,671      560,659

Deferred income taxes

     583,403      538,304

Deferred investment tax credits

     36,533      37,935

Regulatory liability—cost of removal

     166,867      152,686

Accrued pension expense

     314,577      257,328

Accrued postretirement benefit expense

     144,904      141,128

Other

     110,354      66,886
             

Total regulatory and other long-term liabilities

     1,972,309      1,754,926
             

Contributions in aid of construction

     754,244      694,984
             

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 17)

     —        —  
             

TOTAL CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES

   $ 12,783,059    $ 12,542,029
             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Operating revenues

   $ 2,093,067     $ 2,136,746     $ 2,017,871  
                        

Operating expenses

      

Operation and maintenance

     1,174,544       1,201,566       1,121,970  

Depreciation and amortization

     259,181       261,364       225,260  

General taxes

     185,065       183,324       170,165  

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

     79       (6,517 )     (8,611 )

Impairment charges

     221,685       385,434       78,688  
                        

Total operating expenses, net

     1,840,554       2,025,171       1,587,472  
                        

Operating income (loss)

     252,513       111,575       430,399  
                        

Other income (deductions)

      

Interest

     (365,970 )     (345,257 )     (315,944 )

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     5,980       5,810       5,476  

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

     2,652       2,420       2,923  

Amortization of debt expense

     (5,062 )     (4,367 )     (3,377 )

Preferred dividends of subsidiaries

     (215 )     (227 )     (410 )

Other, net

     1,164       5,895       6,361  
                        

Total other income (deductions)

     (361,451 )     (335,726 )     (304,971 )
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (108,938 )     (224,151 )     125,428  

Provision for income taxes

     46,912       50,979       66,328  
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (155,850 )     (275,130 )     59,100  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (6,393 )     (49,910 )     (124,018 )
                        

Net loss

   $ (162,243 )   $ (325,040 )   $ (64,918 )
                        

Basic earnings per common share

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (155,850 )   $ (275,130 )   $ 59,100  
                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (6,393 )   $ (49,910 )   $ (124,018 )
                        

Net loss

   $ (162,243 )   $ (325,040 )   $ (64,918 )
                        

Diluted earnings per common share

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (155,850 )   $ (275,130 )   $ 59,100  
                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (6,393 )   $ (49,910 )   $ (124,018 )
                        

Net loss

   $ (162,243 )   $ (325,040 )   $ (64,918 )
                        

Average common shares outstanding during the period

      

Basic

     1,000       1,000       1,000  
                        

Diluted

     1,000       1,000       1,000  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     2006     2005     2004  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net Loss

   $ (162,243 )   $ (325,040 )   $ (64,918 )

Adjustments

      

(Gain) loss on sale of businesses

     1,001       15,407       —    

Depreciation and amortization

     259,181       261,364       225,260  

Impairment charges

     227,802       420,370       215,951  

Removal costs net of salvage

     34,627       32,196       32,164  

Provision for deferred income taxes

     34,464       26,861       82,626  

Amortization of deferred investment tax credits

     (1,306 )     (1,612 )     (1,605 )

Provision for losses on utility accounts receivable

     26,706       27,485       18,981  

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     (5,980 )     (5,810 )     (5,476 )

Employee benefit expenses greater (less) than funding

     7,418       4,251       (9,075 )

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

     79       (6,517 )     (8,611 )

Deferred regulatory costs

     (19,986 )     (10,427 )     (15,068 )

Amortization of deferred charges

     18,971       24,993       16,677  

Other, net

     (408 )     10,566       8,311  

Changes in assets and liabilities

      

Accounts receivable and unbilled utility revenues

     3,094       4,589       1,088  

Other current assets

     326       20,060       (26,032 )

Accounts payable

     7,214       23,100       12,543  

Taxes accrued, including federal income

     (56,970 )     4,193       20,011  

Interest accrued

     (18,131 )     4,564       (6,682 )

Other current liabilities

     (32,111 )     (5,158 )     (37,737 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     323,748       525,435       458,408  
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Construction expenditures

     (688,843 )     (558,446 )     (546,241 )

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     5,980       5,810       5,476  

Acquisitions

     (12,534 )     (4,979 )     (1,599 )

Proceeds from sale of assets and securities

     3,665       1,528       6,726  

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

     30,151       15,336       17,000  

Removal costs from property, plant and equipment retirements

     (20,446 )     (17,928 )     (12,870 )

Receivable from affiliates

     —         562       20,095  

Restricted funds

     (9,411 )     27,952       (34,490 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (691,438 )     (530,165 )     (545,903 )
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from long-term debt

     582,498       494,322       412,242  

Repayment of long-term debt

     (637,479 )     (66,039 )     (215,761 )

Net borrowings (repayments) under short-term debt agreements

     345,682       (485,334 )     (128,408 )

Advances and contributions for construction, net of refunds

     47,446       51,985       45,061  

Debt issuance costs

     (5,239 )     (3,347 )     (4,288 )

Redemption of preferred stocks

     (541 )     (636 )     (13,592 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     332,367       (9,049 )     95,254  
                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (35,323 )     (13,779 )     7,759  

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

     65,077       78,856       71,097  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

   $ 29,754     $ 65,077     $ 78,856  
                        

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest, net of capitalized amount

   $ 402,370     $ 349,084     $ 336,715  
                        

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

   $ 11,633     $ 43,694     $ 18,109  
                        

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Advances and contributions for construction

   $ 72,892     $ 85,818     $ 101,704  
                        

Capital contribution (See Note 11)

   $ 1,194,454     $ —       $ —    
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Stockholder’s Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

    Common Stock  

Paid-in

Capital

 

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

   

Common

Stockholder’s

Equity

   

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 
    Shares   Par Value          

Balance at December 31, 2003

  1,000   $ 1   $ 3,378,000   $ (184,091 )   $ 4,234     $ 3,198,144    

Net loss

  —       —       —       (64,918 )     —         (64,918 )   $ (64,918 )

Market value adjustments for investments, net of tax of $1,381

  —       —       —       —         (2,565 )     (2,565 )     (2,565 )

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax of $171

  —       —       —       —         267       267       267  

Foreign currency translation

  —       —       —       —         (1,373 )     (1,373 )     (1,373 )
                   

Total comprehensive loss

              $ (68,589 )
                                               

Balance at December 31, 2004

  1,000   $ 1   $ 3,378,000   $ (249,009 )   $ 563     $ 3,129,555    

Net loss

  —       —       —       (325,040 )     —         (325,040 )   $ (325,040 )

Market value adjustments for investments, net of tax of $125

  —       —       —       —         (233 )     (233 )     (233 )

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax of $302

  —       —       —       —         (472 )     (472 )     (472 )

Foreign currency translation

  —       —       —       —         906       906       906  
                   

Total comprehensive loss

              $ (324,839 )
                                               

Balance at December 31, 2005

  1,000   $ 1   $ 3,378,000   $ (574,049 )   $ 764     $ 2,804,716    

Net loss

  —       —       —       (162,243 )     —         (162,243 )   $ (162,243 )

Capital contribution

  —       —       1,194,454     —         —         1,194,454       —    

Market value adjustments for investments, net of tax of $254

  —       —       —       —         471       471       471  

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax of $1,115

  —       —       —       —         1,744       1,744       1,744  

Recognition of underfunded status (See Note 7)

  —       —       —       —         (21,919 )     (21,919 )     —    

Foreign currency translation

  —       —       —       —         174       174       1 74  
                                               

Total comprehensive loss

              $ (159,854 )
                   

Balance at December 31, 2006

  1,000   $ 1   $ 4,572,454   $ (736,292 )   $ (18,766 )   $ 3,817,397    
                                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

Note 1: Organization and Operation

American Water Works Company, Inc. (“AWW”) and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to herein as the “Company”), formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. (“TWAUSHI”) and a wholly owned subsidiary of RWE Aktiengesellschaft (“RWE”), is the holding company for regulated and non-regulated subsidiaries throughout the United States of America and Ontario, Canada. The regulated subsidiaries provide water and wastewater services and, as public utilities, function under rules and regulations prescribed by state regulators. These regulated subsidiaries have similar long-term economic characteristics and are operationally segregated into the 20 U.S. states in which the Company operates regulated utilities. The non-regulated subsidiaries include distinctive lines of business including Homeowner Services, which provides water and sewer line protection plans for homeowners, the Operations and Maintenance contracts group, which conducts operation and maintenance of water and wastewater facilities for municipalities and the United States Military, among others, and Carbon Regeneration, which sells granular activated carbon technologies to help remove contaminants and improve the quality of drinking water.

RWE has announced its intention to divest the Company through an initial public offering (“IPO”). These consolidated financial statements represent the consolidated results of the Company, formerly issued under the name of TWAUSHI. The Company’s name has been changed in anticipation of RWE’s offering. AWW is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of TWAUSHI. Both AWW and TWAUSHI are within a common control group of entities being divested by RWE with AWW as the lead entity. TWAUSHI merged with and into AWW, with AWW as the surviving entity (the “Merger”). The IPO will require filing of a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The registration will be filed in the name of AWW.

Note 2: Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

As a result of the Merger, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of AWW and its subsidiaries, which include the accounts of the former TWAUSHI entity and its subsidiaries. The Company’s results of operations are comprised of the combination of the formerly separate entities and their subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions between consolidated entities have been eliminated. The Company uses the equity method to report its investments in two joint venture investments in each of which the Company holds a 50% voting interest and cannot exercise control over the operations and policies of the investments. Under the equity method, the Company records its interests as an investment and its percentage share of earnings as earnings or losses of investee.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The Company considers benefit plan assumptions, the carrying values of goodwill and other long-lived assets, including regulatory assets, revenue recognition and accounting for income taxes to be its critical accounting estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Regulation

The regulated utilities are subject to regulation by the public utility commissions and the local governments of the states in which they operate (the “Regulators”). These Regulators have allowed recovery of costs and credits which the Company has recorded as regulatory assets and liabilities. Accounting for future recovery of costs and credits as regulatory assets and liabilities is in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 71, “Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation” (“SFAS 71”). This statement sets forth the application of generally accepted accounting principles for those companies whose rates are established by or are subject to approval by an independent third-party regulator. Under SFAS 71, regulated utilities defer costs and credits on the balance sheet as regulatory assets and liabilities when it is probable that those costs and credits will be recognized in the rate making process in a period different from the period in which they would have been reflected in operations by a non-regulated company. These deferred regulatory assets and liabilities are then reflected in the statement of operations in the period in which the costs and credits are reflected in the rates charged for service.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist primarily of utility plant. Additions to utility plant and replacements of retirement units of property are capitalized. Costs include material, direct labor and such indirect items as engineering and supervision, payroll taxes and benefits, transportation and an allowance for funds used during construction. The costs incurred to acquire and internally develop computer software for internal use are capitalized as a unit of property. Repairs and maintenance are charged to current operations.

When units of property are replaced, retired or abandoned, the recorded value thereof is credited to the asset account and charged to accumulated depreciation. To the extent the Company recovers cost of removal or other retirement costs through rates after the retirement costs are incurred, a regulatory asset is recorded. In some cases, the Company recovers retirement costs through rates during the life of the associated asset and before the costs are incurred. These amounts result in a regulatory liability being reported based on the amounts previously recovered through customer rates, until the costs to retire those assets are incurred.

The cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line average remaining life method.

Non-utility property consists primarily of buildings and equipment utilized by the Company for internal operations. This property is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from three to forty years.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Substantially all cash is invested in interest-bearing accounts. All highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Funds

Restricted funds represent proceeds received from financings for the construction and capital improvement of utility facilities. The proceeds of these financings are held in escrow until the construction expenditures are incurred. Restricted funds expected to be released within 12 months subsequent to year-end are classified as current.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Utility Customer Accounts Receivable

Regulated utility customer accounts receivable represent amounts billed to water and wastewater customers on a cycle basis. Credit is extended based on the guidelines of the applicable Regulators and generally, collateral is not required.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

Allowances for uncollectible accounts are maintained for estimated probable losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. Accounts that are outstanding longer than the payment terms are considered past due. A number of factors are considered in determining the allowance for uncollectible accounts, including the length of time receivables are past due and previous loss history. The Company writes off accounts when they become uncollectible. (See Note 4)

Non-Regulated Trade and Other Receivables, Net

Non-Regulated trade and other receivables, net consists of non-regulated trade accounts receivable and non-regulated unbilled revenues, net of a reserve for doubtful accounts and non-utility customer receivables of the Regulated Businesses. In determining the reserve for uncollectible non-regulated accounts, the Company considers the length of time the trade accounts receivable are past due and the customer’s current ability to pay their obligation. Unbilled receivables are accrued when service has been provided but has not been billed to customers. (See Note 5)

Materials and Supplies

Materials and supplies are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the average cost method.

Goodwill

The Company considers the carrying value of goodwill to be one of its critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. The Company believes the current assumptions and other considerations used to value goodwill to be appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and considerations used in its analysis, the resulting change could have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill is associated with the acquisitions of American Water Works Company, Inc. in 2003 and E’town Corporation in 2001 (the “Acquisitions”) and has been assigned to reporting units based on the fair values at the date of the Acquisitions. The regulated utility subsidiaries have been aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit, the Regulated Businesses, as they have similar economic characteristics. The Non-Regulated Businesses segment is organized into seven reporting units. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), goodwill is reviewed annually, or more frequently if changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. To test for impairment, the Company utilizes discounted estimated future cash flows (and comparable public company analyses for the Regulated Businesses) to measure fair value for each reporting unit. This calculation is highly sensitive to both the estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit and the discount rate assumed in these calculations. Annual impairment reviews are performed in the fourth quarter of the calendar year, in conjunction with the timing of the Company’s annual strategic business plan.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

For each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company determined that its goodwill, including goodwill of discontinued operations, was impaired and recorded impairments of $227,802, $396,348 and $192,936 respectively. (See Note 18)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company considers the carrying value of long-lived assets to be one of its critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements. The Company believes the current assumptions and other considerations used to evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets to be appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and considerations used in its estimates, the resulting change could have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, include land, buildings, equipment and long-term investments. Long-lived assets, other than investments and land, are depreciated over their estimated useful lives, and are reviewed for impairment whenever changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Such circumstances would include items such as a significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset, a significant adverse change in the manner the asset is being used or planned to be used or in its physical condition, or a history of operating or cash flow losses associated with the use of the asset. In addition, changes in the expected useful life of these long-lived assets may also be an impairment indicator. When such events or changes occur, the Company estimates the fair value of the asset from future cash flows expected to result from the use and, if applicable, the eventual disposition of the assets and compares that to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the fair value, an impairment loss is recorded.

The key variables that must be estimated include assumptions regarding sales volume, rates, operating costs, labor and other benefit costs, capital additions, assumed discount rates and other economic factors. These variables require significant management judgment and include inherent uncertainties since they are forecasting future events. If such assets are considered impaired, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the amount by which the assets carrying value exceeds its fair value.

The long-lived assets of the Regulated Businesses are grouped on a separate entity basis for impairment testing as they are integrated state-wide operations that do not have the option to curtail service and generally have uniform tariffs. A regulatory asset is charged to earnings if and when future recovery in rates of that asset is no longer probable.

Due to changes in the Company’s strategic business plan, the Company performed impairment analyses for long-lived assets, other than investments and goodwill, as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. As a result of the impairment analyses, the Company recorded pretax charges of $0, $24,022 and $23,015 for the years ended December 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The impairments primarily resulted from lower than expected growth, slower development compared with original expectations, and a building with a carrying value that exceeded its fair value. These charges are included in impairment charges in the statements of operations. The remaining values as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were determined to be appropriate.

The Company holds other investments including investments in public equity securities classified as available for sale, privately held companies, and investments in joint ventures accounted for using the equity method. The Company disposed of its public securities in 2005 and holds no such securities as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. The company’s investments in privately held companies and joint ventures are classified as other long-term assets.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The fair values of long-term investments are dependent on the financial performance and solvency of the entities in which the Company invests, as well as volatility inherent in the external markets. In assessing potential impairment for these investments, the Company considers these factors and in one case also receives annual appraisals. If such assets are considered impaired, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. As a result of fair value analyses, the Company recorded pretax charges of $750 for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

Advances and Contributions in Aid of Construction

The Regulated Businesses may receive advances and contributions from customers, home builders and real estate developers to fund construction necessary to extend service to new areas. Advances for construction are refundable for limited periods of time as new customers begin to receive service or other contractual obligations are fulfilled. Amounts which are no longer refundable are reclassified to contributions in aid of construction. Non-cash utility property has been received, primarily from developers, as advances or contributions of $72,892, $85,818 and $101,704 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Utility plant funded by advances and contributions is excluded from rate base. Generally, the Company depreciates contributed property and amortizes contributions in aid of construction at the composite rate of the related property. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries do not depreciate contributed property, based on regulatory guidelines. Amortization of contributions in aid of construction was $16,697, $14,960 and $12,686 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Recognition of Revenues

Revenues of the Regulated Businesses are recognized as water and wastewater services are provided and include amounts billed to customers on a cycle basis and unbilled amounts based on estimated usage from the date of the latest meter reading to the end of the accounting period. Revenue from our Non-Regulated Businesses is recognized as services are provided.

Revenues from certain construction projects are recognized over the contract term based on the estimated percentage of completion during the period compared to the total estimated services to be provided over the entire contract. Losses on contracts are recognized during the period in which the loss first becomes known. Revenues recognized during the period in excess of billings on construction contracts are recorded as unbilled revenue. Billings in excess of revenues recognized on construction contracts are recorded as other current liabilities on the balance sheet until the recognition criteria are met. Changes in contract performance and related estimated contract profitability may result in revisions to costs and revenues and are recognized in the period in which revisions are determined.

Construction Contract

In accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production Type Contracts,” the Consolidated Statements of Operations include revenues and operation and maintenance expenses related to an agreement for the design, construction and operation of a water treatment plant. Under this agreement, revenues were $49,513, $112,903 and $62,625 and operation and maintenance expenses were $48,795, $111,813 and $62,021 as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The construction is scheduled to be completed in 2007, and the Company will operate and maintain the water treatment plant for an initial contract period of twenty years beginning in 2007.

Taxes

The parent company and its subsidiaries participate in a consolidated federal income tax return for United States tax purposes. Members of the consolidated group are charged with the amount of federal income tax expense determined as if they filed separate returns.

Certain income and expense items are accounted for in different time periods for financial reporting than for income tax reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes have been provided on the difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and the amounts at which they are carried in the financial statements. These deferred income taxes are based on the enacted tax rates to be in effect when such temporary differences are expected to reverse. The Regulated Businesses also recognize regulatory assets and liabilities for the effect on revenues expected to be realized as the tax effects of temporary differences previously flowed through to customers reverse.

Investment tax credits have been deferred by the Regulated Businesses and are being amortized to income over the average estimated service lives of the related assets.

The Company accounts for sales tax collected from customers and remitted to taxing authorities on a net basis.

Allowance for Funds Used During Construction (“AFUDC”)

AFUDC is a non-cash credit to income with a corresponding charge to utility plant which represents the cost of borrowed funds and a return on equity funds devoted to plant under construction. The Regulated Businesses record AFUDC to the extent permitted by the Regulators.

Environmental Costs

Environmental expenditures that relate to current operations or provide a future benefit are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Remediation costs that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations are accrued when it is probable that these costs will be incurred and can be reasonably estimated. Remediation costs accrued amounted to $6,600 and $5,557 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. (See Note 6)

New Accounting Standards

In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). This standard permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. This standard will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the effect, if any, that the adoption of SFAS 159 will have on its results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R),” (“SFAS 158”). This statement requires the recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans on the balance sheet. Under SFAS 158, actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition obligations and assets that have not been recognized in net periodic benefit cost under previous accounting standards will be recognized as a regulatory asset for the portion of the underfunded liability that meets the recovery criteria prescribed in SFAS 71 and as accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax effects, for that portion of the underfunded liability that does not meet SFAS 71 regulatory accounting criteria. The Company adopted the recognition and disclosure requirements of the statement as of the end of fiscal year 2006. (See Notes 6 and 7)

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” (“SFAS 157”). This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement applies when other statements require or permit the fair value measurement of assets and liabilities. This statement does not expand the use of fair value measurement. SFAS 157 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of this statement and has not yet determined the effect of adoption on its results of operations or financial position.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”). SAB 108 provides guidance on how prior year misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in current year financial statements for purposes of determining whether the current year’s financial statements are materially misstated. SAB 108 is effective for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

In June, 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” (“FIN 48”) an Interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 is intended to address inconsistencies among entities with the measurement and recognition in accounting for income tax deductions for financial statement purposes. Specifically, FIN 48 addresses the timing of the recognition of income tax benefits. FIN 48 requires the financial statement recognition of an income tax benefit when the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted as required on January 1, 2007 and it did not have a significant effect on its results of operations or financial position.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Note 3: Utility Plant

The components of utility plant by category at December 31 are as follows:

 

     Range of Remaining
Useful Lives
   2006    2005

Water plant

        

Land and other non-depreciable assets

      $ 138,693    $ 134,816

Sources of supply

   5 to 100 Years      458,396      422,318

Treatment and pumping facilities

   2 to 90 Years      2,170,752      2,072,205

Transmission and distribution facilities

   8 to 100 Years      5,064,202      4,714,806

Services, meters and fire hydrants

   5 to 100 Years      1,855,881      1,709,413

General structures and equipment

   3 to 70 Years      759,475      740,037

Wastewater plant

   4 to 75 Years      453,571      436,570

Construction work in progress

        277,044      250,710
                
        11,178,014      10,480,875

Less accumulated depreciation

        2,572,673      2,379,106
                
      $ 8,605,341    $ 8,101,769
                

Utility plant depreciation expense amounted to $231,231 in 2006, $241,633 in 2005 and $204,325 in 2004. Included in the 2005 amount is $21,644 resulting from an information technology project that was abandoned.

Note 4: Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s allowances for uncollectible accounts:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Balance at January 1,

   $ (15,051 )   $ (9,748 )   $ (7,666 )

Amounts charged to expense

     (26,706 )     (27,485 )     (18,981 )

Amounts written off

     21,538       24,677       19,560  

Recoveries of amounts written off

     (2,842 )     (2,495 )     (2,661 )
                        

Balance at December 31,

   $ (23,061 )   $ (15,051 )   $ (9,748 )
                        

Note 5: Non-Regulated Trade and Other Receivables, Net

Components of the Company’s non-regulated trade and other receivables, net included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet are as follows:

 

     2006     2005  

Non-Regulated trade accounts receivable

   $ 23,365     $ 32,901  

Allowance for doubtful accounts—non-regulated trade accounts receivable

     (8,663 )     (8,698 )

Non-Regulated unbilled revenue

     12,624       45,051  

Other

     27,137       41,166  
                
   $ 54,463     $ 110,420  
                

 

F-15


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Note 6: Regulatory Assets

The regulatory assets represent costs that are expected to be fully recovered from customers in future rates. Except for income taxes, regulatory assets are excluded from the Company’s rate base and do not earn a return. The components of regulatory assets are as follows:

 

     2006    2005

Regulatory asset-income taxes recoverable through rates

   $ 230,860    $ 223,366

Debt and preferred stock expense

     66,021      66,070

Deferred pension expense

     106,622      68,554

Deferred other postretirement benefit expense

     23,721      8,182

Deferred security costs

     21,089      25,239

Deferred business services project expenses

     21,368      23,960

Deferred tank painting costs

     16,537      12,943

Deferred rate case

     6,675      8,790

Purchase premium recoverable through rates

     61,079      61,314

Environmental remediation recoverable through rates

     6,600      5,557

Other

     26,585      25,779
             
   $ 587,157    $ 529,754
             

The Company has recorded a regulatory asset for the additional revenues expected to be realized as the tax effects of temporary differences previously flowed through to customers reverse. These temporary differences are primarily related to the difference between book and tax depreciation on property placed in service before the adoption by the regulatory authorities of full normalization for rate making purposes. Full normalization requires no flow through of tax benefits to customers. The regulatory asset for income taxes recoverable through rates is net of the reduction expected in future revenues as deferred taxes previously provided, attributable to the difference between the state and federal income tax rates under prior law and the current statutory rates, reverse over the average remaining service lives of the related assets.

Debt expense is amortized over the lives of the respective issues. Call premiums on the redemption of long-term debt, as well as unamortized debt expense, are deferred and amortized to the extent they will be recovered through future service rates. Expenses of preferred stock issues without sinking fund provisions are amortized over 30 years from date of issue; expenses of issues with sinking fund provisions are charged to operations as shares are retired.

Pension expense in excess of the amount contributed to the pension plans is deferred by certain subsidiaries. These costs will be recovered in future service rates as contributions are made to the pension plan. As a result of the adoption of FAS 158 in 2006, the Company recorded an additional regulatory asset of $44,813, which is the portion of the underfunded status that is probable of recovery through rates in future periods.

Postretirement benefit expense in excess of the amount recovered in rates through 1997 has been deferred by certain subsidiaries. These costs are recognized in the rates charged for water service and will be fully recovered over a 20-year period ending in 2012 as authorized by the regulatory authorities. As a result of the adoption of FAS 158 in 2006, the Company recorded an additional regulatory asset of $16,687, which is the portion of the underfunded status that is probable of recovery through rates in future periods.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The cost of additional security measures that were implemented to protect facilities after the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 has been deferred by certain subsidiaries. These costs are recognized in the rates charged for water service by certain subsidiaries.

Business services project expenses consist of reengineering and start-up activities for consolidated customer and shared administrative service centers that began operations in 2001. These costs are recognized in the rates charged for water service by certain subsidiaries.

Tank painting costs are generally deferred and amortized to current operations on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 15 years, as authorized by the regulatory authorities in their determination of rates charged for service.

Purchase premium recoverable through rates is the recovery of the acquisition premium related to an asset acquisition by the Company’s California subsidiary during 2002. As authorized for recovery by the California regulator, these costs are being amortized to operations based on an agreed schedule of mortgage style amortization. The recovery period is from May 2004 through December 2041.

Environmental remediation recoverable through rates is the recovery of costs incurred by the Company’s California subsidiary under a settlement agreement entered into with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration to improve habitat conditions in the Carmel River Watershed.

Note 7: Employee Benefits

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The Company maintains noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering eligible non-union employees of its Regulated Businesses and shared services operations. Benefits under the plans are based on the employee’s years of service and compensation. The pension plans have been closed for any employees hired on or after January 1, 2006. Union employees hired on or after January 1, 2001 had their accrued benefit frozen and will be able to receive this benefit as a lump sum upon termination or retirement. Union employees hired on or after January 1, 2001 and non-union employees hired on or after January 1, 2006 are provided with a 5.25% of base pay defined contribution plan.

The Company’s funding policy is to contribute at least the minimum amount required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Pension plan assets are invested in a number of investments including equity and bond mutual funds, fixed income securities and guaranteed interest contracts with Principal and Hancock insurance companies.

Pension expense in excess of the amount contributed to the pension plans is deferred by certain regulated subsidiaries pending future recovery in rates charged for utility services as contributions are made to the plans. (See Note 6)

The Company also has several unfunded noncontributory supplemental non-qualified pension plans that provide additional retirement benefits to certain employees.

The Company maintains postretirement benefit plans providing varying levels of medical and life insurance to eligible retirees. The retiree welfare plans are closed for union employees hired on or after January 1, 2006. The plans had previously closed for non-union employees hired on or after January 1, 2002.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The Company’s policy is to fund postretirement benefit costs accrued. Plan assets are invested in equity and bond mutual funds.

The obligations of the plans are dominated by obligations for active employees. Because the timing of expected benefit payments is so far in the future and the size of the plan assets are small relative to the Company’s assets, the investment strategy is to allocate a large portion of assets to equities, which the Company believes will provide the highest return over the long-term period. The fixed income assets are invested in long duration debt securities in order to better match the duration of the plan liability.

The liabilities of the pension and other postretirement benefit plans were adjusted to their fair value at the time of the Acquisitions. The Company periodically conducts an asset liability modeling study to ensure the investment strategy is aligned with the profile of the obligations. The long-term goals are to maximize the plan funded status and minimize contributions and pension expense, while taking into account the potential volatility risks on each of these items.

The asset allocation for the Company’s United States pension plans at the end of 2006 and 2005 by asset category, follows:

 

    

Target
Allocation

2006

    Percentage of Plan Assets
At Year End
 

Asset category

     2006     2005  

Equity securities

   60 %   60 %   59 %

Fixed income

   40 %   40 %   41 %
                  

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %
                  

The Company’s other postretirement benefit plans are partially funded. The asset allocation for the Company’s other postretirement benefit plans at the end of 2006 and 2005, by asset category, follows:

 

    

Allocation

2006

    At Year End  

Asset category

     2006     2005  

Equity securities

   60 %   60 %   64 %

Fixed income

   40 %   40 %   36 %
                  

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %
                  

 

F-18


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The following table provides a rollforward of the changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets for the most recent two years for all plans combined:

 

    

Pension

Benefits

   

Other

Benefits

 
     2006     2005     2006     2005  

Change in benefit obligation

        

Benefit obligation at January 1

   $ 869,922     $ 779,250     $ 427,853     $ 420,210  

Service cost

     24,308       26,987       11,613       13,660  

Interest cost

     49,622       47,594       24,348       25,156  

Plan participants’ contributions

     —         —         1,038       1,597  

Amendments

     507       (489 )     (144 )     (18,571 )

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (18,042 )     46,799       (18,882 )     3,918  

Curtailments

     (1,692 )     (2,377 )     (238 )     —    

Settlements

     (619 )     —         —         —    

Special termination benefits

     373       890       —         —    

Gross benefits paid

     (28,577 )     (28,732 )     (20,694 )     (18,117 )

Federal subsidy

     —         —         1,400       —    

Other

     (2,945 )     —         —         —    
                                

Benefit obligation at December 31

   $ 892,857     $ 869,922     $ 426,294     $ 427,853  
                                

Change in Plan Assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at January 1

   $ 499,416     $ 480,153     $ 243,249     $ 216,452  

Actual return on plan assets

     55,562       23,509       29,284       13,688  

Employer contributions

     53,654       24,486       27,837       28,760  

Plan participants’ contributions

     —         —         1,038       1,597  

Benefits paid

     (30,352 )     (28,732 )     (20,018 )     (17,248 )
                                

Fair value of plan assets at December 31

   $ 578,280     $ 499,416     $ 281,390     $ 243,249  
                                

Funded status at December 31

   $ (314,577 )   $ (370,506 )   $ (144,904 )   $ (184,604 )

Unrecognized net transition obligation (asset)

     —         —         —         1,577  

Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)

     —         2,260       —         (16,843 )

Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss

     —         112,544       —         58,742  
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ (314,577 )   $ (255,702 )   $ (144,904 )   $ (141,128 )
                                

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

        

Current liability

   $ (1,609 )     —       $ (32 )     —    

Noncurrent liability

     (312,968 )     —         (144,872 )     —    

Accrued benefit liability

     —         (255,702 )     —         (141,128 )

Additional minimum liability

     —         (2,856 )     —         —    

Intangible asset

     —         1,230       —         —    

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     —         1,626       —         —    
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ (314,577 )   $ (255,702 )   $ (144,904 )   $ (141,128 )
                                

 

F-19


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The following table provides the components of the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income and regulatory assets that have not been recognized as components of periodic benefit costs as of December 31, 2006.

 

     Pension
Benefits
2006
   Other
Benefits
2006
 

Net actuarial loss (gain)

   $ 79,956    $ 31,309  

Prior service cost (credit)

     1,181      (15,663 )

Transition obligation (asset)

     —        1,041  
               

Net amount recognized

   $ 81,137    $ 16,687  
               

In accordance with SFAS 158, which became effective in the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company is required to recognize the underfunded status of its defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as a liability on its balance sheets as of December 31, 2006. The following table illustrates the incremental effect of applying SFAS 158, in connection with SFAS 71, on the individual line items in the balance sheet at December 31, 2006.

 

     Before
Application of
SFAS 158
    Adjustments     After
Application of
SFAS 158
 

Regulatory assets—deferred pension expense

   $ 61,809     $ 44,813     $ 106,622  

Regulatory assets—deferred other postretirement benefit expense

     7,034       16,687       23,721  

Accrued pension expense

     (233,440 )     (81,137 )     (314,577 )

Accrued postretirement benefit expense

     (128,217 )     (16,687 )     (144,904 )

Additional minimum liability

     (391 )     391       —    

Other long-term liabilities

     (80,836 )     (29,518 )     (110,354 )

Deferred income taxes

     (626,935 )     43,532       (583,403 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (3,153 )     21,919       18,766  

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with a projected obligation in excess of plan assets were as follows:

 

     Projected Benefit
Obligation Exceeds the
Fair Value of Plans’ Assets
     2006    2005

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 893,000    $ 870,000

Fair value of plan assets

     578,000      499,000
     Accumulated Benefit
Obligation Exceeds the
Fair Value of Plans’ Assets
     2006    2005

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 771,000    $ 741,000

Fair value of plan assets

     578,000      499,000

The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation exceeds plan assets for all of the Company’s other postretirement benefit plans.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

In August 2006, the Pension Protection Act (PPA) was signed into law in the U.S. The PPA replaces the funding requirements for defined benefit pension plans by requiring that defined benefit plans contribute to a 100% of the current liability funding target over seven years. Defined benefit plans with a funding status of less than 80% of the current liability are defined as being “at risk” and additional funding requirements and benefit restrictions may apply. The PPA is effective for the 2008 plan year with short-term phase-in provisions for both the funding target and at-risk determination. The Company’s qualified defined benefit plan is currently funded above the at-risk threshold, and therefore the Company expects that the plans will not be subject to the “at risk” funding requirements of the PPA. The Company is proactively monitoring the plan’s funded status and projected contributions under the new law to appropriately manage the potential impact on cash requirements.

Minimum funding requirements for qualified defined benefit pension plans are determined by government regulations and not by accounting pronouncements. The Company plans to contribute at least amounts equal to the minimum required contributions in 2007 to the qualified pension plans. The Company plans to contribute its 2007 other postretirement benefit cost to its Voluntary Employee’s Benefit Association trust.

Information about the expected cash flows for the pension and postretirement benefit plans is as follows:

 

     Pension
Benefits
   Other
Benefits

2007 expected employer contributions

     

To plan trusts

   $ 49,600    $ 25,000

To plan participants

     1,500      32

The Company made contributions to fund pension benefits and other benefits of $19,200 and $12,507, respectively through May 2007.

The following table reflects the net benefits expected to be paid from the plan assets or the Company’s assets:

 

       Pension Benefits    Other Benefits
       Expected Benefit
Payments
   Expected Benefit
Payments
   Expected Federal
Subsidy Payments

2007

   $ 31,015    $ 22,080    $ 1,546

2008

     32,789      23,358      1,587

2009

     35,002      25,791      1,714

2010

     37,718      28,201      1,842

2011

     40,718      30,744      1,950

2012 – 2016

     256,850      187,063      12,006

Because the above amounts are net benefits, plan participants’ contributions have been excluded from the expected benefits.

Accounting for pensions and other postretirement benefits requires an extensive use of assumptions about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, the rate of future compensation increases received by the Company’s employees, mortality, turnover and medical costs. Each assumption is reviewed annually. The assumptions are selected to represent the average expected experience over time and may differ in any one year from actual experience due to changes in capital markets and the overall economy. These differences will impact the amount of pension and other postretirement benefit expense that the Company recognizes.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The significant assumptions related to the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine December 31 benefit obligations

            

Discount rate

   5.90 %   5.65 %   6.00 %   5.90 %   5.65 %   6.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

   4.25 %   4.25 %   4.75 %   N/A     N/A     N/A  

Medical trend

   N/A     N/A     N/A     graded from
9% in 2007
to 5% in 2011+
 
 
 
  graded from
10% in 2006
to 5% in 2011+
 
 
 
  graded from
10% in 2005
to 5% in 2010+
 
 
 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic cost

            

Discount rate

   5.65 %   6.00 %   6.25 %   5.65 %   6.00 %   6.25 %

Expected return on plan assets

   8.25 %   8.75 %   8.75 %   7.95 %   8.40 %   8.40 %

Rate of compensation increase

   4.25 %   4.75 %   4.75 %   N/A     N/A     N/A  

Medical trend

   N/A     N/A     N/A     graded from
10% in 2006

to 5% in 2011+

 
 

 

  graded from
10% in 2005
to 5% in 2010+
 
 
 
  graded from
10% in 2004
to 5% in 2009+
 
 
 

N/A—Assumption is not applicable.

            

The discount rate assumption was determined for the pension and postretirement benefit plans independently. A yield curve was developed for a universe containing the majority of United States-issued Aa-graded corporate bonds, all of which were non-callable (or callable with make-whole provisions). For each plan, the discount rate was developed as the level equivalent rate that would produce the same present value as that using spot rates aligned with the projected benefit payments.

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on historical and projected rates of return for current and planned asset classes in the plans’ investment portfolios and the fair value of plan assets. Assumed projected rates of return for each of the plans’ projected asset classes were selected after analyzing historical experience and future expectations of the returns and volatility of the various asset classes. Based on the target asset allocation for each asset class, the overall expected rate of return for the portfolio was developed, adjusted for historical and expected experience of active portfolio management results compared to the benchmark returns and for the effect of expenses paid from plan assets. The Company’s pension expense increases as the expected return on assets decreases.

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the other postretirement benefit plans. The health care cost trend rate is based on historical rates and expected market conditions. A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

     One Percentage
Point Increase
   One Percentage
Point Decrease
 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

   $ 6,124    $ (4,985 )

Effect on other postretirement benefit obligation

   $ 56,263    $ (46,710 )

 

F-22


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit costs for the years ended December 31:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Components of net periodic pension benefit cost

      

Service cost

   $ 24,308     $ 26,987     $ 26,413  

Interest cost

     49,622       47,594       45,558  

Expected return on plan assets

     (42,304 )     (41,136 )     (38,898 )

Amortization of:

      

Transition obligation/(asset)

     —         —         (27 )

Prior service cost (credit)

     494       710       737  

Actuarial (gain) loss

     1,482       384       436  
                        

Periodic pension benefit cost

     33,602       34,539       34,219  

Special termination pension benefit charge

     373       890       2,171  

Curtailment charge

     971       135       —    

Settlement charge (credit)

     65       240       9  
                        

Net periodic pension benefit cost

   $ 35,011     $ 35,804     $ 36,399  
                        

Components of net periodic other postretirement benefit cost

      

Service cost

   $ 11,613     $ 13,660     $ 12,672  

Interest cost

     24,348       25,156       23,384  

Expected return on plan assets

     (19,689 )     (18,657 )     (16,320 )

Amortization of:

      

Transition obligation (asset)

     173       282       363  

Prior service cost (credit)

     (1,145 )     81       74  

Actuarial (gain) loss

     2,011       634       412  
                        

Periodic other postretirement benefit cost

     17,311       21,156       20,585  

Curtailment charge

     (18 )     655       —    
                        

Net periodic other postretirement benefit cost

   $ 17,293     $ 21,811     $ 20,585  
                        

The Company’s policy is to recognize curtailments when aggregate terminations and retirements are greater than 10% of plan participants. The Company reflected curtailments in 2006 and 2005 due to a significant number of aggregate terminations and retirements at one of its subsidiaries and their impact on the subsidiary’s benefit plans.

The estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income and regulatory assets into net periodic benefit cost in 2007 are as follows:

 

     Pension
Benefits
   Other
Benefits
 

Actuarial (gain) loss

   $ 187    $ —    

Prior service cost (credit)

     127      (1,180 )

Transition obligation (asset)

     —        173  
               

Total

   $ 314    $ (1,007 )
               

 

F-23


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Savings Plans for Employees

The Company maintains 401(k) savings plans that allow employees to save for retirement on a tax-deferred basis. Employees can make contributions that are invested at their direction in one or more funds. The Company makes matching contributions based on a percentage of an employee’s contribution, subject to certain limitations. Due to the Company’s discontinuing new entrants into the defined benefit pension plan, on January 1, 2006 the Company began providing an additional 5.25% of base pay defined contribution benefit for union employees hired on or after January 1, 2001 and non-union employees hired on or after January 1, 2006. The Company expensed contributions to the plans totaling $6,898 for 2006, $5,511 for 2005 and $5,364 for 2004. All of the Company’s contributions are invested in one or more funds at the direction of the employee.

Employees’ Investment Plan

Upon completion of the American Water Works Company, Inc. acquisition, the Company created the Employees’ Investment Plan and converted the former American Water Works Company, Inc. Employees’ Stock Ownership Plan into this plan. Each participating employee can elect to contribute an amount that does not exceed 2% of their wages. In addition to the employee’s participation, the Company makes a contribution equivalent to 1/2% of each participant’s qualified compensation, and matches 100% of the contribution by each participant. The Company made contributions to the plan totaling $1,010 for 2005 and $2,201 for 2004 that were primarily invested in a retirement trust fund. This plan was discontinued as of May 22, 2005.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Company participates in a RWE long-term incentive plan for executives (“RWE LTIP”). Under the RWE LTIP, Company employees were granted 120,004 performance shares of RWE common stock which vest over three years beginning January 1, 2005. Subject to the vesting provisions, the performance shares are payable in cash. As a result, the performance shares have been accounted for as a liability. The liability will be remeasured at fair value at each reporting period until settlement. The Company recorded a liability of $4,271 and $1,667 related to the performance shares at December 31, 2006 and 2005, which has been included in other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company recognized approximately $2,604 and $1,667, respectively, of share-based compensation expense related to the performance shares, in operations and maintenance expense.

The fair value of the performance shares was estimated using Monte Carlo simulations. The fair value of the performance shares granted on January 1, 2005 was $25.09 per share of RWE common stock at the grant date and $65.42 and $41.67 per share of RWE common stock at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

The following table summarizes performance share transactions under the RWE LTIP plan:

 

     2005 tranche  

Outstanding at the start of the fiscal year

   120,004  

Granted

   —    

Forfeited

   (15,188 )
      

Outstanding at the end of the fiscal year

   104,816  
      

Exercisable at the end of the fiscal year

   —    
      

 

F-24


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Note 8: General Taxes

Components of general tax expense from continuing operations for the years presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are as follows:

 

     2006    2005    2004

Gross receipts and franchise

   $ 71,629    $ 69,237    $ 63,106

Property and capital stock

     75,132      77,535      75,219

Payroll

     27,853      26,897      23,683

Other general

     10,451      9,655      8,157
                    
   $ 185,065    $ 183,324    $ 170,165
                    

Note 9: Income Taxes

Components of income tax expense from continuing operations for the years presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are as follows:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

State income taxes

      

Current

   $ 13,808     $ 8,456     $ 18,706  

Deferred

      

Current

     (977 )     590       (149 )

Non-current

     4,950       3,731       2,194  
                        
     17,781       12,777       20,751  
                        

Federal income taxes

      

Current

     —         17,274       (33,399 )

Deferred

      

Current

     (15,213 )     (7,431 )     (7,463 )

Non-current

     45,704       29,971       88,044  

Amortization of deferred investment tax credits

     (1,360 )     (1,612 )     (1,605 )
                        
     29,131       38,202       45,577  
                        
   $ 46,912     $ 50,979     $ 66,328  
                        

A reconciliation of income tax expense from continuing operations at the statutory federal income tax rate to actual income tax expense is as follows:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Income tax at statutory rate

   $ (38,128 )   $ (78,453 )   $ 43,900  

Increases (decreases) resulting from

      

State taxes, net of federal taxes

     12,114       8,275       14,022  

Flow through differences

     2,363       2,655       1,541  

Amortization of deferred investment tax credits

     (1,360 )     (1,612 )     (1,605 )

Subsidiary preferred dividends

     707       745       845  

Impairment charges

     74,177       121,375       2,615  

Other, net

     (2,961 )     (2,006 )     5,010  
                        

Actual income tax expense

   $ 46,912     $ 50,979     $ 66,328  
                        

 

F-25


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The following table provides the components of the net deferred tax liability from continuing operations at December 31:

 

     2006     2005  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Advances and contributions

   $ 491,239     $ 458,121  

Deferred investment tax credits

     13,936       14,545  

Other postretirement benefits

     79,573       54,651  

Tax losses and credits

     110,094       92,012  

Pension benefits

     124,616       98,818  

Long-term debt

     36,536       45,278  

Capital loss not utilized

     7,686       7,686  

Other

     33,147       75,976  
                
     896,827       847,087  
                

Valuation allowance

     (36,716 )     (40,826 )
                
     860,111       806,261  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Utility plant, principally due to depreciation differences

     1,233,423       1,190,442  

Income taxes recoverable through rates

     82,434       90,247  

Security costs

     7,480       9,843  

Business services project expenses

     5,272       9,344  

Deferred other postretirement benefits

     9,436       3,191  

Deferred pension benefits

     42,286       26,736  

Other

     63,183       14,762  
                
     1,443,514       1,344,565  
                
   $ (583,403 )   $ (538,304 )
                

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had capital loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes. The Company has determined that these capital loss carryforwards are not more likely than not to be recovered and has recognized a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $208,000. The Company believes that its federal net operating loss carryforwards are more likely than not to be recovered and require no valuation allowance. The federal tax loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2023. State net operating losses of approximately $250,000 are fully offset by a valuation allowance, as the Company believes that it is more likely than not that such losses will not be realized. The state tax loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2008.

As of December 31, 2006 the Company had Canadian net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $22,000. These carryforwards are generally offset by a valuation allowance. The Canadian tax loss carryforward will begin to expire in 2008.

In December 2006, the Internal Revenue Service completed its examination of the 2003 and 2004 tax years. No material findings or adjustments were proposed and a Form 4549, Examination No Change Report was issued.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

During the course of the audit, the Company filed refund claims of approximately $30,000, primarily to carry back net operating losses generated in 2003 and 2004. These claims procedurally will require approval by the Joint Committee of Taxation. In March 2007, the Internal Revenue Service indicated that additional audit procedures are required to support the filing of the Joint Committee of Taxation report. Based on an expectation that the refund claims will not be received by December 31, 2007, the related asset is included in deferred taxes as a net operating loss.

Other state income tax examinations are pending, the outcome of which is not anticipated to be material.

Note 10: Short-Term Debt

The components of short-term debt at December 31 are as follows:

 

     2006    2005

RWE revolver

   $ 130,000    $ 332,063

RWE short-term notes

     268,230      42,000

Commercial paper, net of discount

     321,339      —  

Other short-term debt

     176      —  
             

Total short-term debt

   $ 719,745    $ 374,063
             

On December 21, 2004 American Water Capital Corp. (“AWCC”) participated with RWE in a $550,000 364-day unsecured revolving credit facility. The facility was renewed on October 28, 2006 and was terminated on December 28, 2006. On September 15, 2006, AWCC entered into a new $800,000 unsecured revolving credit facility syndicated among a group of ten banks. This revolving credit facility, which terminates on September 15, 2011, is principally used to support the commercial paper program at AWCC and to provide up to $150,000 in letters of credit.

At December 31, 2006, AWCC believed that it had the following sublimits and available capacity under the credit facility and indicated amounts of outstanding commercial paper.

 

Letter of Credit Sublimit

  

Letter of

Credit Available Capacity

  

Outstanding

Commercial Paper

$ 150,000

   $85,986    $322,734

Interest rates on advances under the credit facility are based on either prime or the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin based upon credit ratings of the Company, as well as total outstanding amounts under the agreement at the time of the borrowing. The maximum LIBOR margin is 55 basis points.

The credit facility requires the Company to maintain a ratio of consolidated debt to consolidated capitalization of not more than 0.70 to 1.00.

At December 31, 2006, the Company had $68,628 of outstanding letters of credit, $64,014 of which were issued under the revolving credit facility noted above.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

On January 26, 2007, AWCC entered into a $10,000 committed revolving line of credit with a financial institution. This line of credit will terminate on December 31, 2007 unless extended and is used primarily for short-term working capital needs. Interest rates on advances under this line of credit are based on either the prime rate of the financial institution or the applicable LIBOR rate for the term selected plus 25 basis points.

Note 11: Long-Term Debt

The company primarily incurs long-term debt to fund construction expenditures of the Regulated Businesses. The components of long-term at December 31 are:

 

   

Rate

 

Maturity
Date

  2006   2005

Long-term debt of American Water Works Company, Inc.

       

RWE notes (a)

  4.92%   2006   $ —     $ 150,000

Mandatory redeemable preferred stock (b)

  5.90%   2013     1,750,000     1,750,000

Long-term debt of American Water Capital Corp.

       

Private activity bonds and government funded debt

       

Floating rate

  3.63%-3.68%   2018-2032     86,860     86,860

Senior notes

       

Fixed rate

  5.39%-6.87%   2011-2021     623,000     140,000

RWE notes (a)

       

Fixed rate

  4.00%-6.05%   2006-2034     465,300     1,551,820

Floating rate

  5.37%-5.73%   2006-2015     —       482,300

Long-term debt of other subsidiaries

       

Private activity bonds and government funded debt

       

Fixed rate

  0.00%-6.88%   2009-2038     949,240     951,330

Floating rate

  3.60%-4.02%   2015-2032     178,145     178,145

Mortgage bonds

       

Fixed rate

  5.60%-10.06%   2006-2034     832,876     853,947

Senior debt

       

Fixed rate

  7.12%-8.75%   2007-2028     146,000     134,633

Mandatory redeemable preferred stock

  4.60%-9.75%   2007-2040     25,032     25,569

Notes payable and other (c)

  2.90%-9.87%   2008-2021     5,703     7,524
               

Long-term debt

        5,062,156     6,312,128

Unamortized debt discount, net

        96,106     118,578
               

Total long-term debt

      $ 5,158,262   $ 6,430,706
               

(a) Debt funded by RWE. (See Note 15)
(b) Thames Water Investments Luxembourg (“TWILUX”), an affiliate and wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, is the holder of $1,750,000 of the Company’s 5.9% preferred stock, par value $1,000, which was issued in connection with RWE’s acquisition of American Water Works Company, Inc. 1,750 shares were authorized and outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005. (See Note 15)
(c) Includes capital lease obligations of $2,191 and $2,494 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Lease payments of $209, $152, $171, $193, $215 and $1,251 will be made in 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and thereafter, respectively.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The future sinking fund payments and maturities are as follows:

 

Year    Amount

2007

   $ 287,383

2008

     195,923

2009

     55,372

2010

     53,863

2011

     35,109

Thereafter

     4,434,506

The following long-term debt was issued in 2006:

 

Company

  

Type

  

Interest Rate

  

Maturity

   Amount

American Water Capital Corp.  

   Senior notes    5.39%-5.77%    2013-2018    $ 483,000

Missouri-American Water Company

   Tax exempt first mortgage bonds    4.60%    2036      57,480

Indiana-American Water Company

   Tax exempt first mortgage Bonds    4.88%    2036      25,770

Other Subsidiaries

   State financing authority loans & other    0%-5.00%    2019-2026      16,248
               

Total issuances

            $ 582,498
               

The following debt was retired through optional redemption or payment at maturity during 2006:

Company

  

Type

 

Interest Rate

 

Maturity

  Amount

Long-term debt

        

American Water Works Company, Inc.  

   RWE notes   4.92%   2006   $ 150,000

American Water Capital Corp.

   RWE notes-fixed rate   4.00%-6.05%   2006-2034     1,086,500

American Water Capital Corp.

   RWE notes-floating rate   4.02%-4.66%   2006-2015     482,300

Missouri-American Water Company

   Mortgage bonds-fixed rate   5.50%-5.85%   2006-2026     57,565

Indiana-American Water Company

   Mortgage bonds-fixed rate   5.35%-5.90%   2022-2026     27,004

West Virginia-American Water Company

   Mortgage bonds-fixed rate   6.81%   2006     11,000

Other Subsidiaries

     0.00%-9.87%   2006-2034     17,564

Preferred stock with mandatory redemption requirements

        

Miscellaneous

     4.60%-8.80%   2007-2019     538
            

Total Retirements & redemptions

         $ 1,832,471
            

Income from early extinguishment of debt included in interest expense on the Company’s consolidated Statements of Operations amounted to $3,739 in 2006 and $11,445 in 2004.

In December 2006, RWE made a $1,194,454 equity contribution to the Company. The Company used this contribution to offset loans payable to RWE.

AWCC issued in private placements additional Senior Notes in the principal amounts of $314,000, $103,000 and $200,000 in January, February and March 2007, respectively. Interest rates ranged from 5.39% to 5.77% and maturities ranged from 7 years to 15 years. In March 2007, RWE made a $650,000 equity contribution to the Company. The Company used the contribution and proceeds from the Senior Notes to offset loans payable to RWE, to pay off commercial paper and for other corporate purposes amounting to $513,000, $361,500 and $392,500, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Note 12: Preferred Stock Without Mandatory Redemption Requirements

Certain preferred stock agreements do not require annual sinking fund payments or redemption except at the option of the subsidiaries and are as follows:

 

Dividend

Yield

   Balance at Dec 31
   2006    2005
4.50%    $ 1,720    $ 1,720
5.00%      1,968      1,970
5.50%      488      489
5.75%      392      392
             
   $ 4,568    $ 4,571
             

Note 13: Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

Current assets and current liabilities: The carrying amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for current assets and current liabilities, including revolving credit debt due to the short-term maturities and variable interest rates, approximates their fair values.

Preferred stock with mandatory redemption requirements and long-term debt: The fair values of preferred stock with mandatory redemption requirements and long-term debt are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on current incremental financing rates for similar types of securities.

The carrying amounts and fair values of the financial instruments at December 31 are as follows:

 

2006

   Carrying
Amount
   Fair Value

Preferred stocks with mandatory redemption requirements

   $ 1,774,863    $ 1,786,027

Long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations)

     3,381,208      3,390,536

2005

   Carrying
Amount
   Fair Value

Preferred stocks with mandatory redemption requirements

   $ 1,775,224    $ 1,778,275

Long-term debt (excluding capital lease obligations)

     4,652,988      4,563,336

Note 14: Operating Leases

The Company has entered into operating leases involving certain facilities and equipment. Rental expenses under operating leases were $36,136 for 2006, $34,662 for 2005 and $31,577 for 2004. The operating leases for facilities will expire over the next 20 years and the operating leases for equipment will expire over the next five years. Certain operating leases have renewal options ranging from one to five years.

At December 31, 2006, the minimum annual future rental commitment under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are $26,704 in 2007, $24,221 in 2008, $22,090 in 2009, $18,817 in 2010, $10,023 in 2011 and $112,138 thereafter.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Note 15: Related Party Transactions

Thames Water Plc, an affiliate and wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, provided certain management services to the Company which amounted to $1,386 in 2006, $9,147 in 2005 and $11,480 in 2004.

Thames Water International Services Limited, an affiliate and wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, provided services of expatriate employees to the Company which amounted to $1,763 in 2006, $4,970 in 2005 and $3,604 in 2004.

Interest on the Company’s borrowings with RWE included in interest expense on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations amounted to $131,005, $93,907 and $87,669 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

TWILUX, an affiliate and wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, is the holder of $1,750,000 of the Company’s preferred stock. Preferred dividends included in interest expense amounted to $103,270, $103,250 and $103,106 in 2006 , 2005 and 2004, respectively.

The Company maintains agreements with both public and private water providers for the purchase of water to supplement water supply, particularly during periods of peak demand. The President and CEO of the Company is a Commissioner of one of these water providers. The Company purchased approximately $16,374, $16,693 and $14,525 of water from this provider in the years ended December 31, 2006 , 2005 and 2004, respectively. The estimated commitments related to minimum quantities of purchased water under these agreements are $14,450 for 2007. The purchase rates are not set thereafter.

Note 16: Guarantees

A subsidiary holds a 50% interest in AW-Pridesa, a Delaware limited liability company. Pridesa America Corporation, a former subsidiary of RWE also holds a 50% interest. AW-Pridesa has contracted with Tampa Bay Water (“Tampa Bay”), an interlocal governmental agency of the State of Florida, to remedy and operate the Tampa Bay Seawater Desalination Plant. The Company entered into a guarantee with Tampa Bay in November 2004 for the full and prompt performance of certain contractual obligations limited to a total aggregate liability of $35,000. Contractual obligations call for certain construction activities and management services to be completed satisfactorily . AW-Pridesa took over operation of the plant in January 2005.

OMI/Thames Water Stockton, Inc. (“OMI/TW”) is a 50/50 joint venture between a subsidiary of the Company and Operations Management International, Inc. (“OMI”). In February 2003, OMI/TW and the City of Stockton, California entered into a 20-year Service Contract for water, wastewater and storm water utilities capital improvements and management services. Capital improvements totaling $58,000 were included in the contract and an affiliate of the Company has currently provided a guarantee. The Company is expected to assume the required parental guarantee of OMI/TW’s obligations, including full performance and payment.

Note 17: Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments have been made in connection with certain construction programs.

In connection with obtaining the regulatory approvals necessary to complete RWE’s acquisition of American Water Works Company, Inc. in 2003, certain state regulatory bodies have issued orders which prohibit certain of the Company’s regulated subsidiaries from requesting rate increases for periods of time not exceeding three years. As of December 31, 2006, these orders have expired.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The Company is routinely involved in condemnation proceedings and legal actions relating to several subsidiaries. In the opinion of management, none of these matters is expected to have a material adverse effect, if any, on the results of operations, financial position, or cash flows of the Company.

The Company’s regulated subsidiaries maintain agreements with other water purveyors for the purchase of water to supplement their water supply. The Company’s subsidiaries purchased water expense under these types of agreements amounted to approximately $85,345, $92,395 and $82,948 during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The estimated annual commitment related to the minimum quantities of water purchased is expected to approximate $38,645 in 2007, $38,604 in 2008, $39,375 in 2009, $40,182 in 2010, $41,003 in 2011 and $591,824 thereafter.

Notice of termination of the $1,750,000 of preferred stock with TWILUX, long-term debt of approximately $733,530 with RWE, and short-term debt of approximately $130,000 with RWE in part or in full on demand at the option of RWE is possible and mandatory if there is a change in stockholder structure of the Company.

In November 2006, a California County Superior Court held that the City of Stockton, California had not complied with the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act when it entered its agreement with OMI/TW. The California court subsequently entered a writ requiring the city to rescind the contract within 180 days. The Company continues to strongly affirm the integrity and propriety of selection process. However, after careful analysis and review, OMI/TW and the City jointly concluded that engaging in any further legal defense of the contract would be counterproductive to serving the needs of Stockton citizens and mutually agreed to end the contract to manage and operate the City’s wastewater, water and stormwater system. OMI/TW will continue to manage and operate the system through February 2008, at which time the responsibility for management and operation of the system will be returned to the City. The amount of the loss, if any, OMI/TW may sustain if it is unable to recover its investment in the project is not presently determinable. The Company’s portion of revenue since inception of the contract in August of 2003 is approximately $60,000.

The Company is involved in other legal proceedings and disputes incident to the normal conduct of business. As of December 31, 2006, the Company recorded $3,950 in other current liabilities for estimated losses related to these proceedings. There is a reasonable possibility these matters may result in additional losses to the Company.

Note 18: Goodwill and Intangible Assets

As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company reviewed goodwill associated with its reporting units for impairment. The performance of the impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to determine the amount of the impairment loss. The impairment loss is determined by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company believes that the estimates of fair value are reasonable. However, changes in estimates of such fair value due to changes in assumptions or market conditions could affect the calculation and result in additional impairment. The valuation was performed using discounted cash flows and comparable public company analyses. As of December 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company recorded impairment charges for goodwill, including discontinued operations, related to certain reporting units in the amount of $227,802, $396,348 and $192,936, respectively. The 2006 impairment charge was attributable to higher interest rates in the Regulated Businesses and a change in the potential net realizable

 

F-32


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

value of a non-regulated business. The 2005 impairment charge was primarily attributable to a change in the Company’s strategic business plan for the non-regulated business and lower margins than previously forecasted in the regulated business. The 2004 impairment charge was for the non-regulated business and was primarily attributable to lower than expected growth and slower development compared with original expectations. The changes in the Company’s goodwill assets, as allocated between the reporting units is as follows:

 

Reporting Unit

  Balance as
of Dec. 31,
2003
  Goodwill
reclassified
to assets of
discon-
tinued
operations
    2004
Impairment
Losses
    Balance as
of Dec. 31,
2004
  Goodwill
reclassified
to assets of
discon-
tinued
operations
    2005
Impairment
Losses
    Balance as
of Dec. 31,
2005
  Goodwill
from 2006
Acquisitions
  2006
Impairment
Losses
    Balance as
of Dec. 31,
2006

Regulated

  $ 3,387,071   $ —       $ —       $ 3,387,071   $ —       $ (341,946 )   $ 3,045,125   $ 2,608   $ (214,922 )   $ 2,832,811

Operations & maintenance

    40,075     —         (40,075 )     —       —         —         —       —       —         —  

Residuals

    89,841     —         (55,163 )     34,678     (21,016 )     (7,951 )     5,711     —       (5,711 )     —  

Underground

    67,777     —         (51,636 )     16,141     (16,141 )     —         —       —       —         —  

Carbon

    4,233     —         (1,095 )     3,138     —         (1,386 )     1,752     —       —         1,752

Engineering

    62,235     (16,216 )     (44,967 )     1,052     —         —         1,052     —       (1,052 )     —  

Homeowner services

    121,800     —         —         121,800     —         —         121,800     —       —         121,800

Military

    28,190     —         —         28,190     —         (22,060 )     6,130     —       —         6,130
                                                                     

Total

  $ 3,801,222   $ (16,216 )   $ (192,936 )   $ 3,592,070   $ (37,157 )   $ (373,343 )   $ 3,181,570   $ 2,608   $ (221,685 )   $ 2,962,493
                                                                     

The Company had no other intangible assets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. Prior to December 31, 2005, other intangible assets consisted of customer contracts which were initially valued and recorded as part of the Acquisitions. The aforementioned operating conditions which caused the goodwill impairment charge also triggered the intangible asset impairment. The amount of impairment recorded by the Company in 2005 and 2004 was determined using the two-step impairment review process required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” In the first step, the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the Company’s customer contracts over its remaining life were compared to their carrying amounts. The Company determined the carrying amount of its customer contracts exceeded its projected undiscounted cash flows. In the second step, the Company estimated the fair value of the Company’s customer contracts using a variation of the income method of valuation for the Operations & Maintenance reporting unit, and estimated discounted cash flows for the Residuals reporting unit. Based on the Company’s valuation, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $733 and $11,277 for the years ended December 31 , 2005 and 2004, respectively, which was recorded in Impairment charges in the Company’s Statements of Operations. In addition to the impairments, amortization expense for other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $67 and $1,579, respectively.

Note 19: Discontinued Operations

Based on management’s ongoing evaluation of the Non-Regulated Businesses, it was determined that the Company’s Residuals, Underground , Ashbrook, Leopold and Engineering businesses were not meeting growth expectations and were not considered core businesses of the Company’s operations. Accordingly, the Company sold and/or disposed of these businesses. As a result of these dispositions, the Company recorded a net gain of $1,001 in 2006, a net loss of $15,407 in 2005 and no net gain or loss on sale in 2004.

In 2006, the Company sold a group of assets of the Residuals business for $2,500 and reported the related operations within discontinued operations. In December 2006, the Company entered negotiations to sell another

 

F-33


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

component of Residuals. The Company believes the sale of this component will close during the next twelve months and has reported this component within discontinued operations. The remaining Canadian component continues to be reviewed for sale but the Company believes a sale is not likely to occur in the next twelve months and is reported in continuing operations.

The Company’s Underground business was sold for $27,651. As a result of the sale, the Company recorded a loss of $1,001 in 2006.

During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company sold Engineering’s Canadian operations, a provider of engineering services to corporate and municipal clients, for initial consideration of $489 and contingent consideration of $430. Furthermore, the Company disposed through abandonment components of Engineering’s operations based in the United States. As a result of the disposition of these components of Engineering in 2005, the Company recorded a loss of $15,407 which included a goodwill write-off $16,216.

During the first quarter of 2005, Ashbrook, a provider of wastewater treatment services, closed on the sale of substantially all its assets for $14,847. Based on the Company’s assessment of Ashbrook’s estimated fair value, an impairment charge of $5,902 was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2004. There was no gain or loss recorded at the time of sale.

During the first quarter of 2004, the Company closed on the sale of Leopold, a supplier of products and services to water and wastewater treatments, for $17,000. There was no gain or loss recorded at the time of sale.

A summary of the assets and liabilities classified as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets includes the following:

 

     2006    2005

Assets of discontinued operations

     

Non-utility property

   $ 1,690    $ 12,941

Other receivables, net

     2,151      19,995

Other current assets

     6,323      13,632

Goodwill

     2,670      14,152
             

Total assets of discontinued operations

     12,834      60,720
             

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     

Accounts payable

     654      2,250

Other liabilities

     1,824      11,261
             

Total liabilities of discontinued operations

     2,478      13,511
             

Net assets of discontinued operations

   $ 10,356    $ 47,209
             

 

F-34


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

A summary of discontinued operations presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations include the following:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Operating revenues

   $ 59,872     $ 80,979     $ 144,275  
                        

Operating expenses

      

Operation and maintenance

     60,297       84,277       136,487  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         —         562  

Impairment charges

     6,117       34,936       137,263  
                        

Total operating expenses, net

     66,414       119,213       274,312  
                        

Operating loss

     (6,542 )     (38,234 )     (130,037 )
                        

Other income (deductions)

      

Interest

     322       (21 )     (67 )

Other, net

     1,875       1,135       (759 )
                        

Total other income (deductions)

     2,197       1,114       (826 )
                        

Loss before income taxes

     (4,345 )     (37,120 )     (130,863 )

Provision for income taxes

     1,047       (2,617 )     (6,845 )
                        

Loss from operations

     (5,392 )     (34,503 )     (124,018 )

Gain (loss) on sale, net of tax benefit

     (1,001 )     (15,407 )     —    
                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (6,393 )   $ (49,910 )   $ (124,018 )
                        

Note 20: Other Matters

RWE Divestiture

RWE has announced its intention to divest the Company through an initial public offering (“IPO”). The sales process was initiated through filing for approval with certain state public utility commissions. All necessary state approvals have been received. The IPO will require filing of a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The transaction will also be subject to approval of the RWE Supervisory Board. RWE expects to complete the filing of the IPO during 2007.

Note 21: Segment Information

The Company has two operating segments which are also the Company’s two reportable segments named the Regulated Businesses and Non-Regulated Businesses segments. The Company’s chief operating decision maker regularly reviews the operating results of the Regulated and Non-Regulated Businesses segments to assess segment performance and allocate Company resources. The evaluation of segment performance and the allocation of resources are based on several measures. The measure that is most consistent with that used by management is earnings before interest and income taxes from continuing operations (“Adjusted EBIT”). Management has organized the Company’s businesses into its Regulated and Non-Regulated Businesses segments based upon the products and services they provide and whether they function under the rules and regulations of the public utility regulatory environment.

The Regulated Businesses segment includes the Company’s 23 utility subsidiaries that provide water and wastewater services to customers in 20 U.S. states. With the exception of one company, each of these public

 

F-35


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

utility subsidiaries is subject to regulation by public utility commissions and local governments. In addition to providing similar products and services and being subject to the public utility regulatory environment, each of the regulated subsidiaries has similar economic characteristics, production processes, types and classes of customers and water distribution or wastewater collection processes. Each of these companies is also subject to both federal and state regulation regarding the quality of water distributed and the discharge of wastewater residuals.

The Non-Regulated Businesses segment is comprised of non-regulated businesses that provide a broad range of non-regulated water and wastewater services and products including homeowner water and sewer line maintenance services, water and wastewater facility operations and maintenance services, granular carbon technologies and products for cleansing water and wastewater, wastewater residuals management services and water and wastewater facility engineering services.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (see Note 2). The Regulated and Non-Regulated Businesses segment information includes intercompany costs that are allocated by American Water Works Service Company, Inc. and intercompany interest that is charged by AWCC, which are eliminated to reconcile to the consolidated results of operations. Inter-segment revenues, which are primarily recorded at cost plus a mark-up that approximates current market prices, include carbon regeneration services and leased office space, furniture and equipment provided by the Company’s non-regulated subsidiaries to its regulated subsidiaries.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The following table includes the Company’s summarized segment information. Other includes corporate costs which are not allocated to the Company’s subsidiaries, eliminations of inter-segment transactions, and fair value adjustments and associated income and deductions related to the Acquisitions which have not been allocated to the segments for evaluation of segment performance and allocation of resource purposes. The adjustments related to the Acquisitions are reported in Other, as they are excluded from segment performance measures evaluated by management.

 

      

Regulated

  

Non-Regulated

   

Other

   

Consolidated

    

As of or for the Year Ended December 31, 2006

Net operating revenues

   $ 1,854,618    $ 248,451     $ (10,002 )   $ 2,093,067

Depreciation and amortization

     243,311      13,990       1,880       259,181

Impairment charges

     —        —         221,685       221,685

Total operating expenses, net

     1,387,418      253,850       199,286       1,840,554

Adjusted EBIT (1)

     468,701      (4,725 )    

Total assets

     9,439,975      339,761       3,003,323       12,783,059

Construction expenditures

     662,135      26,708       —         688,843
    

As of or for the Year Ended December 31, 2005

Net operating revenues

   $ 1,836,061    $ 310,771     $ (10,086 )   $ 2,136,746

Depreciation and amortization

     246,802      15,187       (625 )     261,364

Impairment charges

     —        4,850       380,584       385,434

Total operating expenses, net

     1,373,677      319,135       332,359       2,025,171

Adjusted EBIT(1)

     469,921      (106 )    

Total assets

     8,941,859      402,803       3,197,367       12,542,029

Construction expenditures

     512,519      45,927       —         558,446
    

As of or for the Year Ended December 31, 2004

Net operating revenues

   $ 1,748,004    $ 290,037     $ (20,170 )   $ 2,017,871

Depreciation and amortization

     212,462      14,941       (2,143 )     225,260

Impairment charges

     —        —         78,688       78,688

Total operating expenses, net

     1,266,145      278,839       42,488       1,587,472

Adjusted EBIT(1)

     482,127      17,117      

Total assets

     8,591,747      438,782       3,697,881       12,728,410

Construction expenditures

     495,380      40,539       10,322       546,241

(1) Management evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources based on several factors, of which the primary measure is Adjusted EBIT. Adjusted EBIT does not represent cash flow for periods presented and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of the Company’s operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows as a source of liquidity. Adjusted EBIT as defined by the Company may not be comparable with Adjusted EBIT as defined by other companies.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBIT, as defined by the Company, to income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:

 

    Regulated     Non-Regulated     Total Segments  
    As of or for the Year Ended December 31, 2006  

Adjusted EBIT

  $ 468,701     $ (4,725 )   $ 463,976  

Add:

     

Allowance for other funds used during construction

    5,980       —         5,980  

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

    2,652       —         2,652  

Less:

     

Impairment charges

    —         —         —    

Interest

    (209,589 )     (12,163 )     (221,752 )

Preferred dividends of subsidiaries

    (273 )     —         (273 )

Amortization of debt expense

    (5,196 )     —         (5,196 )
                       

Segments’ income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ 262,275     $ (16,888 )   $ 245,387  

Impairment charges

        (221,685 )

Interest

        (144,218 )

Other

        11,578  
           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

      $ (108,938 )
           
    As of or for the Year Ended December 31, 2005  

Adjusted EBIT

  $ 469,921     $ (106 )   $ 469,815  

Add:

     

Allowance for other funds used during construction

    5,810       —         5,810  

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

    2,420       —         2,420  

Less:

     

Impairment charges

    —         (4,850 )     (4,850 )

Interest

    (202,901 )     (12,301 )     (215,202 )

Preferred dividends of subsidiaries

    (285 )     —         (285 )

Amortization of debt expense

    (5,327 )     —         (5,327 )
                       

Segments’ income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ 269,638     $ (17,257 )   $ 252,381  

Impairment charges

        (380,584 )

Interest

        (130,055 )

Other

        34,107  
           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

      $ (224,151 )
           
    As of or for the Year Ended December 31, 2004  

Adjusted EBIT

  $ 482,127     $ 17,117     $ 499,244  

Add:

     

Allowance for other funds used during construction

    5,476       —         5,476  

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

    2,923       —         2,923  

Less:

     

Impairment charges

    —         —         —    

Interest

    (192,763 )     (9,124 )     (201,887 )

Preferred dividends of subsidiaries

    (468 )     —         (468 )

Amortization of debt expense

    (3,263 )     —         (3,263 )
                       

Segments’ income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ 294,032     $ 7,993     $ 302,025  

Impairment charges

        (78,688 )

Interest

        (114,057 )

Other

        16,148  
           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

      $ 125,428  
           

 

F-38


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Note 22: Net Income (loss) per Common Share

Basic net income (loss) per common share, income from continuing operations per common share and income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax per common share are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted net income per common share, income from continuing operations per common share and income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax per common share are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and potentially dilutive shares. The Company had no potentially dilutive shares for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. All common shares outstanding are held by RWE.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

ASSETS  
    

June 30,

2007

    December 31,
2006
 

Property, plant and equipment

    

Utility plant—at original cost less accumulated depreciation of $2,691,810 and $2,572,673

   $ 8,806,066     $ 8,605,341  

Nonutility property, net of accumulated depreciation

     109,525       115,216  
                

Total property, plant and equipment

     8,915,591       8,720,557  
                

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     51,445       29,754  

Restricted funds

     635       2,100  

Utility customer accounts receivable

     163,857       153,583  

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

     (20,274 )     (23,061 )

Unbilled utility revenues

     144,045       123,180  

Other receivables, net

     59,418       54,463  

Materials and supplies

     29,988       23,012  

Assets of discontinued operations

     2,193       12,834  

Other

     60,688       36,576  
                

Total current assets

     491,995       412,441  
                

Regulatory and other long-term assets

    

Regulatory assets

     599,231       587,157  

Restricted funds

     17,743       17,239  

Goodwill

     2,962,564       2,962,493  

Other

     84,461       83,172  
                

Total regulatory and other long-term assets

     3,663,999       3,650,061  
                

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 13,071,585     $ 12,783,059  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
      

June 30,

2007

   December 31,
2006

Capitalization

     

Common stockholder’s equity

   $ 4,520,149    $ 3,817,397

Preferred stock without mandatory redemption requirements

     4,568      4,568

Long-term debt

     

Long-term debt

     3,335,579      3,096,404

Redeemable preferred stock at redemption value

     1,774,299      1,774,475
             

Total capitalization

     9,634,595      8,692,844
             

Current liabilities

     

Short-term debt

     141,167      719,745

Current portion of long-term debt

     112,075      287,383

Accounts payable

     109,111      140,691

Taxes accrued, including federal income

     59,432      28,115

Interest accrued

     36,262      34,775

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     1,941      2,478

Other

     166,470      150,475
             

Total current liabilities

     626,458      1,363,662
             

Regulatory and other long-term liabilities

     

Advances for construction

     633,746      615,671

Deferred income taxes

     599,224      583,403

Deferred investment tax credits

     35,720      36,533

Regulatory liability-cost of removal

     182,190      166,867

Accrued pension expense

     310,605      314,577

Accrued postretirement benefit expense

     139,548      144,904

Other

     130,052      110,354
             

Total regulatory and other long-term liabilities

     2,031,085      1,972,309
             

Contributions in aid of construction

     779,447      754,244
             

Commitments and contingencies

     —        —  
             

TOTAL CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES

   $ 13,071,585    $ 12,783,059
             

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2007     2006  

Operating revenues

   $ 1,027,277     $ 1,007,691  
                

Operating expenses

    

Operation and maintenance

     581,999       562,072  

Depreciation and amortization

     132,764       128,728  

General taxes

     93,819       94,756  

(Gain) loss on sales of assets

     (6,113 )     (1,795 )
                

Total operating expenses, net

     802,469       783,761  
                

Operating income

     224,808       223,930  
                

Other income (deductions)

    

Interest

     (142,970 )     (178,968 )

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     3,169       3,145  

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

     1,512       1,366  

Amortization of debt expense

     (2,397 )     (1,678 )

Preferred dividends of subsidiaries

     (113 )     (112 )

Other, net

     2,783       528  
                

Total other income (deductions)

     (138,016 )     (175,719 )
                

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     86,792       48,211  

Provision for income taxes

     34,378       20,056  
                

Income from continuing operations

     52,414       28,155  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (551 )     1,703  
                

Net income

   $ 51,863     $ 29,858  
                

Basic earnings per common share

    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 52,414     $ 28,155  
                

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (551 )   $ 1,703  
                

Net income

   $ 51,863     $ 29,858  
                

Diluted earnings per common share

    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 52,414     $ 28,155  
                

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (551 )   $ 1,703  
                

Net income

   $ 51,863     $ 29,858  
                

Average common shares outstanding during the period

    

Basic

     1,000       1,000  
                

Diluted

     1,000       1,000  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2007                 2006        

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

   $ 51,863     $ 29,858  

Adjustments

    

Depreciation and amortization

     132,764       128,728  

Removal costs net of salvage

     15,811       14,912  

Provision for deferred income taxes

     15,821       (2,111 )

Amortization of deferred investment tax credits

     (813 )     (826 )

Provision for losses on utility accounts receivable

     6,554       13,040  

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     (3,169 )     (3,145 )

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

     (6,113 )     (1,795 )

Other, net

     (17,233 )     (7,518 )

Changes in assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable and unbilled utility revenues

     (45,435 )     1,198  

Other current assets

     (31,088 )     (19,989 )

Accounts payable

     (31,580 )     (40,423 )

Taxes accrued, including federal income

     31,317       3,261  

Interest accrued

     1,487       23,389  

Other current liabilities

     15,995       (71,856 )
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     136,181       66,723  
                

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Construction expenditures

     (307,726 )     (235,818 )

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     3,169       3,145  

Acquisitions

     (217 )     (3,018 )

Proceeds from sale of assets and securities

     15,200       4,926  

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

     9,660       —    

Removal costs from property, plant and equipment retirements

     (488 )     (3,647 )

Restricted funds

     961       (7,312 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (279,441 )     (241,724 )
                

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds from long-term debt

     617,450       2,275  

Repayment of long-term debt

     (437,883 )     (3,769 )

Net repayments under short-term debt agreements

     (578,578 )     112,938  

Advances and contributions for construction, net of refunds

     15,742       22,372  

Capital contribution

     551,092       —    

Debt issuance costs

     (2,696 )     (83 )

Redemption of preferred stocks

     (176 )     (342 )
                

Net cash provided by (used in) financial activities

     164,951       133,391  
                

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     21,691       (41,610 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     29,754       65,077  
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 51,445     $ 23,467  
                

Non-cash financing activity:

    

Capital contribution (See Note 5)

   $ 100,000     $ —    
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Stockholder’s Equity and Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

    Common Stock  

Paid-in

Capital

 

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated

Deficit)

   

Accumulated

Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

   

Common
Stockholder’s

Equity

   

Comprehensive

Income

 
    Shares   Par Value          

Balance at December 31, 2006

  1,000   $ 1   $ 4,572,454   $ (736,292 )   $ (18,766 )   $ 3,817,397    

Net income

  —       —       —       51,863       —         51,863     $ 51,863  

Capital contribution

  —       —       651,092     —         —         651,092       —    

Pension plan reclassed to periodic benefit cost:

             

Prior service cost

  —       —       —       —         18       18       18  

Actuarial loss

  —       —       —       —         36       36       36  

Foreign currency translation

  —       —       —       —         (257 )     (257 )     (257 )
                   

Total comprehensive income

  —       —       —       —         —         —       $ 51,660  
                                               

Balance at June 30, 2007

  1,000   $ 1   $ 5,223,546   $ (684,429 )   $ (18,969 )   $ 4,520,149    
                                         
   

Balance at December 31, 2005

  1,000   $ 1   $ 3,378,000   $ (574,049 )   $ 764     $ 2,804,716    

Net income

  —       —       —       29,858       —         29,858     $ 29,858  

Market value adjustments for investments, net of tax

  —       —       —       —         273       273       273  

Foreign currency translation

  —       —       —       —         154       154       154  
                   

Total comprehensive income

  —       —       —       —         —         —       $ 30,285  
                                               

Balance at June 30, 2006

  1,000   $ 1   $ 3,378,000   $ (544,191 )   $ 1,191     $ 2,835,001    
                                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

Note 1: Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated balance sheets of American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies (the “Company”) at June 30, 2007, the consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, the consolidated statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated statements of common stockholder’s equity and comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, are unaudited, but reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring accruals, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to present fairly the consolidated financial position, the consolidated changes in common stockholder’s equity, the consolidated results of operations, and the consolidated cash flow for the periods presented. Because they cover interim periods, the unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes to the consolidated financial statements do not include all disclosures and notes normally provided in annual financial statements and, therefore, should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes included in the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year.

RWE Aktiengesellschaft (“RWE”) has announced its intention to divest the Company through an initial public offering (“IPO”). These consolidated financial statements represent the consolidated results of the Company, formerly issued under the name of Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. (“TWAUSHI”). The Company’s name has been changed in anticipation of RWE’s offering. American Water Works Company, Inc. (“AWW”) is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of TWAUSHI. Both AWW and TWAUSHI are within a common control group of entities being divested by RWE with AWW as the lead entity. TWAUSHI was merged with and into AWW, with AWW as the surviving entity. The aforementioned merger will be completed prior to the IPO. The IPO will require filing of a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The registration will be filed in the name of AWW.

Note 2: Significant Accounting Policies

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” (“FIN 48”), an Interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 is intended to address inconsistencies among entities with the measurement and recognition in accounting for income tax deductions for financial statement purposes. Specifically, FIN 48 addresses the timing of the recognition of income tax benefits. FIN 48 requires the financial statement recognition of an income tax benefit when the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted it as required on January 1, 2007 and it did not have a significant effect on its results of operations or financial position. The Company has elected to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as income tax expense.

During 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ratified EITF Issue No. 06-3, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation)” (“EITF 06-3”). The Task Force reached a consensus that the scope of EITF 06-3 includes any tax assessed by a governmental authority that is both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer, and that the presentation of such taxes is an accounting policy that should be disclosed. The Company’s accounting policy is to present these taxes on a net basis (excluded from revenues).

 

F-45


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Unaudited)—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Note 3: Goodwill

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s goodwill by reportable segment:

 

     Regulated
Businesses
   Non-Regulated
Businesses
   Consolidated

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 2,832,811    $ 129,682    $ 2,962,493

Goodwill acquired during the year

     71      —        71
                    

Balance at June 30, 2007

   $ 2,832,882    $ 129,682    $ 2,962,564
                    

Note 4: Short-Term Debt

The components of short-term debt are as follows:

 

    

June 30,

2007

  

December 31,

2006

RWE revolver

   $ —      $ 130,000

RWE short-term notes

     141,000      268,230

Commercial paper

     —        321,339

Other short-term debt

     167      176
             

Total short-term debt

   $ 141,167    $ 719,745
             

 

F-46


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Unaudited)—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Note 5: Long-Term Debt

The components of long-term debt are as follows:

 

    Rate   Maturity
Date
  June 30,
2007
  December 31,
2006

Long-term debt of American Water Works Company, Inc. Mandatory redeemable preferred stock (a)

  5.90%   2013   $ 1,750,000   $ 1,750,000

Long-term debt of American Water Capital Corp.

       

Private activity bonds and government funded debt

       

Floating rate

  3.72%-3.92%   2018-2032     86,860     86,860

Senior notes

       

Fixed rate

  5.39%-6.87%   2011-2022     1,212,000     623,000

RWE notes (b)

       

Fixed rate

  4.00%-6.05%   2008-2034     81,000     465,300

Long-term debt of other subsidiaries

       

Private activity bonds and government funded debt

       

Fixed rate

  0.00%-6.88%   2009-2038     948,348     949,240

Floating rate

  3.75%-3.87%   2015-2032     178,145     178,145

Mortgage bonds

       

Fixed rate

  6.31%-10.06%   2007-2034     802,840     832,876

Senior debt

       

Fixed rate

  5.60%-7.61%   2007-2025     53,500     146,000

Mandatory redeemable preferred stock

  4.60%-9.75%   2013-2036     24,856     25,032

Notes payable and other (c)

  5.76%-11.77%   2007-2026     3,859     5,703
               

Long-term debt

        5,141,408     5,062,156

Unamortized debt discount, net

        80,545     96,106
               

Total long-term debt

      $ 5,221,953   $ 5,158,262
               

(a) Thames Water Investments Luxembourg (“TWILUX”), an affiliate and wholly owned subsidiary of RWE, is the holder of $1,750,000 of the Company’s 5.9% preferred stock, par value $1,000, which was issued in connection with RWE’s acquisition of American Water Works Company, Inc. 1,750 shares were authorized and outstanding at June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006.
(b) Debt funded by RWE.
(c) Includes capital lease obligations of $2,091 and $2,191 at June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.

The Company issued in private placements additional Senior Notes in the principal amount of $617,000 during 2007. Interest rates ranged from 5.39% to 5.77% and maturities ranged from 7 years to 15 years. In 2007, RWE made equity contributions to the Company amounting to $651,092. The Company used the contributions and proceeds from the Senior Notes to offset loans payable to RWE, payoff commercial paper and for other corporate purposes amounting to $513,000, $361,500 and $393,592, respectively.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Unaudited)—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The following long-term debt was issued in 2007:

 

Company

  

Type

   Interest Rate    Maturity    Amount

American Water Capital Corp.

   Senior notes    5.39%-5.77%    2013-2022    $ 617,000

Pennsylvania-American Water Company

   State financing authority loans    1.39%-1.62%    2022-2023      450
               

Total issuances

            $ 617,450
               

The following debt was retired through optional redemption or payment at maturity during 2007:

 

Company

  

Type

  Interest Rate   Maturity   Amount

Long-term debt

        

American Water Capital Corp.

   Senior notes—fixed rate   6.87%   2011   $ 28,000

American Water Capital Corp.

   RWE notes—fixed rate   4.00% -5.90%   2007-2034     384,300

Elizabethtown Water Company

   Called senior debt   7.25% -8.75%   2021-2028     92,500

Other Subsidiaries

     0.00%-9.87%   2007-2032     33,083

Preferred stock with mandatory redemption requirements

        

Miscellaneous

     4.75%-8.88%   2007-2019     176
            

Total retirements & redemptions

         $ 538,059
            

 

F-48


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Unaudited)—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Note 6: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The following tables provide the components of net periodic benefit costs:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2007     2006  

Components of net periodic pension benefit cost

    

Service cost

   $ 12,806     $ 12,154  

Interest cost

     26,644       24,812  

Expected return on plan assets

     (23,526 )     (21,152 )

Amortization of:

    

Prior service cost (credit)

     64       248  

Actuarial (gain) loss

     132       742  
                

Periodic pension benefit cost

     16,120       16,804  
                

Special termination pension benefit charge

     93       222  

Curtailment charge

     —         895  

Settlement charge (credit)

     —         65  
                

Net periodic pension benefit cost

   $ 16,213     $ 17,986  
                

Components of net periodic other postretirement benefit cost

    

Service cost

   $ 6,342     $ 5,806  

Interest cost

     12,692       12,174  

Expected return on plan assets

     (10,532 )     (9,844 )

Amortization of:

    

Transition obligation (asset)

     86       86  

Prior service cost (credit)

     (590 )     (572 )

Actuarial (gain) loss

     —         1,006  
                

Periodic other postretirement benefit cost

     7,998       8,656  
                

Curtailment charge

     —         (10 )
                

Net periodic other postretirement benefit cost

   $ 7,998     $ 8,646  
                

The Company contributed $19,200 to its defined benefit pension plan in the first six months of 2007 and intends to contribute $30,400 during the balance of 2007. In addition, the Company contributed $12,507 for the funding of its other postretirement plans in the first six months of 2007 and expects to contribute $12,507 during the balance of 2007.

Note 7: Segment Information

The Company has two reportable segments, named the Regulated Businesses and the Non-Regulated Businesses segments. The Regulated Businesses segment is comprised of the Company’s water and wastewater regulated utility companies operating in the states where services are provided. The Non-Regulated Businesses segment includes distinctive lines of non-regulated businesses which provide ancillary water and wastewater services.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Unaudited)—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     As of or for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2007
     Regulated    Non-Regulated    Other     Consolidated

Net operating revenues

   $ 927,910    $ 106,960    $ (7,593 )   $ 1,027,277

Depreciation and amortization

     127,206      5,247      311       132,764

Total operating expenses, net

     719,480      95,919      (12,930 )     802,469

Adjusted EBIT(1)

     210,052      14,031     

Total assets

     9,725,776      310,026      3,035,783       13,071,585

Construction expenditures

     304,610      3,116             307,726
     As of or for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006
     Regulated    Non-Regulated    Other     Consolidated

Net operating revenues

   $ 883,017    $ 129,428    $ (4,754 )   $ 1,007,691

Depreciation and amortization

     120,368      6,351      2,009       128,728

Total operating expenses, net

     665,294      129,367      (10,900 )     783,761

Adjusted EBIT(1)

     220,555      342     

Total assets

     9,118,166      328,795      3,195,431       12,642,392

Construction expenditures

     225,982      9,836             235,818

(1) Management evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources based on several factors, of which the primary measure is Adjusted EBIT. Adjusted EBIT does not represent cash flow for periods presented and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of the Company’s operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows as a source of liquidity. Adjusted EBIT as defined by the Company may not be comparable with Adjusted EBIT as defined by other companies.

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBIT, as defined by the Company, to income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:

 

     As of or for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2007  
     Regulated     Non-Regulated    

Total Segments

 

Adjusted EBIT

   $ 210,052     $ 14,031     $ 224,083  

Add:

      

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     3,169       —         3,169  

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

     1,512       —         1,512  

Less:

      

Interest

     (109,201 )     (5,667 )     (114,868 )

Preferred dividends of subsidiaries

     (113 )     —         (113 )

Amortization of debt expense

     (2,587 )     —         (2,587 )
                        

Segments’ income (loss) from continuing operations
before income taxes

   $ 102,832     $ 8,364       $111,196  

Interest

     —         —         (28,102 )

Other

     —         —         3,698  
            

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

      

$


86,792


 

            

 

F-50


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Unaudited)—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     As of or for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2006  
     Regulated     Non-Regulated    

Total Segments

 

Adjusted EBIT

   $ 220,555       $342     $ 220,897  

Add:

      

Allowance for other funds used during construction

     3,145       —         3,145  

Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction

     1,366       —         1,366  

Less:

      

Interest

     (101,785 )     (6,019 )     (107,804 )

Preferred dividends of subsidiaries

     (112 )     —         (112 )

Amortization of debt expense

     (1,739 )     —         (1,739 )
                        

Segments’ income (loss) from continuing operations
before income taxes

   $ 121,430     $ (5,677 )   $ 115,753  

Interest

         (71,164 )

Other

         3,622  
            

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

       $ 48,211  
            

Note 8: Contingencies

The Company is routinely involved in condemnation proceedings and legal actions relating to several subsidiaries. In the opinion of management, none of these matters is expected to have a material adverse effect, if any, on the results of operations, financial position, or cash flows of the Company.

Notice of termination of the $1,750,000 of preferred stock with TWILUX, long-term debt of approximately $81,000 with RWE, and short-term debt of approximately $141,000 with RWE in part or in full on demand at the option of RWE is possible and mandatory if there is a change in shareholder structure of the Company.

In November 2006, a California County Superior Court held that the City of Stockton, California had not complied with the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act when it entered its agreement with OMI/TW. The California court subsequently entered a writ requiring the city to rescind the contract within 180 days. The Company continues to strongly affirm the integrity and propriety of selection process. However, after careful analysis and review, OMI/TW and the City jointly concluded that engaging in any further legal defense of the contract would be counterproductive to serving the needs of Stockton citizens and mutually agreed to end the contract to manage and operate the City’s wastewater, water and stormwater system. OMI/TW will continue to manage and operate the system through February 2008, at which time the responsibility for management and operation of the system will be returned to the City. The amount of the loss, if any, OMI/TW will sustain if it is unable to recover its investment in the project is not presently determinable. The Company’s portion of revenue since inception of the contract in August 2003 is approximately $75,000.

The Company is involved in other legal proceedings and disputes incident to the normal conduct of business. As of June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the Company has recorded $3,950 in other current liabilities for estimated losses related to these proceedings. There is a reasonable possibility these matters may result in additional losses to the Company.

Note 9: Net Income (loss) per Common Share

Basic net income per common share, income from continuing operations per common share and income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax per common share are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted net income per common share, income from continuing operations per

 

F-51


Table of Contents

American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies

(formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Unaudited)—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

common share and income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax per common share are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and potentially dilutive shares. The Company had no potentially dilutive shares for the six months ended June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006. All common shares outstanding are held by RWE.

Note 10: Subsequent Events

Impairment

The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test is completed during the fourth quarter. The Company has processes to monitor for interim triggering events. During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company had recognized a goodwill impairment in its Regulated Businesses reporting unit which effectively reduced the reporting unit’s carrying value to its fair value. During the third quarter of 2007, as a result of the Company’s debt being placed on review for a possible downgrade and the proposed sale of the Company in an IPO, management determined at that time that it was appropriate to update its valuation analysis before the next scheduled annual test.

Based on this assessment, the Company is performing an interim impairment test and, in the third quarter of 2007, expects to record an impairment charge to goodwill related to its Regulated Businesses in the amount of approximately $243,345. The impairment charge was not due to any one significant event but represents the result of an approximate 0.5% decline in the estimated fair value of the Regulated Businesses from November 30, 2006. The decline was primarily due to a slightly lower long-term earnings forecast caused by updated customer demand and usage expectations and expectations for timing of capital expenditures and rate recovery.

Equity Contribution

During September 2007, RWE made a $150,000 cash contribution to the Company. The Company used the capital contribution for general working capital purposes.

Refinancing of RWE Preferred Stock

During September 2007, the Company borrowed $1,750,000 from RWE. The new borrowings bear interest monthly at the 1 month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 22.5 basis points and mature on the earliest of the following to occur: (a) March 20, 2009, (b) the Company and RWE mutually agree to terminate the loan with all accrued and unpaid interest and principal becoming immediately due and payable in full, or (c) the date on which RWE no longer owns more than 80% of the voting rights of the Company. The Company used the proceeds to redeem $1,750,000 of its 5.9% mandatory redeemable preferred stock.

Merger

During September 2007, TWAUSHI merged with and into AWW, with AWW being the surviving company. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger, each share of common stock of AWW outstanding immediately prior to the Merger was cancelled and each share of TWAUSHI common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Merger was converted into one share of AWW common stock.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

                 Shares

American Water Works Company, Inc.

Common Stock

 


LOGO

 


Joint Book-Running Managers

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Citi

Merrill Lynch & Co.

 



Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the expenses (other than underwriting compensation expected to be incurred) in connection with this offering. All of such amounts (except the SEC registration fee and NASD filing fee) are estimated.

 

SEC registration fee

   $46,050.00

Listing fee

   *

FINRA filing fee

   75,500.00

Blue Sky fees and expenses

   *

Printing and engraving costs

   *

Legal fees and expenses

   *

Accounting fees and expenses

   *

Transfer Agent and Registrar fees and expenses

   *

Miscellaneous

   *
    

Total

   *
    

* To be provided by amendment

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any officer or director who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our bylaws generally provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.

The registrant also obtained officers’ and directors’ liability insurance which insures against liabilities that officers and directors of the registrant may, in such capacities, incur. Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides that a

 

II-1


Table of Contents

corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under that section.

Section 10(c) of the Underwriting Agreement, to be filed as Exhibit 1.1, provides that the underwriters named therein will indemnify us and hold us harmless and each of our directors, officers or controlling persons from and against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Section 10(e) of the Underwriting Agreement also provides that such underwriters will contribute to certain liabilities of such persons under the Securities Act.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, the Registrant has not issued any securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 (a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Description

  1.1    Underwriting Agreement.*
  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 16, 2001, among RWE Aktiengesellschaft, Thames Water Aqua Holdings GmbH, Apollo Acquisition Company and American Water Works Company, Inc.*
  2.2    Separation Agreement, dated as of                     , 2007, by and among RWE Aktiengesellschaft and American Water Works Company, Inc. *
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Water Works Company, Inc.*
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of American Water Works Company, Inc.*
  4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate.*
  4.2    Note Purchase Agreement, as amended, dated as of December 21, 2006, by and between American Water Capital Corp. and the Purchasers named therein for purchase of $101,000,000 5.39% Series A Senior Notes due 2013, $37,500,000 5.52% Series B Senior Notes due 2016, $329,500,000 5.62% Series C Senior Notes due 2018 and $432,000,000 5.77% Series D Senior Notes due 2021.
  4.3    Note Purchase Agreement, as amended, dated as of March 29, 2007, by and between American Water Capital Corp. and the Purchasers named therein for purchase of $100,000,000 5.62% Series E Senior Notes due 2019 and $100,000,000 5.77% Series F Senior Notes due 2022.
  5.1    Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.*
  9.1    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of                     , 2007, by and among American Water Works Company, Inc., RWE Aktiengesellschaft and Thames Water Aqua Holdings GmbH.*
10.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2006, among American Water Capital Corp., the Lenders identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
10.2    USD 1,750,000,000 Loan Agreement, dated as of September 20, 2007, among
RWE Aktiengesellschaft and American Water Capital Corp.*
10.3    Support Agreement, as subsequently amended, dated June 22, 2000, by and between America Water Works Company, Inc. and American Water Capital Corp.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description

10.4      Employment Agreement between Donald L. Correll and American Water Works Company, Inc., dated March 10, 2006.*
10.5      Employment Agreement between Ellen C. Wolf and American Water Works Company, Inc., dated December 29, 2005.*
10.6      Separation Agreement between Dietrich Firnhaber and RWE Aktiengesellschaft, dated                                  .*
10.7      RWE Long-Term Incentive Beat Plan 2005, dated as of April 20, 2005.
10.8      Amended and Restated American Water Works Company, Inc. Executive Retirement Plan, dated as of March 1, 2007.
10.9      Amended and Restated American Water Works Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of January 1, 2001.
10.10    RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (A).*
10.11    RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (B).*
10.12    American Water Works Company, Inc. 401(k) Restoration Plan.*
10.13    2004 Thames Water/RWE Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated as of January 1, 2004.
10.14    RWE Long-Term Incentive Plan 2002 (LTIP), dated as of 2002.
10.15    Employment Agreement between American Water Works Service Company, Inc. and Terry L. Gloriod, dated as of February 10, 2006.*
10.16    Form of Executive Completion Bonus in connection with the RWE Divestiture, dated as of March 20, 2006.
10.17    Form of Retention Agreement in connection with the RWE Divestiture, dated as of March 20, 2006.
10.18    American Water Works Company, Inc. Executive Severance Policy, dated as of June 14, 2006.
10.19    Secondment Contract between RWE Solutions AG and Dietrich Firnhaber, dated as of January 1, 2003.
10.20    2007 American Water Senior Management Annual Incentive Plan.
10.21    2006 American Water Senior Management Annual Incentive Plan.
10.22    American Water Works Company, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan.
10.23    Settlement Agreement by and between California American Water Company and the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, dated as of June 29, 2006.*
21.1      Subsidiaries of American Water Works Company, Inc.*
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2      Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).*
24.1      Power of Attorney.**

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

The financial statement schedules are omitted because they are inapplicable or the requested information is shown in the consolidated statements of American Water or related notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

(1) The undersigned will provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it is declared effective.

(3) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Voorhees, state of New Jersey, on October 11, 2007.

 

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

By:  

/s/    Donald L. Correll        

Name:   Donald L. Correll
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 11th day of October, 2007.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/    Donald L. Correll        

  

Donald L. Correll

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

*

  

Ellen C. Wolf

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

*

  

George MacKenzie

(Director)

*

  

Martha Clark Goss

(Director)

*

  

Andreas G. Zetzsche

(Director)

*

  

Dr. Rolf Pohlig

(Director)

*

  

Dr. Manfred Döss

(Director)

*

  

William J. Marrazzo

(Director)

 

*By:   /s/    Donald L. Correll        
  Donald L. Correll as Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Description

  1.1      Underwriting Agreement.*
  2.1      Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 16, 2001, among RWE Aktiengesellschaft, Thames Water Aqua Holdings GmbH, Apollo Acquisition Company and American Water Works Company, Inc.*
  2.2      Separation Agreement, dated as of                     , 2007, by and among RWE Aktiengesellschaft and American Water Works Company, Inc. *
  3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Water Works Company, Inc.*
  3.2      Amended and Restated Bylaws of American Water Works Company, Inc.*
  4.1      Specimen Common Stock Certificate.*
  4.2      Note Purchase Agreement, as amended, dated as of December 21, 2006, by and between American Water Capital Corp. and the Purchasers named therein for purchase of $101,000,000 5.39% Series A Senior Notes due 2013, $37,500,000 5.52% Series B Senior Notes due 2016, $329,500,000 5.62% Series C Senior Notes due 2018 and $432,000,000 5.77% Series D Senior Notes due 2021.
  4.3      Note Purchase Agreement, as amended, dated as of March 29, 2007, by and between American Water Capital Corp. and the Purchasers named therein for purchase of $100,000,000 5.62% Series E Senior Notes due 2019 and $100,000,000 5.77% Series F Senior Notes due 2022.
  5.1      Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.*
  9.1      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of                     , 2007, by and among American Water Works Company, Inc., RWE Aktiengesellschaft and Thames Water Aqua Holdings GmbH.*
10.1      Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2006, among American Water Capital Corp., the Lenders identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
10.2      USD 1,750,000,000 Loan Agreement, dated as of September 20, 2007, among RWE Aktiengesellschaft and American Water Capital Corp.*
10.3      Support Agreement, as subsequently amended, dated June 22, 2000, by and between America Water Works Company, Inc. and American Water Capital Corp.
10.4      Employment Agreement between Donald L. Correll and American Water Works Company, Inc., dated March 10, 2006.*
10.5      Employment Agreement between Ellen C. Wolf and American Water Works Company, Inc., dated December 29, 2005.*
10.6      Separation Agreement between Dietrich Firnhaber and RWE Aktiengesellschaft, dated                 .*
10.7      RWE Long-Term Incentive Beat Plan 2005, dated as of April 20, 2005.
10.8      Amended and Restated American Water Works Company, Inc. Executive Retirement Plan, dated as of March 1, 2007.
10.9      Amended and Restated American Water Works Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of January 1, 2001.
10.10    RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (A).*

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description

10.11    RWE Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (B).*
10.12    American Water Works Company, Inc. 401(k) Restoration Plan.*
10.13    2004 Thames Water/RWE Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated as of January 1, 2004.
10.14    RWE Long Term Incentive Plan 2002 (LTIP), dated as of 2002.
10.15    Employment Agreement between American Water Works Service Company, Inc. and Terry L. Gloriod, dated as of February 10, 2006.*
10.16    Form of Executive Completion Bonus in connection with the RWE Divestiture, dated as of March 20, 2006.
10.17    Form of Retention Agreement in connection with the RWE Divestiture, dated as of March 20, 2006.
10.18    American Water Works Company, Inc. Executive Severance Policy, dated as of June 14, 2006.
10.19    Secondment Contract between RWE Solutions AG and Dietrich Firnhaber, dated as of January 1, 2003.
10.20    2007 American Water Senior Management Annual Incentive Plan.
10.21    2006 American Water Senior Management Annual Incentive Plan.
10.22    American Water Works Company, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan.
10.23    Settlement Agreement by and between California American Water Company and the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, dated as of June 29, 2006.*
21.1      Subsidiaries of American Water Works Company, Inc.*
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2      Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).*
24.1      Power of Attorney.**

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.

 

II-7

Exhibit 4.2

SEE SECTION 20 REGARDING NOTICE TO COMPANY

OF DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH LITIGATION

 


A MERICAN W ATER C APITAL C ORP .

$101,000,000 5.39% Series A Senior Notes due December 21, 2013

$37,500,000 5.52% Series B Senior Notes due December 21, 2016

$329,500,000 5.62% Series C Senior Notes due December 21, 2018

$432,000,000 5.77% Series D Senior Notes due December 21, 2021

Support Agreement from

A MERICAN W ATER W ORKS C OMPANY , I NC .

 


NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 


Dated December 21, 2006

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page
1.    Authorization of Notes; Support Agreement    1
   1.1.    The Notes    1
   1.2.    The Support Agreement    2
2.    Sale and Purchase of Notes    9
3.    Closings    2
   3.1.    First Closing    2
   3.2.    Notice of Second Closing; Second Closing    3
   3.3.    Notice of Third Closing; Third Closing    3
   3.4.    Failure of the Company to Deliver    4
4.    Conditions to Closings    4
   4.1.    Representations and Warranties    4
   4.2.    Performance; No Default    4
   4.3.    Compliance Certificates    5
   4.4.    Opinions of Counsel    5
   4.5.    Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc    5
   4.6.    Sale of Other Notes    5
   4.7.    Payment of Special Counsel Fees    6
   4.8.    Private Placement Number    6
   4.9.    Changes in Corporate Structure    6
   4.10.    Funding Instructions    6
   4.11.    Proceedings and Documents    6
5.    Representations and Warranties of the Company    6
   5.1.    Organization; Power and Authority    6
   5.2.    Authorization, Etc    7
   5.3.    Disclosure    7
   5.4.    Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries    8
   5.5.    Financial Statements; Material Liabilities    8
   5.6.    Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc    9
   5.7.    Governmental Authorizations, Etc    9
   5.8.    Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders    9
   5.9.    Taxes    9
   5.10.    Title to Property; Leases    10
   5.11.    Licenses, Permits, Etc    10
   5.12.    Compliance with ERISA    10
   5.13.    Private Offering by the Company    11
   5.14.    Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations    11
   5.15.    Existing Debt; Future Liens    12
   5.16.    Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc    12
   5.17.    Status under Certain Statutes    13
   5.18.    Environmental Matters    13

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

               Page
6.    Representations of the Purchasers    13
   6.1.    Purchase for Investment    13
   6.2.    Source of Funds    14
7.    Information as to Company    16
   7.1.    Financial and Business Information    16
   7.2.    Officer’s Certificate    19
   7.3.    Visitation    20
8.    Payment and Prepayment of the Notes    20
   8.1.    Interest; Maturity    20
   8.2.    Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount    21
   8.3.    Prepayment of Notes Upon Change in Control    21
   8.4.    Offer to Prepay Upon Disposition of Certain Assets    23
   8.5.    Allocation of Partial Prepayments    23
   8.6.    Maturity; Surrender, Etc    24
   8.7.    Purchase of Notes    24
   8.8.    Make-Whole Amount    24
9.    Affirmative Covenants    25
   9.1.    Compliance with Law    25
   9.2.    Insurance    26
   9.3.    Maintenance of Properties    26
   9.4.    Payment of Taxes and Claims    26
   9.5.    Corporate Existence, Etc    26
   9.6.    Books and Records    27
10.    Negative Covenants    27
   10.1.    Transactions with Affiliates    27
   10.2.    Merger, Consolidation, Etc    27
   10.3.    Line of Business    28
   10.4.    Terrorism Sanctions Regulations    28
   10.5.    Debt Capitalization Ratio    28
   10.6.    Liens    29
   10.7.    Dividends and Distributions    31
   10.8.    Use of Proceeds    31
   10.9.    Support Agreement    32
   10.10    Sale of Assets    32
   10.11    Priority Debt    32
11.    Events of Default    32
12.    Remedies on Default, Etc    35
   12.1.    Acceleration    35
   12.2.    Other Remedies    36
   12.3.    Rescission    36
   12.4.    No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc    36

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

               Page
13.    Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes    37
   13.1.    Registration of Notes    37
   13.2.    Transfer and Exchange of Notes    37
   13.3.    Replacement of Notes    37
14.    Payments on Notes    38
   14.1.    Place of Payment    38
   14.2.    Home Office Payment    38
15.    Expenses, Etc    39
   15.1.    Transaction Expenses    39
   15.2.    Survival    39
16.    Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement    39
17.    Amendment and Waiver    40
   17.1.    Requirements    40
   17.2.    Solicitation of Holders of Notes    40
   17.3.    Binding Effect, etc    40
   17.4.    Notes Held by Company, etc    40
18.    Notices       41
19.    Reproduction of Documents    41
20.    Confidential Information    42
21.    Substitution of Purchaser    43
22.    Miscellaneous       43
   22.1.    Assumption by the Parent or a Domestic Subsidiary    43
   22.2.    Interest Rate Limitation    44
   22.3.    Successors and Assigns    44
   22.4.    Payments Due on Non-Business Days    44
   22.5.    Accounting Terms    45
   22.6.    Severability    45
   22.7.    Construction, etc    45
   22.8.    Counterparts    45
   22.9.    Governing Law    45
   22.10.    Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial    46

 

iii


Schedule A      Information Relating to Purchasers
Schedule B      Defined Terms
Schedule 5.3      Disclosure Materials
Schedule 5.4      Subsidiaries of the Parent; Significant Subsidiaries of the Parent and Ownership of Subsidiary Stock
Schedule 5.5      Financial Statements
Schedule 5.15      Existing Debt
Schedule 10.10      Certain Transfers
Exhibit 1.1(a)      Form of 5.39% Series A Senior Note due December 21, 2013
Exhibit 1.1(b)      Form of 5.52% Series B Senior Note due December 21, 2016
Exhibit l.l(c)      Form of 5.62% Series C Senior Note due December 21, 2018
Exhibit 1.1(d)      Form of 5.77% Series D Senior Note due December 21, 2021
Exhibit 1.2      Support Agreement
Exhibit 4.4(a)      Form of Opinion of George Patrick, General Counsel to the Company and the Parent
Exhibit 4.4(b)      Form of Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, Special New York Counsel for the Company and the Parent
Exhibit 4.4(c)      Form of Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP, Special Counsel for the Purchasers

 

iv


AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.

1025 Laurel Oak Road

Voorhees, New Jersey 08043

5.39% Series A Senior Notes due December 21, 2013

5.52% Series B Senior Notes due December 21, 2016

5.62% Series C Senior Notes due December 21, 2018

5.77% Series D Senior Notes due December 21, 2021

December 21, 2006

To Each of the Purchasers Listed in

Schedule A Hereto:

Ladies and Gentlemen:

American Water Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) hereby agrees with each of the purchasers whose names appear at the end hereof (each, a “Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Purchasers”) as follows:

 

1. AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES; SUPPORT AGREEMENT.

1.1. The Notes.

The Company will authorize the issue and sale of:

(a) $101,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.39% Series A Senior Notes, due December 21, 2013 (including any amendments, restatements or modifications from time to time thereto, the “ Series A Notes ”, such term to include any such notes issued in substitution or exchange therefor pursuant to Section 13);

(b) $37,500,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.52% Series B Senior Notes, due December 21, 2016 (including any amendments, restatements or modifications from time to time thereto, the “ Series B Notes ”, such term to include any such notes issued in substitution or exchange therefor pursuant to Section 13);

(c) $329,500,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.62% Series C Senior Notes, due December 21, 2018 (including any amendments, restatements or modifications from time to time thereto, the “ Series C Notes ”, such term to include any such notes issued in substitution or exchange therefor pursuant to Section 13); and

(d) $432,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.77% Series D Senior Notes, due December 21, 2021 (including any amendments, restatements or modifications from time to time thereto, the “ Series D Notes ”, such term to include any such notes issued in substitution or exchange therefor pursuant to Section 13).


The Series A Notes, the Series B Notes, the Series C Notes and the Series D Notes are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the “ Notes ,” and each of the Notes is sometimes referred to herein individually as a “ Note .” The Series A Notes, the Series B Notes, the Series C Notes and the Series D Notes shall be substantially in the respective forms set out in Exhibits 1.1(a), 1.1(b), 1.1(c) and 1.1(d). Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B; and references to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement.

1.2. The Support Agreement.

The Parent previously entered into a Support Agreement, dated June 22, 2000 and amended as of July 26, 2000 (as such agreement may be hereafter amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and the provisions of this Agreement, the “ Support Agreement ”), with the Company, a copy of which (as in effect on the date of this Agreement) is attached hereto as Exhibit 1.2, pursuant to which the Parent has agreed, among other things, to provide funds to the Company if it is unable to make timely payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on Debt (as defined in the Support Agreement) issued by the Company.

 

2. SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closings provided for in Section 3, Notes in the principal amounts, in the Series and at the Closings specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The Purchasers’ obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or non-performance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.

 

3. CLOSINGS.

3.1. First Closing.

The closing of the sale and purchase of $48,700,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes, $21,200,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes, $175,400,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series C Notes and $237,700,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series D Notes, in each case to be purchased by the Purchasers shall occur at the offices of Bingham McCutchen LLP, 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York at 10:00 a.m., local time, at a closing (the “ First Closing ”) on December 21, 2006 (the “ First Closing Date ”) or on such later Business Day as may be agreed upon by the Company and the relevant Purchasers. At the First Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note for each Series of Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser (or such greater number of Notes of each Series in denominations of at least $100,000 as such Purchaser may request), dated the First Closing Date and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer for the account of the Company to account number 8013583379 at PNC Bank, National Association, 1600 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, ABA# 031207607.

 

-2-


3.2. Notice of Second Closing; Second Closing.

(a) Notice of Second Closing . Subsequent to the date hereof, the Company shall deliver to each Purchaser an irrevocable written notice specifying a date no later than January 31, 2007, as the date of the sale of $24,300,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes, $13,800,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes, $110,600,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series C Notes and $165,300,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series D Notes (the “ Second Closing Date ”), provided that if no such notice is given, the Second Closing Date shall be January 31, 2007. Such notice shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than thirty (30) days prior to the Second Closing Date.

(b) Second Closing . The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each of the Purchasers on the Second Closing Date shall occur at the offices of Bingham McCutchen LLP, 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York at 10:00 a.m., local time, at a closing (the “ Second Closing ”) on the Second Closing Date or on such later Business Day as may be agreed upon by the Company and the relevant Purchasers. At the Second Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note for each Series of Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser (or such greater number of Notes of each Series in denominations of at least $100,000 as such Purchaser may request), dated the Second Closing Date and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company as set forth in Section 3.1 unless otherwise directed in writing by the Company at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Second Closing Date.

3.3. Notice of Third Closing; Third Closing.

(a) Notice of Third Closing . Subsequent to the date hereof, the Company shall deliver to each Purchaser an irrevocable written notice specifying a date no later than February 15, 2007, as the date of the sale of $28,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes, $2,500,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes, $43,500,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series C Notes and $29,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series D Notes (the “ Third Closing Date ,” the First Closing Date, the Second Closing Date and the Third Closing Date being sometimes referred to herein, individually, as a “ Closing Date ”), provided that if no such notice is given, the Third Closing Date shall be February 15, 2007. Such notice shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than thirty (30) days prior to the Third Closing Date.

(b) Third Closing . The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each of the Purchasers on the Third Closing Date shall occur at the offices of Bingham McCutchen LLP, 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York at 10:00 a.m., local time, at a closing (the “ Third Closing ,” the First Closing, the Second Closing and the Third Closing

 

-3-


being sometimes referred to herein collectively as the “ Closings ” and individually as a “ Closing ”) on the Third Closing Date or on such later Business Day as may be agreed upon by the Company and the relevant Purchasers. At the Third Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note for each Series of Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser (or such greater number of Notes of each Series in denominations of at least $100,000 as such Purchaser may request), dated the Third Closing Date and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company as set forth in Section 3.1 unless otherwise directed in writing by the Company at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Third Closing Date.

3.4. Failure of the Company to Deliver.

If on any Closing Date the Company fails to tender to any Purchaser the Notes to be acquired by such Purchaser on such Closing Date as provided above in this Section 3, or if the conditions specified in Section 4 have not been fulfilled on the applicable Closing Date to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Notes to be acquired by such Purchaser on such Closing Date, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.

 

4. CONDITIONS TO CLOSINGS.

The obligation of the Company to deliver the Notes to each relevant Purchaser on the applicable Closing Date is subject to the Company receiving the purchase price therefor. Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser on a Closing Date is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, prior to or on such Closing Date, of the following conditions:

4.1. Representations and Warranties.

The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement shall be correct (a) when made as of the date hereof, (b) with respect to the First Closing, on the First Closing Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement at the First Closing, (c) with respect to the Second Closing, on the Second Closing Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement at the First Closing and the Second Closing and (d) with respect to the Third Closing, on the Third Closing Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement at each of the Closings.

4.2. Performance; No Default.

The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or on such Closing Date and, after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.14) on such Closing Date, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Neither the Company, the Parent nor any Subsidiary shall have entered into any transaction since the date of the Memorandum that would have been prohibited by Sections 10.1 or 10.10 had such Sections applied since such date.

 

-4-


4.3. Compliance Certificates.

(a) Officer’s Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the applicable Closing Date, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.9 have been fulfilled.

(b) Secretary’s Certificates . The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated the applicable Closing Date, certifying as to the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes and this Agreement and as to an attached copy of the Support Agreement.

4.4. Opinions of Counsel.

Such Purchaser shall have received opinions (a) from George Patrick, General Counsel to the Company and the Parent, dated the applicable Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.4(a), (b) from Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, special New York counsel for the Company and the Parent, dated the applicable Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.4(b) (and the Company hereby instructs its counsel to deliver such opinion to the Purchasers) and (c) from Bingham McCutchen LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, dated the applicable Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.4(c).

4.5. Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc.

On each Closing Date, such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes to be purchased on such Closing Date shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof. If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

4.6. Sale of Other Notes.

Contemporaneously with each Closing, the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at such Closing as specified in Schedule A.

 

-5-


4.7. Payment of Special Counsel Fees.

Without limiting the provisions of Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before each Closing Date the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.4 to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one (1) Business Day prior to such Closing.

4.8. Private Placement Number.

A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for each Series of Notes.

4.9. Changes in Corporate Structure.

Neither the Company nor the Parent shall have changed its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable, or been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Schedule 5.5.

4.10. Funding Instructions.

At least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of each Closing, each Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer on letterhead of the Company confirming the information specified in Section 3 including (i) the name and address of the transferee bank, (ii) such transferee bank’s ABA number and (iii) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes is to be deposited.

4.11. Proceedings and Documents.

All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such special counsel may reasonably request.

 

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

5.1. Organization; Power and Authority.

Each of the Company and the Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing is not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Company and the Parent has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, and, in the case of the Company, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.

 

-6-


5.2. Authorization, Etc.

This Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). The Support Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Parent and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Parent enforceable against the Parent in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

5.3. Disclosure.

The Private Placement Memorandum, relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, dated November 2006 (the “ Memorandum ”), fairly describes, in all material respects, the general nature of the business and the types of properties of the Parent, the Company and the other Subsidiaries. This Agreement, the Memorandum and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Company and the Parent in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and identified in Schedule 5.3, and the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5, in each case excluding projections (this Agreement, the Memorandum and such documents, certificates or other writings and such financial statements delivered to each Purchaser prior to December 7, 2006, in each case excluding projections, being referred to, collectively, as the “ Disclosure Documents ”), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. The projections set forth in the Disclosure Documents were prepared in good faith based upon estimates and assumptions believed by the Parent and the Company to be reasonable on the date such Disclosure Documents were delivered to the Purchasers and on the date hereof. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, since December 31, 2005, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business or properties of the Parent, or the Company or any other Subsidiary, except changes (including, without limitation, any changes occurring on and after the First Closing Date and prior to the Third Closing Date) that individually or in the aggregate are not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the Company that is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been set forth in the Disclosure Documents.

 

-7-


5.4. Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries.

(a) Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) a complete and correct list (i) of the Parent’s Subsidiaries, showing, as to each Subsidiary, whether it is a Significant Subsidiary, the correct name thereof, the jurisdiction of its organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Parent and each other Subsidiary and (ii) of the Company’s and the Parent’s directors and senior officers.

(b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 5.4 as being owned by the Parent and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Company, the Parent or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien (except as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 5.4).

(c) Each Subsidiary identified in Schedule 5.4 is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing is not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact.

(d) No Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any legal, regulatory, contractual or other restriction (other than this Agreement, the agreements listed on Schedule 5.4, regulatory requirements imposing a minimum required level of net worth and customary limitations imposed by corporate law or similar statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions of profits to the Parent, or the Company or any of the other Subsidiaries, that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary, except for any such restrictions that are not likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes or the ability of the Parent to perform its obligations under the Support Agreement.

5.5. Financial Statements; Material Liabilities.

The Company has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the consolidated financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.5. All of said financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the consolidated financial position of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes). To the knowledge of the Parent and the Company,

 

-8-


the Parent and its Subsidiaries do not have any liabilities that are not disclosed on, or in the notes to, such financial statements or otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, except for any such liabilities as are not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.6. Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc.

The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes and the performance by the Parent of the Support Agreement will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary under, any Material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by-laws, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Parent, or the Company or any other Subsidiary, is bound or by which the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (ii) result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary, or (iii) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Parent, or the Company or any other Subsidiary.

5.7. Governmental Authorizations, Etc.

No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by the Company or the Parent in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes or in connection with the performance by the Parent of the Support Agreement in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes.

5.8. Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders.

(a) There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Parent, or the Company or any other Subsidiary, or any property of any of them in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Neither the Parent, nor the Company or any other Subsidiary, is in default under any term of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to it or is in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation (including without limitation the USA Patriot Act) of any Governmental Authority applicable to it, which default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9. Taxes.

The Parent, and the Company and the other Subsidiaries, have filed all Material tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their

 

-9-


properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (i) the amount of which is not individually or in the aggregate Material or (ii) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Parent, or the Company or another Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established reserves to the extent required by GAAP. The Company does not know of any basis for any other tax or assessment that is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Parent, and the Company and the other Subsidiaries, in respect of Material Federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP. The Federal income tax liabilities of the Parent and the Company and the other Subsidiaries, have been finally determined (whether by reason of completed audits or the statute of limitations having run) for all fiscal years up to and including the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

5.10. Title to Property; Leases.

Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, the Parent, and the Company and each other Subsidiary have good title (and title sufficient to the conduct of each of their respective businesses) to their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material, in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect in all respects material to the use made or to be made of the property subject thereto.

5.11. Licenses, Permits, Etc.

(a) The Parent, and the Company and the other Subsidiaries, own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, and have not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect thereto, or any notice of proceedings or other action relating to the revocation or modification of any thereof other than infringements, conflicts, revocations or modifications that are not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) To the best knowledge of the Company, there is no Material violation by any Person of any right of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary with respect to any patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary other than such violations that are not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12. Compliance with ERISA.

(a) The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and are not likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Other than benefit obligations to employees and retirees under defined benefit

 

-10-


plans, if any, neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that is likely to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to such penalty or excise tax provisions or to section 40 l(a)(29) or 412 of the Code or section 4068 of ERISA, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material.

(b) The Company and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate are Material.

(c) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1 )(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Company to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(c) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

5.13. Private Offering by the Company.

Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Notes or any similar securities for sale to, or.solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any person other than the Purchasers and not more than 31 other “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment. The Company has not taken, and will not take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

5.14. Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.

The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Notes as set forth in section 3 of the Memorandum and for general corporate purposes of the Parent and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 5% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries. As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

 

-11-


5.15. Existing Debt; Future Liens.

(a) Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Debt of the Parent, and the Company and the other Subsidiaries, as of the First Closing Date, having an outstanding principal amount in excess of $10,000,000. Neither the Parent, nor the Company or any other Subsidiary, is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal of or interest on any such Debt. No event or condition exists with respect to any such Debt that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Debt to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, which in any such case, whether individually or in the aggregate for all such Debt, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15, neither the Parent, nor the Company or any other Subsidiary has agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien not permitted by Section 10.6.

(c) Neither the Parent nor the Company is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Debt, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including, but not limited to, its charter or other organizational document) which prohibits the issuance or sale of the Notes or restricts the Parent from performing its obligations under the Support Agreement, except as specifically indicated in Schedule 5.15.

5.16. Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.

(a) Neither the sale of the Notes by the Company hereunder nor its use of the proceeds thereof will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto.

(b) Neither the Parent nor the Company or any other Subsidiary (i) is a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control or in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) knowingly engages in any dealings or transactions with any Person known to it to be such a Person. The Parent, the Company and the other Subsidiaries are in compliance, in all material respects, with the USA Patriot Act.

(c) No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

-12-


5.17. Status under Certain Statutes.

Each of Parent and the Company is either not an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Act ”) or exempt from all provisions of the Act.

5.18. Environmental Matters.

(a) Neither the Parent, nor the Company or any other Subsidiary has knowledge of any claim or has received any written notice of any claim, and no proceeding has been instituted raising any claim against the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary, relating to any of their respective real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or other assets, and alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except, in each case, such as is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) No Hazardous Materials have been or are being used, produced, manufactured, processed, generated, stored, disposed of, managed or treated at, or shipped or transported to or from, the properties owned, leased or operated by the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary or are otherwise present at, on, in or under such properties except for Hazardous Materials used, produced, manufactured, processed, generated, stored, disposed of and managed in the ordinary course of business in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and except as, individually or in the aggregate, are not likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6. REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.

6.1. Purchase for Investment.

(a) Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Notes (i) for its own account, (ii) for one or more separate accounts owned by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds that are “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act), in each case for which it is exercising investment discretion in managing investments of such pension or trust funds or (iii) in the case of original Purchasers only, for the account of one or more other Persons, each of which is a Qualified Institutional Buyer acquiring beneficial ownership for its own account (which may be by means of a participation) and pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Company (including, without limitation, receipt by the Company of a certificate from each such Person, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, making the representations set forth in this Section 6 and acknowledging and agreeing to be bound by the provisions of Section 13 and a certificate from such Purchaser, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, containing such additional representations and agreements as the Company shall require), in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iii), for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s control. It is understood and agreed that, with respect to the foregoing clause (iii), the documents delivered by any Purchaser or other Person in connection with the First Closing shall be deemed to ratify all procedures (including,

 

-13-


without limitation, the certificates) and reconfirm all representations, acknowledgments and agreements, in each case, referred to in such clause for purposes of each subsequent Closing. Such Purchaser is a Qualified Institutional Buyer. Each Purchaser (and each such pension, trust fund or other Person) understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes. Each Purchaser further represents that it (and each such pension, trust fund or other Person) has had the opportunity to ask questions of the Company and received answers concerning the terms and conditions of the sale of the Notes. Each Purchaser’s (and each such pension’s, trust fund’s or other Person’s) financial position is such that it can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Notes. Each Purchaser (and each such pension, trust fund or other Person) can afford to suffer the complete loss of its investment in the Notes. Each Purchaser’s (and each such other Person’s) knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (or the knowledge and experience of such Purchaser’s or such other Person’s investment advisor) is such that it (or such investment advisor) is capable of evaluating the risks of the investment in the Notes. Each Purchaser acknowledges that no representations, express or implied, have been or are being made with respect to Parent, the Company or the Subsidiaries, the Notes or otherwise, other than those expressly set forth herein or contemplated hereby.

(b) Each Purchaser agrees to the imprinting of a legend on the Notes to the following effect:

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. NO TRANSFER, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER SUCH ACT, AND SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION AS MAY BE NECESSARY UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATIONS AND/OR QUALIFICATIONS IS AVAILABLE UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS. EACH TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE REGISTERED IN ITS NAME (OR THE NAME OF ITS NOMINEE), WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO WHICH THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED.”

6.2. Source of Funds.

Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “ Source ”) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:

 

-14-


(a) the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption (“ PTE ”) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “ NAIC Annual Statement ”)) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

(b) the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

(c) the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

(d) the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part V of PTE 84-14 (the “ QPAM Exemption ”)) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part V of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are included in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Section V(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, exceed 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section V(e) of the QPAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of all employee benefit plans whose assets are included in such investment fund have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or

(e) the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Section IV of PTE 96-23 (the “ INHAM Exemption ”)) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in

 

-15-


Section IV(d) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

(f) the Source is a governmental plan; or

(g) the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or

(h) the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.

As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

7. INFORMATION AS TO COMPANY.

7.1. Financial and Business Information.

The Company shall deliver, or shall cause the Parent to deliver (as the case may be), to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:

(a) Parent Quarterly Statements —within sixty (60) days (or, if earlier, within fifteen (15) days after its filing of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (the “ Form 10-Q ”) with the SEC if the Parent is subject to the filing requirements thereof) after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Parent (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), duplicate copies of,

(i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and

(ii) consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally (including being subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes), and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the financial position of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments, provided that delivery within the time period specified above of copies of the Parent’s Form 10-Q prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the

 

-16-


requirements of this Section 7.1(a), provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-Q if (x) the Parent shall have made such Form 10-Q available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or any replacement website (and sent a notification of such availability via e-mail to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor) or (y) the Parent or the Company shall have posted such financial statements through an Electronic Distribution Service (and sent a notification of such posting via e-mail to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor) (such availability or posting and the giving of such notice thereof being referred to as “ Electronic Delivery ”);

(b) Parent Annual Statements —within 105 days (or, if earlier, within fifteen (15) days after its filing of the Parent’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “ Form 10-K ”) with the SEC if the Parent is subject to the filing requirements thereof) after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent, duplicate copies of

(i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and

(ii) consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for such year,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the financial position of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances; provided that the delivery within the time period specified above of the Parent’s Form 10-K for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(b), provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-K or financial statements if it shall have made Electronic Delivery thereof;

(c) Company Quarterly Statements —within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year of the Company ended at the end of such fiscal quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally (including being subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes), and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year end adjustments; provided , that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such financial statements and certificate if it shall have made Electronic Delivery thereof;

 

-17-


(d) Company Annual Statements —within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and their results of operations and cash flows; provided , that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such financial statements and certificate if it shall have made Electronic Delivery thereof;

(e) SEC Reports —within five (5) Business Days after the filing thereof, each regular or periodic report (other than reports referred to in Sections 7.1 (a) and (b) above) filed by the Parent or the Company with the SEC; provided , that the Parent or the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such report if it shall have made Electronic Delivery thereof;

(f) Notice of Default or Event of Default —promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

(g) ERISA Matters —promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice of:

(i) with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or

(ii) the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening in writing by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multi-employer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multi-employer Plan; or

(iii) any event, transaction or condition that could result in (A) the incurrence of any liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or pursuant to the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or (B) the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or pursuant to such penalty or excise tax provisions, in each case if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

-18-


(h) Notices from Governmental Authority —promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof, copies of any written notice to the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary from any Federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(i) Change in Significant Subsidiaries —simultaneously with the delivery of the certificate referred to in Section 7.2(a), if any Subsidiary has become or ceased to be a Significant Subsidiary, a revised Schedule 5.4 disclosing the Significant Subsidiaries as of the date of such certificate;

(j) Acquisition or Disposition of Significant Subsidiaries —prompt notice of any change in Significant Subsidiaries as a result of any acquisition or disposition;

(k) Support Agreement —prompt notice of any proposed waiver, amendment, supplement or other modification of any term or condition of the Support Agreement; and

(1) Requested Information —with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes or the ability of the Parent to perform its obligations under the Support Agreement, as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such holder of Notes; provided that nothing in this Section 7.1(1) shall obligate the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary to disclose to any such holder of Notes information the disclosure of which would (i) be a violation of any applicable law, statute or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary disclosing such information or (ii) be a breach of any contractual agreement (other than any such agreement entered into in contemplation of this clause (ii) or any request for information under Section 7.1(1)) regarding confidentiality of information to which the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary disclosing such information is a party; provided , further that the Company agrees to work with each such holder of Notes and any prospective transferee of its Notes with respect to any request for information under this Section 7.1(1), in good faith, to attempt to resolve any impediment to such disclosure raised by clause (i) or (ii) hereof.

7.2. Officer’s Certificate.

Each set of financial statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(c) or Section 7.1(d), shall be accompanied by a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by a Senior Financial Officer setting forth:

(a) Covenant Compliance —a reasonably detailed calculation showing whether the Company was in compliance with the requirements of Section 10.5, Section 10.10 and Section 10.11, as of the end of the fiscal period covered by the statements then being furnished (including the calculation of the maximum ratio or percentage permissible under the terms of such Section, and the calculation of the ratio or percentage then in existence); and

 

-19-


(b) Event of Default —a statement as to whether or not to the knowledge of such Senior Financial Officer any Default or Event of Default exists on the date of such certificate and, if any Default or Event of Default then exists, specifying the details thereof and what action the Company shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

7.3. Visitation.

The Company will, and will cause Parent to, permit any original Purchaser and any holder of 10% or more of principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and any properly qualified agents or representatives of such holder designated by such holder, at all reasonable intervals and places and upon reasonable prior written notice, to (a) examine the books of account, records, reports and other papers of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and to make copies and extracts therefrom for the purpose of determining whether the Company is complying with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, (b) visit and inspect, under the guidance of the Parent, the properties of the Parent or of any of its Subsidiaries and (c) discuss its or their affairs, finances and accounts with, and be advised as to the same by, its or their officers and (provided no Event of Default exists, with the consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) the Parent’s independent public accountants; provided that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing no such visit to, inspection of or discussions with officers of, any Subsidiary other than the Company shall be permitted if the book value of the Parent’s investment therein (as determined in accordance with GAAP) is less than 2% of all of Parent’s investments in its Subsidiaries; provided , further , that nothing in this Section 7.3 shall obligate the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary to disclose to any such holder of Notes information the disclosure of which would (i) be a violation of any applicable law, statute or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary disclosing such information or (ii) be a breach of any contractual agreement (other than any such agreement entered into in contemplation of this clause (ii) or any request for information under this Section 7.3) regarding confidentiality of information to which the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary disclosing such information is a party; provided , further that the Company agrees to work with each such holder of Notes and any prospective transferee of its Notes with respect to any request for information under this Section 7.3, in good faith, to attempt to resolve any impediment to such disclosure raised by clause (i) or (ii) hereof. So long as any Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing, all expenses incurred by a Purchaser in the exercise of any rights under this Section 7.3 shall be borne by the Company.

 

8. PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES.

8.1. Interest; Maturity.

(a) Interest on the Notes shall be payable at the rates and at the times set forth in the Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Note that is issued (i) on the Second Closing Date, the first interest payment to be made thereunder shall be for the period

 

-20-


commencing on, and including, the Second Closing Date and ending on, and including, June 20, 2007 (a period of 141 days, assuming the Second Closing Date is January 31, 2007) or (ii) on the Third Closing Date, the first interest payment to be made thereunder shall be for the period commencing on, and including, the Third Closing Date and ending on, and including, June 20, 2007 (a period of 126 days, assuming the Third Closing Date is February 15, 2007).

(b) As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of the Notes shall be due and payable on the stated maturity date thereof.

8.2. Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount.

The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes, in an amount not less than 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, and the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount. The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.5), the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and any conditions to such payment and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.

8.3. Prepayment of Notes Upon Change in Control.

(a) Notice of Change in Control or Control Event . The Company will, within ten (10) Business Days after any Responsible Officer has knowledge of the occurrence of any Change in Control or Control Event, give written notice of such Change in Control or Control Event to each holder of Notes unless notice in respect of such Change in Control (or the Change in Control contemplated by such Control Event) shall have been given pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this Section 8.3. If a Change in Control has occurred, such notice shall contain and constitute an offer to prepay all of the Notes outstanding at such time, as described in subparagraph (c) of this Section 8.3 and shall include the information described in subparagraph (g) of this Section 8.3.

(b) Condition to Action . The Company will not permit the Parent to take any action that consummates or finalizes a Change in Control unless the Company shall have given to each holder of Notes written notice containing and constituting an offer to prepay all of the Notes outstanding at such time, as described in subparagraph (c) of this Section 8.3, which offer shall include the information described in subparagraph (g) of this Section 8.3.

 

-21-


(c) Offer to Prepay Notes . The offer to prepay Notes contemplated by subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 8.3 shall be an offer to prepay, in accordance with and subject to this Section 8.3, all, but not less than all, of the Notes held by each holder (in this case only, “holder” in respect of any Note registered in the name of a nominee for a disclosed beneficial owner shall mean such beneficial owner) on a date specified in such offer (the “ Proposed Prepayment Date ”). If such Proposed Prepayment Date is in connection with an offer contemplated by subparagraph (a) of this Section 8.3, such date shall be not less than thirty (30) days and not more than 120 days after the date of such offer. If the Proposed Prepayment Date shall not be specified in such offer, the Proposed Prepayment Date shall be the first Business Day after the 45th day after the date of such offer.

(d) Acceptance . A holder of Notes may accept the offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.3 by causing a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the Company not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt by such holder of the most recent offer of prepayment. A failure by a holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder.

(e) Prepayment . Prepayment of the Notes to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall be at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, together with interest on such Notes accrued to the date of prepayment. The prepayment shall be made on the Proposed Prepayment Date except as provided in subparagraph (f) of this Section 8.3.

(f) Deferral Pending Change in Control . The obligation of the Company to prepay Notes pursuant to the offers required by subparagraph (c) and accepted in accordance with subparagraph (d) of this Section 8.3 is subject to the occurrence of the Change in Control in respect of which such offers and acceptances shall have been made. In the event that such Change in Control has not occurred on the Proposed Prepayment Date in respect thereof, the prepayment shall be deferred until, and shall be made on, the date on which such Change in Control occurs. The Company shall keep each holder of Notes reasonably and timely informed of (i) any such deferral of the date of prepayment, (ii) the date on which such Change in Control and the prepayment are expected to occur, and (iii) any determination by the Company that efforts to effect such Change in Control have ceased or been abandoned (in which case the offers and acceptances made pursuant to this Section 8.3 in respect of such Change in Control shall be deemed rescinded).

(g) Other Terms . Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall specify: (i) the Proposed Prepayment Date; (ii) that such offer is made pursuant to this Section 8.3; (iii) the principal amount and Series of each Note offered to be prepaid; (iv) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Proposed Prepayment Date: (v) that the conditions of this Section 8.3 have been fulfilled; and (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature and date or proposed date of the Change in Control.

 

-22-


8.4. Offer to Prepay Upon Disposition of Certain Assets.

(a) Notice and Offer . In the event Net Proceeds of an Asset Disposition are to be used to make an offer (a “ Transfer Prepayment Offer ”) to prepay Notes pursuant to a Debt Prepayment Application under Section 10.10 of this Agreement (a “ Debt Prepayment Transfer ”), the Company will give written notice of such Debt Prepayment Transfer to each holder of Notes. Such written notice shall contain, and such written notice shall constitute, an irrevocable offer to prepay, at the election of each holder, a portion of the Notes held by such holder equal to such holder’s Ratable Portion of the Net Proceeds in respect of such Debt Prepayment Transfer on a date specified in such notice (the “ Transfer Prepayment Date ”) that is not less than thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice, together with interest on the amount to be so prepaid accrued to the Transfer Prepayment Date. If the Transfer Prepayment Date shall not be specified in such notice, the Transfer Prepayment Date shall be the thirtieth (30th) day after the date of such notice.

(b) Acceptance and Payment . To accept such Transfer Prepayment Offer, a holder of Notes shall cause a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the Company not later than twenty (20) days after the date of such written notice from the Company, provided , that failure to accept such offer in writing within twenty (20) days after the date of such written notice shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of the Prepayment Offer. If so accepted by any holder of a Note, such offered prepayment (equal to not less than such holder’s Ratable Portion of the Net Proceeds in respect of such Debt Prepayment Transfer) shall be due and payable on the Transfer Prepayment Date. Such offered prepayment shall be made at one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount of such Notes being so prepaid, together with interest on such principal amount then being prepaid accrued to the Transfer Prepayment Date determined as of the date of such prepayment.

(c) Other Terms . Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall specify (i) the Transfer Prepayment Date, (ii) the Net Proceeds in respect of the applicable Debt Prepayment Transfer, (iii) that such offer is being made pursuant to Section 8.4 and Section 10.10 of this Agreement, (iv) the principal amount of each Note offered to be prepaid, (v) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Transfer Prepayment Date and (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature of the Asset Disposition giving rise to such Debt Prepayment Transfer and certifying that no Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to the prepayment contemplated by such offer.

8.5. Allocation of Partial Prepayments.

Except as otherwise provided for in Section 8.3 and Section 8.4, in the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding (without regard to Series) in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

 

-23-


8.6. Maturity; Surrender, Etc.

In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall, subject to any conditions to such prepayment, mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall promptly be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

8.7. Purchase of Notes.

The Company will not and will not permit any of its controlled Affiliates or the Parent to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except (a) upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes or (b) pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the Company or an Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it, any of its controlled Affiliates or the Parent pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

8.8. Make-Whole Amount.

Make-Whole Amount ” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:

Called Principal ” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

Discounted Value ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on such Note is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

Reinvestment Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note of any Series, .50% over the yield to maturity implied by (i) the yields reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on the

 

-24-


run U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Constant Maturity Series Yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.

In the case of each determination under clause (i) or clause (ii), as the case may be, of the preceding paragraph, such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

Remaining Average Life ” means, with respect to any Called Principal of any Note, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of such Note, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 12.1.

Settlement Date ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

9.1. Compliance with Law.

Without limiting Section 10.4, the Company will, and will cause the Parent and each of the other Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, ERISA, the USA Patriot Act and

 

-25-


Environmental Laws, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, except for any non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations that is not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.2. Insurance.

The Company will, and will cause the Parent and each of the other Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if reserves are maintained with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP) as are customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated, except for any failure to maintain such insurance that is not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.3. Maintenance of Properties.

The Company will, and will cause the Parent and each other Subsidiary to, maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective Material properties in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, provided that this Section shall not prevent the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation or the maintenance of any of its properties or disposing of them if such discontinuance or disposal is not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.4. Payment of Taxes and Claims.

The Company will, and will cause the Parent and each other Subsidiary to, pay and discharge all taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the Parent, or the Company or any other Subsidiary, provided that neither the Parent, nor the Company or any other Subsidiary need pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if (i) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Parent, the Company or such other Subsidiary in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Parent, the Company or such other Subsidiary has established reserves therefor to the extent required by GAAP on the books of the Parent, the Company or such other Subsidiary or (ii) the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims in the aggregate is not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.5. Corporate Existence, Etc.

Subject to Section 10.2, the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence. Subject to Sections 10.2 and 10.10, the Company will, and will cause the Parent to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence

 

-26-


of the Parent and each other Subsidiary (unless merged into the Company, the Parent or a Subsidiary) and all rights and franchises of the Company, the Parent and its other Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company or the Parent, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise is not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.6. Books and Records.

The Company will, and will cause the Parent and each other Subsidiary to, maintain books of record and account in which entries shall be made of all Material dealings and transactions in relation to its respective business and activities, in each case in conformity in all material respects with GAAP and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over the Company, the Parent or such other Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

10.1. Transactions with Affiliates.

The Company shall not, and shall not permit the Parent or any other Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction with any of its Affiliates (other than the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary), unless such transaction is on terms not materially less favorable to the Parent, or the Company or any other Subsidiary, than if the transaction had been negotiated in good faith on an arm’s length basis with a non-Affiliate, provided that the foregoing shall not restrict (a) director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (b) transactions pursuant to the $550 million revolving credit facility between RWE AG, a German corporation (“ RWE ”), and the Company, (c) transactions pursuant to the Support Agreement and (d) transactions and arrangements in connection with any Initial Public Offering or subsequent disposition by RWE or any of its Affiliates of Common Stock of Parent or of any Person that owns 100% of the Common Stock of Parent (including with respect to allocations of assets and liabilities, transition services and other separation matters, indemnification, registration rights and expense reimbursement) that are approved by the board of directors of Parent.

10.2. Merger, Consolidation, Etc.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit the Parent to, consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

(i) the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Parent as an entirety, as the case may be, shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof (including the District of Columbia), and shall

 

-27-


expressly assume, in the case of the Company, the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant, condition and obligation under this Agreement and the Notes and, in the case of the Parent, all the obligations under the Support Agreement to be performed or observed, and such Person shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of any Notes an opinion of counsel to the effect that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease complies in all material respects with this Section 10.2; and

(ii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) Upon any consolidation by the Company or the Parent with or merger by the Company or the Parent into any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of either the Company’s or the Parent’s properties and assets substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 10.2, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which it is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or the Parent, as applicable, under this Agreement or the Support Agreement with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company or the Parent, as applicable, herein or therein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants, in the case of the Company, under this Agreement and the Notes and, in the case of the Parent, under the Support Agreement.

10.3. Line of Business.

The Company shall not engage in any business, operations or activities (whether directly, through a joint venture, in connection with a permitted acquisition or otherwise) other than financing activities for and on behalf of the Parent and the other Subsidiaries of the Parent.

10.4. Terrorism Sanctions Regulations.

The Company shall not, and shall not permit the Parent or any other Subsidiary to, (a) become a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control or in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (b) knowingly engage in any dealings or transactions with any Person known to it to be such a Person.

10.5. Debt Capitalization Ratio.

The Company shall not permit, and shall cause the Parent not to permit, the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalization as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Parent to exceed 0.70 to 1.00; provided , that for the purposes of the calculation of this ratio, any non-cash effects reflected in the financial statements of the Parent resulting from SFAS 158 shall be excluded.

 

-28-


10.6. Liens.

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit the Parent or any other Subsidiary to, incur any Debt secured by any Lien, or suffer to exist any Lien securing Debt, upon or with respect to their respective properties (including, without limitation, their capital stock), except:

(a) Liens existing, or created pursuant to the terms of agreements existing, on the date hereof;

(b) Liens consisting of (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure obligations under workmen’s compensation laws or similar legislation, (ii) deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure or in lieu of surety, appeal or customs bonds to which the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary is a party, (iii) Liens created by or resulting from any litigation or legal proceeding which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (iv) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure performance in connection with bids, tenders or contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) or (v) materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted;

(c) Liens created to secure tax-exempt Debt, in connection with the financing or refinancing of the purchase, lease or construction of properties;

(d) any Lien on any asset of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or such asset is acquired by, the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such event;

(e) Liens created to secure sales of accounts receivable and other receivables;

(f) licenses of intellectual property granted by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business;

(g) Liens of landlords arising under real property leases to the extent such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and do not secure any past due obligation for the payment of money;

(h) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease permitted by this Agreement;

(i) Liens securing Debt which has neither been assumed by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary nor upon which it customarily pays interest charges, existing upon real property, or rights in or relating thereto, which real property or rights were acquired for right-of-way purposes;

(j) zoning laws and ordinances;

 

-29-


(k) Capital Leases;

(1) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, conditions and other similar encumbrances, minor defects or irregularities of title, and alleys, streets and highways, which in the aggregate do not materially impair the usefulness of the mortgaged property in the present business of the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary;

(m) leases of the properties of the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, (i) interfere in any material respect with the ordinary course of business or (ii) materially impair the value of the property subject thereto;

(n) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the Company, the Parent or such other Subsidiary;

(o) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and cash equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the financial institutions with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such financial institutions with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that, unless such Liens are non-consensual and arise by operation of law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Debt;

(p) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent and which may subsequently be paid without interest or penalties and Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which reserves have been established to the extent required by GAAP;

(q) any Lien on any property of the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary securing obligations not exceeding in the aggregate $20,000,000 outstanding at any time;

(r) Liens securing Debt of the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary; provided that, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Priority Debt would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Tangible Total Assets;

(s) Liens on any property, acquired, constructed or improved by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary after the date of this Agreement, and any improvements thereon, accessions thereto or other property acquired or constructed for use in connection therewith or related thereto, which are created or assumed prior to or contemporaneously with, or within 180 days after, such acquisition or completion of such construction or improvement, or within one year thereafter pursuant to a firm

 

-30-


commitment for financing arranged with a lender or investor within such 180-day period, to secure or provide for the payment of all or any part of the purchase price of such property or the cost of such construction or improvement incurred after the date of this Agreement or Liens on any property existing at the time of acquisition thereof; provided, that the Liens shall not extend to any property theretofore owned by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary other than, in the case of any such construction or improvement, (i) unimproved real property on which the property so constructed or the improvement is located, (ii) other property (or improvement thereon) which is an improvement to or is acquired or constructed for use in connection therewith or related thereto, (iii) any right and interest under any agreement or other documents relating to the property being so constructed or improved or such other property and (iv) the stock of any Subsidiary created or maintained for the primary purpose of owning the property so constructed or improved;

(t) Liens on property securing Debt if, prior to or concurrently with the issuance, assumption or guarantee of such Debt, the Notes (together with, if the Company shall so determine, (i) any other Debt of or guaranteed by the Company ranking equally with the Notes or (ii) any Debt of the Parent or any other Subsidiary then existing or thereafter created) are secured by such property equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt;

(u) Liens securing the Notes; and

(v) Liens created for the sole purpose of refinancing, extending, renewing or replacing in whole or in part Debt or other obligations secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing subsections (a) through (u); provided, however, that the principal amount of Debt or obligations secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of Debt or obligations so secured at the time of such refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement plus the amount of any premiums required to be paid thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated therewith and that such refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement, as the case may be, shall be limited to all or a part of the property that secured the Lien or mortgage so refinanced, extended, renewed or replaced (and any improvements on such property).

10.7. Dividends and Distributions.

The Company shall not declare or pay any dividends upon any of its Common Stock, or purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of its Common Stock, or make any distribution of cash, property or assets among the holders of shares of its Common Stock, or make any change in its capital structure, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur, either immediately before or immediately after giving effect to any of the foregoing.

10.8. Use of Proceeds.

The Company shall not use any portion of the proceeds of the Notes (a) directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of the regulations of the Board, including the Margin Regulations, or (b) for any purpose in violation of any other applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

-31-


10.9. Support Agreement.

The Company shall not permit the Parent to (a) cancel or terminate the Support Agreement or (b) amend or otherwise modify the terms of the Support Agreement, except for amendments and modifications that do not adversely affect the rights of the holders of Notes hereunder, in each case, without the prior written consent of all holders of Notes.

10.10. Sale of Assets.

The Company will not, and will not permit the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary to, make an Asset Disposition (other than an Asset Disposition subject to Section 10.2 and satisfying the requirements thereof) if immediately after giving effect to such Asset Disposition, (i) any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or (ii) the amount equal to (A) the aggregate Disposition Value of all property of the Parent, the Company and any Significant Subsidiary disposed of pursuant to Asset Dispositions in accordance with this Section 10.10 during the then current fiscal year of the Parent minus (B) the aggregate amount in respect of Asset Dispositions consummated during such fiscal year that has been applied to either or both of a Debt Prepayment Application or a Property Reinvestment Application, would exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets, determined as at the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Parent (any such excess being referred to as the “Excess Asset Sale Amount” of such Asset Disposition), unless, solely with respect to the circumstances described in clause (ii) of this Section 10.10, an amount equal to the lesser of the Excess Asset Sale Amount and the Net Proceeds arising from such Asset Disposition is applied to either or both of a Debt Prepayment Application or a Property Reinvestment Application within 365 days of the date of such disposition pursuant to this Section 10.10. For the purpose of determining compliance with this Section 10.10, the Company shall have the right to designate the Asset Dispositions to which any Debt Prepayment Application or Property Reinvestment Application relates.

10.11. Priority Debt.

The Company will not, and will not permit the Parent or any other Subsidiary to, incur Priority Debt if, after giving effect to such incurrence, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Priority Debt (without duplication) would exceed 15% of Consolidated Tangible Total Assets.

 

11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

An “ Event of Default ” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or

 

-32-


(b) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

(c) the Company (or the Parent or its Subsidiaries, as applicable) defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 7.1(f) or Sections 10.2, 10.5 or 10.11; or

(d) the Company (or the Parent or its Subsidiaries, as applicable) defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in Sections 1l(a), (b) and (c)) and such default is not remedied within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11(d)); provided, however , that except with respect to defaults under or breaches of the covenants contained in Section 9.4 or 10.6, the holders of Notes shall be deemed to have agreed to an extension of such 30-day period to 90 days so long as corrective action is initiated by the Company or the Parent within such 30-day period unless such corrective action is no longer being diligently pursued; or

(e) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or by any officer of the Company in this Agreement or in any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

(f) (i) the Company, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest on any Debt that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least (A) $10,000,000 in the case of the Company; (B) $25,000,000 in the case of the Parent or (C) $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in the case of all Significant Subsidiaries, beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, (ii) the Company, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any Debt in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least (A) $10,000,000 in the case of the Company; (B) $25,000,000 in the case of the Parent or (C) $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in the case of all Significant Subsidiaries or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Debt has become, or has been declared (or one or more Persons are entitled to declare such Debt to be), due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii) as a consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Debt to convert such Debt into equity interests), (x) the Company, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary has become obligated to purchase or repay Debt before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least (A) $10,000,000 in the case of the Company; (B) $25,000,000 in the case of the Parent or (C) $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in the case of all Significant Subsidiaries, or (y) one or more Persons have the right to require the Company, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary to purchase or repay such Debt; or

 

-33-


(g) the Parent, or the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or

(h) a court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Parent, or the Company or any of the other Significant Subsidiaries, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Parent, or the Company or any of the other Significant Subsidiaries, or any such petition shall be filed against the Parent, or the Company or any of the other Significant Subsidiaries, and such petition shall not be dismissed within sixty (60) days; or

(i) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (to the extent not paid or insured) in excess of (A) $10,000,000 in the case of the Company; (B) $25,000,000 in the case of the Parent or (C) $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in the case of all Significant Subsidiaries of the Parent are rendered against one or more of the Company, the Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries and which judgments are not, within sixty (60) days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within sixty (60) days after the expiration of such stay; or

(j) the Parent shall default in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition under Section 3 of the Support Agreement as of the last day of any fiscal year or fiscal quarter of the Company; provided , however , that the Company’s failure to have a positive tangible net worth (total assets less liabilities less intangible assets as of such last day), as determined for purposes of the Support Agreement and after giving effect to period-end adjustments in accordance with GAAP, shall not be an Event of Default unless the Company has a tangible net worth of less than negative $10,000; or

(k) any material provision of the Support Agreement shall become unenforceable, or any court or governmental or regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Parent shall assert the unenforceability of any such provision in writing, or the Parent contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any such provision; or

 

-34-


(1) unless the Parent shall have assumed the obligation in the Notes pursuant to Section 22.1, the Parent shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Common Stock of the Company; or

(m) if (i) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred any liability pursuant to Title 1 or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (iv) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (v) the Company establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Company thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (v) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

As used in Section 11(m), the terms “employee benefit plan” and “employee welfare benefit plan” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

12. REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

12.1. Acceleration.

(a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary described in Section 11(g) or (h) (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of Section 11(g) or described in clause (vi) of Section 11(g) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of Section 11(g)) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

(b) If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Required Holders may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

(c) If any Event of Default described in Section 11(a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.

Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or

 

-35-


further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

12.2. Other Remedies.

If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

12.3. Rescission.

At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or (c), the Required Holders, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

12.4. No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.

No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or by any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.

 

-36-


13. REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES.

13.1. Registration of Notes.

The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

13.2. Transfer and Exchange of Notes.

Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes of the same Series (as requested by the holder thereof) in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and in the form of Note for such Series set forth in Exhibit 1.1(a), Exhibit 1.1(b), Exhibit 1.1(c) or Exhibit 1.1(d), as the case may be. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than $100,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes of a Series, one Note of such Series may be in a denomination of less than $100,000. Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representations set forth in Section 6.

The Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and may not be transferred or resold unless registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from the requirement for such registration is available.

13.3. Replacement of Notes.

Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

 

-37-


(a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, (i) an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $100,000,000 or (ii) a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

(b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver not more than thirty (30) days following satisfaction of such conditions, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same Series, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

 

14. PAYMENTS ON NOTES.

14.1. Place of Payment.

Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in New York, New York at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in the United States or the principal office of a bank or trust company in the United States.

14.2. Home Office Payment.

So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 14.2.

 

-38-


15. EXPENSES, ETC.

15.1. Transaction Expenses.

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of Bingham McCutchen LLP, special counsel to the Purchasers, and excluding, with respect to clause (a) below, the fees and expenses of any other counsel to the Purchasers, and, with respect to clause (b) below, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel to the Purchasers other than any local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction if reasonably required by the Required Holders) incurred by each Purchaser or holder of a Note in connection with (a) the negotiation, preparation, execution, and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, (b) any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, the Support Agreement or the Notes (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), (c) enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, the Support Agreement or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, the Support Agreement or the Notes, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, (d) the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary or in connection with any workout or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby, by the Support Agreement and by the Notes, including, without limitation, financial advisors’ fees and (e) the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder).

15.2. Survival.

The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes, and the termination of this Agreement.

 

16. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

-39-


17. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

17.1. Requirements.

This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 21 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (i) subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest (if such change in the method of computation of interest results in a decrease in the interest rate) or of the Make-Whole Amount on any of the Notes, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (iii) amend any of Sections 8, 11(a), 11(b), 12, 17 or 20.

17.2. Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

(a) Solicitation . The Company will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with notice of any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 17 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.

(b) Payment . The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes then outstanding even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

17.3. Binding Effect, etc.

Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company and the holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note. As used herein, the term “ this Agreement ” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

 

-40-


17.4. Notes Held by Company, etc.

Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Parent, the Company or any of their controlled Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

18. NOTICES.

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), (c) by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid) or (d) by posting through an Electronic Distribution Service, if the sender on the same day sends or causes to be sent notice to the recipient of the posting by electronic mail. Any such notice must be sent:

(i) if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the fax number or address or, in the case of clause (d) above, the e-mail address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other fax number, address or e-mail address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,

(ii) if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such fax number or address or, in the case of clause (d) above, such e-mail address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing, or

(iii) if to the Company, to the Company at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of Treasurer, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.

 

19. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.

This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at the Closings (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such

 

-41-


reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company or any holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

 

20. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

For the purposes of this Section 20, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement and, in the case of information delivered to any Purchaser after the Closings, that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Parent, the Company or such Subsidiary, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known (other than through the wrongful disclosure by any Purchaser or any person acting on any Purchaser’s behalf) or otherwise actually known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure from a source other than the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary, or any Affiliate or agent of the Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary actually known by such Purchaser to be an Affiliate or agent thereof and so long as the source of such information is not known to such Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any other party with respect to such information, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes actually known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary, or any Affiliate or agent of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary actually known by such Purchaser to be an Affiliate or agent thereof and so long as the source of such information is not known to such Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any other party with respect to such information or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) on a confidential basis, its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, trustees and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar

 

-42-


organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes and this Agreement; provided that such Purchaser shall, unless prohibited by law, notify the Company of any disclosure required pursuant to clause (w), (x) or (y) above as far in advance as reasonably practicable to enable the Company to seek a protective order or other appropriate relief. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 20. Each Purchaser recognizes its responsibility for compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in connection with its use of non-public information regarding the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

 

21. SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER.

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Affiliate, shall contain such Affiliate’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Affiliate of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate in lieu of such original Purchaser. In the event that such Affiliate is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Affiliate thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Affiliate, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Affiliate as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Affiliate, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement. Any such assignment to an Affiliate shall not relieve any Purchaser of its obligation hereunder to purchase the Notes subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth.

 

22. MISCELLANEOUS.

22.1. Assumption by the Parent or a Domestic Subsidiary.

The Parent or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Parent may directly assume, by a written instrument, executed and delivered to the holders of the Notes, in form satisfactory to the Required Holders, the performance of each covenant (including, without limitation, the delivery of financial statements of the substitute issuer pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof), condition and

 

-43-


obligation of the Company under this Agreement and the Notes, including, without limitation, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (together with any Make-Whole Amount) and interest on all the Notes; provided that (a) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such assumption, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) in the case of such assumption by a Domestic Subsidiary, (i) the Support Agreement shall be modified to substitute such Domestic Subsidiary for the Company thereunder, or to include such Domestic Subsidiary, and (ii) the Parent’s obligations under the Support Agreement, as so modified, shall remain in full force and effect, and (c) each holder of any Notes shall have received an opinion of counsel to the effect that (subject to customary limitations) such assumption is effective to make all obligations of the Company hereunder binding and enforceable obligations of the substitute issuer and, in the case of an assumption by a Domestic Subsidiary, the Support Agreement, as so modified to substitute or include such Domestic Subsidiary, is a binding and enforceable obligation of the Parent. Upon any such assumption made in compliance with this Section 22.1, the Parent or such Domestic Subsidiary shall succeed to and be substituted for and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Agreement with the same effect as if the Parent or such Domestic Subsidiary had been named as the Company herein and the Company shall be released from its liability as obligor on the Notes and from its obligations hereunder.

22.2. Interest Rate Limitation.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Note, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Note under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the holder of such Note in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Note hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Note but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to the holder of such Note in respect of other periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount shall have been received in respect of such Note.

22.3. Successors and Assigns.

All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

22.4. Payments Due on Non-Business Days.

Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirements in Section 8.2 and Section 8.6 that the notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding

 

-44-


Business Day; provided that if the maturity date of any Note is a date other than a Business Day, the payment otherwise due on such maturity date shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

22.5. Accounting Terms.

All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

22.6. Severability.

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

22.7. Construction, etc.

Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

For the avoidance of doubt, all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a part hereof.

22.8. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto. Delivery of a facsimile or electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to this Agreement.

22.9. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

-45-


22.10. Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) The Company irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(b) The Company consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 22.10(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 18 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. The Company agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

(c) Nothing in this Section 22.10 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

(d) The parties hereto hereby waive trial by jury in any action brought on or with respect to this Agreement, the Notes or any other document executed in connection herewith or therewith.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank. Next page is signature page.]

 

-46-


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement among you and the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.
By:  

/s/ James M. Kalinovich

Name:   James M. Kalinovich
Title:   Treasurer

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.

 

CoBANK, ACB
By:  

/s/ David Dornbirer

Name:   David Dornbirer
Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
GENERAL AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its investment manager
By:  

/s/ Judith A. Gulotta

Name:   Judith A. Gulotta
Title:   Director
METLIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT
By:  

/s/ Judith A. Gulotta

Name:   Judith A. Gulotta
Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation
By:  

/s/ Howard Stern

Name:   Howard Stern
Its:   Authorized Representative

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

HARTFORD LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

HARTFORD CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

HARTFORD INSURANCE COMPANY OF ILLINOIS

By:  

Hartford Investment Management Company

Their Agent and Attorney-in-Fact

  By:  

/s/ Eva Konopka

  Name:   Eva Konopka
  Title:   Senior Vice President
PHYSICIANS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Hartford Investment Management Company
  Its Investment Manager
  By:  

/s/ Eva Konopka

  Name:   Eva Konopka
  Title:   Senior Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA
By:  

/s/ Sharon F. Manewitz

Name:   Sharon F. Manewitz
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Amy Judd

Name:   Amy Judd
Title:   Investment Officer
MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
By:  

/s/ Amy Judd

Name:   Amy Judd
Title:   Investment Officer
AXA EQUITABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Amy Judd

Name:   Amy Judd
Title:   Investment Officer

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


HORIZON BLUE CROSS BLUE SHIELD OF NEW JERSEY
By:   AllianceBernstein, L.P., its Investment Advisor
  By:  

/s/ Amy Judd

  Name:   Amy Judd
  Title:   Senior Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


LIFE INVESTORS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
By:  

/s/ Frederick B. Howard

Name:   Frederick B. Howard
Title:   Vice President
TRANSAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Frederick B. Howard

Name:   Frederick B. Howard
Title:   Vice President
MONUMENTAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Frederick B. Howard

Name:   Frederick B. Howard
Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Babson Capital Management LLC as Investment Adviser
  By:  

/s/ Emeka O. Onukwugha

  Name:   Emeka O. Onukwugha
  Title:   Managing Director
C.M. LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Babson Capital Management LLC as Investment Sub-Adviser
  By:  

/s/ Emeka O. Onukwugha

  Name:   Emeka O. Onukwugha
  Title:   Managing Director
MASSMUTUAL ASIA LIMITED
By:   Babson Capital Management LLC as Investment Adviser
  By:  

/s/ Emeka O. Onukwugha

  Name:   Emeka O. Onukwugha
  Title:   Managing Director
HAKONE FUND II LLC
By:   Babson Capital Management LLC as Investment Manager
  By:  

/s/ Emeka O. Onukwugha

  Name:   Emeka O. Onukwugha
  Title:   Managing Director

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


UNUM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
By:   Provident Investment Management, LLC
Its:   Agent
  By:  

/s/ Ben Vance

  Name:   Ben Vance
  Title:   Vice President
PROVIDENT LIFE AND ACCIDENT INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Provident Investment Management, LLC
Its:   Agent
  By:  

/s/ Ben Vance

  Name:   Ben Vance
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


BANKERS LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY

CONSECO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

CONSECO SENIOR HEALTH INSURANCE COMPANY

COLONIAL PENN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

CONSECO HEALTH INSURANCE COMPANY

WASHINGTON NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY

By:

  40186 Advisors, Inc., acting as Investment Advisor
  By:  

/s/ Timothy L. Powell

  Name:   Timothy L. Powell
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Gerald C. Hanrahan

  Gerald C. Hanrahan
  Managing Director
JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Gerald C. Hanrahan

  Gerald C. Hanrahan
  Authorized Signatory
JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)
By:  

/s/ Gerald C. Hanrahan

  Gerald C. Hanrahan
  Authorized Signatory

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


NATIONWIDE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
NATIONWIDE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Thomas S. Leggett

Name:   Thomas S. Leggett
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of Delaware
  Management Business Trust, Attorney in Fact
  By:  

/s/ Nicole W. Tullo

  Name:   Nicole W. Tullo
  Title:   Vice President
LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:   Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of Delaware
  Management Business Trust, Attorney in Fact
  By:  

/s/ Nicole W. Tullo

  Name:   Nicole W. Tullo
  Title:   Vice President
JEFFERSON-PILOT LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of Delaware
  Management Business Trust, Attorney in Fact
  By:  

/s/ Nicole W. Tullo

  Name:   Nicole W. Tullo
  Title:   Vice President
JEFFERSON PILOT LIFEAMERICA INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of Delaware
  Management Business Trust, Attorney in Fact
  By:  

/s/ Nicole W. Tullo

  Name:   Nicole W. Tullo
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Stuart Ashton

Name:   Stuart Ashton
Title:   Corporate Vice President
NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY CORPORATION
By:   New York Life Investment Management LLC,
  Its Investment Manager
  By:  

/s/ Stuart Ashton

  Name:   Stuart Ashton
  Title:   Director

NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY

CORPORATION INSTITUTIONALLY OWNED LIFE

INSURANCE SEPARATE ACCOUNT (BOLI 30C)

By:   New York Life Investment Management LLC,
  Its Investment Manager
  By:  

/s/ Stuart Ashton

  Name:   Stuart Ashton
  Title:   Director

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


PACIFIC LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

(Nominee: Mac & Co.)

By:  

/s/ Diane W. Dales

Name:   Diane W. Dales
Title:   Assistant Vice President
By:  

/s/ Cathy Schwartz

Name:   Cathy Schwartz
Title:   Assistant Secretary

PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY

(Nominee: Mac & Co.)

By:  

/s/ Diane W. Dales

Name:   Diane W. Dales
Title:   Assistant Vice President
By:  

/s/ Cathy Schwartz

Name:   Cathy Schwartz
Title:   Assistant Secretary

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


CUNA MUTUAL INSURANCE SOCIETY
By:  

MEMBERS Capital Advisors, Inc.,

Acting as Investment Advisor

 
  By:  

/s/ John W. Petchler

  Name:   John W. Petchler
  Title:   Managing Director - Investments


MODERN WOODMEN OF AMERICA
By:  

/s/ Nick S. Coin

Name:   Nick S. Coin
Title:   Treasurer & Investment Manager

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ R. Scott Higgins

Name:   R. Scott Higgins
Title:   Vice President, Sentinel Asset Management
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE SOUTHWEST
By:  

/s/ R. Scott Higgins

Name:   R. Scott Higgins
Title:   Vice President, Sentinel Asset Management

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Lance P. Black

Name:   Lance P. Black
Title:   VP, Investments

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


SOUTHERN FARM BUREAU LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Carol Robertson

Name:   Carol Robertson, CFA
Title:   Senior Portfolio Manager

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


THRIVENT FINANCIAL FOR LUTHERANS
By:  

/s/ Glen J. Vanic

Name:   Glen J. Vanic
Title:   Senior Managing Director

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


MUTUAL OF OMAHA INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Curtis R. Caldwell

Name:   Curtis R. Caldwell
Title:   Vice President
COMPANION LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Curtis R. Caldwell

Name:   Curtis R. Caldwell
Title:   Authorized Signer
UNITED OF OMAHA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Curtis R. Caldwell

Name:   Curtis R. Caldwell
Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


FARM BUREAU LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By  

/s/ Herman L. Riva

Name:   Herman L. Riva
Title:   Senior Portfolio Manager
EQUITRUST LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Herman L. Riva

Name:   Herman L. Riva
Title:   Senior Portfolio Manager

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


PHOENIX LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ John H. Beers

Name:   JOHN H. BEERS
Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


AMERICAN REPUBLIC INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Advantus Capital Management Inc.
  By:  

/s/ E. A. Bergsland

  Name:   E.A Bergsland
  Title:   Vice President
FIDELITY LIFE ASSOCIATION
By:   Advantus Capital Management Inc.
  By:  

/s/ David Land

  Name:   David Land
  Title:   Vice President
FORT DEARBORN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Advantus Capital Management Inc.
  By:  

/s/ John Leiviska

  Name:   JOHN LEIVISKA
  Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


COUNTRY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:  

/s/ John Jacobs

Name:   John Jacobs
Title:   Director - Fixed Income

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


ASSURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Victor Weber

Name:   Victor Weber
Title:   Senior Director - Investments

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, for its Group Annuity Separate Account
By:  

/s/ Howard Stern

Name:   Howard Stern
Title:   Authorized Representative

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]

Exhibit 4.3

SEE SECTION 20 REGARDING NOTICE TO COMPANY

OF DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH LITIGATION

 


EXECUTION VERSION

A MERICAN W ATER C APITAL C ORP .

$100,000,000 5.62% Series E Senior Notes due March 29, 2019

$100,000,000 5.77% Series F Senior Notes due March 29, 2022

Support Agreement from

A MERICAN W ATER W ORKS C OMPANY , I NC .

 


NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 


Dated March 29, 2007

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page
I.    Authorization of Notes; Support Agreement    1
   1.1.    The Notes    1
   1.2.    The Support Agreement    1
2.    Sale and Purchase of Notes    2
3.    Closing    2
   3.1.    Closing    2
   3.2.    Failure of the Company to Deliver    2
4.    Conditions to Closing    3
   4.1.    Representations and Warranties    3
   4.2.    Performance; No Default    3
   4.3.    Compliance Certificates    3
   4.4.    Opinions of Counsel    3
   4.5.    Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc    4
   4.6.    Sale of Other Notes    4
   4.7.    Payment of Special Counsel Fees    4
   4.8.    Private Placement Number    4
   4.9.    Changes in Corporate Structure    4
   4.10.    Funding Instructions    4
   4.11.    Proceedings and Documents    5
5.    Representations and Warranties of the Company    5
   5.1.    Organization; Power and Authority    5
   5.2.    Authorization, Etc    5
   5.3.    Disclosure    5
   5.4.    Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries    6
   5.5.    Financial Statements; Material Liabilities    7
   5.6.    Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc    7
   5.7.    Governmental Authorizations, Etc    7
   5.8.    Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders    8
   5.9.    Taxes    8
   5.10.    Title to Property; Leases    8
   5.11.    Licenses, Permits, Etc    8
   5.12.    Compliance with ERISA    9
   5.13.    Private Offering by the Company    9
   5.14.    Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations    10
   5.15.    Existing Debt; Future Liens    10
   5.16.    Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc    11
   5.17.    Status under Certain Statutes    11
   5.18.    Environmental Matters    11
   5.19.    TWAUSHI and AW Finance    12
6.    Representations of the Purchasers    12
   6.1.    Purchase for Investment    12

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

               Page
   6.2.    Source of Funds    13
7.    Information as to Company    15
   7.1.    Financial and Business Information    15
   7.2.    Officer’s Certificate    19
   7.3.    Visitation    19
8.    Payment and Prepayment of the Notes    20
   8.1.    Interest; Maturity    20
   8.2.    Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount    20
   8.3.    Prepayment of Notes Upon Change in Control    21
   8.4.    Offer to Prepay Upon Disposition of Certain Assets    22
   8.5.    Allocation of Partial Prepayments    23
   8.6.    Maturity; Surrender, Etc    23
   8.7.    Purchase of Notes    23
   8.8.    Make-Whole Amount    24
9.    Affirmative Covenants    25
   9.1.    Compliance with Law    25
   9.2.    Insurance    25
   9.3.    Maintenance of Properties    26
   9.4.    Payment of Taxes and Claims    26
   9.5.    Corporate Existence, Etc    26
   9.6.    Books and Records    26
10.    Negative Covenants    27
   10.1.    Transactions with Affiliates    27
   10.2.    Merger, Consolidation, Etc    27
   10.3.    Line of Business    28
   10.4.    Terrorism Sanctions Regulations    28
   10.5.    Debt Capitalization Ratio    28
   10.6.    Liens    28
   10.7.    Dividends and Distributions    31
   10.8.    Use of Proceeds    31
   10.9.    Support Agreement    31
   10.10.    Sale of Assets    32
   10.11.    Priority Debt    32
   10.12.    Limitations on TWAUSHI and Certain of its Subsidiaries    32
11.    Events of Default    33
12.    Remedies on Default, Etc    35
   12.1.    Acceleration    35
   12.2.    Other Remedies    36
   12.3.    Rescission    36

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

               Page
   12.4.    No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc    36
13.    Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes    37
   13.1.    Registration of Notes    37
   13.2.    Transfer and Exchange of Notes    37
   13.3.    Replacement of Notes    38
14.    Payments on Notes    38
   14.1.    Place of Payment    38
   14.2.    Home Office Payment    38
15.    Expenses, Etc    39
   15.1.    Transaction Expenses    39
   15.2.    Survival    39
16.    Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement    39
17.    Amendment and Waiver    40
   17.1.    Requirements    40
   17.2.    Solicitation of Holders of Notes    40
   17.3.    Binding Effect, etc    41
   17.4.    Notes Held by Company, etc    41
18.    Notices    41
19.    Reproduction of Documents    42
20.    Confidential Information    42
21.    Substitution of Purchaser    43
22.    Miscellaneous    44
   22.1.    Assumption by the Parent or a Domestic Subsidiary    44
   22.2.    Interest Rate Limitation    44
   22.3.    Successors and Assigns    44
   22.4.    Payments Due on Non-Business Days    45
   22.5.    Accounting Terms    45
   22.6.    Severability    45
   22.7.    Construction, etc    45
   22.8.    Counterparts    45
   22.9.    Governing Law    46
   22.10.    Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial    46

 

iii


Schedules and Exhibits

 

Schedule A    —        Information Relating to Purchasers
Schedule B    —        Defined Terms
Schedule 5.3    —        Disclosure Materials
Schedule 5.4    —        Subsidiaries of the Parent; Significant Subsidiaries of the Parent and Ownership of Subsidiary Stock
Schedule 5.5    —        Financial Statements
Schedule 5.15    —        Existing Debt
Schedule 10.10    —        Certain Transfers
Exhibit 1.1(a)    —        Form of 5.62% Series E Senior Note due March 29, 2019
Exhibit 1.1(b)    —        Form of 5.77% Series F Senior Note due March 29, 2022
Exhibit 1.2    —        Support Agreement
Exhibit 4.4(a)    —        Form of Opinion of George Patrick, General Counsel to the Company and the Parent
Exhibit 4.4(b)    —        Form of Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, Special New York Counsel for the Company and the Parent
Exhibit 4.4(c)    —        Form of Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP, Special Counsel for the Purchasers

 

iv


AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.

1025 Laurel Oak Road

Voorhees, New Jersey 08043

5.62% Series E Senior Notes due March 29, 2019

5.77% Series F Senior Notes due March 29, 2022

March 29, 2007

To Each of the Purchasers Listed in

Schedule A Hereto:

Ladies and Gentlemen:

American Water Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation (the Company ) hereby agrees with each of the purchasers whose names appear at the end hereof (each, a Purchaser and, collectively, the Purchasers ) as follows:

 

1. AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES; SUPPORT AGREEMENT.

1.1. The Notes.

The Company will authorize the issue and sale of:

(a) $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.62% Series E Senior Notes, due March 29, 2019 (including any amendments, restatements or modifications from time to time thereto, the Series E Notes , such term to include any such notes issued in substitution or exchange therefor pursuant to Section 13); and

(b) $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.77% Series F Senior Notes, due March 29, 2022 (including any amendments, restatements or modifications from time to time thereto, the Series F Notes , such term to include any such notes issued in substitution or exchange therefor pursuant to Section 13).

The Series E Notes and the Series F Notes are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the Notes, and each of the Notes is sometimes referred to herein individually as a Note. The Series E Notes and the Series F Notes shall be substantially in the respective forms set out in Exhibits 1.1(a) and 1.1(b). Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B; and references to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement.

1.2. The Support Agreement.

The Parent previously entered into a Support Agreement, dated June 22, 2000 and amended as of July 26, 2000 (as such agreement may be hereafter amended, modified or


supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and the provisions of this Agreement, the Support Agreement ), with the Company, a copy of which (as in effect on the date of this Agreement) is attached hereto as Exhibit 1.2, pursuant to which the Parent has agreed, among other things, to provide funds to the Company if it is unable to make timely payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on Debt (as defined in the Support Agreement) issued by the Company.

 

2. SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closing provided for in Section 3, Notes in the principal amounts and in the Series specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The Purchasers’ obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or non-performance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.

 

3. CLOSING.

3.1. Closing.

The closing of the sale and purchase of $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series E Notes and $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series F Notes, in each case to be purchased by the Purchasers, shall occur at the offices of Bingham McCutchen LLP, 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York at 10:00 a.m., local time, at a closing (the C losing ) on March 29, 2007 (the Closing Date ) or on such later Business Day as may be agreed upon by the Company and the relevant Purchasers. At the Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note for each Series of Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser (or such greater number of Notes of each Series in denominations of at least $100,000 as such Purchaser may request), dated the Closing Date and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer for the account of the Company to account number 8013583379 at PNC Bank, National Association, 1600 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, ABA# 031207607.

3.2. Failure of the Company to Deliver.

If on the Closing Date the Company fails to tender to any Purchaser the Notes to be acquired by such Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3, or if the conditions specified in Section 4 have not been fulfilled on the Closing Date to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Notes to be acquired by such Purchaser, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.

 

-2-


4. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

The obligation of the Company to deliver the Notes to each relevant Purchaser on the Closing Date is subject to the Company receiving the purchase price therefor. Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser on the Closing Date is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions:

4.1. Representations and Warranties.

The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement shall be correct when made as of the Closing Date.

4.2. Performance; No Default.

The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date and, after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.14) on the Closing Date, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Neither the Company, the Parent nor any Subsidiary shall have entered into any transaction since the date of the Memorandum that would have been prohibited by Sections 10.1 or 10.10 had such Sections applied since such date.

4.3. Compliance Certificates.

(a) Officer’s Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the Closing Date, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.9 have been fulfilled.

(b) Secretary’s Certificates. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated the Closing Date, certifying as to the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes and this Agreement and as to an attached copy of the Support Agreement.

4.4. Opinions of Counsel.

Such Purchaser shall have received opinions (a) from George Patrick, General Counsel to the Company and the Parent, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.4(a), (b) from Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, special New York counsel for the Company and the Parent, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.4(b) (and the Company hereby instructs its counsel to deliver such opinion to the Purchasers) and (c) from Bingham McCutchen LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.4(c).

 

-3-


4.5. Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc.

On the Closing Date, such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof. If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

4.6. Sale of Other Notes.

Contemporaneously with the Closing, the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at the Closing as specified in Schedule A.

4.7. Payment of Special Counsel Fees.

Without limiting the provisions of Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before the Closing Date the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.4 to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Closing.

4.8. Private Placement Number.

A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for each Series of Notes.

4.9. Changes in Corporate Structure.

Neither the Company nor the Parent shall have changed its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable, or been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Schedule 5.5.

4.10. Funding Instructions.

At least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of the Closing, each Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer on letterhead of the Company confirming the information specified in Section 3 including (i) the name and address of the transferee bank, (ii) such transferee bank’s ABA number and (iii) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes is to be deposited.

 

-4-


4.11. Proceedings and Documents.

All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such special counsel may reasonably request.

 

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

5.1. Organization; Power and Authority.

Each of the Company and the Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing is not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Company and the Parent has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, and, in the case of the Company, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.

5.2. Authorization, Etc.

This Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). The Support Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Parent and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Parent enforceable against the Parent in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

5.3. Disclosure.

The Private Placement Memorandum, relating to the issuance by the Company of its (i) $101,000,000 5.39% Series A Senior Notes due December 21, 2013, (ii) $37,500,000 5.52% Series B Senior Notes due December 21, 2016, (iii) $329,500,000 5,62% Series C Senior Notes due December 21, 2018 and (iv) $432,000,000 5.77% Series D Senior Notes due December 21, 2021, dated November 2006 (the Memorandum ) , fairly describes, in all material respects, the general nature of the business and the types of properties of the Parent, the Company and the

 

-5-


other Subsidiaries. This Agreement, the Memorandum and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Company and the Parent in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and identified in Schedule 5.3, and the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5, in each case excluding projections (this Agreement, the Memorandum and such documents, certificates or other writings and such financial statements delivered to each Purchaser prior to March 8, 2007, in each case excluding projections, being referred to, collectively, as the Disclosure Documents ), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. The projections set forth in the Disclosure Documents were prepared in good faith based upon estimates and assumptions believed by the Parent and the Company to be reasonable on the date such Disclosure Documents were delivered to the Purchasers and on the date hereof. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, since December 31, 2005, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business or properties of the Parent, or the Company or any other Subsidiary, except changes that individually or in the aggregate are not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the Company that is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been set forth in the Disclosure Documents.

5.4. Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries.

(a) Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) a complete and correct list (i) of the Parent’s Subsidiaries, showing, as to each Subsidiary, whether it is a Significant Subsidiary, the correct name thereof, the jurisdiction of its organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Parent and each other Subsidiary and (ii) of the Company’s and the Parent’s directors and senior officers.

(b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 5.4 as being owned by the Parent and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Company, the Parent or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien (except as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 5.4).

(c) Each Subsidiary identified in Schedule 5.4 is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing is not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact.

(d) No Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any legal, regulatory, contractual or other restriction (other than this Agreement, the agreements listed on Schedule 5.4, regulatory requirements imposing a minimum required level of net worth and customary limitations imposed by corporate law or similar statutes) restricting the

 

-6-


ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions of profits to the Parent, or the Company or any of the other Subsidiaries, that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary, except for any such restrictions that are not likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes or the ability of the Parent to perform its obligations under the Support Agreement.

5.5. Financial Statements; Material Liabilities.

The Company has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the consolidated financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.5. All of said financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the consolidated financial position of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes). To the knowledge of the Parent and the Company, the Parent and its Subsidiaries do not have any liabilities that are not disclosed on, or in the notes to, such financial statements or otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, except for any such liabilities as are not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.6. Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc.

The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes and the performance by the Parent of the Support Agreement will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary under, any Material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by-laws, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Parent, or the Company or any other Subsidiary, is bound or by which the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (ii) result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary, or (iii) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Parent, or the Company or any other Subsidiary.

5.7. Governmental Authorizations, Etc.

No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by the Company or the Parent in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes or in connection with the performance by the Parent of the Support Agreement in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes.

 

-7-


5.8. Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders,

(a) There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary, or any property of any of them in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Neither the Parent nor the Company or any other Subsidiary is in default under any term of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to it or is in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation (including without limitation the USA Patriot Act) of any Governmental Authority applicable to it, which default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9. Taxes.

The Parent, and the Company and the other Subsidiaries, have filed all Material tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (i) the amount of which is not individually or in the aggregate Material or (ii) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Parent, or the Company or another Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established reserves to the extent required by GAAP. The Company does not know of any basis for any other tax or assessment that is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Parent, and the Company and the other Subsidiaries, in respect of Material Federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP. The Federal income tax liabilities of the Parent and the Company and the other Subsidiaries, have been finally determined (whether by reason of completed audits or the statute of limitations having run) for all fiscal years up to and including the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

5.10. Title to Property; Leases.

Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, the Parent, and the Company and each other Subsidiary have good title (and title sufficient to the conduct of each of their respective businesses) to their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material, in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect in all respects material to the use made or to be made of the property subject thereto.

5.11. Licenses, Permits, Etc.

(a) The Parent, and the Company and the other Subsidiaries, own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software,

 

-8-


service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, and have not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect thereto, or any notice of proceedings or other action relating to the revocation or modification of any thereof other than infringements, conflicts, revocations or modifications that are not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) To the best knowledge of the Company, there is no Material violation by any Person of any right of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary with respect to any patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary other than such violations that are not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12. Compliance with ERISA.

(a) The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and are not likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Other than benefit obligations to employees and retirees under defined benefit plans, if any, neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that is likely to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to such penalty or excise tax provisions or to section 401(a)(29) or 412 of the Code or section 4068 of ERISA, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material.

(b) The Company and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate are Material.

(c) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(l)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Company to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(c) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

5.13. Private Offering by the Company.

Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Notes or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached

 

-9-


or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person other than the Purchasers and not more than 11 other “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment. The Company has not taken, and will not take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

5.14. Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.

The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Notes as set forth in section 3 of the Memorandum and for general corporate purposes of the Parent and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 5% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries. As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

5.15. Existing Debt; Future Liens.

(a) Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Debt of the Parent, and the Company and the other Subsidiaries, as of the Closing Date, having an outstanding principal amount in excess of $10,000,000. Neither the Parent, nor the Company or any other Subsidiary, is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal of or interest on any such Debt. No event or condition exists with respect to any such Debt that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Debt to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, which in any such case, whether individually or in the aggregate for all such Debt, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15, neither the Parent, nor the Company or any other Subsidiary has agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien not permitted by Section 10.6.

(c) Neither the Parent nor the Company is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Debt, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including, but not limited to, its charter or other organizational document) which prohibits the issuance or sale of the Notes or restricts the Parent from performing its obligations under the Support Agreement, except as specifically indicated in Schedule 5.15.

 

-10-


5.16. Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.

(a) Neither the sale of the Notes by the Company hereunder nor its use of the proceeds thereof will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto.

(b) Neither the Parent nor the Company or any other Subsidiary (i) is a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control or in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) knowingly engages in any dealings or transactions with any Person known to it to be such a Person. The Parent, the Company and the other Subsidiaries are each in compliance, in all material respects, with the USA Patriot Act.

(c) No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

5.17. Status under Certain Statutes.

Each of the Parent and the Company is either not an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “Act” ) or exempt from all provisions of the Act.

5.18. Environmental Matters.

(a) Neither the Parent, nor the Company or any other Subsidiary has knowledge of any claim or has received any written notice of any claim, and no proceeding has been instituted raising any claim against the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary, relating to any of their respective real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or other assets, and alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except, in each case, such as is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) No Hazardous Materials have been or are being used, produced, manufactured, processed, generated, stored, disposed of, managed or treated at, or shipped or transported to or from, the properties owned, leased or operated by the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary or are otherwise present at, on, in or under such properties except for Hazardous Materials used, produced, manufactured, processed, generated, stored, disposed of and managed in the ordinary course of business in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and except as, individually or in the aggregate, are not likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-11-


5.19. TWAUSHI and AW Finance.

(a) TWAUSHI (i) does not have any Subsidiaries other than the Parent, the Parent’s Subsidiaries and AW Finance, (ii) did not own assets (excluding capital stock of the Parent, the Parent’s Subsidiaries and AW Finance, and Parent Contributions) constituting more than 5% of Consolidated Total TWAUSHI Assets as at December 31, 2006 and (iii) does not conduct any business other than holding the capital stock of, and managing, its Subsidiaries and activities reasonably related thereto.

(b) AW Finance (i) did not own assets constituting more than 1% of Consolidated Total TWAUSHI Assets as at December 31, 2006 and (ii) conducts no business.

 

6. REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.

6.1. Purchase for Investment.

(a) Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Notes (i) for its own account or (ii) for one or more separate accounts owned by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds that are “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act), in each case for which it is exercising investment discretion in managing investments of such pension or trust funds, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s control. Such Purchaser is a Qualified Institutional Buyer. Each Purchaser (and each such pension, trust fund or other Person) understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes. Each Purchaser further represents that it (and each such pension, trust fund or other Person) has had the opportunity to ask questions of the Company and received answers concerning the terms and conditions of the sale of the Notes. Each Purchaser’s (and each such pension’s, trust fund’s or other Person’s) financial position is such that it can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Notes. Each Purchaser (and each such pension, trust fund or other Person) can afford to suffer the complete loss of its investment in the Notes. Each Purchaser’s (and each such other Person’s) knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (or the knowledge and experience of such Purchaser’s or such other Person’s investment advisor) is such that it (or such investment advisor) is capable of evaluating the risks of the investment in the Notes. Each Purchaser acknowledges that no representations, express or implied, have been or are being made with respect to Parent, the Company or the Subsidiaries, the Notes or otherwise, other than those expressly set forth herein or contemplated hereby.

 

-12-


(b) Each Purchaser agrees to the imprinting of a legend on the Notes to the following effect:

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. NO TRANSFER, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE UNLESS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER SUCH ACT, AND SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION AS MAY BE NECESSARY UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATIONS AND/OR QUALIFICATIONS IS AVAILABLE UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS. EACH TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE REGISTERED IN ITS NAME (OR THE NAME OF ITS NOMINEE), WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO WHICH THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED.”

6.2. Source of Funds.

Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “Source” ) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:

(a) the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption ( PTE ) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the NAIC Annual Statement )) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

(b) the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

 

-13-


(c) the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

(d) the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part V of PTE 84-14 (the QPAM Exemption )) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part V of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are included in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Section V(c)(l) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, exceed 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section V(e) of the QPAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of all employee benefit plans whose assets are included in such investment fund have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or

(e) the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Section IV of PTE 96-23 (the INHAM Exemption )) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section IV(d) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

(f) the Source is a governmental plan; or

(g) the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or

(h) the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.

As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

-14-


7. INFORMATION AS TO COMPANY.’

7.1. Financial and Business Information.

The Company shall deliver, or shall cause the Parent or TWAUSHI to deliver (as the case may be), to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:

(a) Parent (or TWAUSHI) Quarterly Statements — within sixty (60) days (or, if earlier, within fifteen (15) days after its filing of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (the Form 10-Q ) with the SEC if the Parent is subject to the filing requirements thereof) after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Parent (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), duplicate copies of,

(i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and

(ii) consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally (including being subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes), and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the financial position of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments, provided that delivery within the time period specified above of copies of the Parent’s Form 10-Q prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1 (a), provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-Q if (x) the Parent shall have made such Form 10-Q available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or any replacement website (and sent a notification of such availability via e-mail to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor) or (y) the Parent or the Company shall have posted such financial statements through an Electronic Distribution Service (and sent a notification of such posting via e-mail to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor) (such availability or posting and the giving of such notice thereof being referred to as Electronic Delivery ); provided , however , that solely with respect to the first three quarterly fiscal periods of TWAUSHI in fiscal year 2007 (unless TWAUSHI shall have merged with and into the Parent prior to the end of any such quarterly fiscal period, in which event this proviso shall not apply in respect of the quarterly fiscal period in which such merger occurs or thereafter), (A) the quarterly financial statements required to be delivered (or caused to be delivered) by the Company under this Section 7.1 (a) shall be those of TWAUSHI and its Subsidiaries (and the accompanying certification of a Senior Financial Officer shall be with respect to such financial statements) as if each reference to the Parent in this Section 7.1 (a) were a reference to TWAUSHI, and (B) the Company

 

-15-


shall also deliver, or cause TWAUSHI to deliver, to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor, together with the financial statements being delivered under Section 7.1(a)(i) and (ii) above, duplicate copies of:

(1) consolidating balance sheets of TWAUSHI and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and

(2) consolidating statements of income and cash flows of TWAUSHI and its Subsidiaries, for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter;

certified as to fairness of presentation in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and as to consistency by a Senior Financial Officer;

(b) Parent (or TWAUSHI) Annual Statements — within 105 days (or, if earlier, within fifteen (15) days after its filing of the Parent’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “ Form 10-K ”) with the SEC if the Parent is subject to the filing requirements thereof) after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent, duplicate copies of

(i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and

(ii) consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for such year,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the financial position of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances; provided that the delivery within the time period specified above of the Parent’s Form 10-K for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(b), provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-K or financial statements if it shall have made Electronic Delivery thereof; provided further, however , that solely with respect to fiscal years 2006 and 2007 of TWAUSHI (unless TWAUSHI shall have merged with and into the Parent prior to the end of such fiscal year, in which event this proviso shall not be effective), (A) the annual financial statements required to be delivered (or caused to be delivered) by the Company under this Section 7.1(b) shall be those of TWAUSHI and its Subsidiaries (and the accompanying opinion of independent accountants shall be with respect to such financial statements) as if each reference to the Parent in this Section 7.1(b) were a reference to TWAUSHI and (B) the

 

-16-


Company shall also deliver, or cause TWAUSHI to deliver, to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor, together with the financial statements being delivered under Section 7.1(b)(i) and (ii) above, duplicate copies of:

(1) consolidating balance sheets of TWAUSHI and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and

(2) consolidating statements of income and cash flows of TWAUSHI and its Subsidiaries for such year;

certified as to fairness of presentation in accordance with GAAP and as to consistency by a Senior Financial Officer;

(c) Company Quarterly Statements — within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year of the Company ended at the end of such fiscal quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally (including being subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes), and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year end adjustments; provided , that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such financial statements and certificate if it shall have made Electronic Delivery thereof;

(d) Company Annual Statements — within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and their results of operations and cash flows; provided , that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such financial statements and certificate if it shall have made Electronic Delivery thereof;

(e) SEC Reports — within five (5) Business Days after the filing thereof, each regular or periodic report (other than reports referred to in Sections 7.1 (a) and (b) above) filed by the Parent or the Company with the SEC; provided , that the Parent or the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such report if it shall have made Electronic Delivery thereof;

(f) Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

-17-


(g) ERISA Matters — promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice of:

(i) with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or

(ii) the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening in writing by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multi-employer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multi-employer Plan; or

(iii) any event, transaction or condition that could result in (A) the incurrence of any liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or pursuant to the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or (B) the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or pursuant to such penalty or excise tax provisions, in each case if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(h) Notices from Governmental Authority — promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof, copies of any written notice to the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary from any Federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(i) Change in Significant Subsidiaries — simultaneously with the delivery of the certificate referred to in Section 7.2(a), if any Subsidiary has become or ceased to be a Significant Subsidiary, a revised Schedule 5.4 disclosing the Significant Subsidiaries as of the date of such certificate;

(j) Acquisition or Disposition of Significant Subsidiaries —prompt notice of any change in Significant Subsidiaries as a result of any acquisition or disposition;

(k) Support Agreement — prompt notice of any proposed waiver, amendment, supplement or other modification of any term or condition of the Support Agreement; and

(1) Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary or relating to the ability of

 

-18-


the Company to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes or the ability of the Parent to perform its obligations under the Support Agreement, as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such holder of Notes; provided that nothing in this Section 7.1(1) shall obligate the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary to disclose to any such holder of Notes information the disclosure of which would (i) be a violation of any applicable law, statute or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary disclosing such information or (ii) be a breach of any contractual agreement (other than any such agreement entered into in contemplation of this clause (ii) or any request for information under Section 7.1(1)) regarding confidentiality of information to which the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary disclosing such information is a party; provided, further that the Company agrees to work with each such holder of Notes and any prospective transferee of its Notes with respect to any request for information under this Section 7.1(1), in good faith, to attempt to resolve any impediment to such disclosure raised by clause (i) or (ii) hereof; provided further, however , that until the earlier to occur of (x) a merger of TWAUSHI with and into the Parent and (y) March 31, 2008, the Company shall provide to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor all such data and information with respect to TWAUSHI and its Subsidiaries of the type described in this Section 7.1(1) on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7.1(1) with respect to the data and information of the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

7.2. Officer’s Certificate.

Each set of financial statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(c) or Section 7.1(d), shall be accompanied by a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by a Senior Financial Officer setting forth:

(a) Covenant Compliance — a reasonably detailed calculation showing whether the Company was in compliance with the requirements of Section 10.5, Section 10.10, Section 10.11, Section 10.12(a)(i) and Section 10.12(b)(i) (in the case of the covenants contained in Section 10.12, for so long as such covenants are in effect), as of the end of the fiscal period covered by the statements then being furnished (including the calculation of the maximum ratio or percentage permissible under the terms of such Section, and the calculation of the ratio or percentage then in existence); and

(b) Event of Default — a statement as to whether or not to the knowledge of such Senior Financial Officer any Default or Event of Default exists on the date of such certificate and, if any Default or Event of Default then exists, specifying the details thereof and what action the Company shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

7.3. Visitation.

The Company will, and will cause TWAUSHI and the Parent to, permit any original Purchaser and any holder of 10% or more of principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and any properly qualified agents or representatives of such holder designated by such holder, at all reasonable intervals and places and upon reasonable prior written notice, to (a) examine the

 

-19-


books of account, records, reports and other papers of TWAUSHI, the Parent and their Subsidiaries and to make copies and extracts therefrom for the purpose of determining whether the Company is complying with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, (b) visit and inspect, under the guidance of the Parent, the properties of TWAUSHI, the Parent or of any of their Subsidiaries and (c) discuss its or their affairs, finances and accounts with, and be advised as to the same by, its or their officers and (provided no Event of Default exists, with the consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) TWAUSHI’s and the Parent’s independent public accountants; provided that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing no such visit to, inspection of or discussions with officers of, any Subsidiary of TWAUSHI or the Parent other than the Company shall be permitted if the book value of TWAUSHI’s or the Parent’s (as the case may be) investment therein (as determined in accordance with GAAP) is less than 2% of all of TWAUSHI’s or the Parent’s (as the case may be) investments in its respective Subsidiaries; provided, further, that nothing in this Section 7.3 shall obligate TWAUSHI, the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary of TWAUSHI to disclose to any such holder of Notes information the disclosure of which would (i) be a violation of any applicable law, statute or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to TWAUSHI, the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary of TWAUSHI disclosing such information or (ii) be a breach of any contractual agreement (other than any such agreement entered into in contemplation of this clause (ii) or any request for information under this Section 7.3) regarding confidentiality of information to which TWAUSHI, the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary of TWAUSHI disclosing such information is a party; provided, further that the Company agrees to work with each such holder of Notes and any prospective transferee of its Notes with respect to any request for information under this Section 7.3, in good faith, to attempt to resolve any impediment to such disclosure raised by clause (i) or (ii) hereof. So long as any Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing, all expenses incurred by a Purchaser in the exercise of any rights under this Section 7.3 shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the rights granted pursuant to this Section 7.3 to the original Purchasers and holders of 10% or more of the outstanding Notes (and their qualified agents or representatives) with respect to TWAUSHI shall cease to be effective upon the earlier to occur of (x) a merger of TWAUSHI with and into the Parent and (y) March 31, 2008.

 

8. PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES.

8.1. Interest; Maturity.

(a) Interest on the Notes shall be payable at the rates and at the times set forth in the Notes.

(b) As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of the Notes shall be due and payable on the stated maturity date thereof.

8.2. Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount.

The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes, in an amount not less than 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, and the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment

 

-20-


date with respect to such principal amount. The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.5), the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and any conditions to such payment and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.

8.3. Prepayment of Notes Upon Change in Control.

(a) Notice of Change in Control or Control Event . The Company will, within ten (10) Business Days after any Responsible Officer has knowledge of the occurrence of any Change in Control or Control Event, give written notice of such Change in Control or Control Event to each holder of Notes unless notice in respect of such Change in Control (or the Change in Control contemplated by such Control Event) shall have been given pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this Section 8.3. If a Change in Control has occurred, such notice shall contain and constitute an offer to prepay all of the Notes outstanding at such time, as described in subparagraph (c) of this Section 8.3 and shall include the information described in subparagraph (g) of this Section 8.3.

(b) Condition to Action . The Company will not permit the Parent to take any action that consummates or finalizes a Change in Control unless the Company shall have given to each holder of Notes written notice containing and constituting an offer to prepay all of the Notes outstanding at such time, as described in subparagraph (c) of this Section 8.3, which offer shall include the information described in subparagraph (g) of this Section 8.3.

(c) Offer to Prepay Notes . The offer to prepay Notes contemplated by subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 8.3 shall be an offer to prepay, in accordance with and subject to this Section 8.3, all, but not less than all, of the Notes held by each holder (in this case only, “holder” in respect of any Note registered in the name of a nominee for a disclosed beneficial owner shall mean such beneficial owner) on a date specified in such offer (the Proposed Prepayment Date ). If such Proposed Prepayment Date is in connection with an offer contemplated by subparagraph (a) of this Section 8.3, such date shall be not less than thirty (30) days and not more than 120 days after the date of such offer. If the Proposed Prepayment Date shall not be specified in such offer, the Proposed Prepayment Date shall be the first Business Day after the 45 th day after the date of such offer.

(d) Acceptance . A holder of Notes may accept the offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.3 by causing a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the

 

-21-


Company not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt by such holder of the most recent offer of prepayment. A failure by a holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder.

(e) Prepayment . Prepayment of the Notes to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall be at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, together with interest on such Notes accrued to the date of prepayment. The prepayment shall be made on the Proposed Prepayment Date except as provided in subparagraph (f) of this Section 8.3.

(f) Deferral Pending Change in Control . The obligation of the Company to prepay Notes pursuant to the offers required by subparagraph (c) and accepted in accordance with subparagraph (d) of this Section 8.3 is subject to the occurrence of the Change in Control in respect of which such offers and acceptances shall have been made. In the event that such Change in Control has not occurred on the Proposed Prepayment Date in respect thereof, the prepayment shall be deferred until, and shall be made on, the date on which such Change in Control occurs. The Company shall keep each holder of Notes reasonably and timely informed of (i) any such deferral of the date of prepayment, (ii) the date on which such Change in Control and the prepayment are expected to occur, and (iii) any determination by the Company that efforts to effect such Change in Control have ceased or been abandoned (in which case the offers and acceptances made pursuant to this Section 8.3 in respect of such Change in Control shall be deemed rescinded).

(g) Other Terms . Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall specify: (i) the Proposed Prepayment Date; (ii) that such offer is made pursuant to this Section 8.3; (iii) the principal amount and Series of each Note offered to be prepaid; (iv) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Proposed Prepayment Date; (v) that the conditions of this Section 8.3 have been fulfilled; and (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature and date or proposed date of the Change in Control.

8.4. Offer to Prepay Upon Disposition of Certain Assets.

(a) Notice and Offer . In the event Net Proceeds of an Asset Disposition are to be used to make an offer (a Transfer Prepayment Offer ) to prepay Notes pursuant to a Debt Prepayment Application under Section 10.10 of this Agreement (a Debt Prepayment Transfer ), the Company will give written notice of such Debt Prepayment Transfer to each holder of Notes. Such written notice shall contain, and such written notice shall constitute, an irrevocable offer to prepay, at the election of each holder, a portion of the Notes held by such holder equal to such holder’s Ratable Portion of the Net Proceeds in respect of such Debt Prepayment Transfer on a date specified in such notice (the Transfer Prepayment Date ) that is not less than thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice, together with interest on the amount to be so prepaid accrued to the Transfer Prepayment Date. If the Transfer Prepayment Date shall not be specified in such notice, the Transfer Prepayment Date shall be the thirtieth (30th) day after the date of such notice.

 

-22-


(b) Acceptance and Payment . To accept such Transfer Prepayment Offer, a holder of Notes shall cause a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the Company not later than twenty (20) days after the date of such written notice from the Company, provided , that failure to accept such offer in writing within twenty (20) days after the date of such written notice shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of the Prepayment Offer. If so accepted by any holder of a Note, such offered prepayment (equal to not less than such holder’s Ratable Portion of the Net Proceeds in respect of such Debt Prepayment Transfer) shall be due and payable on the Transfer Prepayment Date. Such offered prepayment shall be made at one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount of such Notes being so prepaid, together with interest on such principal amount then being prepaid accrued to the Transfer Prepayment Date determined as of the date of such prepayment.

(c) Other Terms . Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall specify (i) the Transfer Prepayment Date, (ii) the Net Proceeds in respect of the applicable Debt Prepayment Transfer, (iii) that such offer is being made pursuant to Section 8.4 and Section 10.10 of this Agreement, (iv) the principal amount of each Note offered to be prepaid, (v) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Transfer Prepayment Date and (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature of the Asset Disposition giving rise to such Debt Prepayment Transfer and certifying that no Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to the prepayment contemplated by such offer.

8.5. Allocation of Partial Prepayments.

Except as otherwise provided for in Section 8.3 and Section 8.4, in the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding (without regard to Series) in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

8.6. Maturity; Surrender, Etc.

In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall, subject to any conditions to such prepayment, mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall promptly be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

8.7. Purchase of Notes.

The Company will not and will not permit any of its controlled Affiliates or the Parent to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except (a) upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of

 

-23-


this Agreement and the Notes or (b) pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the Company or an Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it, any of its controlled Affiliates or the Parent pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

8.8. Make-Whole Amount.

Make-Whole Amount means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:

Called Principal means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

Discounted Value means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on such Note is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

Reinvestment Yield means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note of either Series, .50% over the yield to maturity implied by (i) the yields reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on the run U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Constant Maturity Series Yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.I5 (or any comparable successor publication) for U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.

In the case of each determination under clause (i) or clause (ii), as the case may be, of the preceding paragraph, such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

 

-24-


Remaining Average Life means, with respect to any Called Principal of any Note, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

Remaining Scheduled Payments means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of such Note, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 12.1.

Settlement Date means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

9.1. Compliance with Law.

Without limiting Section 10.4, the Company will, and will cause the Parent and each of the other Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, ERISA, the USA Patriot Act and Environmental Laws, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, except for any non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations that is not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.2. Insurance.

The Company will, and will cause the Parent and each of the other Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if reserves are maintained with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP) as are customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated, except for any failure to maintain such insurance that is not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-25-


9.3. Maintenance of Properties.

The Company will, and will cause the Parent and each other Subsidiary to, maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective Material properties in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, provided that this Section shall not prevent the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation or the maintenance of any of its properties or disposing of them if such discontinuance or disposal is not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.4. Payment of Taxes and Claims.

The Company will, and will cause the Parent and each other Subsidiary to, pay and discharge all taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the Parent, or the Company or any other Subsidiary, provided that neither the Parent, nor the Company or any other Subsidiary need pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if (i) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Parent, the Company or such other Subsidiary in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Parent, the Company or such other Subsidiary has established reserves therefor to the extent required by GAAP on the books of the Parent, the Company or such other Subsidiary or (ii) the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims in the aggregate is not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.5. Corporate Existence, Etc.

Subject to Section 10.2, the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence. Subject to Sections 10.2 and 10.10, the Company will, and will cause the Parent to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence of the Parent and each other Subsidiary (unless merged into the Company, the Parent or a Subsidiary) and all rights and franchises of the Company, the Parent and its other Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company or the Parent, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise is not, individually or in the aggregate, likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.6. Books and Records.

The Company will, and will cause TWAUSHI, the Parent and their Subsidiaries to, maintain books of record and account in which entries shall be made of all Material dealings and transactions in relation to their respective businesses and activities, in each case in conformity in all material respects with GAAP and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over the Company, TWAUSHI, the Parent or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided , that the Company’s obligations with respect to TWAUSHI pursuant to this Section 9.6 shall cease to be effective upon the earlier to occur of (x) a merger of TWAUSHI with and into the Parent and (y) March 31, 2008.

 

-26-


10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

10.1. Transactions with Affiliates.

The Company shall not, and shall not permit the Parent or any other Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction with any of its Affiliates (other than the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary), unless such transaction is on terms not materially less favorable to the Parent, or the Company or any other Subsidiary, than if the transaction had been negotiated in good faith on an arm’s-length basis with a non-Affiliate, provided that the foregoing shall not restrict (a) director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (b) transactions pursuant to the $550 million revolving credit facility between RWE AG, a German corporation (“ RWE ”), and the Company, (c) transactions pursuant to the Support Agreement and (d) transactions and arrangements in connection with any Initial Public Offering or subsequent disposition by RWE or any of its Affiliates of Common Stock of Parent or of any Person that owns 100% of the Common Stock of Parent (including with respect to allocations of assets and liabilities, transition services and other separation matters, indemnification, registration rights and expense reimbursement) that are approved by the board of directors of Parent.

10.2. Merger, Consolidation, Etc.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit the Parent to, consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

(i) the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Parent as an entirety, as the case may be, shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof (including the District of Columbia), and shall expressly assume, in the case of the Company, the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant, condition and obligation under this Agreement and the Notes and, in the case of the Parent, all the obligations under the Support Agreement to be performed or observed, and such Person shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of any Notes an opinion of counsel to the effect that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease complies in all material respects with this Section 10.2; and

(ii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

-27-


(b) Upon any consolidation by the Company or the Parent with or merger by the Company or the Parent into any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of either the Company’s or the Parent’s properties and assets substantially as an entirety in accordance with this Section 10.2, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which it is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or the Parent, as applicable, under this Agreement or the Support Agreement with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company or the Parent, as applicable, herein or therein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants, in the case of the Company, under this Agreement and the Notes and, in the case of the Parent, under the Support Agreement.

10.3. Line of Business.

The Company shall not engage in any business, operations or activities (whether directly, through a joint venture, in connection with a permitted acquisition or otherwise) other than financing activities for and on behalf of the Parent and the other Subsidiaries of the Parent.

10.4. Terrorism Sanctions Regulations.

The Company shall not, and shall not permit the Parent or any other Subsidiary to, (a) become a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control or in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (b) knowingly engage in any dealings or transactions with any Person known to it to be such a Person.

10.5. Debt Capitalization Ratio.

The Company shall not permit, and shall cause the Parent not to permit, the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalization as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Parent to exceed 0.70 to 1.00; provided , that for the purposes of the calculation of this ratio, any non-cash effects reflected in the financial statements of the Parent resulting from SFAS 158 shall be excluded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any fiscal quarter for which the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 are financial statements of TWAUSHI, references to “the Parent” in this Section and in the definitions of “Consolidated Total Debt” and “Consolidated Total Capitalization” shall be deemed references to “TWAUSHI”.

10.6. Liens.

The Company will not, and will not cause or permit the Parent or any other Subsidiary to, incur any Debt secured by any Lien, or suffer to exist any Lien securing Debt, upon or with respect to their respective properties (including, without limitation, their capital stock), except:

(a) Liens existing, or created pursuant to the terms of agreements existing, on the date hereof;

 

-28-


(b) Liens consisting of (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure obligations under workmen’s compensation laws or similar legislation, (ii) deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure or in lieu of surety, appeal or customs bonds to which the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary is a party, (iii) Liens created by or resulting from any litigation or legal proceeding which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (iv) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure performance in connection with bids, tenders or contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) or (v) materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted;

(c) Liens created to secure tax-exempt Debt in connection with the financing or refinancing of the purchase, lease or construction of properties;

(d) any Lien on any asset of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or such asset is acquired by, the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such event;

(e) Liens created to secure sales of accounts receivable and other receivables;

(f) licenses of intellectual property granted by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business;

(g) Liens of landlords arising under real property leases to the extent such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and do not secure any past due obligation for the payment of money;

(h) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease permitted by this Agreement;

(i) Liens securing Debt which has neither been assumed by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary nor upon which it customarily pays interest charges, existing upon real property, or rights in or relating thereto, which real property or rights were acquired for right-of-way purposes;

(j) zoning laws and ordinances;

(k) Capital Leases;

(l) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, conditions and other similar encumbrances, minor defects or irregularities of title, and alleys, streets and highways, which in the aggregate do not materially impair the usefulness of the mortgaged property in the present business of the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary;

(m) leases of the properties of the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, (i) interfere in any material respect with the ordinary course of business or (ii) materially impair the value of the property subject thereto;

 

-29-


(n) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the Company, the Parent or such other Subsidiary;

(o) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and cash equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the financial institutions with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such financial institutions with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that, unless such Liens are non-consensual and arise by operation of law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Debt;

(p) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent and which may subsequently be paid without interest or penalties and Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which reserves have been established to the extent required by GAAP;

(q) any Lien on any property of the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary securing obligations not exceeding in the aggregate $20,000,000 outstanding at any time;

(r) Liens securing Debt of the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary; provided that, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Priority Debt would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Tangible Total Assets;

(s) Liens on any property, acquired, constructed or improved by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary after the date of this Agreement, and any improvements thereon, accessions thereto or other property acquired or constructed for use in connection therewith or related thereto, which are created or assumed prior to or contemporaneously with, or within 180 days after, such acquisition or completion of such construction or improvement, or within one year thereafter pursuant to a firm commitment for financing arranged with a lender or investor within such 180-day period, to secure or provide for the payment of all or any part of the purchase price of such property or the cost of such construction or improvement incurred after the date of this Agreement or Liens on any property existing at the time of acquisition thereof; provided, that the Liens shall not extend to any property theretofore owned by the Company, the Parent or any other Subsidiary other than, in the case of any such construction or improvement, (i) unimproved real property on which the property so constructed or the improvement is located, (ii) other property (or improvement thereon) which is an

 

-30-


improvement to or is acquired or constructed for use in connection therewith or related thereto, (iii) any right and interest under any agreement or other documents relating to the property being so constructed or improved or such other property and (iv) the stock of any Subsidiary created or maintained for the primary purpose of owning the property so constructed or improved;

(t) Liens on property securing Debt if, prior to or concurrently with the issuance, assumption or guarantee of such Debt, the Notes (together with, if the Company shall so determine, (i) any other Debt of or guaranteed by the Company ranking equally with the Notes or (ii) any Debt of the Parent or any other Subsidiary then existing or thereafter created) are secured by such property equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt;

(u) Liens securing the Notes; and

(v) Liens created for the sole purpose of refinancing, extending, renewing or replacing in whole or in part Debt or other obligations secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing subsections (a) through (u); provided, however, that the principal amount of Debt or obligations secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of Debt or obligations so secured at the time of such refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement plus the amount of any premiums required to be paid thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated therewith and that such refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement, as the case may be, shall be limited to all or a part of the property that secured the Lien or mortgage so refinanced, extended, renewed or replaced (and any improvements on such property).

10.7. Dividends and Distributions.

The Company shall not declare or pay any dividends upon any of its Common Stock, or purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of its Common Stock, or make any distribution of cash, property or assets among the holders of shares of its Common Stock, or make any change in its capital structure, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur, either immediately before or immediately after giving effect to any of the foregoing.

10.8. Use of Proceeds.

The Company shall not use any portion of the proceeds of the Notes (a) directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of the regulations of the Board, including the Margin Regulations, or (b) for any purpose in violation of any other applicable law, rule or regulation.

10.9. Support Agreement.

The Company shall not permit the Parent to (a) cancel or terminate the Support Agreement or (b) amend or otherwise modify the terms of the Support Agreement, except for amendments and modifications that do not adversely affect the rights of the holders of Notes hereunder, in each case, without the prior written consent of all holders of Notes.

 

-31-


10.10. Sale of Assets.

The Company will not, and will not permit the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary to, make an Asset Disposition (other than an Asset Disposition subject to Section 10.2 and satisfying the requirements thereof) if immediately after giving effect to such Asset Disposition, (i) any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or (ii) the amount equal to (A) the aggregate Disposition Value of all property of the Parent, the Company and any Significant Subsidiary disposed of pursuant to Asset Dispositions in accordance with this Section 10.10 during the then current fiscal year of the Parent minus (B) the aggregate amount in respect of Asset Dispositions consummated during such fiscal year that has been applied to either or both of a Debt Prepayment Application or a Property Reinvestment Application, would exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets, determined as at the end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Parent (any such excess being referred to as the “Excess Asset Sale Amount” of such Asset Disposition), unless, solely with respect to the circumstances described in clause (ii) of this Section 10.10, an amount equal to the lesser of the Excess Asset Sale Amount and the Net Proceeds arising from such Asset Disposition is applied to either or both of a Debt Prepayment Application or a Property Reinvestment Application within 365 days of the date of such disposition pursuant to this Section 10.10. For the purpose of determining compliance with this Section 10.10, the Company shall have the right to designate the Asset Dispositions to which any Debt Prepayment Application or Property Reinvestment Application relates.

10.11. Priority Debt.

The Company will not, and will not permit the Parent or any other Subsidiary to, incur Priority Debt if, after giving effect to such incurrence, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Priority Debt (without duplication) would exceed 15% of Consolidated Tangible Total Assets.

10.12. Limitations on TWAUSHI and Certain of its Subsidiaries.

The Company will not at any time during the 2007 fiscal year of TWAUSHI (but only prior to any merger of TWAUSHI with and into the Parent, at which time this Section 10.12 shall be of no further force or effect) permit:

(a) TWAUSHI to (i) own assets (excluding capital stock of the Parent, the Parent’s Subsidiaries and AW Finance, and contributions made to the Parent or any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries by RWE or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent they are made indirectly through TWAUSHI ( Parent Contributions ) ) constituting more than 5% of Consolidated Total TWAUSHI Assets on the last day of any fiscal quarter of TWAUSHI, (ii) conduct any business other than holding the capital stock of, and managing, its Subsidiaries and activities reasonably related thereto or (iii) form any new direct Subsidiary; and

(b) AW Finance to (i) own assets constituting more than 1% of Consolidated Total TWAUSHI Assets on the last day of any fiscal quarter of TWAUSHI or (ii) conduct any business.

 

-32-


11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

An Event of Default shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or

(b) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

(c) the Company (or the Parent or its Subsidiaries, as applicable) defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 7.1(f) or Sections 10.2, 10.5, 10.11, 10.12(a)(i) or 10.12(b)(i); or

(d) the Company (or the Parent or its Subsidiaries, as applicable) defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in Sections 11 (a), (b) and (c)) and such default is not remedied within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11(d)); provided, however , that except with respect to defaults under or breaches of the covenants contained in Section 9.4 or 10.6, the holders of Notes shall be deemed to have agreed to an extension of such 30-day period to 90 days so long as corrective action is initiated by the Company or the Parent within such 30-day period unless such corrective action is no longer being diligently pursued; or

(e) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or by any officer of the Company in this Agreement or in any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

(f) (i) the Company, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest on any Debt that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least (A) $10,000,000 in the case of the Company; (B) $25,000,000 in the case of the Parent or (C) $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in the case of all Significant Subsidiaries, beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, (ii) the Company, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any Debt in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least (A) $10,000,000 in the case of the Company; (B) $25,000,000 in the case of the Parent or (C) $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in the case of all Significant Subsidiaries or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Debt has become, or has been declared (or one or more Persons are entitled to

 

-33-


declare such Debt to be), due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii) as a consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Debt to convert such Debt into equity interests), (x) the Company, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary has become obligated to purchase or repay Debt before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least (A) $10,000,000 in the case of the Company; (B) $25,000,000 in the case of the Parent or (C) $50,000.000 in the aggregate, in the case of all Significant Subsidiaries, or (y) one or more Persons have the right to require the Company, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary to purchase or repay such Debt; or

(g) the Parent, or the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or

(h) a court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Parent, or the Company or any of the other Significant Subsidiaries, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Parent, or the Company or any of the other Significant Subsidiaries, or any such petition shall be filed against the Parent, or the Company or any of the other Significant Subsidiaries, and such petition shall not be dismissed within sixty (60) days; or

(i) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (to the extent not paid or insured) in excess of (A) $10,000,000 in the case of the Company; (B) $25,000,000 in the case of the Parent or (C) $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in the case of all Significant Subsidiaries of the Parent are rendered against one or more of the Company, the Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries and which judgments are not, within sixty (60) days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within sixty (60) days after the expiration of such stay; or

(j) the Parent shall default in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition under Section 3 of the Support Agreement as of the last day of any fiscal year or fiscal quarter of the Company; provided, however , that the Company’s failure to have a positive tangible net worth (total assets less liabilities less intangible assets as of such last day), as determined for purposes of the Support Agreement and after giving effect to period-end adjustments in accordance with GAAP, shall not be an Event of Default unless the Company has a tangible net worth of less than negative $10,000; or

 

-34-


(k) any material provision of the Support Agreement shall become unenforceable, or any court or governmental or regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Parent shall assert the unenforceability of any such provision in writing, or the Parent contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any such provision; or

(1) unless the Parent shall have assumed the obligation in the Notes pursuant to Section 22.1, the Parent shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Common Stock of the Company; or

(m) if (i) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (iv) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (v) the Company establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Company thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (v) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

As used in Section 11 (m), the terms “employee benefit plan” and “employee welfare benefit plan” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

12. REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

12.1. Acceleration.

(a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary described in Section ll(g) or (h) (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of Section ll(g) or described in clause (vi) of Section ll(g) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of Section 1 l(g)) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

(b) If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Required Holders may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

(c) If any Event of Default described in Section 11 (a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.

 

-35-


Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

12.2. Other Remedies.

If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

12.3. Rescission.

At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or (c), the Required Holders, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

12.4. No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.

No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or by any

 

-36-


Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.

 

13. REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES.

13.1. Registration of Notes.

The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

13.2. Transfer and Exchange of Notes.

Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes of the same Series (as requested by the holder thereof) in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and in the form of Note for such Series set forth in Exhibit 1.1 (a) or Exhibit 1.1 (b), as the case may be. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than $100,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes of a Series, one Note of such Series may be in a denomination of less than $100,000. Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representations set forth in Section 6.

The Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and may not be transferred or resold unless registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from the requirement for such registration is available.

 

-37-


13.3. Replacement of Notes.

Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

(a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, (i) an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $100,000,000 or (ii) a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

(b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver not more than thirty (30) days following satisfaction of such conditions, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same Series, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

 

14. PAYMENTS ON NOTES.

14.1. Place of Payment.

Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in New York, New York at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in the United States or the principal office of a bank or trust company in the United States.

14.2. Home Office Payment.

So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at

 

-38-


the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 14.2.

 

15. EXPENSES, ETC.

15.1. Transaction Expenses.

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of Bingham McCutchen LLP, special counsel to the Purchasers, and excluding, with respect to clause (a) below, the fees and expenses of any other counsel to the Purchasers, and, with respect to clause (b) below, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel to the Purchasers other than any local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction if reasonably required by the Required Holders) incurred by each Purchaser or holder of a Note in connection with (a) the negotiation, preparation, execution, and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, (b) any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, the Support Agreement or the Notes (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), (c) enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, the Support Agreement or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, the Support Agreement or the Notes, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, (d) the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary or in connection with any workout or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby, by the Support Agreement and by the Notes, including, without limitation, financial advisors’ fees and (e) the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder).

15.2. Survival.

The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes, and the termination of this Agreement.

 

16. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by

 

-39-


any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

17. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

17.1. Requirements.

This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 21 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (i) subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest (if such change in the method of computation of interest results in a decrease in the interest rate) or of the Make-Whole Amount on any of the Notes, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (iii) amend any of Sections 8, 11(a), 1 l(b), 12, 17 or 20.

17.2. Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

(a) Solicitation . The Company will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with notice of any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 17 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.

(b) Payment . The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes then outstanding even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

 

-40-


17.3. Binding Effect, etc.

Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company and the holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note. As used herein, the term this Agreement and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

17.4. Notes Held by Company, etc.

Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Parent, the Company or any of their controlled Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

18. NOTICES.

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), (c) by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid) or (d) by posting through an Electronic Distribution Service, if the sender on the same day sends or causes to be sent notice to the recipient of the posting by electronic mail. Any such notice must be sent:

(i) if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the fax number or address or. in the case of clause (d) above, the e-mail address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other fax number, address or e-mail address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,

(ii) if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such fax number or address or, in the case of clause (d) above, such e-mail address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing, or

(iii) if to the Company, to the Company at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of Treasurer, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.

 

-41-


19. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.

This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company or any holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

 

20. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

For the purposes of this Section 20, Confidential Information means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement and, in the case of information delivered to any Purchaser after the Closing, that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Parent, the Company or such Subsidiary, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known (other than through the wrongful disclosure by any Purchaser or any person acting on any Purchaser’s behalf) or otherwise actually known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure from a source other than the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary, or any Affiliate or agent of the Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary actually known by such Purchaser to be an Affiliate or agent thereof and so long as the source of such information is not known to such Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any other party with respect to such information, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes actually known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary, or any Affiliate or agent of the Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary actually known by such Purchaser to be an Affiliate or agent thereof and so long as the source of such information is not known to such Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any other party with respect to such information or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) on a confidential basis, its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, trustees and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment

 

-42-


represented by its Notes), (ii) its financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes and this Agreement; provided that such Purchaser shall, unless prohibited by law, notify the Company of any disclosure required pursuant to clause (w), (x) or (y) above as far in advance as reasonably practicable to enable the Company to seek a protective order or other appropriate relief. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 20. Each Purchaser recognizes its responsibility for compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in connection with its use of non-public information regarding the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

 

21. SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER.

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Affiliate, shall contain such Affiliate’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Affiliate of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate in lieu of such original Purchaser. In the event that such Affiliate is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Affiliate thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Affiliate, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Affiliate as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Affiliate, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement. Any such assignment to an Affiliate shall not relieve any Purchaser of its obligation hereunder to purchase the Notes subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth.

 

-43-


22. MISCELLANEOUS.

22.1. Assumption by the Parent or a Domestic Subsidiary.

The Parent or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Parent may directly assume, by a written instrument, executed and delivered to the holders of the Notes, in form satisfactory to the Required Holders, the performance of each covenant (including, without limitation, the delivery of financial statements of the substitute issuer pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof), condition and obligation of the Company under this Agreement and the Notes, including, without limitation, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (together with any Make-Whole Amount) and interest on all the Notes; provided that (a) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such assumption, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) in the case of such assumption by a Domestic Subsidiary, (i) the Support Agreement shall be modified to substitute such Domestic Subsidiary for the Company thereunder, or to include such Domestic Subsidiary, and (ii) the Parent’s obligations under the Support Agreement, as so modified, shall remain in full force and effect, and (c) each holder of any Notes shall have received an opinion of counsel to the effect that (subject to customary limitations) such assumption is effective to make all obligations of the Company hereunder binding and enforceable obligations of the substitute issuer and, in the case of an assumption by a Domestic Subsidiary, the Support Agreement, as so modified to substitute or include such Domestic Subsidiary, is a binding and enforceable obligation of the Parent. Upon any such assumption made in compliance with this Section 22.1, the Parent or such Domestic Subsidiary shall succeed to and be substituted for and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Agreement with the same effect as if the Parent or such Domestic Subsidiary had been named as the Company herein and the Company shall be released from its liability as obligor on the Notes and from its obligations hereunder.

22.2. Interest Rate Limitation.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Note, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Note under applicable law (collectively the Charges ), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the Maximum Rate ) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the holder of such Note in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Note hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Note but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to the holder of such Note in respect of other periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount shall have been received in respect of such Note.

22.3. Successors and Assigns.

All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

 

-44-


22.4. Payments Due on Non-Business Days.

Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirements in Section 8.2 and Section 8.6 that the notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; provided that if the maturity date of any Note is a date other than a Business Day, the payment otherwise due on such maturity date shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

22.5. Accounting Terms.

All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

22.6. Severability.

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

22.7. Construction, etc.

Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

For the avoidance of doubt, all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a part hereof.

22.8. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto. Delivery of a facsimile or electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to this Agreement.

 

-45-


22.9. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

22.10. Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) The Company irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(b) The Company consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 22.10(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 18 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. The Company agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

(c) Nothing in this Section 22.10 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

(d) The parties hereto hereby waive trial by jury in any action brought on or with respect to this Agreement, the Notes or any other document executed in connection herewith or therewith.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank. Next page is signature page.]

 

-46-


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement among you and the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.
By:  

/s/ James M. Kalinovich

Name:   James M. Kalinovich
Title:   Treasurer

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


The foregoing is hereby agreed

to as of the date thereof.

 

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

METLIFE LIFE AND ANNUITY COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT

by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager

METLIFE INVESTORS USA INSURANCE COMPANY

by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager

By:

 

/s/ Erik V. Savi

Name:

  Erik V. Savi

Title:

  Director
(executed by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (i) as to itself as a Purchaser and (ii) as investment manager to MetLife Life and Annuity Company of Connecticut as a Purchaser and MetLife Investors USA Insurance Company as a Purchaser)

[Signature Page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


CoBANK, ACB
By:  

/s/ Steven D. Gustafson

Name:   Steven D. Gustafson
Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation

By:

 

/s/ Howard Stern

Name:

  Howard Stern

Its:

  Authorized Representative
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, for its Group Annuity Separate Account

By:

 

/s/ Howard Stern

Name:

  Howard Stern

Title:

  its Authorized Representative

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY

HARTFORD LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

By:   Hartford Investment Management Company Their Agent and Attorney-in-Fact
  By:  

/s/ Eva Konopka

  Name:   Eva Konopka
  Title:   Senior Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA

By:

 

/s/ Lisa M. Ferraro

Name:

  Lisa M. Ferraro

Title:

  Director

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


LIFE INVESTORS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
By:  

/s/ Frederick B. Howard

Name:   Frederick B. Howard
Title:   Vice President
TRANSAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Frederick B. Howard

Name:   Frederick B. Howard
Title:   Vice President
MONUMENTAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Frederick B. Howard

Name:   Frederick B. Howard
Title:   Vice President
TRANSAMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Frederick B. Howard

Name:   Frederick B. Howard
Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


BANKERS LIFE AND CASUALTY COMPANY CONSECO SENIOR HEALTH INSURANCE COMPANY CONSECO HEALTH INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   40186 Advisors, Inc. acting as Investment Advisor
  By:  

/s/ Edwin Ferrell

  Name:   Edwin Ferrell
  Title:   Senior Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


SONS OF NORWAY
By:   Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of Delaware Management Business Trust, Attorney in Fact
  By:  

/s/ Nicole Tullo

  Name:   Nicole Tullo
  Title:   Vice President
THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of Delaware Management Business Trust, Attorney in Fact
  By:  

/s/ Nicole Tullo

  Name:   Nicole Tullo
  Title:   Vice President
LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:   Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of Delaware Management Business Trust, Attorney in Fact
  By:  

/s/ Nicole Tullo

  Name:   Nicole Tullo
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Gerald C. Hanrahan

Name:   Gerald C. Hanrahan
Title:   Managing Director
JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)
By:  

/s/ Gerald C. Hanrahan

Name:   Gerald C. Hanrahan
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


THRIVENT FINANCIAL FOR LUTHERANS
By:  

/s/ Timothy P. Wegener

Name:   Timothy P. Wegener
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Amy Judd

Name:   Amy Judd
Title:   Investment Officer

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


PACIFIC LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

(Nominee: Mac & Co.)

By:  

/s/ Diane W. Dales

Name:   Diane W. Dales
Title:   Assistant Vice President
By:  

/s/ Cathy L. Schwartz

Name:   Cathy L. Schwartz
Title:   Assistant Secretary

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


MODERN WOODMEN OF AMERICA
By:  

/s/ W. Kenny Massey

Name:   W. Kenny Massey
Title:   President & CEO
MODERN WOODMEN OF AMERICA EMPLOYEES’ RETIREMENT PLAN
By:  

/s/ W. Kenny Massey

Name:   W. Kenny Massey
Title:   President & CEO

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


SOUTHERN FARM BUREAU LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Carol Robertson

Name:   Carol Robertson, CFA
Title:   Senior Portfolio Manager

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


PHOENIX LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ John H. Beers

Name:   JOHN H. BEERS
Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


CUNA MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

MEMBERS Capital Advisors, Inc.,

Acting as Investment Advisor

  By:  

/s/ John W. Petchler

  Name:   John W. Petchler
  Title:   Managing Director - Investments

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD OF FLORIDA, INC.

By:

  Advantus Capital Management Inc.
  By:  

/s/ Kathleen H. Parker

  Name:   Kathleen H. Parker
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


COUNTRY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Bruce Finks

Name:   Bruce Finks
Title:   Vice President - Investments

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]


ASSURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Victor Weber

Name:   Victor Weber
Title:   Senior Director - Investments

[Signature page to American Water Capital Corp. Note Purchase Agreement]

Exhibit 10.1

 


CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of September 15, 2006

among

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.,

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS IDENTIFIED THEREIN,

as Lenders

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and LC Issuing Bank

 



AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.

CLOSING INDEX

All documents are dated as of September 15, 2006, unless otherwise indicated.

 

Document

   Tab No.

Credit Agreement

   1.

•     Schedule I

 

Lenders and Commitments

     

•     Schedule II

 

Significant Subsidiaries

     

•     Schedule 2.04(j)

 

Letters of Credit

     

•     Schedule 5.02(h)

 

Existing Debt

     

•     Schedule 5.02(j)

 

Permitted Dispositions

     

•     Schedule 6.01 (e)

 

Specified Default Agreements

     

•     Exhibit A

 

Form of Notice of Borrowing

     

•     Exhibit B

 

Form of Request for Issuance

     

•     Exhibit C

 

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

  

•     Exhibit D

 

Form of Note

  

•     Exhibit E

 

Form of Financial Services Agreement

  

•     Exhibit F

 

Form of Opinion of General Counsel to Borrower and Parent

  

•     Exhibit G

 

Form of Opinion of Counsel to Administrative Agent

  

Officer’s Certificate of Borrower certifying representations and warranties

   2.

Officer’s Certificate of Borrower certifying the following:

   3.

•     Certificate of Incorporation

  

•     Bylaws

  

•     Authorizing Resolutions

  

•     Certificate of Incumbency

  

•     Support Agreement, dated June 22, 2000 (as amended), between American Water Works Company, Inc. (“ Parent ”) and Borrower

  

•     Financial Service Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2000, between Parent and Borrower

  

 

1


Officer’s Certificate of Parent certifying the following:

   4

•     Certificate of Incorporation

        

•     Bylaws

        

•     Authorizing Resolutions

        

•     Certificate of Incumbency

        

Legal Opinion of King & Spalding LLP, counsel to the Administrative Agent and LC Issuing Banks

   5

Legal Opinion of George W. Patrick, counsel to Borrower and Parent

   6

 

2


EXECUTION COPY

 


U.S. $800,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of September 15, 2006

among

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.,

as Borrower

THE LENDERS IDENTIFIED HEREIN,

as Lenders

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and LC Issuing Bank

 


J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

Co-Lead Arranger

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

Co-Lead Arranger

CITIBANK, N.A.,

Syndication Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Certain Defined Terms

   1

Section 1.02 Accounting Terms and Determinations

   16

Section 1.03 Use of Defined Terms

   16

Section 1.04 Terminology

   16

Section 1.05 References

   16
ARTICLE II
THE EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT

Section 2.01 Commitment to Extend Credit

   16

Section 2.02 Method of Borrowing

   17

Section 2.03 Method of Swing Line Borrowing

   18

Section 2.04 Letters of Credit

   19

Section 2.05 Increase of the Commitments

   23

Section 2.06 Maturity of Advances; Extension and Termination of Commitment

   24

Section 2.07 Evidence of Advances

   25

Section 2.08 Interest Rates

   26

Section 2.09 Fees

   26

Section 2.10 Termination or Reduction of Commitment

   27

Section 2.11 Mandatory Prepayments

   27

Section 2.12 Optional Prepayments

   28

Section 2.13 Compensation after Prepayment or Conversion

   28

Section 2.14 General Provisions as to Payments

   28

Section 2.15 Computation of Interest and Fees

   29

Section 2.16 Compensation, Additional Interest

   29

Section 2.17 Taxes

   30

Section 2.18 Interest Rate Determination

   32

Section 2.19 Conversion of Advances

   32


Section 2.20 Set off

   33

Section 2.21 Pro Rata Treatment

   33

Section 2.22 Sharing of Payments

   34

Section 2.23 Substitution of Lenders

   35
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT

Section 3.01 Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit

   35

Section 3.02 Conditions to All Extensions of Credit

   36
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.01 Corporate Existence and Status

   37

Section 4.02 Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability

   37

Section 4.03 Non-Contravention

   37

Section 4.04 Litigation

   37

Section 4.05 Financial Information

   38

Section 4.06 Approvals

   38

Section 4.07 Use of Proceeds

   38

Section 4.08 Investment Company Act; Margin Stock

   38

Section 4.09 Compliance with Laws

   38

Section 4.10 Compliance with ERISA

   38

Section 4.11 Environmental Matters

   39

Section 4.12 Taxes

   40

Section 4.13 No Defaults

   40

Section 4.14 Ownership of Borrower and Operating Utilities

   40

Section 4.15 Ownership of Properties and Assets

   40

Section 4.16 Full Disclosure

   40
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS

Section 5.01 Affirmative Covenants

   41

Section 5.02 Negative Covenants

   45

 

ii


ARTICLE VI
DEFAULTS

Section 6.01 Events of Default

   49

Section 6.02 Cash Collateral Account

   52
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01 Notices

   53

Section 7.02 No Waivers

   53

Section 7.03 Expenses: Documentary Taxes; Indemnification

   53

Section 7.04 Amendments, Waivers and Consents

   54

Section 7.05 Benefit of Agreement

   55

Section 7.06 Confidentiality

   57

Section 7.07 Representation by Lender

   58

Section 7.08 Governing Law

   58

Section 7.09 Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial

   58

Section 7.10 Interpretation

   58

Section 7.11 Counterparts

   58

Section 7.12 Entire Agreement

   58

Section 7.13 USA PATRIOT Act

   59
ARTICLE VIII
AGENCY PROVISIONS

Section 8.01 Appointment

   59

Section 8.02 Delegation of Duties

   59

Section 8.03 Exculpatory Provisions

   59

Section 8.04 Reliance on Communications

   60

Section 8.05 Notice of Default

   60

Section 8.06 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

   61

Section 8.07 Indemnification

   61

Section 8.08 Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity

   62

Section 8.09 Successor Agent

   62

Section 8.10 Other Agents

   62

 

iii


ARTICLE IX
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Section 9.01 Parent

   63

 

iv


SCHEDULES
Schedule I    Lenders and Commitments
Schedule II    Significant Subsidiaries
Schedule 2.04(j)    Letters of Credit
Schedule 5.02(h)    Existing Debt
Schedule 5.02(j)    Permitted Dispositions
Schedule 6.0l(e)    Specified Default Agreements
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A    Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit B    Form of Request for Issuance
Exhibit C    Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit D    Form of Note
Exhibit E    Form of Financial Services Agreement
Exhibit F    Form of Opinion of General Counsel to Borrower and Parent
Exhibit G    Form of Opinion of Counsel to Administrative Agent

 

v


CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of September 15, 2006 (this “ Agreement ”), among AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”); the Lenders identified herein and such other Lenders that may hereafter become a party (collectively, the “ Lenders ”); and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent (in such capacity and its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent”).

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Certain Defined Terms. The terms defined in this Section 1.01 shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, have the meanings set forth herein:

“Advance” means a Base Rate Advance, a Eurodollar Rate Advance or a Swing Line Advance, and “Advances” means Base Rate Advances, Eurodollar Rate Advances or Swing Line Advances, or any or all of them, as the context shall require.

“Affected Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling (including but not limited to all directors and officers of such Person), controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another entity if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Administrative Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Applicable Percentage” shall mean, with respect to the Facility Fee or any Eurodollar Rate Advance, Base Rate Advance or Swing Line Advance, at all times during which any Applicable Rating Level set forth below is in effect, the rate per annum (except as provided below) for the Facility Fee or such Advance set forth below next to such Applicable Rating Level:

 

Applicable

Rating Level

 

Applicable

Percentage

for Facility Fee

 

Applicable

Percentage for

Eurodollar Rate

Advances

 

Applicable

Percentage

for Base Rate

Advances

1

  0.045%   0.105%   0.000%

2

  0.050%   0.150%   0.000%


3

  0.055%   0.195%   0.000%

4

  0.075%   0.225%   0.000%

5

  0.090%   0.360%   0.000%

6

  0.125%   0.425%   0.000%

7

  0.150%   0.550%   0.000%

provided, that the Applicable Percentages set forth above for Eurodollar Rate Advances and Base Rate Advances shall be increased, for each Applicable Rating Level, by 0.050% per annum if and for so long as the Outstanding Credits exceed 50% of the aggregate Commitments.

Any change in the Applicable Percentages resulting from a change in the Applicable Rating Level shall become effective upon the date of announcement of any change in the Moody’s Rating or the S&P Rating that results in such change in the Applicable Rating Level.

“Applicable Rating Level” at any time shall be determined in accordance with the then-applicable S&P Rating and the then-applicable Moody’s Rating as follows:

 

S&P Rating/Moody’s Rating

   Applicable
Rating Level

S&P Rating A+ or higher or Moody’s Rating Al or higher

   1

S&P Rating A or Moody ‘s Rating A2

   2

S&P Rating A- or Moody’s Rating A3

   3

S&P Rating BBB+ or Moody’s Rating Baal

   4

S&P Rating BBB or Moody’s Rating Baa2

   5

S&P Rating BBB- or Moody’s Rating Baa3

   6

S&P Rating BB+ or below or Moody’s Rating Bal or below, or no S&P Rating or Moody’s Rating

   7

The Applicable Rating Level for any day shall be determined based upon the higher of the S&P Rating and the Moody’s Rating in effect on such day. If the S&P Rating and the Moody’s Rating are not the same (i.e., a “split rating”), the higher of such ratings shall control, unless the ratings differ by more than one level, in which case the rating one level below the higher of the two ratings shall control.

 

2


“Assignee” means the assignee of all or a portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to the terms of Section 7.05(b).

“Assignment and Acceptance” means an Assignment and Acceptance executed in accordance with Section 7.05(b) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

“Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

“Base Rate” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the higher of (i) the rate of interest announced publicly by the Administrative Agent, from time to time, as the Administrative Agent’s Prime Rate; and (ii)   1 / 2 of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time.

“Base Rate Advance” means a loan that bears interest as provided in Section 2.08(a)(i).

“Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“Borrower” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Borrowing” means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Base Rate Advances or Eurodollar Rate Advances made to the Borrower.

“Business Day” means a day of the year on which (i) banks are not required or authorized to close in New York City, and (ii) with respect to any borrowing, payment or rate selection of Eurodollar Rate Advances, a day on which banks are not required or authorized to close in New York City, and on which dealings in Dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market and on which commercial banks are open for domestic and international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in London, England.

“Capitalized Lease” means any lease that is required to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

“Cash Collateral Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02.

“CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C., § 9601, et seq., as amended from time to time, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

“CERCLIS” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Inventory System established pursuant to CERCLA.

 

3


“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) at any time prior to an Initial Public Offering, RWE shall cease to have direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 100% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Parent, (ii) at any time when RWE does not beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Parent’s then outstanding Common Stock, a Parent Change of Control or (iii) an RWE Change of Control.

“Co-Lead Arrangers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal tax code. Any reference to any provision of the Code shall also be deemed to be a reference to any successor provision or provisions thereof.

“Commitment” means (i) with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make its Pro Rata Percentage of Advances in an aggregate amount up to the amount set forth opposite the name of each Lender on Schedule I hereto, subject to adjustment on account of assignment pursuant to Section 7.05(b) or reduction in the aggregate Commitment pursuant to Section 2.10, and (ii) with respect to the Lenders collectively, the aggregate amount of all such Commitments.

“Commitment Letter” means, that Commitment Letter, dated as of June 15, 2006 among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Co-Lead Arrangers, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, the voting securities or equivalent equity interests of such Person having general voting rights, including, without limitation, the right to vote in the election of members of the board of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person.

“Controlled Group” means, with respect to any Person, all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such Person, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“Consolidated Total Capitalization” means at any date of determination with respect to the Parent and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum of (without duplication) (i) Consolidated Total Debt of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, plus (ii) the sum of the capital stock (excluding treasury stock and capital stock subscribed for and unissued) and surplus (including earning surplus, capital surplus, translation adjustment, the balance of the current profit and loss account not transferred to surplus and accumulated other comprehensive income) accounts of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, in each case as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 (a).

“Consolidated Total Debt” means at any date of determination with respect to the Parent and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum of (without duplication) all then outstanding Debt of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Parent delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a).

 

4


“Convert”, “Conversion” and “Converted” each refers to a conversion of Advances of one Type into Advances of another Type or the selection of a new, or the renewal of the same, Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Advances, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 2.19.

“Current Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

“Debt” means, for any Person, (without duplication), all (i) indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or service (other than trade payables not overdue by more than 90 days incurred in the ordinary course of business), (iv) obligations under Capitalized Leases, (v) reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) in respect of outstanding letters of credit, (vi) indebtedness of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by), any Lien or encumbrance on, or security interest in, property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness, and (vii) all obligations of such Person for indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above under direct or indirect Guarantees, excluding, in all cases, advances for construction as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

“Default” means any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or that with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived in writing, become an Event of Default.

“Designated Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a).

“Defaulting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

“Dollars” or “$” means dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

“Domestic Lending Office” means, as to each Lender, the office of such Lender designated as its “Domestic Lending Office” opposite its name on Schedule I, or such other office as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrower as its Domestic Lending Office, and as to any Assignee, the office of such Assignee designated as such in its Assignment and Acceptance or such other office as such Assignee may designate as its Domestic Lending Office.

“Eligible Assignee” means (i) a Lender; (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender; and (iii) any bank or financial institution approved by the Administrative Agent, each LC Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Bank and, unless an Event of Default described in Section 6.01 (a), (g) or (h) has occurred and is continuing at the time any assignment is effected in accordance with Section 7.05, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and such approval to be deemed given by the Borrower if no objection is received by the assigning Lender and the Administrative Agent from the Borrower within ten Business Days after notice of such proposed assignment has been provided by the assigning Lender to the Borrower); provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor an Affiliate of the Borrower shall qualify as an Eligible Assignee.

 

5


“Environmental Authority” means any foreign, federal, state, local or regional government that exercises any form of jurisdiction or authority under any Environmental Requirement.

“Environmental Liabilities” means any liabilities, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, arising from and in any way associated with the compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Requirements.

“Environmental Notices” means written notice from any Environmental Authority or by any other person or entity alleging noncompliance with or liability under any Environmental Requirement, including without limitation any complaints, citations, demands or requests from any Environmental Authority or from any other person or entity for correction of any violation of any Environmental Requirement or any investigations concerning any violation of any Environmental Requirement.

“Environmental Proceedings” means any judicial or administrative proceedings arising from or in any way associated with any Environmental Requirement.

“Environmental Requirement” means, with respect to any Person, any legal requirement relating to health, safety or the environment and applicable to such Person, or the Properties of such Person, including but not limited to any such requirement under CERCLA or similar state legislation and all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, writs, decrees and common law.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or any successor law. Any reference to any provision of ERISA shall also be deemed to be a reference to any successor provision or provisions thereof.

“Eurocurrency Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board, as in effect from time to time.

“Eurodollar Lending Office” means, as to each Lender, the office of such Lender designated as its “Eurodollar Lending Office” opposite its name on Schedule I, or such other office as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrower as its Eurodollar Lending Office, and as to any Assignee, the office of such Assignee designated as such in its Assignment and Acceptance or such other office as such Assignee may designate as its Eurodollar Lending Office.

“Eurodollar Rate” means, with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Rate Advance, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Dow Jones Markets Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time), two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for Dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Rate Advance for such

 

6


Interest Period shall be the rate per annum equal to the rate at which the principal London office of the Administrative Agent offers to place Dollar deposits at or about 11 :00 A.M. (London time), two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period with first-class banks in the London interbank market for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of its Eurodollar Rate Advance to be outstanding during such Interest Period.

“Eurodollar Rate Advance” means a loan that bears interest as provided in Section 2.08(a)(ii)

“Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage” for the Interest Period of any Eurodollar Rate Advance means the reserve percentage applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) under regulations issued from time to time by the Board (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities.

“Event of Default” has the meaning set. forth in Section 6.01.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

“Extension of Credit” means (i) the making of an Advance or (ii) the issuance of a Letter of Credit or the amendment of any Letter of Credit having the effect of extending the stated termination date thereof or increasing the maximum amount to be drawn thereunder.

“Extension Request” has the meaning specified in Section 2.06(b).

“Facility Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a).

“Federal Funds Rate” means for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (i) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day and (ii) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average of quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.

“Fee Letter” means that certain fee letter, dated as of June 15, 2006, among the Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

7


“Financial Officer” of any Person means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person.

“Financial Services Agreement” means any Financial Services Agreement between the Borrower and one or more of the Parent and the Operating Utilities, each in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms); provided that for purposes of Section 3.01(c)(i), the term “Financial Services Agreement” shall mean the Financial Services Agreement dated as of June 15, 2000, between the Borrower and the Parent.

“Fiscal Quarter” means any fiscal quarter of the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable.

“Fiscal Year” means any fiscal year of the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable.

“Foreign Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(d).

“Funded Debt” means, for any Person, (without duplication), all (i) indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or service (other than trade payables not overdue by more than 90 days incurred in the ordinary course of business and long-term water purchase contracts), (iv) obligations under Capitalized Leases, and (v) all obligations of such Person for indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above under direct or indirect Guarantees, excluding, in all cases, advances for construction as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time.

“Guarantee” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to secure, purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds) for the purchase or payment of such Debt or other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to provide collateral security or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of this payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lower of (x) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (y) the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee, unless such obligation and the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee shall be such Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

8


“Hazardous Materials” means (i) solid or hazardous waste, as defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. §6901, et seq . and its implementing regulations and amendments, or in any applicable state or local law or regulation, (ii) “hazardous substance”, “pollutant” or “contaminant” as defined in CERCLA, or in any applicable state or local law or regulation, (iii) gasoline, or any other petroleum product or by-product, including crude oil or any fraction thereof (iv) “toxic substances”, as defined in the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, or in any applicable state or local law or regulation and (v) “insecticides”, “fungicides” or “rodenticides,” as defined in the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of 1975 or in any applicable state or local law or regulation, as each such Act, statute or regulation maybe amended from time to time.

“Initial Public Offering” means an offering of Common Stock of the Parent or of any Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Common Stock of the Parent as of the date of the consummation of such offering, which offering is registered pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Parent or such Person under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and as a direct result of which at least 10% of the Common Stock of the Parent or such Person (calculated on a fully diluted basis taking into account all options and other rights to acquire Common Stock of the Parent or such Person then outstanding, regardless of whether such options or other rights are then exercisable) will be beneficially owned by Persons other than RWE, the Parent and Affiliates of the Parent (including all directors, officers and employees of RWE, the Parent and any such Affiliate).

“Interest Period” means, for each Eurodollar Rate Advance, the period commencing on the date of such Advance or the date of the Conversion of any Advance into such an Advance and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below and, thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below. In the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance, the duration of each such Interest Period shall be one, two, three or six months, or nine or twelve months if available to all Lenders, in each case as the Borrower may select by notice to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.02(a) or Section 2.19; provided, however , that:

(1) the Borrower may not select any Interest Period that ends after the Termination Date;

(2) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day; provided , in the case of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Advance, that if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day; and

(3) any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Advance that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the appropriate subsequent calendar month) shall end on the last Business Day of the appropriate subsequent calendar month.

 

9


“Investment” means any investment in any Person, whether by means of purchase or acquisition of obligations or securities of such Person, capital contribution to such Person, loan or advance to such Person, making of a time deposit with such Person, Guarantee or assumption of any obligation of such Person or otherwise.

“IPO Company” means any Person the Common Stock of which is the subject of an offering described in the definition of “Initial Public Offering”.

“LC Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b).

“LC Issuing Bank” means, as to any Letter of Credit, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., each Lender listed on Schedule 2.04(j) hereof and any other Lender or Affiliate of a Lender appointed by the Borrower that agrees pursuant to Section 2.04 to act as an LC Issuing Bank hereunder.

“LC Outstandings” means, on any date of determination, (i) the undrawn stated amounts of all Letters of Credit that are outstanding on such date, plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all unpaid reimbursement obligations of the Borrower on such date with respect to payments made by any LC Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit, minus (iii) the amount of cash held in the Cash Collateral Account.

“Lenders” means each of the Lenders identified on the signature pages hereto, and their successors and permitted assigns.

“Lending Office” means, as to each Lender, such Lender’s Domestic Lending Office in the case of Base Rate Advances and Swing Line Advances and such Lender’s Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances.

“Lending Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.06.

“Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued by an LC Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, security title, preferential arrangement which has the practical effect of constituting a security interest, servitude or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset. For the purpose of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capitalized Lease or other title retention agreement relating to such asset.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Support Agreement, the Notes and any other document evidencing, relating to or securing the Advances, and any other document or instrument delivered from time to time in connection with this Agreement, the Notes or the Advances, as such documents and instruments may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Mandatory Commitment Reduction Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(j).

 

10


“Mandatory Commitment Reduction Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(j).

“Material Adverse Change” means (i) any material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of the Borrower or of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the occurrence of any event or condition that has a material adverse effect on the legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the ability of the Borrower or the Parent to perform its obligations thereunder.

“Margin Regulations” means Regulations T, U and X of the Board, as in effect from time to time, together with all official rulings and interpretations issued thereunder.

“Margin Stock” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Margin Regulations.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

“Moody’s Rating” means, on any date of determination, the debt rating most recently announced by Moody’s with respect to the senior unsecured, non-credit enhanced debt issued by the Borrower.

“Multi-employer Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4001 (a)(3) of ERISA.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any sale, the cash proceeds received in respect of such sale net of expenses of such sale, including, without limitations, reasonable and documented attorneys’, accountants’, and other advisors’ fees, and banking and investment banking fees, environmental, regulatory and solvency related fees, all legal, regulatory, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign, local or other taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable, as a consequence of such sale, and the amount of any reserves established to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable that are directly attributable to such sale, and all amounts used to repay, redeem or repurchase Debt secured by a Lien on any asset disposed of, sold, leased, conveyed or otherwise transferred in such sale or which is or may be required (by the express terms of the instrument governing such Debt) to be repaid, redeemed or repurchased in connection with such sale (including payments made to obtain or avoid the need for the consent of any holder of such Debt), and incremental income taxes or other taxes paid or payable as a result therefrom (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

“Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(b).

“Non-Extending Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

“Note” or “Notes” means each of the promissory notes of the Borrower, evidencing the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Advances to the Lenders substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

“Notice of Borrowing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

“Notice of Swing Line Borrowing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

 

11


“OECD Country” means any member country of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development.

“Operating Utilities” means those Subsidiaries of the Parent that are operating water utilities and have entered into a Financial Services Agreement with the Borrower and the Parent.

“Other Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(b).

“Outstanding Credits” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances outstanding on such date plus (ii) the LC Outstandings on such date. The “Outstanding Credits” of any Lender means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Outstanding Credits on such date.

“Parent” means American Water Works Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Parent Change of Control” means the occurrence of either of the following after an Initial Public Offering: (i) any entity, person (within the meaning of Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) that theretofore was beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of less than 25% of the Parent’s then outstanding Common Stock (other than RWE or any of its Affiliates) acquires direct or indirect beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock of the Parent, in a transaction or series of transactions, that results in such entity, person or group directly or indirectly owning beneficially 25% or more of the Parent’s then outstanding Common Stock; or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years commencing after consummation of an Initial Public Offering, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the IPO Company (together with any new directors whose election to such board of directors or whose nomination for election was approved by a vote of a majority of the members of the board of directors of the IPO Company, which members comprising such majority were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the IPO Company.

“Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05(e).

“Participation Interest” means a purchase by a Lender of a participation in Advances as provided in Section 2.22.

“Payment Date” means each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

“PBGC’ means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(i) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America, any State thereof or any political subdivision of any such State or any OECD Country (or by any agency of the

 

12


United States of America or any OECD Country to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America or such OECD Country, as the case may be), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(ii) investments in commercial paper maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, one of the two highest credit ratings obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

(iii) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time or demand deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or any OECD Country that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

(iv) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (i) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (iii) above;

(v) investments in “money market funds” within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) above; and

(vi) foreign investments substantially comparable to any of the foregoing in connection with managing cash of any Subsidiary having operations in a foreign country.

“Permitted Swap Agreement” means any Swap Agreement entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest or foreign exchange rates with respect to any liability or investment of the Parent, the Borrower or any of the Operating Utilities.

“Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership (including, without limitation, a joint venture), an unincorporated association, a limited liability company, a trust or any other entity or organization, including, but not limited to, a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

“Plan” means at any time an employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multi-employer Plan) that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code and is maintained by a member of the Controlled Group for employees of a member of the Controlled Group.

“Prime Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the Administrative Agent’s index or base rate of interest announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent (which is not necessarily the lowest rate charged to any customer), changing when and as such base rate changes.

“Pro Rata Percentage” or “Pro Rata Share” means for each Lender, a fraction (expressed as a decimal) the numerator of which is the Commitment of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the aggregate Commitment of the Lenders at such time. The initial Pro Rata Percentages are set out on Schedule I hereto.

 

13


“Properties” means, with respect to, any Person, all real property owned, leased or otherwise used or occupied by such Person wherever located.

“Proposed Change” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(b).

“Request for Issuance” means a request made pursuant to Section 2.04 in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

“Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05(c).

“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Advances (exclusive of Swing Line Advances) outstanding, or, if no Advances are outstanding, more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of all Commitments (exclusive of the Swing Line Commitment).

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, general counsel or any Financial Officer of the Parent or the Borrower, and any other officer of the Borrower with responsibility for the administration of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement.

“RWE” means RWE AG, a German corporation.

“RWE Change of Control” means, at any time that RWE has direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the Parent’s then outstanding Common Stock, any entity, person (within the meaning of Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) that theretofore was beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 50% or less of RWE’s then outstanding Common Stock acquires direct or indirect beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock of RWE, in a transaction or series of transactions, that results in such entity, person or group directly or indirectly owning beneficially more than 50% of RWE’s then outstanding Common Stock.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

“S&P Rating” shall mean, on any date of determination, the rating most recently announced by S&P with respect to the senior unsecured, non-credit enhanced debt issued by the Borrower.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Significant Subsidiary” means the Borrower and with respect to any other Person, a Subsidiary of such Person that is a “significant subsidiary” (within the meaning of Regulation S-X of the SEC).

 

14


“Specified Default” means any default under any agreement listed in Schedule 6.01(e) arising out of any default in the performance of any obligation under any such agreement to deliver financial statements of the Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent or to give notice of any such default.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or unincorporated entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock (or comparable interest) having ordinary voting power (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock (or comparable interest) of any other class or classes of such corporation or entity shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) is at any time directly or indirectly owned by said Person (whether directly or through one or more of the other Subsidiaries). In the case of an unincorporated entity, a Person shall be deemed to have more than 50% of interests having ordinary voting power only if such Person’s vote in respect of such interests comprises more than 50% of the total voting power of all such interests in the unincorporated entity.

“Support Agreement” means that certain Support Agreement, dated June 22, 2000, between the Parent and the Borrower as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and this Agreement.

“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more interest rates or currencies.

“Swing Line Advance” means a loan that bears interest as provided in Section 2.08(a)(iii).

“Swing Line Bank” means the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as Swing Line Bank hereunder, or any successor thereto as provided in Section 2.03(e).

“Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Swing Line Advances made to the Borrower.

“Swing Line Commitment” means the Commitment of the Swing Line Bank to make Swing Line Advances in an aggregate amount up to $25,000,000, subject to adjustment on account of a reduction in the Swing Line Commitment pursuant to Section 2.10.

“Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17.

“Termination Date” means, for any Lender, September 15, 2011, unless, with respect to such Lender, such date is otherwise extended pursuant to Section 2.06.

“Type” with respect to an Advance (other than a Swing Line Advance), means any of the following, each of which shall be deemed to be a different “Type” of Advance: a Base Rate Advance, a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a one-month Interest Period, a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a two-month Interest Period, a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a three-month Interest Period, a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a six-month Interest Period, a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a nine-month Interest Period and a Eurodollar Rate Advance having a twelve-month Interest Period.

 

15


“Withdrawal Liability” means a liability to a Multi-employer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multi-employer Plan, as described in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Section 1.02 Accounting Terms and Determinations. Unless otherwise specified herein, all terms of an accounting character used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision (including any definition) hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

Section 1.03 Use of Defined Terms. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in any of the other Loan Documents (other than the Support Agreement), unless otherwise defined therein or unless the context shall otherwise require.

Section 1.04 Terminology. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Titles of Articles and Sections in this Agreement are for convenience only, and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 1.05 References. Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Agreement to “Articles”, “Exhibits”, “Schedules” and “Sections” are references to articles, exhibits, schedules and sections hereof.

ARTICLE II

THE EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT

Section 2.01 Commitment to Extend Credit.

(a) Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to make its Pro Rata Share of Advances (other than Swing Line Advances) to the Borrower from time to time before the Termination Date; provided that, immediately after each such Advance is made, (i) with respect to each Lender individually, the Outstanding Credits of such Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (ii) with respect to the Lenders collectively, the aggregate Outstanding Credits shall not exceed the Lenders’ aggregate Commitment.

(b) The Swing Line Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to make Swing Line Advances to the Borrower from time to time before the Termination Date; provided that, immediately after each such Swing Line Advance is made: (i) the outstanding

 

16


aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Advances shall not exceed the Swing Line Commitment, (ii) with respect to each Lender individually, the Outstanding Credits of such Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (iii) with respect to the Lenders collectively, the aggregate Outstanding Credits shall not exceed the Lenders’ aggregate Commitment.

(c) Within the foregoing limits, the Borrower may borrow under this Section, repay or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.12, prepay Advances and reborrow under this Section at any time before the Termination Date.

Section 2.02 Method of Borrowing.

(a) Each Borrowing shall be made on a Business Day, upon notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, given (i) in the case of a Borrowing that is a Base Rate Advance, not later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a Borrowing that is a Eurodollar Rate Advance, not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such notice of a Borrowing (a “Notice of Borrowing”) by the Borrower shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, specifying therein the requested (A) date of such Borrowing, (B) Type of Advance to be made in connection with such Borrowing, (C) aggregate amount of such Borrowing and (D) in the case of a Borrowing comprising Eurodollar Rate Advances, initial Interest Period for each such Advance. The Administrative Agent shall give notice to each Lender promptly upon receipt of each Notice of Borrowing pursuant to this Section 2.02(a), the contents thereof and each such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Borrowing to be made pursuant thereto. Each Lender shall, before 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances, and 3:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing in the case of Base Rate Advances, make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower in same day funds, the proceeds of such Borrowing. Such Borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent (or at such other location as may be agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

(b) Each Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. In the case of any Borrowing that the related Notice of Borrowing specifies is to comprise Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Borrower shall indemnify the applicable Lender against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Leader as a result of any failure of the Borrower to fulfill on or before the date specified in such Notice of Borrowing for such Advances, the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, including, without limitation, any loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or redeployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender as part of such Borrowing when such Advance is not made on such date.

(c) Each Borrowing (whether for a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Rate Advance) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or any multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (except that any such Borrowing may be in the aggregate amount of the unutilized Commitment on such date).

 

17


Section 2.03 Method of Swing Line Borrowing.

(a) Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made on a Business Day, upon notice from the Borrower to the Swing Line Bank, given not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing. Each such notice of a Swing Line Borrowing (a “Notice of Swing Line Borrowing”) by the Borrower shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Swing Line Borrowing and (ii) aggregate amount of such Swing Line Borrowing. The Swing Line Bank shall, before 4:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of such Swing Line Borrowing, make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower in same day funds, the proceeds of such Swing Line Borrowing. Such Swing Line Borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Swing Line Bank and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent. For purposes of determining the amount of Outstanding Credits of any Lender and the amount of unutilized Commitments, each Swing Line Borrowing made by the Swing Line Bank will be deemed to comprise outstanding Advances of the Lenders made in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages.

(b) Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or any multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, or such lesser amount as shall be equal to the aggregate amount of the unutilized Commitment on such date.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03 above to the contrary:

 

  (i) the aggregate amount of the Swing Line Advances outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swing Line Commitment; and

 

  (ii) no more than one Swing Line Advance may be made on the same Business Day.

(d) Upon request by the Swing Line Bank with an outstanding Swing Line Advance, and notwithstanding whether a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each other Lender shall purchase from the Swing Line Bank, and the Swing Line Bank shall sell and assign to each such other Lender, such other Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such outstanding Swing Line Advance as of the date of such demand, by making available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Bank, by deposit to the Administrative Agent’s account, in same day funds, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the portion of the outstanding principal amount of such Swing Line Advance to be purchased by such Lender, plus (ii) interest accrued and unpaid to and as of such date on such portion of the outstanding principal amount of such Swing Line Advance. Each Lender agrees to purchase its Pro Rata Share of an outstanding Swing Line Advance upon notice given not later than one Business Day prior to the Business Day of proposed purchase. Upon any such assignment by the Swing Line Bank to any other Lender of a portion of a Swing Line Advance, the Swing Line Bank represents

 

18


and warrants to such other Lender that the Swing Line Bank is the legal and beneficial owner of such interest being assigned by it, but makes no other representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to such Swing Line Advance or the applicable Loan Documents. If and to the extent that any Lender shall not have so made the amount of such Swing Line Advance available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date of demand by the Swing Line Bank until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate; provided, that if payment is not made within three Business Days of demand, interest thereon shall accrue at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage for Swing Line Advances for each day thereafter. If such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent such amount for the account of the Swing Line Bank, such amount so paid in respect of principal shall constitute a Swing Line Advance by such Lender for purposes of this Agreement, and the outstanding principal amount of the Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Bank shall be reduced by such amount.

(e) The Swing Line Bank may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower, with any such resignation to become effective only upon the appointment of a successor Swing Line Bank pursuant to this Section 2.03(e). Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Swing Line Bank, which shall be a Lender or an Eligible Assignee acceptable to the Borrower. If no successor Swing Line Bank shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Swing Line Bank’s giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Swing Line Bank may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Swing Line Bank, which shall be a Lender or an Eligible Assignee acceptable to the Borrower. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Swing Line Bank hereunder by a successor Swing Line Bank, such successor Swing Line Bank shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Swing Line Bank.

Section 2.04 Letters of Credit.

(a) In addition to the LC Issuing Banks named herein, the Borrower may from time to time appoint one or more other Lenders (with the consent of any such Lender, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of each Lender) to act, either directly or through an Affiliate of such Lender, as an LC Issuing Bank hereunder. Any such appointment and the terms thereof shall be evidenced in a separate written agreement executed by the Borrower and the relevant LC Issuing Bank, a copy of which agreement shall be delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice of any such appointment to the other Lenders. Upon such appointment, if and for so long as such Lender shall have any obligation to issue any Letters of Credit hereunder or any Letter of Credit issued by such Lender shall remain outstanding, such Lender shall be deemed to be, and shall have all the rights and obligations of, an “LC Issuing Bank” under this Agreement.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Letter of Credit shall be issued (or the stated maturity thereof extended or terms thereof modified or amended) on not less than one Business Day’s prior notice thereof by delivery of (x) a Request for Issuance to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly distribute copies thereof to the Lenders) and the relevant LC Issuing Bank, and (y) if requested by such LC Issuing Bank, a letter of credit

 

19


application or other standard form required by the relevant Issuing Bank to such Issuing Bank. Each Letter of Credit shall be issued in a form acceptable to the relevant LC Issuing Bank. Each Request for Issuance shall specify (i) the identity of the relevant LC Issuing Bank, (ii) the date (which shall be a Business Day) of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or the date of effectiveness of such extension, modification or amendment) and the stated expiry date thereof (which shall not be later than the earlier of (A) one year after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit and (B) unless cash collateralized prior to five Business Days prior to the Termination Date, the fifth Business Day preceding the Termination Date); provided, however, that a Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of one year or less (but not beyond the date specified in clause (B) above) unless the relevant LC Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least 30 days prior to the then-applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed), (iii) the proposed stated amount of such Letter of Credit (which amount shall not be subject to any automatic increase provisions), (iv) the name and address of the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit and (v) a statement of drawing conditions applicable to such Letter of Credit, and if such Request for Issuance relates to an amendment or modification of a Letter of Credit, it shall be accompanied by the consent of the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit thereto. Each Request for Issuance shall be delivered by the Borrower no later than 11:00 AM on the Business day immediately prior to the proposed date of issuance (or effectiveness) specified therein. Not later than 12:00 noon on the proposed date of issuance (or effectiveness) specified in such Request for Issuance, and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions precedent and the other requirements set forth herein, the relevant LC Issuing Bank shall issue (or extend, amend or modify) such Letter of Credit and provide notice and a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent, which shall promptly furnish copies thereof to the Lenders; provided that the relevant LC Issuing Bank shall not issue or amend any Letter of Credit if such LC Issuing Bank has received notice from the Administrative Agent that the applicable conditions precedent have not been satisfied.

(c) No Letter of Credit shall be requested or issued hereunder if, after the issuance thereof, (i) the Outstanding Credits would exceed the aggregate Commitments or (ii) the LC Outstandings would exceed $150,000,000.

(d) The Borrower hereby agrees to pay (through the proceeds of a Borrowing or otherwise) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each LC Issuing Bank and, if any Lender shall have purchased a participation in the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower pursuant to subsection (e) below, such participating Lender, no later than one Business Day following receipt of notice by such LC Issuing Bank to the Borrower, on and after each date on which such LC Issuing Bank shall pay any amount under any Letter of Credit issued by such LC Issuing Bank, a sum equal to the amount so paid plus interest on such amount from the date so paid by such LC Issuing Bank until repayment to such LC Issuing Bank in full at a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Advances plus, if any amount paid by such LC Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit is not reimbursed by the Borrower within three Business Days, 2%, unless refinanced with an Advance.

(e) If any LC Issuing Bank shall not have been reimbursed in full for any payment made by such LC Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit issued by such LC Issuing Bank on the date payment is due from the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.04, such LC Issuing Bank shall

 

20


give the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt notice thereof (an “LC Payment Notice” ) no later than 12:00 noon on the Business Day immediately succeeding such payment date. Each Lender severally agrees to purchase a participation in the reimbursement obligation of the Borrower to such LC Issuing Bank by paying to the Administrative Agent for the account of such LC Issuing Bank an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such unreimbursed amount paid by such LC Issuing Bank, plus interest on such amount at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from the date of the payment by such LC Issuing Bank to the date of payment to such LC Issuing Bank by such Lender. Each such payment by a Lender shall be made not later than 3:00 P.M. on the Business Day on which such Lender shall have received an LC Payment Notice from such LC Issuing Bank. Each Lender’s obligation to make each such payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of such LC Issuing Bank shall be several and shall not be affected by the occurrence or continuance of a Default or the failure of any other Lender to make any payment under this Section 2.04(e). Each Lender further agrees that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(f) The failure of any Lender to make any payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of any LC Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (e) above shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation to make payment, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender. If any Lender (a “non-performing Lender” ) shall fail to make any payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of any LC Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (e) above within five Business Days after the LC Payment Notice relating thereto, then, for so long as such failure shall continue, such LC Issuing Bank shall be deemed, for purposes of Sections 6.01 and 7.04 hereof, to be a Lender owed a Borrowing in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount due and payable by such non-performing Lender to the Administrative Agent for the account of such LC Issuing Bank pursuant to subsection (e) above. Any non-performing Lender and the Borrower (without waiving any claim against such Lender for such Lender’s failure to purchase a participation in the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower under subsection (e) above) severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such LC Issuing Bank forthwith on demand such amount, together with interest thereon for each day from the date such Lender would have purchased its participation had it complied with the requirements of subsection (e) above until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to Base Rate Advances plus, if any amount paid by such LC Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit is not reimbursed by the Borrower within three Business Days, 2%, in accordance with Section 2.04(d), and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate.

(g) The payment obligations of each Lender under Section 2.04(e) and of the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of any payment under any Letter of Credit shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including, without limitation, the following circumstances:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto or to such Letter of Credit;

(ii) any amendment or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, the terms of this Agreement or such Letter of Credit;

 

21


(iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary, or any transferee, of such Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), any LC Issuing Bank, or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, thereby or by such Letter of Credit, or any unrelated transaction;

(iv) any statement or any other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(v) payment in good faith by any LC Issuing Bank under the Letter of Credit issued by such LC Issuing Bank against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

(vi) the use that may be made of any Letter of Credit by, or any act or omission of, the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for which the beneficiary may be acting); or

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(h) Without limiting any other provision of this Section 2.04, for purposes of this Section 2.04, any LC Issuing Bank may rely upon any oral, telephonic, telegraphic, facsimile, electronic, written or other communication believed in good faith to have been authorized by the Borrower, whether or not given or signed by an authorized Person of the Borrower.

(i) The Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit. Neither any LC Issuing Bank, the Lenders nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or Affiliates shall be liable or responsible for (i) the use that may be made of such Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee thereof in connection therewith; (ii) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; (iii) payment by any LC Issuing Bank against presentation of documents that do not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit; or (iv) any other circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment under such Letter of Credit, except that the Borrower and each Lender shall have the right to bring suit against each LC Issuing Bank, and each LC Issuing Bank shall be liable to the Borrower and any Lender, to the extent of any direct, as opposed to consequential, damages suffered by the Borrower or such Lender that the Borrower or such Lender proves were caused by such LC Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence, including, in the case of the Borrower, such LC Issuing Bank’s (x) failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof or (y) failure to make timely payment under such Letter of Credit following the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereof of a draft and accompanying certificate(s) that strictly comply with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing,

 

22


each LC Issuing Bank may accept sight drafts and accompanying certificates presented under the Letter of Credit issued by such LC Issuing Bank that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and payment against such documents shall not constitute willful misconduct or gross negligence by such LC Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) shall be obligated to indemnify the Borrower for damages caused by any LC Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, on the first date on which the conditions precedent listed in Sections 3.01 and 3.02(b), (c) and (d) shall be satisfied, the letters of credit described in Schedule 2.04(j) shall be deemed to be “Letters of Credit” issued hereunder, resulting in Extensions of Credit on such date hereunder; and on such date the Administrative Agent shall confirm in writing to the Borrower and the relevant LC Issuing Banks the occurrence of such Extensions of Credit.

Section 2.05 Increase of the Commitments.

(a) The Borrower may on one or more occasions, by written notice to the Administrative Agent and executed by the Borrower and one or more financial institutions (any such financial institution referred to in this paragraph (a) being called a “Designated Lender” ), which may include any Lender, cause new Commitments to be extended by the Designated Lenders (or cause the Commitments of the Designated Lenders to be increased, as the case may be); provided that (i) at no time shall the aggregate amount of all extensions of new Commitments and increases in existing Commitments effected pursuant to this paragraph (a) exceed $200,000,000 and (ii) each Designated Lender, if not already a Lender hereunder, shall (A) be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and (B) execute all such documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Commitment or Commitments of such Designated Lender and/or its status as a Lender hereunder. Extensions of new Commitments and increases in existing Commitments pursuant to this paragraph (a) shall become effective on the date specified in the applicable notice delivered by the Borrower. The Borrower shall deliver a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, dated as of the effective date of such additional Commitments, stating that all representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in Article IV of this Agreement (with all references in such Article to a Borrowing or Swing Line Borrowing being deemed to be references to the increase of the Commitments) are true in all material respects as if made on and as of such effective date.

(b) Promptly following the effective date of any Commitment increase pursuant to this Section 2.05, (i) the Administrative Agent shall distribute an amended Schedule I to this Agreement (which shall thereafter be incorporated into this Agreement) to reflect any changes in Lenders, the Commitments and each Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage as of such effective date, (ii) the Borrower shall prepay to certain Lenders such amount of any Advances as may be then outstanding (without regard to minimum prepayment amounts pursuant to Section 2.12, but including any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.13) as are necessary so that, after giving effect to such prepayments and any borrowings on such date of all or any portion of such Commitment increase, the principal balance of all outstanding Advances owing to each Lender is equivalent to each such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage (after giving effect to any

 

23


nonratable Commitment increase in the Commitment resulting from a Commitment increase pursuant to this Section 2.05) of all then outstanding Advances. Prepayments made under this clause (b)(ii) shall not be subject to the notice requirements of Section 2.12.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, from and after the date of any Commitment increase and the making of any Advances on such date pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above, all calculations and payments of fees and of interest on the Advances shall take into account the actual Commitment of each Lender and the principal amount outstanding of each Advance made by such Lender during the relevant period of time.

Section 2.06 Maturity of Advances; Extension and Termination of Commitment.

(a) Each Advance shall mature, and the principal amount thereof shall be due and payable in full, and the Commitments and the Swing Line Commitment shall terminate, on the Termination Date.

(b) The Borrower may request up to two one-year extensions of the Termination Date in effect on the date of any such request (the “Current Termination Date”) (notice of the exercise of which shall be given by the Borrower in writing (i) in the case of the first extension (until the sixth anniversary of the date hereof), at least 30 days prior to the first anniversary of the date hereof and (ii) in the case of the second extension (until the seventh anniversary of the date hereof, if the first extension was exercised, or the sixth anniversary of the date hereof if the first extension was not exercised) at least 30 days prior to the second anniversary of the date hereof) of the Commitments. Upon the delivery of such a written request by an authorized officer of the Borrower (an “Extension Request”), the Administrative Agent promptly shall deliver a copy of such Extension Request to each of the Lenders. Each Lender, acting in its sole discretion, shall by notice made in writing and delivered to the Administrative Agent on a Business Day not more than 30 days following the date of such Extension Request, advise the Administrative Agent whether such Lender agrees to such extension (each Lender agreeing to an Extension Request within such timeframe being referred to herein as an “Extending Lender”, and each Lender declining to agree to an Extension Request within such timeframe being referred to herein as a “Non-Extending Lender”). The election of any Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Lender to agree.

(c) If Lenders constituting the Required Lenders shall not have agreed to the Extension Request on the 30th day following the date of such Extension Request, then the Current Termination Date shall not be so extended, the principal amount of all Advances and all other amounts payable under this Agreement shall be payable in full and the Commitment shall terminate on the Current Termination Date.

(d) If Lenders constituting the Required Lenders shall have agreed to the Extension Request on or prior to the 30th day following the date of such Extension Request, then the Termination Date applicable to Extending Lenders shall be extended to be the day that is one year after the Current Termination Date. In the event of such extension, the Commitments of each Non-Extending Lender shall terminate on the Current Termination Date, the principal amount of all Advances and other amounts payable to each Non-Extending Lender under this Agreement shall be payable in full on the Current Termination Date, and the Lenders’ aggregate Commitment shall be reduced by the amount of the Commitment of each Non-Extending Lender unless such Non-Extending Lender is replaced pursuant to subsection (e) below.

 

24


(e) In the event that the Termination Date is extended under subsection (d) above, the Borrower shall have the right, on or before the Current Termination Date, at the Borrower’s sole expense and effort, to require any Non-Extending Lender to assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided, that such assignment shall be in accordance with, and subject to the requirements and restrictions contained in Section 7.05.

(f) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.06, no extension of the Termination Date shall become effective unless, on the Current Termination Date, (i) the conditions set forth in subsections (b) and (c) of Section 3.02 (with all references in such subsections to a Borrowing or Swing Line Borrowing being deemed to be references to the extension of the Termination Date) shall be satisfied, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect, dated the Current Termination Date and executed on behalf of the Borrower by an authorized officer of the Borrower, (ii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion of counsel for the Borrower, as to such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received certified copies of all governmental approvals (if any) required for each of the Borrower and the Parent in connection with such extension.

Section 2.07 Evidence of Advances.

(a) Each Lender shall maintain an account or accounts evidencing each Advance made by such Lender to the Borrower from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement. Each Lender will make reasonable efforts to maintain the accuracy of its account or accounts, and to update promptly its account or accounts from time to time, as necessary.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 7.05(c) and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the date, amount and Period, if applicable, of each Advance, and whether such Advance is a Base Rate Advance, a Eurodollar Rate Advance or a Swing Line loan, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from or for the account of the Borrower and each Lender’s percentage share thereof. The Administrative Agent will make reasonable efforts to maintain the accuracy of the subaccounts referred to in the preceding sentence and to update promptly such subaccounts from time to time, as necessary.

(c) The entries made in the Register and subaccounts maintained pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 2.07, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of such obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to maintain any such Register, subaccount or account, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the Advances in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

25


(d) Upon the request of any Lender, which request shall be made through the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the Borrower shall deliver to such Lender a duly executed Note in the form of Exhibit D with appropriate insertions as to dates and principal amounts.

Section 2.08 Interest Rates.

(a) The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance from and including the date of such Advance to but excluding the date such Advance shall be paid in full ( provided, however , that if the principal amount of any Advance is borrowed and repaid on the same day, the Borrower shall pay interest on such principal amount at the applicable interest rate for such day), at the following rates per annum:

 

  (i) if such Advance is a Base Rate Advance, a variable rate per annum equal at all times to the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Percentage, payable quarterly in arrears on each Payment Date while such Base Rate Advance is outstanding and on the date such Base Rate Advance shall be Converted or paid in full;

 

  (ii) if such Advance is a Eurodollar Rate Advance, a fixed rate per annum during each Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Advance equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Percentage, payable on the last day of the Interest Period (and, in the case of any Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, on each day that occurs during such Interest Period every three months after the first day of such Interest Period) and on the date such Eurodollar Rate Advance shall be Converted or paid in full; and

 

  (iii) if such Advance is a Swing Line Advance, a variable rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage for Base Rate Advances, payable quarterly in arrears on each Payment Date while such Swing Line Advance is outstanding and on the date such Swing Line Advance shall be paid in full.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Advance as provided in the subsection (a) above or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to Base Rate Advances as provided in subsection (a) above.

Section 2.09 Fees

(a) The Borrower shall pay the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a facility fee (the “Facility Fee ) equal to the product of (i) the average daily amount of

 

26


the Commitments (regardless of usage), times (ii) a per annum percentage equal to the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time. The Facility Fee shall accrue from and including the date hereof to but excluding the Termination Date and shall be payable in arrears on each Payment Date and on the Termination Date; provided that if the Commitments are terminated at any time prior to the Termination Date for any reason, the entire accrued and unpaid Facility Fee shall be paid on the date of such termination.

(b) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a fee (the “LC Fee”) on the average daily amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the LC Outstandings from the date hereof until the later to occur of the Termination Date and the date on which no Letters of Credit are outstanding, payable in arrears on each Payment Date and on such later date, at a rate equal at all times to the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time for Eurodollar Rate Advances.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to each LC Issuing Bank such fees for the issuance and maintenance of Letters of Credit issued by such LC Issuing Bank and for drawings thereunder as may be separately agreed between the Borrower and such LC Issuing Bank.

(d) In addition to the fees provided for in subsections (a) through (c) above, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Lead Arrangers, such other fees as are provided for in the Fee Letter.

Section 2.10 Termination or Reduction of Commitment

(a) The Borrower may, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Lender, terminate at any time, or reduce from time to time by an aggregate amount of at least $5,000,000 (and integrals of $1,000,000 in excess thereof), the Commitment or the Swing Line Commitment.

(b) On each Mandatory Commitment Reduction Date, the Commitments of the Lenders shall reduce automatically by an amount equal to the Mandatory Commitment Reduction Amount in respect thereof. Promptly following any Mandatory Commitment Reduction Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent notice of any reduction in the Commitments on such date pursuant to this subsection (b).

(c) All accrued Facility Fees (as provided under Section 2.09) on the Commitment (in the case of a termination of the Commitment) or on the portion of the Commitment being reduced (in the case of a reduction of the Commitment) under this Section 2.10 shall be payable on the effective date of such reduction or termination. In the event the Commitment of the Swing Line Bank, in its capacity as a Lender, is reduced at any time below the Swing Line Commitment as a result of a reduction of the Commitment by the Borrower under this Section 2.10, the Swing Line Commitment automatically shall be reduced to equal the Commitment of the Lender that is the Swing Line Bank.

Section 2.11 Mandatory Prepayments

(a) On each date on which the Commitment is reduced pursuant to Section 2.10, the Borrower shall repay or prepay such principal amount of the outstanding Advances, if any

 

27


(together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment and any compensation payable pursuant to Section 2.13), and/or deposit funds in the Cash Collateral Account in respect of undrawn Letters of Credit outstanding on such date, as may be necessary so that after such payment and/or deposit, the Outstanding Credits do not exceed the amount of the Commitment as then reduced.

(b) On each date on which the Swing Line Commitment is reduced pursuant to Section 2.10, the Borrower shall repay or prepay such principal amount outstanding of Swing Line Advances, if any (together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment), as may be necessary so that after such payment the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Swing Line Advances does not exceed the amount of the Swing Line Commitment as then reduced.

Section 2.12 Optional Prepayments. The Borrower may, (a) upon (i) at least one Business Day’s notice to the Lender in the case of any Base Rate Advance or (ii) notice delivered not later than 11:00 A.M. New York City time on the date of prepayment in the case of any Swing Line Advance, and (b) upon at least two Business Days notice in the case of any Eurodollar Rate Advance, prepay any such Advance in whole at any time, or from time to time in part in amounts aggregating at least $5,000,000 (and integrals of $1,000,000 in excess thereof) by paying the principal amount to be prepaid together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment and any compensation payable pursuant to Section 2.13.

Section 2.13 Compensation after Prepayment or Conversion. The Borrower shall, upon the demand of any Lender, pay to such Lender any amounts which are required to compensate such Lender for any losses, costs or expenses which it may reasonably incur as a result of the optional or mandatory prepayment or Conversion of any Eurodollar Rate Advance, on any date other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period, or the failure to prepay any Advance on the date of prepayment specified in any notice of prepayment, including, without limitation, any loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund or maintain such Advance.

Section 2.14 General Provisions as to Payments.

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment of principal of, and interest on, the Advances, the LC Fee and the Facility Fees hereunder not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date when due in federal or other funds immediately available without setoff or counterclaim to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender at its Lending Office. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of each such payment, the Administrative Agent shall distribute to each Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office, its Pro Rata Share of such payment, including, without limitation, each Lender’s Pro Rata Share of Swing Line Advances purchased by such Lender in accordance with Section 2.03(d). If and to the extent that the Administrative Agent shall not have so distributed to any Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office, its Pro Rata Share of such payment, the Administrative Agent agrees to pay to such Lender forthwith on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date of demand by such Lender until the date such amount is paid to such Lender, at the Federal Funds Rate.

 

28


(b) Subject to the qualifications set forth in the definition of “Interest Period,” whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Advances or of Facility Fees or the LC Fee payable hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If the date for any payment of principal is extended by operation of law or otherwise, interest thereon shall be payable for such extended time.

Section 2.15 Computation of Interest and Fees.

(a) The Facility Fees and the LC Fee payable hereunder and interest on Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) Interest on Base Rate Advances and Swing Line Advances shall be computed on the basis of a 365-or 366-day year and paid for the actual number of days elapsed for so long as the Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate and on the basis of a 360-day year and paid for the actual number of days elapsed so long as the Base Rate is based on the Federal Funds Rate.

Section 2.16 Compensation, Additional Interest.

(a) If any Lender shall have determined that after the date hereof the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change in any existing or future law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any Authority, other than as described in subsection (b) of this Section 2.16, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and from time to time, within 15 days after demand by such Lender, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction; provided the Borrower shall have no liability hereunder for any amount allocable to a period earlier than 180 days before the date of such demand. If the Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to or for the account of the Lender pursuant to this Section 2.16, then such Lender will agree to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its applicable Lending Office so as to eliminate or reduce such additional payment amount which it may thereafter accrue, if such change, in the judgment of such Lender, is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

(b) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender within 15 days after demand by such Lender, so long as such Lender shall be required under regulations of the Board to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Advance for the Interest Period of such Advance, at an interest rate per annum equal at all times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i) the Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period for such Advance from (ii) the rate obtained by dividing such Eurodollar Rate by a percentage equal to 100% minus the

 

29


Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage for such Interest Period, payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Eurodollar Rate Advance; provided that Borrower shall have no liability hereunder for any amount allocable to an Interest Period ending earlier than 180 days before the date of the demand.

(c) Subject to Section 7.05(e), the provisions of this Section 2.16 shall be applicable with respect to any Participant or Assignee, and any calculations required by such provisions shall be based upon the circumstances of such Participant or Assignee.

Section 2.17 Taxes

(a) Any and all payments by the Borrower to or for the account of any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender and the Administrative Agent, (i) taxes imposed on its income and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender (or its applicable Lending Office) or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any political division thereof, (ii) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (i) above and (iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender, any withholding tax that is in effect and would apply to amounts payable to such Foreign Lender (other than an Assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.23) at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent of any additional amounts to which such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive from the Borrower with respect to any withholding tax pursuant to this Section 2.17(a) (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings, and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”). If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.17) such Lender or the Administrative Agent receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law, and (iv) the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, at its address referred to in Section 7.01, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or from the execution or delivery of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and the Administrative Agent for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.17) paid by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including penalties, interest, and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto.

 

30


(d) Each Lender that is not a United States person under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each, a “ Foreign Lender ”), on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages hereof and on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender the case of each other Lender, and from time to time thereafter if requested in writing by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (but only so long as such Lender remains lawfully able to do so), shall provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with (i) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN or W-8 ECI, as appropriate, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, certifying that such Lender is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party which reduces to zero the rate of withholding tax on payments of interest or certifying that the income receivable pursuant to this Agreement is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9, as appropriate, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, and/or (iii) any other form or certificate required by any taxing authority (including any certificate required by Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code), certifying that such Lender is entitled to an exemption from tax on payments pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

(e) For any period with respect to which a Lender has failed to provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the appropriate form pursuant to Section 2.17(d) (unless such failure is due to a change in treaty, law, or regulation occurring subsequent to the date on which a form originally was required to be provided), such Lender shall not be entitled to indemnification under Section 2.17(a) or 2.17(c) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States; provided, however, that should a Lender, which is otherwise exempt from withholding tax, become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required hereunder, the Borrower shall take such steps as such Lender shall reasonably request to assist such Lender to recover such Taxes.

(f) If the Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to or for the account of any Lender pursuant to this Section 2.17, then such Lender will agree to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its applicable Lending Office so as to eliminate or reduce any such additional payment which may thereafter accrue if such change, in the judgment of such Lender, is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

(g) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section 2.17 shall survive the repayment of the Advances and other obligations under the Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitment hereunder.

(h) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender receives a refund in respect of Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Borrower, which in the good faith judgment of the Administrative Agent or such Lender is allocable to such payment, it shall promptly pay such refund (together with any amounts received solely attributable to such refund) to the Borrower, net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any taxes to which such Lender has become subject as a result of its receipt

 

31


of such refund) of the Administrative Agent or such Lender incurred in obtaining such refund and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant governmental authority with respect to such refund); provided, however, that the Borrower agrees to promptly return such refund (plus all out-of-pocket expenses including any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant governmental authority) to the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, if it receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender that the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such governmental authority. Nothing contained in this Section 2.17(h) shall require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems to be confidential) to the Borrower or any other person.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, if the Internal Revenue Service determines that a Lender is participating in a conduit financing arrangement as defined in Section 7701(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder (a “ Conduit Financing Arrangement ”), any taxes that the Borrower is required to withhold from payments to such Lender in excess of the amount of taxes the Borrower would otherwise be required to withhold if such Lender were not participating in a Conduit Financing Arrangement shall be excluded from the definition of “Taxes”. Each Lender represents that it is not participating in a Conduit Financing Arrangement with respect to the Advances as of the date hereof.

Section 2.18 Interest Rate Determination.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Lender shall notify the Borrower that the adoption of or any change in the interpretation or administration of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Advances, or to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances hereunder, (i) the obligation of such Lender to make or to Convert Advances into Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended until such Lender shall notify the Borrower that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist and (ii) the Borrower shall forthwith prepay in full all Eurodollar Rate Advances, together with interest thereon, unless (A) the Borrower, within five Business Days of notice from such Lender, converts all such Eurodollar Rate Advances then outstanding into Base Rate Advances in accordance with Section 2,19, or (B) the applicable Lender notifies the Borrower that the circumstances causing such prepayment no longer exist. Each Lender shall use its reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office if the making of such change would avoid or eliminate such illegality and would not, in the judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

Section 2.19 Conversion of Advances.

(a) The Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of any proposed Conversion into Eurodollar Rate Advances and on the Business Day of any proposed Conversion into Base Rate Advances subject to the provisions of Section 2.18, Convert all Advances of one Type into Advances of another Type or Types or Advances of the same Type having the same or a new Interest Period; provided that no Advance shall be converted to a

 

32


Eurodollar Rate Advance if any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Each such notice of a Conversion shall, within the restrictions specified above, specify (i) the date of such Conversion, (ii) the Advances to be Converted and (iii) if such Conversion is into, or with respect to Eurodollar Rate Advances, the duration of the Interest Period for each such Advance.

(b) If the Borrower shall fail to select the Type of any Advance or the duration of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Advance in accordance with the provisions contained in the definition of “Interest Period” and subsection (a) of this Section 2.19 or if any proposed Conversion of an Advance to a Eurodollar Rate Advance upon Conversion shall not occur as a result of the circumstances described in Section 2.18 or subsection (c) of this Section 2.19, such Advance will automatically, on the last day of the then-existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Advance.

(c) Each notice of Conversion given pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 2.19 shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. In the case of any Advance that is to be converted to a Eurodollar Rate Advance, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lenders against any loss, cost or expense incurred by the Lenders as a result of any failure to fulfill on the date specified for such Conversion the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, including, without limitation, any loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund such Eurodollar Rate Advance, upon such Conversion, when such Conversion, as a result of such failure, does not occur. The Borrower’s obligations under this subsection (c) shall survive the repayment of all other amounts owing to the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitment.

(d) No more than 12 Types of Eurodollar Rate Advances may be outstanding at any time.

(e) References in this Section 2.19 to “Advances” and “Types of Advances” shall not include the Swing Line Advances.

Section 2.20 Set off. Each Lender may at any time upon or after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and without notice to the Borrower, set-off against the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement the whole or any portion or portions of any or all deposits and other sums credited by or due from such Lender to the Borrower or subject to withdrawal by the Borrower, whether or not any other Person or Persons could also withdraw money therefrom.

Section 2.21 Pro Rata Treatment. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein:

(a) Advances. Each payment or prepayment of principal of any Advance, and each payment of interest on the Advances, shall be allocated first to the payment or prepayment of principal of, or interest on, the Swing Lines Advances; and second, pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Advances. Each payment of the Facility Fee and the LC Fee, each reduction of the Commitments and each conversion or extension of any Advance shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages.

 

33


(b) Advances. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a Borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within the time period specified therefor hereunder, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon, for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent, at a rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate; provided, however, that if payment is not made within three Business Days of demand, interest shall accrue at the rate applicable at that time to the Advances made in connection with such Borrowing. If such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days of the date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent also shall be entitled to recover, on demand, such amount with interest thereon, for the period until the Borrower makes such repayment amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent, at the rate applicable at that time to the Advances made in connection with such Borrowing. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

Section 2.22 Sharing of Payments. The Lenders agree among themselves that, in the event that any Lender shall obtain payment in respect of any Advance or any other obligation owing to such Lender under this Agreement through the exercise of a right of set-off, banker’s lien or counterclaim, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such payment as provided for in this Agreement, such Lender shall promptly purchase from the other Lenders a Participation Interest in such Advances and other obligations in such amounts, and make such other adjustments from time to time, as shall be equitable to the end that all Lenders share such payment in accordance with their respective ratable shares as provided for in this Agreement. The Lenders further agree among themselves that if payment to a Lender obtained by such Lender through the exercise of a right of set-off, banker’s lien, counterclaim or other event as aforesaid shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored, each Lender which shall have shared the benefit of such payment shall, by repurchase of a Participation Interest theretofore sold, return its share of that benefit (together with its share of any accrued interest payable with respect thereto) to each Lender whose payment shall have been rescinded or otherwise restored. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing such a Participation Interest may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all rights of payment, including set-off, banker’s lien or counterclaim, with respect to such Participation Interest as fully as if such Lender were a holder of such Advance or other obligation in the amount of such Participation Interest. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, if any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall fail to remit to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender an amount payable by such Lender or the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Agent or such other Lender pursuant to this Agreement on the date when such amount is due, such payments shall be made together with interest thereon for each date from the date such amount is due until the date such amount is paid

 

34


to the Administrative Agent or such other Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. If under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, any Lender receives a secured claim in lieu of a set-off to which this Section 2.22 applies, such Lender shall, to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with the rights of the Lenders under this Section 2.22 to share in the benefits of any recovery on such secured claim.

Section 2.23 Substitution of Lenders. Upon the receipt by the Borrower from any Lender (an “Affected Lender” ) of a claim under Sections 2.16, 2.17 or notice of illegality under Section 2.18 or if any Lender (a “Defaulting Lender” ) defaults in its obligation to fund Advances hereunder, the Borrower may: (a) request one or more of the other Lenders to acquire and assume all or part of the Advances and Commitment of such Affected Lender or Defaulting Lender, as applicable; or (b) replace such Affected Lender or Defaulting Lender, as applicable, by designating an Eligible Assignee that is willing to acquire such Advances and assume such Commitment; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any requirement of law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) the Borrower shall repay (or the replacement Lender shall purchase, at par) all Advances, accrued interest, fees and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 2.13 if any Eurodollar Rate Advance owing to such replaced Lender shall be prepaid (or purchased) other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (v) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.05 (provided that the Borrower or replacement Lender shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee) and (vi) the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Sections 2.16 or 2.17, as the case may be, to the extent such additional amounts were incurred on or prior to the consummation of such replacement.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT

Section 3.01 Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit. The obligation of the Lenders to make Advances on the occasion of the initial Borrowing, of the Swing Line Bank to make the initial Swing Line Advance and of any LC issuing Bank to issue the first Letter of Credit is subject to the condition that, on or prior to the date of such first Extension of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall have received the following, each dated as of the same date (unless otherwise indicated), and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(a) this Agreement, duly executed by the Borrower, each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and acknowledged by the Parent;

(b) if requested by any Lender, a Note, payable to such Lender, duly completed and executed by the Borrower;

(c) all documents that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may reasonably request relating to the existence of the Borrower and the Parent, the corporate authority for and

 

35


the validity of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other matters relevant hereto, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, including without limitation a certificate of incumbency of each of the Borrower and the Parent, signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower and the Parent, certifying as to the names, true signatures and incumbency of the officer or officers authorized to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which each is a party and certified copies of the following items: (i) the Support Agreement, the Financial Services Agreement and all notes and other instruments evidencing indebtedness under the Financial Services Agreement, (ii) the Borrower’s and the Parent’s Articles of Incorporation, (iii) the Borrower’s and the Parent’s Bylaws, (iv) certificates of the Secretary of State of Delaware as to the existence of the Borrower and the Parent as Delaware corporations, (v) the actions taken by the board of directors of the Borrower and the Parent authorizing the Borrower’s and the Parent’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which each is a party, and (vi) all governmental approvals (if any) required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents by the Borrower and the Parent;

(d) an opinion of George Patrick, General Counsel to the Borrower and the Parent, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto;

(e) an opinion of King & Spalding LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit G hereto;

(f) payment of all fees required to be received in connection with this Agreement on or prior to the date of such first Extension of Credit; and

(g) such other documents, approvals, and opinions as may be mutually agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Section 3.02 Conditions to All Extensions of Credit. The obligation of the Lenders to make Advances on the occasion of each Borrowing, of the Swing Line Bank to make each Swing Line Advance and of each LC Issuing Bank to issue, extend or increase the stated amount of Letters of Credit, including the first Extension of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (provided that a Conversion shall not constitute a “Borrowing” or “Extension of Credit” for the purposes of this Section):

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Swing Line Borrowing or Request for Issuance, as applicable;

(b) all representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article IV of this Agreement (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.04 and Section 4.05(b)) shall be true in all material respects as if made on and as of the date of such Extension of Credit (other than with respect to any representation and warranty that expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(c) immediately prior to and immediately after such Extension of Credit, no Default or Event of Default under this Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

36


(d) immediately after such Extension of Credit, the Outstanding Credits will not exceed the aggregate Commitment.

The making of each Extension of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such Extension of Credit that the conditions specified in subsections (b), (c) and (d) above have been satisfied.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants that:

Section 4.01 Corporate Existence and Status. Each of the Borrower, the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent has been duly organized, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, as the case may be, and is duly qualified to transact business in every jurisdiction where, by the nature of its business, such qualification is necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change. Each of the Borrower, the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent has all corporate power and authority to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

Section 4.02 Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and the Parent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the Parent is a party (i) are within the Borrower’s and the Parent’s respective corporate powers and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the Parent is a party constitute valid and binding agreements of the Borrower and the Parent, as the case may be, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and the Notes, if and when executed and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except, in each case, as the enforceability hereof and thereof may be affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws applicable to creditors’ rights or the collection of debtors’ obligations generally and equitable principles of general applicability.

Section 4.03 Non-Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and the Parent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the Parent is a party (i) do not contravene or constitute a default under any provision of the articles of incorporation or by-laws (or other analogous formation documents) of the Borrower or the Parent, or of any material contract, agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or the Parent, (ii) do not contravene or violate any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Borrower or the Parent, and (iii) do not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent (other than Liens, if any, created under the Loan Documents).

Section 4.04 Litigation. There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened actions or proceedings (including, without limitation, any Environmental Proceedings) affecting the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator, that, individually or in the aggregate, are likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

37


Section 4.05 Financial Information.

(a) The consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2005, and the related statements of income and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended, reported on by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing (copies of which have been delivered to the Lenders), fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, the consolidated financial position of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, as of such date, and of their results of operations and cash flows for such period stated.

(b) Since December 31, 2005, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.06 Approvals. Each of the Borrower, the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted, except where such failure to have such licenses, authorizations, consents or approvals is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and the Parent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or the Parent is a party require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official or any other Person.

Section 4.07 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Advances and the Letters of Credit will be used by the Borrower for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Parent and its subsidiaries, including the Operating Utilities, including, without limitation, backstopping commercial paper and financing acquisitions (but not an acquisition of a Person that has not been approved by the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of the Person to be acquired).

Section 4.08 Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations. Each of Parent and the Borrower is either not an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act” ) or exempt from all provisions of the Act. Neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent will apply the proceeds of any of the Advances, directly or indirectly, for the purpose, either immediate, incidental or ultimate, of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, except in compliance with Section 5.02(f).

Section 4.09 Compliance with Laws. Each of the Borrower, the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and similar requirements of governmental authorities (including, without limitation, all Environmental Requirements), except where the failure to be in compliance is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.10 Compliance with ERISA.

(a) Except as is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change, the Borrower, the Parent, each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent and each member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing have fulfilled their obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance in all material respects with the

 

38


presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and have not incurred any liability to the PBGC (other than for current premiums, which have been paid when due) or a Plan under Title IV of ERISA (other than liabilities for benefits and administration and operational expenses incurred in the ordinary course of Plan operations). No Plan and, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no Multi-employer Plan, to which the Borrower, the Parent, any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent and/or each member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing contributes or has contributed, has an “accumulated funding deficiency” as defined in ERISA Section 302, using interest rates and other actuarial assumptions that would be applied should the Plan or such Multi-employer Plan, as applicable, terminate, the total of which accumulated funding deficiency for all such Plans and Multi-employer Plans is in the aggregate more than $15,000,000.

(b) All contributions (if any) that the Borrower, the Parent, any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing have been required to make to a Multi-employer Plan have been duly and timely made and neither Borrower, Parent, or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing has incurred any material liability with respect to any Multi-employer Plan other than to make contributions as and when due. Neither the Borrower, the Parent, any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent nor any member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing has incurred any Withdrawal Liability that has not been fully paid.

Section 4.11 Environmental Matters.

(a) Neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent is subject to any Environmental Liability that, individually or in the aggregate, is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change, and neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent has been designated as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or under any state statute similar to CERCLA with respect to any matter or matters which, individually or in the aggregate, are likely to result in a Material Adverse Change. None of the Properties of the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent has been identified on any former, current or proposed (i) National Priorities List under 40 C.F.R. §300, (ii) CERCLIS list or (iii) any list arising from a state statute similar to CERCLA relating to any matter or matters which, individually or in the aggregate, is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(b) No Hazardous Materials have been or are being used, produced, manufactured, processed, generated, stored, disposed of, managed or treated at, or shipped or transported to or from the Properties of the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent or are otherwise present at, on, in or under such Properties except for Hazardous Materials used, produced, manufactured, processed, generated, stored, disposed of and managed in the ordinary course of business in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Requirements and except as, individually or in the aggregate, is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(c) Neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent has received any Environmental Notice regarding any of its respective Properties which is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

39


Section 4.12 Taxes. There have been filed on behalf of the Borrower, the Parent and each Subsidiary of the Parent all United States and Canadian federal, state, provincial and local income, excise, property and other material tax returns that are required to be filed by the Borrower, the Parent and such Subsidiary of the Parent, and all taxes shown to be due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Parent and such Subsidiary of the Parent have been, or within the times required by law will be, paid except (i) where the amount or validity thereof currently is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrower, the Parent or such Subsidiary of the Parent, as the case may be, or (ii) where failure to file or nonpayment is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.13 No Defaults. Neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent is in default under or with respect to any material agreement, instrument or undertaking (other than in respect of Debt) to which it is a party, or by which it or any of its properties is bound which is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 4.14 Ownership of Borrower and Operating Utilities. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Borrower, the Parent and the Subsidiaries of the Parent have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable. The Parent owns directly or indirectly (i) 100% of the Common Stock of the Borrower and (ii) at least 95% of the Common Stock of each Operating Utility, minus any such Common Stock disposed of in a transaction permitted under Section 5.02(j), in each case, free and clear of any Lien other than Liens permitted by Section 5.02(a).

Section 4.15 Ownership of Properties and Assets. Each of the Borrower, the Parent and each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent has title to its properties and assets sufficient for the conduct of its respective business, and none of such properties or assets is subject to any Lien except as permitted in Section 5.02(a) or as created by this Agreement.

Section 4.16 Full Disclosure. All written information (other than projections) heretofore furnished by the Borrower and the Parent to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement and the Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by the Borrower and the Parent to the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders will be, as of the date furnished, for the purposes for which such information is given and read together with all other previously provided information, does not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements are made and, in the case of projections, have been or will be based on estimates and assumptions believed by the Borrower and the Parent to be reasonable on the date as of which such information is stated or certified.

 

40


ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

Section 5.01 Affirmative Covenants. So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrower agrees as follows:

(a) Parent Financial Reporting. The Borrower will cause the Parent to deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

 

  (i) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year (for purposes hereof, delivery of the Parent’s appropriately completed Annual Report on Form 10-K (which shall be deemed to be delivered when posted on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or any replacement website if the Administrative Agent shall have received notice thereof no later than five Business Days following such posting) will be sufficient in lieu of delivery of such consolidated financial statements), all reported on by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing, with such report to be free of “going concern” or similar exceptions and qualifications and free of any exception or qualification as to the scope of the audit;

 

  (ii) as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statement of income and cash flows for such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year ended at the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter and the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year (for purposes hereof, delivery of the Parent’s appropriately completed Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (which shall be deemed to be delivered when posted on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or any replacement website if the Administrative Agent shall have received notice thereof no later than five Business Days following such posting) will be sufficient in lieu of delivery of such consolidated financial statements), all certified (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) as to fairness of presentation in accordance with GAAP and consistency by a Financial Officer of the Parent; and

 

  (iii) no later than five Business Days following the delivery of each set of financial statements referred to in subsections (a)(i) and (a)(ii) of this Section 5.01, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Parent demonstrating and certifying compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 5.01 (i).

 

41


(b) Borrower Financial Reporting. The Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

 

  (i) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all certified as to fairness of presentation in accordance with GAAP and consistency by a Financial Officer of the Borrower;

 

  (ii) as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statement of income and cash flows for such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year ended at the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter and the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all certified (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) as to fairness of presentation in accordance with GAAP and consistency by a Financial Officer of the Borrower; and

 

  (iii) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial statements referred to in subsections (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of this Section 5.01, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower stating whether, to the knowledge of such Financial Officer, any Default or Event of Default exists on the date of such certificate and, if any Default or Event of Default then exists, setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(c) Other Reporting Requirements. The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent to, deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

 

  (i) within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or the Parent becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

  (ii)

as soon as possible, and in any event within 30 days after, (i) the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent has been served with legal process in litigation of such a nature that is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) the Borrower, the Parent or any

 

42


 

Subsidiary of the Parent becomes aware of any pending, threatened or anticipated proceeding by or before any federal, state or local governmental instrumentality, body or agency that the Borrower has determined is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change, notice of such litigation or proceeding, describing the factual basis alleged to underlie such litigation or proceeding and a brief statement of the proposed actions of the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, in connection therewith;

 

  (iii) at any time after an Initial Public Offering, within five Business Days after the filing thereof, copies of all material reports (other than reports referred to in Section 5.01(a)(i) and (ii)) which the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent files with the SEC or any national securities exchange;

 

  (iv) if and when the Borrower, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or any member of a Controlled Group of the foregoing (i) gives or is required to give notice to the PBGC of any “reportable event” (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) with respect to any Plan which might constitute grounds for a termination of such Plan under Title IV of ERISA, or knows that the plan administrator of any Plan has given or is required to give notice of any such reportable event, a copy of the notice of such reportable event given or required to be given to the PBGC, (ii) receives notice of Withdrawal Liability under Title IV of ERISA, a copy of such notice or (iii) receives notice from the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of an intent to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, a copy of such notice;

 

  (v) simultaneously with the delivery of the certificate referred to in Section 5.01(a)(iii), if any Subsidiary has become or ceased to be a Significant Subsidiary, a revised Schedule II disclosing the Significant Subsidiaries as of the date of such certificate;

 

  (vi) prompt notice of any change in Significant Subsidiaries as a result of any acquisition or disposition;

 

  (vii) prompt notice of any proposed waiver, amendment, supplement or other modification of any term or condition of the Support Agreement; and

 

  (viii) from time to time such additional information regarding the business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of the Borrower, the Parent or the Subsidiaries of the Parent as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may reasonably request.

(d) Compliance with Laws and Contractual Obligations.

 

  (i) The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and the Subsidiaries of the Parent to, comply with the requirements of all applicable laws (including, without limitation, ERISA and Environmental Requirements), rules, regulations and orders, the failure to comply with which is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

43


  (ii) The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and the Subsidiaries of the Parent to, will comply with the requirements of all material contractual obligations (other than Debt), except (A) where the necessity of such compliance currently is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with, and to the extent required by, GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrower, the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent, as the case may be, or (B) where the failure to so comply is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(e) Payment of Taxes. The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent to, pay promptly when due all taxes, assessments, governmental charges, claims for labor, supplies, rent and other obligations (other than Debt) which, if unpaid, might become a Lien against the Properties of the Borrower, the Parent or such Significant Subsidiary, except (i) liabilities that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with, and to the extent required by, GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrower, the Parent or such Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, or (ii) where nonpayment is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(f) Maintenance of Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance on its Properties in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business as the Borrower, the Parent or such Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, as the case may be.

(g) Maintenance of Properties; Inspection of Property, Books and Records.

 

  (i) The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and the Subsidiaries of the Parent to, maintain all of its Properties and assets in good condition, repair and working order, ordinary wear and tear excepted, in accordance with standards observed by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business and similarly situated as the Borrower, the Parent or such Subsidiaries of the Parent, as the case may be, except where the failure to so maintain its respective Properties and assets could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

  (ii)

The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent to, (A) keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its respective business and activities and (B) permit representatives of the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of

 

44


 

its Properties at reasonable business hours upon reasonable notice, to examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its respective officers, employees and independent public accountants.

(h) Maintenance of Existence. The Borrower will, and will cause the Parent and each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent to, maintain its corporate existence and carry on its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields as such business is now carried on and maintained, except (i) if permitted under Section 5.02(b) below or (ii) where the failure to so maintain its existence or carry on its business is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(i) Debt Capitalization. The Borrower will cause the Parent to maintain at the end of each Fiscal Quarter a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalization of not more than 0.70 to 1.0; provided that for the purposes of the calculation of this ratio, any non-cash effects reflected in the financial statements of the Parent resulting from the proposed Statement of Financial Accounting Standards dated March 31, 2006, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post Retirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(r) (as the same maybe amended or modified) will be excluded.

(j) RWE Obligations. The Borrower will terminate and repay all obligations owed pursuant to the $550 million revolving credit facility between RWE and the Borrower on or prior to the earlier to occur of (i) 30 days following the issuance of any commercial paper by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) June 30,2007.

Section 5.02 Negative Covenants. So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrower agrees as follows:

(a) Restrictions on Liens. The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent to, incur any Debt secured by any Lien, or suffer to exist any Lien, upon or with respect to their respective Properties or assets (including, without limitation, their capital stock), except:

 

  (i) Liens existing, or created pursuant to the terms of agreements existing, on the date hereof;

 

  (ii)

Liens consisting of (A) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure obligations under workmen’s compensation laws or similar legislation, (B) deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure or in lieu of surety, appeal or customs bonds to which the Borrower, the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent is a party, (C) Liens created by or resulting from any litigation or legal proceeding which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (D) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure performance in connection with bids, tenders or contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) or (E)

 

45


 

materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted;

 

  (iii) Liens created to secure tax-exempt Debt, in connection with the financing or refinancing of the purchase, lease or construction of Properties or other assets;

 

  (iv) Any Lien on any asset of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or such asset is acquired by, the Borrower, the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent and not created in contemplation of such event;

 

  (v) Liens created to secure sales of accounts receivable and other receivables;

 

  (vi) Licenses of intellectual property granted by the Borrower, the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business;

 

  (vii) Liens of landlords arising under real property leases to the extent such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and do not secure any past due obligation for the payment of money;

 

  (viii) Any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease permitted by this Agreement;

 

  (ix) Liens, securing indebtedness which has neither been assumed by the Borrower, the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary nor upon which it customarily pays interest charges, existing upon real property, or rights in or relating thereto, which real property or rights were acquired for right-of-way purposes;

 

  (x) Zoning laws and ordinances;

 

  (xi) Capitalized Leases;

 

  (xii) Easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, conditions and other similar encumbrances, minor defects or irregularities of title, and alleys, streets and highways, which in the aggregate do not materially impair the usefulness of the mortgaged property in the present business of the Borrower, the Parent or Significant Subsidiary;

 

  (xiii) Leases of the Properties of the Borrower, Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, (A) interfere in any material respect with the ordinary course of business or (B) materially impair the value of the property subject thereto;

 

46


  (xiv) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Borrower, Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the Borrower, Parent or such Significant Subsidiary of the Parent;

 

  (xv) Bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and cash equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Borrower, Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that, unless such Liens are non-consensual and arise by operation of law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Debt;

 

  (xvi) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent and which may subsequently be paid without interest or penalties and Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which reserves have been established to the extent required by GAAP;

 

  (xvii) Any Lien (not otherwise permitted hereunder) on any asset of the Borrower or Parent securing Debt not exceeding in the aggregate $10,000,000 outstanding at any time;

 

  (xviii) Any Lien (not otherwise permitted hereunder) on any asset of any Significant Subsidiary securing Debt not exceeding in the aggregate $100,000,000 outstanding at any time;

 

  (xix) Liens created for the sole purpose of refinancing, extending, renewing or replacing in whole or in part Debt or other obligations secured by any Lien, mortgage or security interest referred to in the foregoing subsections (i) through (x); provided, however, that the principal amount of Debt or obligations secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of Debt or obligations so secured at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement and that such extension, renewal or replacement, as the case may be, shall be limited to all or a part of the Property or assets that secured the Lien or mortgage so extended, renewed or replaced (and any improvements on such Property or assets); and

 

  (xx) Liens created under this Agreement.

 

47


(b) Consolidations; Mergers; Etc. The Borrower, the Parent and the Significant Subsidiaries of the Parent shall not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, lease or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any other Person, provided that (i) the Parent may merge with another Person if (A) the Parent is the Person surviving such merger and (B) immediately after giving effect to such merger, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) any Subsidiary may merge with, or sell or otherwise transfer all or a significant portion of its assets to, the Parent or any other Subsidiary of the Parent, if immediately after giving effect to such merger, sale or transfer, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c) Dividends and Distributions. The Borrower shall not declare or pay any dividends upon any of its Common Stock, or purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of its Common Stock, or make any distribution of cash, property or assets among the holder of shares of its Common Stock, or make any change in its capital structure, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur, either before or after giving effect to any of the foregoing.

(d) Loans or Advances; Investments. The Borrower shall not make loans or advances to, or Investments in, any Person, except for (i) Permitted Investments and (ii) Investments in the form of Permitted Swap Agreements and (iii) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, loans or advances to, or Investments in, Parent and its subsidiaries, including the Operating Utilities pursuant to the terms of a Financial Services Agreement.

(e) Transactions with Affiliates. Neither the Borrower, the Parent nor any Subsidiary of the Parent shall enter into any transaction with any of its Affiliates (other than Parent or Subsidiaries of the Parent provided that the Parent owns directly or indirectly at least 95% of the Common Stock of such Subsidiary), unless such transaction is on terms not materially less favorable to the Borrower, the Parent or any such Subsidiary than if the transaction had been negotiated in good faith on an arm’s length basis with a non-Affiliate, provided that the foregoing shall not restrict (i) director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (ii) transactions pursuant to the $550 million revolving credit facility between RWE and the Borrower, (iii) transactions pursuant to the Support Agreement and (iv) transactions and arrangements in connection with any Initial Public Offering or subsequent disposition by RWE or any of its Affiliates of Common Stock of Parent or of any Person that owns 100% of the Common Stock of Parent (including with respect to allocations of assets and liabilities, transition services and other separation matters, indemnification, registration rights and expense reimbursement) that are (A) customary in similar transactions and approved by the board of directors of Parent or (B) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(f) Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall not use any portion of the proceeds of any Advance (i) directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of the Regulations of the Board, including the Margin Regulations, or (ii) for any purpose in violation of any other applicable law, rule or regulation. The proceeds of the Advances will be used solely for the purposes specified in Section 4.07.

 

48


(g) Support Agreement. Subject to Section 7.04(viii), the Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit the Parent to: (i) cancel or terminate the Support Agreement or (ii) amend or otherwise modify the terms of the Support Agreement, except for amendments and modifications that do not adversely affect the rights of the Lenders hereunder, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

(h) Debt. The Borrower shall not cause or permit the Parent to incur Funded Debt in excess of $150,000,000 at any one time outstanding, other than (i) Debt owed to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Parent, (ii) Debt under this Agreement and (iii) Debt outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 5.02(h), and refinancings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof.

(i) Change in Nature of Business. The Borrower shall not engage in any business, operations or activities (whether directly, through a joint venture, in connection with a permitted acquisition or otherwise) other than financing activities for and on behalf of the Parent and the other Subsidiaries of the Parent.

(j) Asset Sales. The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets, or grant any option or other right to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any assets to any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Parent that is at least 95%-owned by the Parent, except (i) sales in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) sales, leases, transfers or dispositions of assets that in the aggregate (from the date hereof to and including the Termination Date) do not exceed $1,000,000,000, (iii) sales, leases, transfers or dispositions of assets described in Schedule 5.02(j) and (iv) other sales, leases, transfers or dispositions of assets in exchange for cash in an amount at least equal to the fair market value of such asset; provided that, in the case of this clause (iv) only, to the extent an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds thereof is not used within 365 days after receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to acquire (or make capital expenditures to finance the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction of), to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder, assets useful in the business of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, the amount not so used during such period shall (x) to the extent the exception in clause (ii) above is available, be deemed to utilize such exception as of the last day of such 365-day period (such day being, with respect to such asset disposition, the “Mandatory Commitment Reduction Date” ) and (y) otherwise, be deemed to be the “Mandatory Commitment Reduction Amount” as of such Mandatory Commitment Reduction Date for purposes of Section 2.10(b).

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS

Section 6.01 Events of Default. If one or more of the following events ( “Events of Default” ) shall have occurred and be continuing:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay (i) any principal of any Advance on the date such payment is due, or (ii) interest on any Advance or any fee or other amount payable hereunder, within three Business Days of the date such payment is due; or

 

49


(b) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform (or shall fail to cause the Parent and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to observe or perform) any covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.01(c)(i), 5.0l(h), 5.01(i), 5.01(j) or 5.02; or

(c) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform (or shall fail to cause the Parent and its Subsidiaries, as applicable to observe or perform) any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those covered by subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 6.01) for 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or

(d) any representation, warranty, certification or statement made or deemed made by the Borrower in Article IV of this Agreement or by the Borrower or the Parent under any other Loan Document or in any certificate, financial statement or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made (or deemed made); or

(e) the Borrower, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any Debt (excluding Debt evidenced by this Agreement but including, for purposes of this provision, obligations of the Parent under Section 4 of the Support Agreement) thereof in the aggregate in excess of (i) $10,000,000, in the case of the Borrower, (ii) $25,000,000, in the case of the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary other than the Borrower or (iii) $50,000,000, in the aggregate, in the case of all of the Significant Subsidiaries of the Parent, when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist (other than, until no later than October 31, 2006, any Specified Default) under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

(f) the Parent shall default in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition under Section 3 of the Support Agreement as of the last day of any Fiscal Year or Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower; provided, however, that any such default shall not be an Event of Default unless the Borrower has tangible net worth (total assets less liabilities less intangible assets as of such last day), as determined for purposes of the Support Agreement and after giving effect to period-end adjustments in accordance with GAAP, of less than negative $10,000; or

(g) the Borrower, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of

creditors, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing; or

 

50


(h) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Borrower, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief shall be entered against the Borrower, the Parent or any such Significant Subsidiary under the federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect; or

(i) one or more judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (to the extent not paid or insured) in excess of (i) $10,000,000, in the case of the Borrower, (ii) $25,000,000, in the case of the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary other than the Borrower or (iii) $50,000,000, in the aggregate, in the case of all of the Significant Subsidiaries of the Parent, shall be rendered against the Borrower, the Parent or any such Significant Subsidiary, and such judgments or orders shall continue unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 30 days; or

(j) the Borrower, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, or any member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing shall fail to pay when due any amount, in excess of $15,000,000, which it shall have become liable to pay to the PBGC or to a Plan or Multi-employer Plan under Title IV of ERISA; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any such Plan or Multi-employer Plan or a proceeding shall be instituted by a fiduciary of any such Plan or Multi-employer Plan to enforce Section 515 or 4219(c)(5) of ERISA and such proceeding shall not have been dismissed within 30 days thereafter; or a condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating that any such Plan or Multi-employer Plan must be terminated; or the Borrower, the Parent or any such Significant Subsidiary, or any member of the Controlled Group of the foregoing shall incur any Withdrawal Liability in the aggregate in excess of $15,000,000, with respect to one or more Multi-employer Plans; or

(k) any material provision of the Support Agreement shall become unenforceable, or any court or governmental or regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Parent, shall assert the unenforceability of any such provision in writing, or the Parent contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any such provision; or

(1) a Change of Control shall occur; or

(m) the Parent shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Common Stock of the Borrower;

then, and in every such event, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may (or shall at the request of the Required Lenders) (i) by notice to the Borrower terminate the Commitment and it shall thereupon terminate, and (ii) by notice to the Borrower declare the Advances

 

51


(together with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to be, and the Advances (together with all accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall thereupon become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; provided that if any Event of Default specified in subsection (g) or (h) of this Section 6.01 occurs with respect to the Borrower or the Parent, without any notice to the Borrower or any other act by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Commitment shall thereupon automatically terminate and the Advances (together with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall automatically become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

Section 6.02 Cash Collateral Account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no notice given or declaration made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01 shall affect the obligation of any LC Issuing Bank to make any payment under any Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of such Letter of Credit; provided, however, that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, upon notice to the Borrower, require the Borrower to deposit with the Administrative Agent an amount in the cash collateral account (the “Cash Collateral Account” ) described below equal to the aggregate maximum amount available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time. Such Cash Collateral Account shall at all times be free and clear of all rights or claims of third parties. The Cash Collateral Account shall be maintained with the Administrative Agent in the name of, and under the sole dominion and control of, the Administrative Agent, and amounts deposited in the Cash Collateral Account shall bear interest at a rate equal to the rate generally offered by the Administrative Agent for deposits equal to the amount deposited by the Borrower in the Cash Collateral Account, for a term to be determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the LC Issuing Banks a Lien on, and hereby assigns to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the LC Issuing Banks all of its right, title and interest in, the Cash Collateral Account and all funds from time to time on deposit therein to secure its reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit. If any drawings then outstanding or thereafter made are not reimbursed in full immediately upon demand or, in the case of subsequent drawings, upon being made, then, in any such event, the Administrative Agent may, and, upon the Borrower’s request, shall, apply the amounts then on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account, in such priority as the Administrative Agent shall elect, toward the payment in full of any or all of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder as and when such obligations shall become due and payable. Upon the earlier to occur of (a) payment in full, after the termination of the Letters of Credit, of all such obligations and (b) the date on which all Events of Default shall have been cured or waived, the Administrative Agent will repay and reassign to the Borrower any cash then on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account, and the Lien of the Administrative Agent on the Cash Collateral Account and the funds therein shall automatically terminate.

 

52


ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including electronic transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party at its address, or telecopy number or other electronic transmission set forth, in the case of the Borrower and the Parent, on the signature pages hereto, and, in the case of any other party, on Schedule I, or such other address or telecopy number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to each other party. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by telecopier, when such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number specified as provided in this Section and the appropriate confirmation is received, (ii) if given by e-mail, when transmitted to the email address specified in this Section and a written confirmation of such communication is given by some other method specified in this Section is also given, (iii) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, or (iv) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified as provided in this Section; provided that Notices of Borrowings to the Administrative Agent and Notices of Swing Line Borrowings to the Swing Line Bank under Article II shall not be effective until received.

Section 7.02 No Waivers. No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 7.03 Expenses: Documentary Taxes; Indemnification.

(a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent) in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, any waiver or consent hereunder or thereunder or any amendment hereof or thereof or any Default hereunder or thereunder, and (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders, including fees and disbursements of counsel of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in connection with collection and other enforcement proceedings resulting from any Event of Default, including reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in enforcing this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Lenders against any transfer taxes, documentary taxes, assessments or charges made by any Authority by reason of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that no Assignee shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under this subsection (b) than the related transferor Lender would have been entitled to receive.

(c) Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Affiliate thereof and their respective directors, officers, employees and, agents from, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims or damages to which any of

 

53


them may become subject, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims or damages arise out of or result from or relate in any way to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including, without limitation, from any use by the Borrower of the proceeds of any extension of credit by any Lender hereunder or breach by the Borrower of this Agreement or any other Loan Document), and the Borrower shall reimburse the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Affiliate thereof and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, upon demand for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with any of the foregoing but excluding any such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Person to be indemnified. Solely with respect to the Lenders, the indemnity provisions of this subsection (c) shall supersede and replace the indemnities provided to the Lenders by the Borrower in the Commitment Letter.

Section 7.04 Amendments, Waivers and Consents. (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any of the terms hereof or thereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated unless such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing and signed by the Required Lenders, the Borrower and the Parent; provided that no such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination shall without the consent of each Lender affected thereby:

 

  (i) extend the final maturity of any Advance, or any portion thereof,

 

  (ii) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or fees hereunder;

 

  (iii) reduce or waive repayment of the principal amount of any Advance,

 

  (iv) extend the Commitment of a Lender or increase the Commitment of a Lender over the amount thereof in effect (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or a mandatory reduction in the Commitments shall not constitute a change in the terms of any Commitment of any Lender),

 

  (v) release the Borrower from all its obligations under the Loan Documents,

 

  (vi) reduce any percentage specified in, or otherwise modify, the definition of “Required Lenders”,

 

  (vii) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its respective rights and obligations under (or in respect of) the Loan Documents except as permitted thereby,

 

  (viii) terminate or otherwise cancel the Support Agreement, or

 

  (ix) amend or otherwise modify this Section 7.04.

 

54


(b) In connection with any proposed amendment, change or waiver (a “Proposed Change” ) requiring the consent of all Lenders or all affected Lenders, if the consent of the Required Lenders to such Proposed Change is obtained, but the consent to such Proposed Change of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in paragraph (a) of this Section being referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender” ), then, so long as the Lender that is acting as Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Non-Consenting Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Non-Consenting Lender to assign and delegate (or to execute a Power of Attorney to the Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agent to assign and delegate on such Non-Consenting Lender’s behalf) without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 7.05), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and any relevant Issuing Bank), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Advances and participations in Letter of Credit payments that have not been reimbursed, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 7.05(b)(iv). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the return of the Note held by any such Non-Consenting Lender is not a condition to the effectiveness of any assignment pursuant to this Section 7.04(b).

Section 7.05 Benefit of Agreement.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto; provided that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its interests and obligations without prior written consent of each of the Lenders; provided further that the rights of each Lender to transfer, assign or grant participations in its rights and/or obligations hereunder shall be limited as set forth in this Section 7.05.

(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Advances, its Notes, and its Commitment) ; provided, however, that:

 

  (i) each such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee;

 

  (ii) except in the case of an assignment to another Lender, an Affiliate of an existing Lender or any fund that invests in bank loans and is advised or managed by an investment advisor to an existing Lender or an assignment of all of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, any such partial assignment shall be in an amount at least equal to $10,000,000 (or, if less, the remaining amount of the Commitment being assigned by such Lender) or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof;

 

55


  (iii) each such assignment by a Lender of any portion of its Advances shall be accompanied by an assignment of a constant, and not varying, percentage of all of such Advances, and each such assignment by a Lender of any portion of its Advances shall be accompanied by an assignment of a constant, and not varying, percentage of all of such Lender’s Advances; and

 

  (iv) the parties to such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent for its acceptance an Assignment and Acceptance, together with any Note subject to such assignment and a processing fee of $3,500.

Upon execution, delivery, and acceptance of such Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of such assignment, have the obligations, rights, and benefits of a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent of such assignment, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement. Upon the consummation of any assignment pursuant to this Section 7.05, the assignor, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall make appropriate arrangements so that, if required, new Notes are issued to the assignor and the assignee. If the assignee is not a United States person under Section 7701 (a)(30) of the Code, it shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent certification as to exemption from deduction or withholding of Taxes in accordance with Section 2.17. To the extent that an assignment of all or any portion of a Lender’s Commitment pursuant to this Section 7.05 would, at the time of such assignment, result in increased costs under Section 2.16 or Section 2.17 from those being charged by the respective assigning Lender prior to such assignment, then the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such increased costs (although the Borrower shall be obligated to pay any other increased costs of the type described above resulting from changes after the date of the respective assignment).

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 7.01 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Advances owing to, each Lender from time to time (the “Register” ) . The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Any assignment of any Advance or other obligations shall be effective only upon an entry with respect thereto being made in the Register.

(d) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by the parties thereto, together with any Note subject to such assignment and payment of the processing fee, the Administrative Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the parties thereto.

 

56


(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more Persons (each a “Participant” ) in all or a portion of its rights, obligations or rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment or its Advances); provided, however, that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participant shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 2.16 and 2.17 and the right of set-off contained in Section 2.20, and (iv) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrower hereunder owing to such Lender and to approve any amendment, modification, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications, or waivers decreasing the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on such Advances or Notes, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on such Advances or Notes, or extending its Commitment).

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.16 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, any Lender may at any time assign and pledge all or any portion of its Advances and its Notes to any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A and any Operating Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall release the assigning Lender from its obligations hereunder.

(h) Any Lender may furnish any information concerning the Borrower in the possession of such Lender from time to time to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees and Participants), subject, however, to the provisions of Section 7.06 hereof.

Section 7.06 Confidentiality . The Administrative Agent and each Lender (each, a “Lending Party” ) agrees to keep confidential any information furnished or made available to it by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Parent pursuant to this Agreement; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Lending Party from disclosing such information (a) on a confidential basis to any other Lending Party or any Affiliate of any Lending Party, or any officer, director, employee, agent, or advisor of any Lending Party or Affiliate of any Lending Party, (b) on a confidential basis to any other Person if reasonably incidental to the administration of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (c) as required by any law, rule, or regulation, (d) upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (e) upon the request or demand of any regulatory agency or authority, (f) that is or becomes available to the public or that is or becomes available to any Lending Party other than as a result of a disclosure by any Lending Party prohibited by this Agreement, (g) in connection with any litigation to which such Lending Party or any of its Affiliates may be a party, (h) to the extent necessary in connection with the exercise of any remedy under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (i) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, (j) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in

 

57


Swap Agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty (i) has been approved in writing by the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, and (ii) agrees in a writing enforceable by the Borrower or the Parent, as applicable, to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.06), and (k) subject to provisions substantially similar to those contained in this Section 7.06, to any actual or proposed Participant or assignee.

Section  7.07 Representation by Lender. Each Lender hereby represents that it is a commercial lender or financial institution which makes loans in the ordinary course of its business and that it will make its Advances hereunder for its own account in the ordinary course of such business; provided that, subject to Section 7.05 of this Agreement, the disposition of the Advances and the Notes held by such Lender shall at all times be within its exclusive control.

Section 7.08 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Notes shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

Section 7.09 Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) The Borrower (i) submits to personal jurisdiction in the State of New York, the courts thereof and the United States District Courts sitting in the City of New York, for the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) waives any and all personal rights under the law of any jurisdiction to object on any basis (including, without limitation, inconvenience of forum) to jurisdiction or venue within New York City and the State of New York for the purpose of litigation to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing herein contained, however, shall prevent the Borrower or any Lender from bringing any action or exercising any rights within any other state or jurisdiction.

(b) THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE LENDERS, THE BORROWER OR THE PARENT. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 7.10 Interpretation. No provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party hereto by any court or other governmental or judicial authority by reason of such party having or being deemed to have structured or dictated such provision.

Section 7.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

Section  7.12 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and thereto in respect

 

58


of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and supersede all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements between such parties or any of them in respect of such transactions.

Section 7.13 USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act” ) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

ARTICLE VIII

AGENCY PROVISIONS

Section 8.01 Appointment. Each Lender hereby designates and appoints JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent of such Lender to act as specified herein and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated by the terms hereof and of the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere herein and in the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein and therein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or shall otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor the Parent shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of the provisions hereof. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as Administrative Agent of the Lenders and, does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of agency or trust with or for the Borrower, the Parent or any of their respective Affiliates.

Section 8.02 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

Section 8.03 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall not be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection herewith or in connection with any of the other Loan Documents (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Borrower or the Parent contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or in any certificate, report, document, financial

 

59


statement or other written or oral statement referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection herewith or in connection with the other Loan Documents, or enforceability or sufficiency therefor of any of the other Loan Documents, or for any failure of the Borrower or the Parent to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible to any Lender for the effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made by the Borrower or the Parent in any written or oral statement or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports, certificates or any other documents in connection herewith or therewith furnished or made by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders or by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Parent to the Administrative Agent or any Lender or be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained herein or therein or as to the use of the proceeds of the Advances or of the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrower, the Parent or any of their respective Affiliates.

Section 8.04 Reliance on Communications. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Borrower, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent with reasonable care). The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lenders as the owner of their respective interests hereunder for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 7.05 hereof. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or to the extent specifically provided in Section 7.04, all the Lenders) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders (including their successors and assigns).

Section 8.05 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender, the Borrower or the Parent referring to the Loan Document, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders.

 

60


Section 8.06 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that each of the Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has not made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or any affiliate thereof hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower, the Parent or any of their respective Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, assets, operations, property, financial and other conditions, prospects and creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Parent or their respective Affiliates and made its own decision to make its Advances hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, assets, operations, property, financial and other conditions, prospects and creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Parent and their respective Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, assets, property, financial or other conditions, prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Parent or their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

Section 8.07 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such and each of its directors, officers, employees and agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Commitments (or if the Commitments have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of outstanding Advances of the Lenders), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including without limitation at any time following the final payment of all of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such. If any indemnity furnished to the Administrative Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, the Administrative Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished (which additional indemnity shall be furnished in accordance with the terms of this

 

61


Section 8.07). The agreements in this Section shall survive the repayment of the Advances, the expiry of all Letters of Credit, the repayment of all other obligations under the Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitments hereunder.

Section 8.08 Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity. The Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower, the Parent, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. With respect to the Advances and all obligations of the Borrower and the Parent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Advance Agreement as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.

Section 8.09 Successor Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower and may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Required Lenders, with any such resignation or removal to become effective only upon the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 8.09. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent. Such successor shall be subject to the approval of the Borrower, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that such approval shall not be necessary if at the time such successor is appointed there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default described in Section 6.01 (a), (g) or (h). If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the Required Lenders’ removal of the retiring Administrative Agent, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a Lender or shall be another commercial bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $400,000,000. Such successor shall be subject to the approval of the Borrower, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that such approval shall not be necessary if at the time such successor is appointed there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a), (g) or (h). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent, shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article VIII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

Section 8.10 Other Agents. Neither Co-Lead Arranger nor any Lender identified as an “Agent” (other than the Administrative Agent) shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any other Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

 

62


ARTICLE IX

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Section 9.01 Parent. The Parent hereby acknowledges that (a) amounts owing by the Borrower under this Agreement will constitute “Debt” under the Support Agreement and (b) this Agreement contains representations and warranties and covenants that relate to the Parent and that a breach of any of those representations or warranties, or a failure by the Borrower to comply with such covenants, could result in an Event of Default under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the acknowledgement contained in this Section 9.01, each of the Administrative Agent, each LC Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Bank and each Lender acknowledges and agrees that it will have no recourse against the Parent under this Agreement, and the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, each LC Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Bank and each Lender against Parent shall be solely pursuant to and in accordance with the Support Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

63


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.

By:

 

/s/ James M. Kalinovich

Name:

  James M. Kalinovich

Title:

  Treasurer

Address for Notices:

1025 Laurel Oak Road

Voorhees, NJ 08043

Attention: Treasurer

Telecopy number: 856.566.4004

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


PARENT:
Acknowledged and agreed solely as to Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.
AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

By

 

/s/ James M. Kalinovich

Name:

  James M. Kalinovich

Title:

  Treasurer

Address for Notices:

1025 Laurel Oak Road

Voorhees, NJ 08043

Attention: Treasurer

Telecopy number: 856.566.4004

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent, as an LC Issuing Bank, and as a Lender

By

 

/s/ Peter M. Hayes

Name:

  Peter M. Hayes

Title:

  Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


CITIBANK, N.A.

as Syndication Agent and as a Lender

By  

/s/ Amit Vasani

Name:   Amit Vasani
Title:   Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


CITIZENS BANK OF PENNSYLVANIA
By  

/s/ Stephen E. Stambaugh

Name:   Stephen E. Stambaugh
Title:   Senior Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


CREDIT SUISSE, Cayman Islands Branch
By  

/s/ Sarah Wu

Name:   Sarah Wu
Title:   Director
By  

/s/ Nupur Kumar

Name:   Nupur Kumar
Title:   Associate

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


WILLIAM STREET COMMITMENT CORPORATION (Recourse only to assets of William Street Commitment Corporation)
By  

/s/ Mark Walton

Name:   Mark Walton
Title:   Assistant Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA
By  

/s/ David Millett

Name:   David Millett
Title:   Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


MORGAN STANLEY BANK
By  

/s/ Daniel Twenge

Name:   Daniel Twenge
Title:  

Authorized Signatory

Morgan Stanley Bank

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC
By  

/s/ Richard L. Tavrow

Name:   Richard L. Tavrow
Title:  

Director

Banking Products Services, US

By  

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

Name:   Irja R. Otsa
Title:  

Associate Director

Banking Products Services, US

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


CoBank, ACB
By  

/s/ David Dornbirer

Name:   David Dornbirer
Title:   Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

/s/ Meredith Jermann

Name:   Meredith Jermann
Title:   Vice President

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP. CREDIT AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.3

SUPPORT AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

AND

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.

This Agreement is made the 22nd day of June 2000, by and between AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”) and AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Subsidiary”).

BACKGROUND

Parent is the owner of 100% of the outstanding common stock of Subsidiary:

From time to time Subsidiary intends to borrow from, and issue debt securities or other obligations to, and incur other obligations and liabilities to, parties other than Parent (“Debt”), so that Subsidiary will be in a position to provide financing for Parent and some or all of Parent’s directly and indirectly owned, water utility subsidiaries;

Parent and Subsidiary desire to take certain actions to enhance and maintain the financial condition of Subsidiary as set forth below in order to enable the Subsidiary to issue the Debt on more advantageous and reasonable terms; and

Third party creditors will rely upon this Agreement in making loans or extending credit to Subsidiary;

AGREEMENT

THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the respective meanings set forth below.

(a) “Debt”, means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments; (c) all obligations as lessee under leases that have been or should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases; (d) all obligations


contingent or otherwise under letter of credit or similar facilities; (e) all obligations purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any capital stock of or other ownership or profit interest of any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock; (f) all obligations in respect of hedge agreements (including, without limitation, interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contracts and other similar currency agreements); (g) any other obligations or liabilities involving financial or monetary payment; and (h) guarantees of any of the foregoing.

(b) “Lender”, means any person, firm, corporation or other entity to which Subsidiary is indebted for money borrowed or to which Subsidiary otherwise owes any Debt or that is acting as trustee or authorized representative on behalf of such person, firm, corporation or other entity.

2. Stock Ownership . Parent owns and, during the term of this Agreement shall continue to own, all of the voting stock of Subsidiary, free and clear of any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance.

3. Net Worth . Parent agrees that it will cause Subsidiary to have at all times a positive tangible net worth (total assets less liabilities less intangible assets), as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

4. Liquidity Provision . If, during the term of this Agreement, Subsidiary is unable to make timely payment of interest, principal or premium, if any, on any Debt issued by it, Parent promptly shall provide to Subsidiary, at its request or at the request of any Lender, such funds (in the form of cash or liquid assets) as equity or if Parent and Subsidiary shall agree as a loan. If such funds are advanced to Subsidiary as a loan, that loan will be on such terms and conditions, including maturity and rate of interest, as Parent and Subsidiary will agree. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such loan will be subordinated in all respects to any and all Debt of Subsidiary, whether or not such Debt is outstanding at the time of such loan.

5. Waivers: Subrogation . Parent hereby waives any failure or delay on the part of Subsidiary in asserting or enforcing any of its rights or in making any claims or demands hereunder. Subsidiary or any Lender may at any time, without Parent’s consent, without notice to Parent and without affecting or impairing Subsidiary’s or such Lender’s rights or Parent’s obligations hereunder, do any of the following with respect to any Debt: (a) make changes, modifications, amendments or alterations, by operation of law or otherwise, (b) grant renewals and extensions of time, for payment or otherwise, (c) accept new or additional documents, instruments or agreements relating to or in substitution of said Debt, or (d) otherwise handle the enforcement of their respective rights and remedies in accordance with their business judgment. To the extent any rights of subrogation exist, the Parent shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any rights of any Lender against the Subsidiary for the payment of the Debt until all Debt is indefeasibly paid in full.

 

- 2 -


6. Termination; Amendment . This Agreement may be terminated by written agreement signed by both parties or, at any time no Debt is outstanding or committed to, by Parent upon three days’ prior written notice to Subsidiary. This Agreement may be amended at any time by written amendment signed by both parties. However, no amendment to the Agreement that adversely affects the rights of any Lender and no termination of this Agreement shall be effective until such time as all Debt shall have been irrevocably paid in full and all commitments for Debt have been terminated, unless the Lenders holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding and (to the extent not outstanding) committed to consent in writing thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing.

(a) any amendment to this Agreement for the purpose of (i) increasing the minimum net worth as provided in paragraph 3 of this Agreement; (ii) establishing or increasing a minimum interest coverage ratio; (iii) establishing or reducing a maximum amount of debt leverage; (iv) increasing the aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding whose holders are required to consent to the termination or amendment of this agreement; or, (v) any combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, shall be effective without the consent of any Lender or the holder of any Debt, and

(b) nothing in this section 6 shall derogate from, or override, any provision in an instrument, indenture, agreement or other document pursuant to which Debt is or will be issued that requires the written consent of the holders of a specified amount or percentage of such Debt to consent to an amendment or termination of this Agreement.

7. Rights of Lenders . Any Lender to Subsidiary shall have the right to demand that Subsidiary enforce Subsidiary’s rights under paragraphs 2, 3 4 and 5 of this Agreement, and, if Subsidiary fails or refuses to take timely action to enforce its rights under paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5 of this Agreement or if Subsidiary defaults in the timely payment of interest, principal or premium, if any, on any debt owed to Lender when due, that Lender may proceed directly against Parent to enforce Subsidiary’s rights under paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5 of this Agreement or to obtain payment of such defaulted interest, principal or premium, if any, owed to such Lender.

8. Notices . Any notice, instruction, request, consent, demand or other communication required or contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing, shall be given or made or communicated by United States first class mail, telex, facsimile transmission or hand delivery, addressed as follows:

 

- 3 -


If to Parent:    If to Subsidiary:

American Water Works Company, Inc.

  

American Water Capital Corp.

1025 Laurel Oak Road

  

1025 Laurel Oak Road

P.O. Box 1770

  

P.O. Box 1770

Voorhees, NJ 08043

  

Voorhees, NJ 08043

ATTN: Treasurer

  

ATTN: Treasurer

9. Successors . This Agreement will be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and is also intended for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Debt and, notwithstanding that such holders are not parties hereto, each such holder shall be entitled to the full benefits of this Agreement and to enforce the covenants and agreements contained herein. This Agreement is not intended for the benefits of any person other than holders of Debt, and will not confer or be deemed to confer upon any other such person any benefits, rights or remedies hereunder.

10. Governing Law . The laws of the State of New York shall govern this Agreement.

11. Remedies . The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that breach of any of the covenants of Parent set forth herein may not be compensable by payment of money damages and, therefore, that the covenants of Parent set forth herein may be enforced in equity by a decree requiring specific performance. Such remedies shall be cumulative and non-exclusive and shall be in addition to any other rights and remedies Subsidiary may have under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands and affixed their corporate seals as of the last day and year above written.

 

[SEAL]     AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.
Attest:  

LOGO

    By:  

LOGO

  Secretary       Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
[SEAL]       AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.
Attest:  

LOGO

    By:  

LOGO

  Secretary       Vice President and Treasurer

 

- 4 -


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

SUPPORT AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

AND

AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.

This agreement, made as of the 26 th day of July, 2000, is an amendment to that certain Support Agreement made the 22nd day of June 2000 (The “Support Agreement”), by and between AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”) and AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Subsidiary”).

BACKGROUND

On June 22, 2000 Parent and Subsidiary entered into a Support Agreement to maintain the financial condition of Subsidiary in order to enhance the Subsidiary’s ability to issue “Debt” (as that term is defined in therein).

The Support Agreement provides that it cannot be terminated while the Subsidiary’s Debt securities are outstanding, or amended in a manner that adversely affects the rights of any Lender (as that term is defined therein), unless the Lenders holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding and, (to the extent not outstanding committed to, consent in writing thereto.

The Support Agreement also provides that, without the consent of any Lender, the Parent and Subsidiary may amend the Support Agreement to increase the aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding-whose holders are required to consent to such a termination or amendment.

The Parent and Subsidiary have determined that it is in their best interests to amend the Support Agreement to require that that it may not be terminated while Debt is outstanding, nor amended in a manner that adversely affects the rights of any Lender, unless the Lenders holding all of the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding and, (to the extent not outstanding) committed to, consent in writing thereto.

AGREEMENT

THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.


The third sentence of Section 6 of the Support Agreement, which formerly read:

However, no amendment to the Agreement that adversely affects the rights of any Lender and no termination of this Agreement shall be effective until such time as all Debt shall have been irrevocably paid in full and all commitments for Debt have been terminated, unless the Lenders holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding and (to the extent not outstanding) committed to consent in writing thereto.

is amended to read:

However, no amendment to the Agreement that adversely affects the rights of any Lender and no termination of this Agreement shall be effective until such time as all Debt shall have been irrevocably paid in full and all commitments for Debt have been terminated, unless the Lenders holding all of the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding and (to the extent not outstanding) committed to consent in writing thereto.

In all other respects the Support Agreement is unchanged.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands and affixed their corporate seals as of the last day and year above written.

 

[SEAL]     AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.
Attest:  

LOGO

  By:  

LOGO

  Secretary     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
[SEAL]     AMERICAN WATER CAPITAL CORP.
Attest:  

LOGO

  By:  

LOGO

  Secretary     Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.7

LOGO


Objectives/Preamble

RWE AG follows a corporate strategy that is aligned with the shareholders’ interests and aims to increase long-term shareholder value. To align the actions of the top-management with this corporate objective, retain key talent and to reward loyalty with the company, phantom shares (Performance Shares) are granted under the Performance Share Plan (PSP). At the end of a vesting period (§ 4 para. 3), these Performance Shares are paid out in cash depending on the Total Shareholder Return (TSR, see § 5) of RWE ordinary share (RWE Share) relative to the TSR of those companies in the DJ STOXX Utilities Index. The Performance Shares are granted via an individual grant letter to the eligible board members and executives of RWE AG by RWE AG and to the remaining eligible board members, managing directors, and executives by the respective employing company within the RWE group (hereafter all referred to as the Employing Company). The following plan conditions for the PSP are part of the individual grant letter.

 

§ 1 Participation, voluntary participation, voluntary grant

 

(1) Eligibility extends to the members of the executive board of RWE AG, executive board members of the management companies as well as other selected executives invited with a grant letter from their Employing Company (“Plan Participant”). The decision regarding eligibility and the number of shares granted rests with the Employing Company based on the RWE AG guidelines.

 

(2) PSP participation is voluntary.

 

(3) Each year RWE AG determines if and to what extent Performance Shares are granted in the respective year on a discretionary basis.

 

(4) The grant of Performance Shares is at the discretion of the Employing Company. Even if Performance Shares have been granted in the past, no claim to future grants of Performance Shares or similar benefits of equal value arises.

 

§ 2 Performance Shares

 

(1) Performance Shares are phantom shares through which Plan Participants receive the right to an amount of cash at the end of the vesting period (§ 4 para. 3). The level of payout is subject to the share price of the RWE Share as well as TSR relative to the other DJ STOXX Utilities Index companies over the vesting period.

 

(2) The Performance Shares do not carry voting or dividend rights.

 

(3) Performance Shares may not be sold, mortgaged, transferred, ceded or bequeathed. Furthermore, no legal transactions may be executed with the Performance Shares that in any way economically lead to their sale or to the transfer of opportunities and risks linked with the shares to third parties. The Performance Shares will be forfeited without substitution or compensation to the amount that the Plan Participant uses the Performance Shares as collateral security or to which a creditor of the Plan Participant proceeds to the forced sale of the performance share rights granted on the basis of these plan conditions.

 

§ 3 Mandatory personal investment of board members

 

(1) A precondition for the granting of Performance Shares to members of the executive board of RWE AG and to executive board members of the management companies (hereafter all referred to as “Board Members”) is a personal investment in the form of RWE Shares.

 

1


(2) The personal investment equals one third of the grant value of the Performance Shares (§ 4 para. 2) after taxes. The number of shares to be purchased (“Personal Investment Shares”) is disclosed to the Board Members through the individual grant letter.

 

(3) The Personal Investment Shares must be deposited at a securities account which has specifically been opened up for this purpose and which has been blocked to the benefit of the Employing Company.

 

(4) The Personal Investment Shares are blocked up to the end of the vesting period (§ 4 para. 3). A breach of the blocking leads to the forfeiture without substitution of the Performance Shares of the respective board member to the extent of the breach.

 

(5) Concerning the purchase of Personal Investment Shares by the Board Members it must be ensured, that the purchase of RWE Shares does not infringe upon company- and/or group directives or insider trading laws.

 

(6) Further details regarding the realisation of the personal investment can be found in the “Personal Investment Regulations” which are part of these plan conditions in their most current version.

 

§ 4 Grant date, Vesting Period

 

(1) The Performance Shares are granted on 1st January in any particular year (Grant Year).

 

(2) The Plan Participants receive, in the first quarter of the Grant Year, a grant letter which specifies the number of shares granted and their expected value (Grant Value).

 

(3) The term of the PSP is three years (Vesting Period). The Vesting Period begins on 1st January of the Grant Year and ends with closing of 31st December of the second year following the Grant Year.

 

(4) The right to receive a specific amount of money arises only with the expiry of the Vesting Period. Precondition for the payout is the achievement of the performance criteria (§§ 5, 6) as well as an active employment status with a company of the RWE group at the end of the Vesting Period. The rules set out in § 7 remain unaffected by this.

 

§ 5 Performance criterion

 

(1) The performance criterion for the determination of the payout level is the TSR of the RWE Share relative to the TSR of the shares of the companies (Index Companies) that are listed in the DJ STOXX Utilities Index (“Index”). The relevant date for the determination of the index companies results from § 6 para. 4.

 

(2) The following definitions of terms are applicable for the TSR calculation as described under § 5 para. 3:

 

  a) Base price

The base price is the average of the closing prices during Average Period 1 at the stock exchange whose quotation is used for the determination of the Index.

 

  b) Trading days

These are all trading days on which an Index is calculated.

 

  c) Average Period 1

The Average Period 1 is defined as the last 20 trading days of the year prior to the Grant Year.

 

2


  d) Average Period 2

The Average Period 2 is defined as the last 20 trading days prior to the end of the Vesting Period.

 

  e) The Adjusted Share Price is the closing price of the share multiplied by all adjustment factors that have been determined since the beginning of the Vesting Period (§ 5 para. 2 g).

 

  f) The Relevant Adjusted Share Price at the end of the Vesting Period results from the average of the Adjusted Share Prices of the last 20 trading days prior to the end of the Vesting Period.

 

  g) The adjustment factors are determined for the following equity events:

 

  i. dividend payments

 

  ii. nominal value changes and stock split

 

  iii. issue of purchase rights

 

  iv. bonus shares

 

  v. spin-off

The determination and use of the adjustment factors is based on the rules of the index-provider.

 

(3) The TSR of a share (in %) is calculated as follows: The Base Price (§ 5 para. 2 a) is subtracted from the relevant Adjusted Share Price (§ 5 para. 2 f). This result is divided by the Base Price.

 

§ 6 Payout, regular payout date

 

(1) To determine the payout, the TSR of the RWE Share must be compared to the TSR of the shares of the individual index-companies.

 

(2) To determine the payout for the Performance Shares, the following steps are necessary:

 

  a) First, the index weights (in %) of the individual Index Companies during the Average Period 1 are determined excluding the RWE Share.

 

  b) The TSR for each individual Index Company and the RWE Share is then calculated and ranked in descending order (i.e. the company with the highest TSR ranks first, followed by the one with the second highest TSR, etc.).

 

  c) The TSR rank for RWE is determined along with the cumulative index weights of all Index Companies that have a lower TSR than RWE. This sum forms the subtotal.

 

  d) If the subtotal is less than 25%, no payout of the Performance Shares will occur. If the subtotal is at 25% or more, the subtotal is squared and then multiplied by a factor of 1.25 (Final Result).

 

  e) The Final Result is multiplied by the initial number of Performance Shares granted as set out in the individual grant letter. The result is the final number of Performance Shares .

 

  f) The final number of Performance Shares is multiplied by the average closing price of the RWE Share during the Average Period 2 (§ 5 para. 2 d) (Payout Amount).

 

  g) The maximum amount is limited to three times the Grant Value of the Performance Shares (§ 4 para. 2). Furthermore, the supervisory board of RWE AG can, in case of exceptional or unforeseeable developments, arrange for further limitations to payouts for the RWE AG executive Board Members.

 

3


(3) The Employing Company will remit the payout after the Vesting Period together with the March salary payment (Regular Payout Date).

 

(4) If the accounting of the Employing Company is done in a currency other than the Euro, the payout will be effected in this currency. The conversion of the Payout Amount is carried out at the average of the fixing prices of the European Central Bank for the days comprising Average Period 2.

 

(5) The relevant date for the determination of which companies are listed in the Index is the 31st December of the year before the Grant Year. Should any companies that are part of the Index at this point of time drop out of the Index in the course of the Vesting Period, the index weight of the remaining Index Companies will be adjusted accordingly. Should any acquisition or merger take place between two or more Index Companies during the Vesting Period, the company with highest index weight will be continued. The index weight of the remaining Index Companies are recalculated without the weight of those companies that have left the Index.

 

(6) The TSR for the RWE Share and the Index Companies as well as the payouts under the PSP will be calculated by a bank (Point of Determination) which is appointed by RWE AG. Currently the Point of Determination is the HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt KGaA, Düsseldorf. RWE AG may appoint a new bank at any time.

 

(7) All value calculations provided by RWE AG and/or by the Employing Company during the Vesting Period for informational purposes are without obligation.

 

§ 7 Termination and cancellation of employment, as well as death

 

(1) If employment is terminated or cancelled before end of the Vesting Period

 

  a) by the Plan Participant or

 

  b) by the Employing Company for reasons lying in the behaviour or the person of the Plan Participant

the granted Performance Shares will lapse without substitution or compensation.

 

(2) If, before the end of the Vesting Period, employment is

 

  a) terminated or cancelled by the Employing Company without reasons lying in the behaviour or in the person of the Plan Participant,

or

 

  b) terminated through (early) retirement and the Plan Participant receives a state or company pension,

then the Performance Shares of the Plan Participant are paid out on the regular payout date at the end of the Vesting Period according to the calculation in § 6.

 

(3) Should

 

  a) a Plan Participant leave the Employing Company for non-self initiated reasons, which do not fall under §§ 7 para. 1 and 7 para. 2,

or should

 

  b) a company of the RWE group, whose employees have been granted Performance Shares, leave the group,

then the Performance Shares of the respective affected Plan Participants will lapse. As compensation for this forfeiture a

 

4


compensatory payment is provided at the next possible date. This payment is equivalent to the Grant Value (§ 4 para. 2) from the individual grant letter pro-rated for the service during the Vesting Period.

 

(4) In the case of death of the Plan Participant before the end of the Vesting Period all Performance Shares lapse and a compensatory payment is provided for the Performance Shares. This payment equals the Grant Value (§ 4 para. 2) from the individual grant letter and is pro-rated for service during the Vesting Period up to the Plan Participant’s death. The compensatory payment is paid out immediately.

 

(5) §§ 7 para. 2 and 7 para. 3 do not apply if the Plan Participant transfers from one RWE group company to another which participates in the PSP. In this case the Performance Shares continue to be valid. Following the transfer the new company becomes the Employing Company for the purpose of these plan conditions.

 

§ 8 Change-in-ControI

 

(1) A change-in-control occurs when as a result of the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act (“Wertpapiererwerbs- und Übernahmegesetz”) a compulsory offer to the RWE AG shareholders has to be published.

 

(2) Should a change-in-control for the purpose of § 8 para. 1 occur during the Vesting Period, all Performance Shares lapse without compensation at the time of the purchase of the RWE Shares and the actual disposal of the shares through the investor. A compensatory payment will be provided for the lapsed shares. This payment will be determined through application of §§ 5 and 6 to the time of the take-over bid. However, the final takeover price paid for the RWE Shares - under consideration of possible improvements - is used as the relevant Adjusted Share Price (for the purpose of § 5 para. 2 f). The determined compensatory amount is paid out with the next possible salary payment.

 

(3) Should RWE AG merge with another company and the merger does not only concern RWE group companies, the Performance Shares lapse and a compensatory payment will be provided. For this purpose the expected value of the Performance Shares at the time of the merger is calculated by the point of determination. This expected value is multiplied by the number of Performance Shares granted and prorated up to the date of the merger. The resulting amount will be paid to the participant with the next possible salary payment.

 

§ 9 Administration

 

(1) The administration of the PSP is carried out by RWE AG and by the Employing Company, respectively.

 

(2) RWE AG and the Employing Company may issue instructions required for the administration and management and also put third parties in charge of the administration.

 

§ 10 Costs

 

(1) The Employing Company bears the costs for the administration of the performance share plan.

 

(2) The Board Members who must provide a personal investment, bear the costs of setting up of the bank deposit, the costs of the purchase and the costs relating to the transfer of the Personal Investment Shares according to § 3 para. 3.

 

5


§ 11 Adjustments as a result of changes to the nominal capital

 

(1) Should there be a change to RWE AG’s nominal capital or should reorganisation measures that immediately affect RWE AG’s equity (e.g. spin-offs) occur in the course of the term, RWE AG is entitled but not obliged to amend the number of Performance Shares so that the total value of Performance Shares granted to all participants after execution of the respective measure largely equals the total value of all granted Performance Shares immediately before execution of the measure. Where applicable, Performance Shares which were granted as a result of the measure are included in the determination of the total value.

 

(2) An adjustment will not be made by RWE AG if it is not legally permitted, already legally conducted, or if the changes in respect of the reorganisation have only a minimal effect on the total value of the Performance Shares.

 

§ 12 Taxes, duties and other expenses

 

(1) Taxes, duties and other expenses accruing as a result of the grant, compensation or payout of the Performance Shares are to be borne by the Plan Participants.

 

(2) The Employing Company will retain the accruing taxes and duties as far as this is possible according to the applicable law of the respective country.

 

§ 13 Price risks

RWE AG does not assume any guarantees whatsoever for any possible market developments of the RWE Share price or the share prices of the other index companies, nor for the respective dividend payments after grant or for any other time frame or period.

 

§ 14 Written format

Any changes and supplements to these plan conditions and all agreements respective to this performance share plan must be in writing.

 

§ 15 Applicable law and court of jurisdiction

 

(1) The content of these plan conditions and the individual grant letter as well as all rights and obligations resulting thereof for the Plan Participant, the Employing Company or RWE AG are governed in all respects by the law of the Federal Republic of Germany.

 

(2) Place of fulfilment and court of jurisdiction for all legal disputes from or in connection with the Performance Shares and the stipulations set out in these plan conditions is, as far as legally allowable, Essen.

 

§ 16 Miscellaneous

 

(1)

Should individual clauses of these plan conditions be or become invalid or non-feasible in part or in their totality or should there be a gap in these conditions, this shall in no way affect the validity of the other plan conditions. The invalid or non-feasible clause shall, by the way of supplementary contractual interpretation, be replaced by a valid and feasible clause which corresponds to the spirit and purpose of the invalid and non-feasible clause. In case of a gap, an appropriate clause will be determined, which corresponds to what would have been stipulated according to the spirit and purpose of these plan conditions,

 

6


 

had the situation been addressed in the first place. This also holds true if the invalidity of a clause is based on a measurement of a benefit or time which has been standardised in these plan conditions. In these cases a legally allowed measurement of a benefit or time replaces the stipulated provision that comes closest to the initial intention.

 

(2) If there are any changes to the stock exchange usages during the term of the Performance Shares which make the enforcement of these plan conditions or of individual clauses significantly more difficult or impossible, RWE AG is entitled to make appropriate amendments.

 

(3) Captions of paragraphs are solely for orientation purposes and may not be drawn upon for interpretation purposes.

 

(4) The version of the German original text is legally binding. In case of deviations from these plan conditions in a language other than German it must be taken into consideration that the text in the other language is for informational purposes only. For interpretation the German version only is relevant.

 

§ 17 Validity

The plan conditions of the performance share plan take effect retroactively to 1st January 2005.

Essen, 20 April, 2005

RWE AG

 

7


LOGO

Exhibit 10.8

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

(Effective January 1, 2005)

American Water Works Company, Inc. (the “Company”) has adopted on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries the following Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) to (1) continue to provide Prior Plan (as defined in paragraphs l(a) through l(d) below) benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (defined as Prior Plan Participants in paragraph 2(n) below), in addition to those provided under the Pension Plan for Employees of American Water Works Company, Inc. and Its Designated Subsidiaries (the “Pension Plan”), and (2) provide to all eligible Employees who are not Prior Plan Participants those benefits that such Employees would receive under the Pension Plan but for the limitations imposed by sections 415 and 401(a)(17) of the Code (as defined in paragraph 2(e) below).

1. Effect and Effective Date .

This Plan is an amendment and restatement of, and replacement for:

(a) the Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “SRP”) originally effective as of April 1, 1989 as amended from time to time thereafter and amended and restated effective as of July 1, 1997; and

(b) the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”) originally effective as of April 1, 1985, as amended from time to time thereafter and amended and restated July 1, 1997; and

(c) the St. Louis Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, originally effective as of January 1, 1988, the Water Utility Service Co. Supplemental Pension Plan, originally effective as of January 1, 1990, the Continental Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, originally effective as of January 1, 1988, the Northwest Indiana Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, the Long Island Water Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, the Gary-Hobart Water Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, and the Northern Illinois Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, originally effective as of January 1, 1988, as each have been amended from time to time (collectively, the “NEI Supplemental Pension Plans”); and

(d) the Elizabethtown Water Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Elizabethtown SERP”) originally effective as of August 1, 1995, and as amended from time to time thereafter.

The foregoing plans shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Prior Plans.” This amendment and restatement of, and replacement for, the Prior Plans shall apply only to deferrals of compensation on or after January 1, 2005 and, except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this amendment and restatement and replacement shall be effective as of


January 1, 2005. Amounts considered “deferred” (under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations issued thereunder) prior to January 1, 2005 shall continue to be subject to the terms of the Prior Plans as in effect prior to January 1, 2005.

2. Definitions . The terms used herein shall have the following meanings unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means:

(i) each entity included with the Company in a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses as determined under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Code, or in an affiliated service group as determined under Section 414(m) of the Code; or

(ii) any other organization required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

(b) “ Beneficiary ” means the person designated by the Participant to receive the death benefits provided under paragraph 9 hereof.

(c) “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(d) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence after the Effective Date of one of the following: (i) the acquisition by a “person” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) (other than persons who are shareholders of the Company on the Effective Date) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of either (A) the total fair market value of the then outstanding securities of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (iii) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (iv) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board as constituted prior to the date of such appointment or election.

(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. A reference to any provision of the Code shall include reference to any successor provision thereof.

(f) “ Committee ” means the Company’s Pension-Benefits Committee, which is charged with administration of the Plan.

(g) “ Effective Date ” of this amendment, restatement and replacement is January 1, 2005.

(h) “ Employee ” means any individual who is employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

- 2 -


(i) “ Final Average Earnings ” means one of the following, each determined without regard to the limits imposed on compensation under qualified retirement plans by Code Sections 415 and 401(a)(17):

(i) With respect to a Prior Plan Participant in the SRP, the average of the Participant’s salary and Annual Incentive Bonus Plan (or any equivalent plan) awards (whether or not deferred) granted during the 60 consecutive months of the 120 months preceding his actual Retirement that produce the highest average. An Annual Incentive Bonus Plan award will be considered granted in the year in which it is earned even though it is paid in the following year.

(ii) With respect to a Prior Plan Participant in the SERP, the average of the Participant’s salary and Annual Incentive Bonus Plan (or any equivalent plan) awards (whether or not deferred) granted during those 36 consecutive months of the 120 months preceding his actual Retirement that produce the highest average. An Annual Incentive Bonus Plan award will be considered granted in the year in which it is earned even though it is paid in the following year.

(iii) With respect to a Prior Plan Participant in the St. Louis Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, the Water Utility Service Co. Supplemental Pension Plan, the Continental Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, the Northwest Indiana Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, the Long Island Water Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, the Gary-Hobart Water Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, or the Northern Illinois Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, the average of the Salary of the Participant on the date that the Participant Separates from Service and the Salary of the Participant on same date in each of the three preceding calendar years.

(iv) With respect to a Prior Plan Participant in the Elizabethtown SERP, the average of the monthly “Earnings” (defined as W-2 Earnings as reported to the Internal Revenue Service, plus the unrestricted value (at the date of grant) of any restricted stock granted in lieu of salary, and any amounts that would have been W-2 earnings but for the Prior Plan Participant’s elections under section 401(k)or section 125 of the Code) of the Participant during the 36 months immediately preceding the date on which such Participant Separates from Service.

(j) “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Participant’s attainment of age 65; except that in the case of a Prior Plan Participant in the SERP (as defined in paragraph l(b)), Normal Retirement Age shall also mean the Participant’s attainment of age 62 and completion of 10 Years of Service.

(k) “ Participant ” means an Employee who has met the conditions for participation in paragraph 3.

 

- 3 -


(l) “ Pension Plan ” means the Pension Plan for Employees of American Water Works Company, Inc. and Its Designated Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended from time to time.

(m) “ Plan Year ” means the 12 month period ending December 31.

(n) “ Prior Plan Participant ” means an Employee who was hired by the Company or one of its subsidiaries before January 10, 2003 and was actively participating in a Prior Plan on January 10, 2003.

(o) “ Retirement” or “Retires ” means a Participant’s Separation from Service on or after (i) reaching Normal Retirement Age, (ii) qualifying for an early retirement benefit under paragraph 5, but before reaching Normal Retirement Age, or (iii) qualifying for a disability retirement benefit under paragraph 7.

(p) “ Salary ” means, with respect to a Prior Plan Participant in the St. Louis Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, the Water Utility Service Co. Supplemental Pension Plan, the Continental Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, the Northwest Indiana Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, the Long Island Water Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, the Gary-Hobart Water Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, or the Northern Illinois Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, the annual rate of compensation paid to the Participant, exclusive of bonuses, stock options, stock appreciation rights and any employer contributions or payments to any other trust, fund, agreement or plan providing retirement, pension, profit sharing, health, welfare, death, insurance, or similar benefits.

(q) “ Separation from Service ” means a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or any Affiliate that meets the requirements of a “separation from service” as defined under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

(r) “ Social Security Wage Base ” means the average of the amount considered “wages” under Section 3121(a)(l) of the Code for the calendar year including the date as of which a benefit is to be calculated under the Plan and the preceding nine calendar years (four years for purposes of Section 4(b)(ii) only).

(s) “ Specified Employee ” means, if the stock of the Company or any Affiliate is publicly traded, the following: for any 12-month period beginning on April 1 and ending on the following March 31, a Participant who, as of the preceding December 31, was (i) an officer of the Company (or any Affiliate) having annual compensation (as defined in Section 414(q)(4) of the Code) greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(l) of the Code), (ii) a “five-percent owner” of the Company or any Affiliate (as defined in Section 416(i)(l)(B) of the Code), or (iii) a person having annual compensation (as defined in Section 414(q)(4) of the Code) of more than $150,000 and who would be classified as a “five-percent owner” of the Company or any Affiliate under Section 416(i)(1)(B) of the Code if “one percent” were substituted for “five percent” each time it appears in the definition of such term.

 

- 4 -


(t) “ Year of Service ” means each year of service credited to the Participant under the Pension Plan and each additional year of service (if any) credited to the Participant by action of the Board or pursuant to the terms of any supplemental agreement, employment agreement or other written agreement between the Company and a Participant providing for additional service credit under this Plan; provided that in no event shall a Participant’s total Years of Service be less than the years of service credited to him under a Prior Plan as of the Effective Date.

3. Participation .

(a) Participants hired before January 10, 2003 and participating in Prior Plans . An Employee who was hired by the Company or a subsidiary before January 10, 2003 and was actively participating in a Prior Plan on that date, shall be a Participant in this Plan.

(b) Participants hired on or before December 31, 2005 . An Employee who was hired by the Company or a subsidiary on or before December 31, 2005, and who is eligible to participate in the Pension Plan, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

4. Normal or Late Retirement Benefit.

(a) General . Subject to paragraph (b) hereof, the retirement benefit (expressed as a monthly benefit) for a Participant who Retires at or after his Normal Retirement Age shall be calculated as follows:

(i) The benefit to which the Participant would be entitled under the Pension Plan calculated as if:

A. amounts paid under the Annual Incentive Bonus Plan (or any equivalent plan) that have been deferred by the Participant and amounts that have been deferred by the Participant under the American Water Works Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan constitute “Earnings” under the Pension Plan for the year in which the amounts, but for the deferral election, would have been paid; and

B. the limitations imposed by Section 415 and Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, or the applicable provisions of any successor thereto, are not applied:

LESS

(ii) the Participant’s actual benefits payable under the Pension Plan.

(b) Minimum Benefit for Prior Plan Participants . Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the normal retirement benefit under this Plan for any Prior Plan Participant shall not be less than the applicable amount determined under subparagraphs (i) though (v), as follows:

 

- 5 -


(i) SRP Minimum Benefit . The minimum normal retirement benefit for any Prior Plan Participant in the SRP shall be equal to the sum of A through E, less F where:

A. is equal to 1.85% of his Final Average Earnings not in excess of the Social Security Wage Base multiplied by 1.3333 times his Years of Service up to 15 years,

B. is equal to 2.1 % of his Final Average Earnings in excess of the Social Security Wage Base multiplied by 1.3333 times his Years of Service upon to 15 years,

C. is equal to 1.85% of his Final Average Earnings not in excess of the Social Security Wage Base multiplied by .5 times his Years of Service in excess of 15 years and up to 25 years,

D. is equal to 2.1% of his Final Average Earnings in excess of the Social Security Wage Base multiplied by .5 times his Years of Service in excess of 15 years and up to 25 years,

E. is equal to .7% of his Final Average Earnings multiplied by his Years of Service in excess of 25 years, and

F. is the Participant’s actual benefits payable under the Pension Plan.

(ii) SERP Minimum Benefit . The minimum normal retirement benefit for any Prior Plan Participant in the SERP shall be equal to the sum of A through C, less D where:

A. is equal to 1.5% of his Final Average Earnings not in excess of 50% of the Social Security Wage Base multiplied by his Years of Service up to 25 years,

B. is equal to 2.2% of his Final Average Earnings in excess of 50% of the Social Security Wage Base multiplied by his Years of Service upon to 25 years,

C. is equal to .7% of his Final Average Earnings multiplied by his Years of Service in excess of 25 years, and

D. is the Participant’s actual benefits payable under the Pension Plan.

(iii) St. Louis Water Company, Water Utility Service Co. and Continental Water Company Supplemental Pension Plans Minimum Benefit . The minimum normal retirement benefit for any Prior Plan Participant in the St. Louis Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, the Water Utility Service Co. Supplemental Pension Plan or the

 

- 6 -


Continental Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, shall be equal to the “Calculated Percentage” of his Final Average Earnings, reduced by the actual benefit payable under the Pension Plan. The Calculated Percentage shall be 60% reduced by .35% times the difference between 40 years and the Participant’s Years of Service.

(iv) Northwest Indiana Water Company, Long Island Water Corporation, Gary-Hobart Water Corporation, and Northern Illinois Corporation Supplemental Pension Plans Minimum Benefit . The minimum normal retirement benefit for any Prior Plan Participant in the Northwest Indiana Water Company Supplemental Pension Plan, the Long Island Water Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, the Gary-Hobart Water Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, or the Northern Illinois Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, shall be equal to 50% of his Final Average Earnings, reduced by the actual benefit payable under the Pension Plan.

(v) Elizabethtown SERP Minimum Benefit . The minimum normal retirement benefit for any Prior Plan Participant in the Elizabethtown SERP shall be equal to the product of (a) 60% of his Final Average Earnings and (b) a fraction (not to exceed one) the numerator of which is the number of Years of Service credited to the Participant as of the date on which benefit computation is made and the denominator of which is 20, reduced by the actual benefit payable under the Pension Plan and further reduced by the benefits payable under any other defined benefit plans in which the executive has participated, including those of former employers.

(c) In calculating the benefits under this Plan it shall be assumed that all benefits under the Pension Plan will be paid (i) in the form of a single life annuity with no period certain and (ii) with respect to a married Participant who participated in the SERP, and whose benefit hereunder is determined under Section 4(b)(ii), in the form of a joint and 50% survivor annuity with no period certain.

(d) Effectiveness of Provisions . Paragraphs (a) and (b) hereof shall be effective as of January 1, 2006. The amount of benefits accruing to Prior Plan Participants after the effective date of the Plan but prior to January 1, 2006 shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable Prior Plan.

5. Early Retirement .

(a) A Participant may elect early Retirement upon reaching his “Early Retirement Date” under the Pension Plan.

(b) The early retirement benefit under this Plan shall be calculated in the same manner as the normal retirement benefit, taking into account only service and compensation to the Participant’s early Retirement date.

(c) Any benefit payable upon Retirement prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age shall be reduced in accordance with the table of early retirement factors

 

- 7 -


contained in the Pension Plan as in effect at the time of the Participant’s Retirement; except that the benefit of a Prior Plan Participant in the SERP who Retires with Board approval prior to attaining age 62 and completing 10 Years of Service shall be unreduced.

6. Vested Benefit .

(a) General . A vested benefit shall be provided to each Prior Plan Participant in accordance with the terms of the relevant Prior Plan. In addition, a Participant who Separates from Service after that Participant has completed 5 Years of Service shall be entitled to a vested benefit. Such benefit shall be calculated in the same manner as the normal retirement benefit under paragraph 4(a) or 4(b) above (as applicable), taking into account only service and compensation to the Participant’s Separation from Service date. The benefit payable under this paragraph 6(a) shall be payable to a Participant in accordance with paragraph 8.

(b) Benefits for Inactive Participants : Any Prior Plan Participant who, after having accrued a benefit under one of the Prior Plans, is designated ineligible under such Plan by the Committee shall be deemed an inactive Participant. If an inactive Participant meets the age and service requirements under the applicable Prior Plan, while an Employee, that inactive Participant shall be entitled to receive a normal, early or disability retirement benefit under paragraphs 4, 5 or 7, respectively, provided the benefit shall be calculated taking into account only service and compensation to the date the individual became an inactive Participant and shall be offset by the benefit payable at the inactive Participant’s actual retirement under the Pension Plan.

(c) Severance Credit . A Participant who becomes entitled to benefits under the Company’s Executive Severance Plan shall have his Years of Service under Section 6(a) calculated, solely for purpose of determining vesting, by adding 12 months (18 months for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer) to his actual service.

7. Disability Benefit .

Upon qualifying for a disability retirement benefit under the Pension Plan, a Participant shall be entitled to a disability retirement benefit hereunder, in an amount calculated in the same manner as the normal retirement benefit under paragraph 4(a) or 4(b)(i) or (ii) above (as applicable), but based on service and compensation to the date of disability and with an offset, calculated in the manner described in paragraph 4, for any disability benefits payable under the Pension Plan.

8. Form and Time of Benefit Payment .

(a) General . Subject to paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) hereof, (i) the benefit to which a Participant is entitled pursuant to paragraphs 4, 5, or 7 hereof, as applicable, shall be paid in a single lump sum within 90 days following such Participant’s Retirement, calculated as the actuarial equivalent of such benefit expressed as an annuity for the life of the Participant with no period certain, and (ii) the benefit to which a Participant is entitled pursuant to paragraph 6

 

- 8 -


hereof shall be paid in a single lump sum within 90 days following such Participant’s Separation from Service, calculated as the actuarial equivalent of such benefit expressed as an annuity for the life of the Participant with no period certain, reduced to reflect commencement prior to his Normal Retirement Age. Actuarial equivalence shall be determined using the same actuarial methods and factors as are applied under the Pension Plan.

(b) Elizabethtown SERP Benefits . Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, the benefit of a Prior Plan Participant in the Elizabethtown SERP shall be calculated and paid as provided in paragraph (a) above, except that such benefit shall be calculated as the actuarial equivalent of a 15 year certain annuity.

(c) SERP Benefits . Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, the benefit of a Prior Plan Participant in the SERP shall be calculated and paid as provided in paragraph (a) above, except that such benefit shall be calculated as the actuarial equivalent of (i) an annuity for the life of the Participant with no period certain plus (ii) if the Participant is married at the time payment is made (or would be made absent the application of paragraph (d) below), an annuity commencing on the Participant’s death for the life of the Participant’s surviving spouse, with no period certain, and with monthly payments equal to 50% of the monthly annuity amount described in clause (i) of this paragraph.

(d) Delayed Payment to Certain Participants . Notwithstanding paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, if (i) the stock of the Company or any Affiliate is publicly traded at the time of a Participant’s Retirement or other Separation from Service, and (ii) the Participant is a Specified Employee at the time of such Retirement or other Separation from Service, then such Participant’s benefit (unless such Participant is entitled to a disability retirement benefit), shall not be paid before six months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the Participant’s death); provided that in no event shall payment be made before the date on which payment would otherwise be made under paragraph (a).

(e) Acceleration of Payment . Notwithstanding the time of payment set forth in paragraph (a) above, payment of a Participant’s benefit hereunder shall be made:

(i) Domestic Relations Orders . to the extent necessary to comply with a domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p)(l)(B) of the Code) that meets the requirements of the Company’s domestic relations order procedures applicable to non-qualified plans (if any);

(ii) Divestitures . to the extent necessary to comply with a certificate of divestiture (as defined in section 1043(b)(2) of the Code);

(iii) to the extent necessary to comply with federal, state and local tax withholding requirements in accordance with regulations under Section 409A of the Code.

 

- 9 -


9. Death Benefits Before Retirement .

(a) Participants with 10 Years of Service . Upon the death, while an active Employee, of a Participant who has been credited under this Plan with at least 10 Years of Service, the Participant’s Beneficiary if then surviving shall be entitled to a death benefit calculated as the excess of (i) the benefit computed as described in paragraph 4 above, based upon the Participant’s Years of Service and compensation to the date of death and the assumption that the Participant had Retired on the day before the Participant’s death, but converted using the actuarial factors specified in the Pension Plan to a joint and 100% survivor benefit over (ii) the death benefits payable under the Pension Plan. If the Participant had not attained age 55 on the date of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s age shall be considered to have been 55 and the Beneficiary’s age shall be adjusted to bear the same relationship to age 55 as their actual attained ages bore to each other. The amount calculated pursuant to this paragraph shall be converted into a single lump sum using the actuarial factors specified in the Pension Plan and paid within 90 days following the Participant’s death.

(b) Participants with Five Years of Service . Upon the death, while an active Employee, of a Participant who has been credited under this Plan with more than 5 but fewer than 10 Years of Service, such Participant’s Beneficiary if then surviving shall be entitled to a death benefit calculated as the excess of (i) the benefit computed as described in paragraph 4 above, based upon the Participant’s Years of Service and compensation to the date of death and the assumption that the Participant had Retired on the day before the Participant’s death, but converted to a joint and 50% survivor benefit and reduced for early commencement as necessary in accordance with the actuarial factors in the Pension Plan over (ii) the death benefits payable under the Pension Plan. If the Participant had not attained age 55 on the date of death, the Participant’s age shall be considered to have been 55 and the Beneficiary’s age shall be adjusted to bear the same relationship to age 55 as their actual attained ages bore to each other. The amount calculated pursuant to this paragraph shall be converted into a single lump sum using the actuarial factors specified in the Pension Plan and paid within 90 days following the Participant’s death.

(c) Prior Plan Participants in the Elizabethtown SERP . Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, upon the death, while an active Employee, of a Prior Plan Participant in the Elizabethtown SERP who is not eligible to Retire, such Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit equal to twice the Participant’s annual “Earnings” (as defined in the Pension Plan) at the time of the Participant’s death. The amount calculated pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid in a single lump sum within 90 days following the Participant’s death.

(d) Terminated Participants . If a Participant dies after his Retirement but before benefits are paid pursuant to paragraph 8 hereof (or would be paid absent the application of paragraph 8(d)), such Participant’s Beneficiary if then surviving shall be entitled to a death benefit calculated as the excess of (i) the benefit computed as described in paragraph 4 above, based upon the Participant’s Years of Service and compensation to the date of death and the

 

- 10 -


assumption that the Participant had Retired on the day before the Participant’s death, but converted using the actuarial factors specified in the Pension Plan to a joint and 50% survivor benefit over (ii) the death benefits payable under the Pension Plan, based on the attained ages of the Participant and the Beneficiary. The amount calculated pursuant to this paragraph shall be converted into a single lump sum using the actuarial factors specified in the Pension Plan and paid within 90 days following the Participant’s death. If a Participant Separates from Service before becoming eligible to Retire and dies before becoming eligible to receive or begin receiving a benefit pursuant to paragraph 8 hereof (or would be paid absent the application of paragraph 8(d)), no death benefits shall be payable under this Plan.

(e) Other Participants . Except as provided in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) above, no death benefits shall be payable under this Plan.

10. Plan Administration .

(a) General . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the Board’s authority, the Committee shall have sole discretion to construe and interpret the provisions of the Plan and to determine finally all questions concerning benefit entitlements, including the power to construe and determine disputed or doubtful terms. To the maximum extent permissible under law, the determinations of the Committee on all such matters shall be final and binding upon all persons involved. The Committee may delegate to officers or managers of the Company or any subsidiary, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, (i) to perform administrative functions, and (ii) to perform such other functions of the Committee as the Committee may determine, to the extent permitted under applicable law. The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan.

(b) Records and Reports . The Committee or its delegate shall keep a record of its proceedings and actions and shall maintain all books of account, records, and other data as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan. Such records shall contain all relevant data pertaining to individual Participants and their rights under the Plan. The Committee or its appointed delegate shall have the duty to carry into effect all rights or benefits provided hereunder to the extent assets of the Company are properly available therefore.

(c) Payment of Expenses . The Company shall pay all expenses of administering the Plan. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the Committee or its delegate.

(d) Indemnification of Liability . The Company shall indemnify the members of the Committee and any employee of the Company to whom the Committee may delegate its duties under the Plan, against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, and liabilities arising from the responsibilities in connection with the Plan, unless the same is determined to be due to gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

- 11 -


11. Claims Procedures . The Committee shall administer a claims procedure as follows:

(a) Initial Claim . A Participant or beneficiary who believes himself entitled to benefits hereunder (the “Claimant”), or the Claimant’s authorized representative acting on behalf of such Claimant, may make a claim for those benefits by submitting a written notification of his claim of right to such benefits. Such notification must be on the form and in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee.

(b) Procedure for Review . The Committee shall establish administrative processes and safeguards to ensure that all claims for benefits are reviewed in accordance with the Plan document and that, where appropriate, Plan provisions have been applied consistently to similarly situated Claimants. Any notification to a Claimant required hereunder may be provided in writing or by electronic media. A Participant or beneficiary may designate another individual to act as his authorized representative with respect to a claim for benefits under the Plan by providing a written notice of such authorization to the Committee. Such designation must provide reasonable detail regarding the identity of the authorized representative. A Participant or beneficiary may have only one authorized representative at any time.

(c) Claim Denial Procedure . If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Committee shall notify the Claimant within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 90 days after receipt of the claim, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Committee determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 180 days from receipt of the claim. The extension notice shall indicate: (i) the special circumstances necessitating the extension and (ii) the date by which the Committee expects to render a benefit determination. A benefit denial notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) the specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, with reasons therefore, and (iv) the procedure for reviewing the denial of the claim and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a legal action following an adverse benefit determination on review.

(d) Appeal Procedure . In the case of an adverse benefit determination, the Claimant or his representative shall have the opportunity to appeal to the Board of Directors for review thereof by requesting such review in writing to the Committee within 60 days of receipt of notification of the denial. Failure to submit a proper application for appeal within such 60 day period will cause such claim to be permanently denied. The Claimant or his representative shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim. The Claimant or his representative shall also be provided the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The Committee shall review the appeal taking into

 

- 12 -


account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant or his representative relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

(e) Decision on Appeal . The Committee shall notify a Claimant of its decision on appeal within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 60 days after receipt of the Claimant’s request for review, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the appeal. If the Committee determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period. The extension notice shall indicate: (i) the special circumstances necessitating the extension and (ii) the date by which the Committee expects to render a benefit determination. An adverse benefit decision on appeal shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) the specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim, and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a legal action.

(f) Litigation . In order to operate and administer the claims procedure in a timely and efficient manner, any Claimant whose appeal with respect to a claim for benefits has been denied, and who desires to commence a legal action with respect to such claim, must commence such action in a court of competent jurisdiction within 90 days of receipt of notification of such denial. Failure to file such action by the prescribed time will forever bar the commencement of such actions.

12. Funding of Plan . This Plan is an unfunded arrangement. The right of any Participant or beneficiary to receive future payments under the provisions of the Plan shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company. Any trust, and any other fund, account, contract or arrangement that the Company chooses to establish for the future payment of benefits under this Plan to a Participant or beneficiary shall remain part of the Company’s general assets and no person claiming payments under the Plan shall have any right, title or interest in or to any such trust, fund, account, contract or arrangement.

13. Construction . Whenever any gender is used herein, it is intended also to cover the other gender where appropriate, and wherever the singular is used, it shall be interpreted as including the plural.

14. Anti-Assignment/Anti-Alienation of Benefits and Payments . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, to the extent permitted by law, payments to and benefits under the Plan shall not be assignable, since they are primarily for the support and maintenance of the Participant after Retirement. To the extent permitted by law, such payments and benefits shall not be subject to attachment by creditors of, or through legal processes against, any Participant or beneficiary.

 

- 13 -


15. No Right to Employment . Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

16. Incapacity . If any person entitled to receive any benefits hereunder is a minor, or is deemed by the Company or is adjudged to be legally incapable of giving a valid receipt and discharge for such benefits, they will be paid to the duly appointed guardian, custodian or committee of such minor or incompetent, or they maybe paid to such persons who the Company believes are caring for or supporting such minor or incompetent.

17. Distribution in Event of Taxation . If for any reason all or any portion of a Participant’s benefit under the Plan becomes taxable due to a failure to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Company may authorize the distribution of the amount permitted by Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

18. Amendment or Termination . The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to amend, suspend or terminate this Plan at any time, provided that no such amendment, suspension or termination shall, except as required by applicable law, reduce the benefit accrued by any Participant hereunder, or under any of the Prior Plans, determined in each case as of the day immediately preceding the date of such amendment, suspension or termination. In the event of a Plan termination, benefits accrued at the time of such termination shall be paid in accordance with paragraph 8, provided that the Company may accelerate payments to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code.

19. Effect of a Change in Control . The Plan shall be unaffected by the occurrence of a Change in Control, except that in such event, Board may in its discretion provide for the full vesting of benefits hereunder.

To record this amendment and restatement of this Plan, American Water Works Company, Inc. has caused this Plan to be executed, by its appropriate officers on this 1 st day of March, 2007.

 

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Donald L. Correll

  Donald L. Correll
  President and CEO

 

Attest:

 

/s/ George W. Patrick

  George W. Patrick
  General Counsel and Secretary

 

- 14 -

Exhibit 10.9

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(As amended and restated effective January 1, 2001)


Table of Contents

 

   

Page

ARTICLE I      INTRODUCTION

  1

1.1.

   Name   1

1.2.

   Effective Date   1

1.3.

   Employers   1

1.4.

   Purpose   1

ARTICLE II     DEFINITIONS

  1

2.1.

   “Administrator”   1

2.2.

   “Annual Incentive Plan”   1

2.3.

   “Beneficiary”   1

2.4.

   “Board”   2

2.5.

   “Change in Control”   2

2.6.

   “Committee”   2

2.7.

   “Deferred Compensation Account”   2

2.8.

   “Deferred Compensation Agreement”   2

2.9.

   “Disability”   2

2.10.

   “Elective Deferred Compensation”   2

2.11.

   “Eligible Employee”   2

2.12.

   “Participant”   2

2.13.

   “Plan Year”   3

2.14.

   “Retirement”   3

2.15.

   “Stock”   3

2.16.

   “Stock Equivalent Unit”   3

ARTICLE III    PARTICIPATION BY ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

  3

3.1.

   Participation   3

3.2.

   Continuity of Participation   3

3.3.

   Immediate Cash-Out of Ineligible Employee   3

ARTICLE IV    DEFERRALS AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS

  4

4.1.

   Compensation Eligible for Deferral   4

4.2.

   Irrevocability of Deferral Elections   4

4.3.

   Date of Election   4

4.4.

   Establishment of Deferred Compensation Accounts   5

4.5.

   Hypothetical Investment Vehicles   5

4.6.

   Allocation and Reallocation of Hypothetical Investments   5

4.7.

   Dividend Equivalents   6

4.8.

   Restrictions on Participant Direction     6


Table of Contents

 

   

Page

ARTICLE V     DISTRIBUTIONS   7
5.1.    Election of Distribution Date   7
5.2.    Distribution of Mandatory Deferrals Not Elected To Be Extended   7
5.3.    Method of Payment   7
5.4.    Special Election for Early Distribution   7
5.5.    Distributions on Death   8
5.6.    Valuation of Cash Distributions   8
5.7.    Financial Emergency and Other Payments   8
ARTICLE VI    FUNDING AND PARTICIPANT’S INTEREST   8
6.1.    Deferred Compensation Plan Unfunded   8
6.2.    Participant’s Interest in Plan   9
ARTICLE VII  ADMINISTRATION AND INTERPRETATION   9
7.1.    Administration   9
7.2.    Interpretation   9
7.3.    Records and Reports   10
7.4.    Payment of Expenses   10
7.5.    Indemnification for Liability   11
7.6.    Claims Procedure   11
7.7.    Review Procedure   11
ARTICLE VIII  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION   12
8.1.    Amendment and Termination   12
ARTICLE IX    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS   12
9.1.    Right of Employers to Take Employment Actions   12
9.2.    Alienation or Assignment of Benefits   13
9.3.      Right to Withhold   13
9.4.    Construction   13
9.5.    Headings   13
9.6.    Number and Gender   13


ARTICLE I

INTRODUCTION

1.1. Name . The name of this plan is the American Water Works Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (“Deferred Compensation Plan”).

1.2. Effective Date . The effective date of this Deferred Compensation Plan is January 1, 1996.

1.3. Employers . American Water Works Company, Inc. (“American Water Works”), and each subsidiary or affiliate of American Water Works that employs one or more Eligible Employees who have become Participants in accordance with Article III, shall each be an “Employer” under this Deferred Compensation Plan.

1.4. Purpose . This Deferred Compensation Plan is established effective January 1, 1996 by American Water Works for the purpose of providing deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Employers.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Whenever the following initially capitalized words and phrases are used in this Deferred Compensation Plan, they shall have the meanings specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary:

2.1. “ Administrator ” shall mean the Retirement Committee of American Water Works Company, Inc., or its delegate.

2.2. “ Annual Incentive Plan ” shall mean American Water Works Company, Inc.’s Annual Incentive Plan, effective January 1, 1996.

2.3. “ Beneficiary ” shall mean such person or legal entity as may be designated by a Participant under Section 5.5 to receive benefits hereunder after such Participant’s death.

 

-1-


2.4. “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of American Water Works Company, Inc.

2.5. “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the American Water Works Company, Inc. 2000 Stock Award and Incentive Plan.

2.6. “ Committee ” shall mean the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board.

2.7. “ Deferred Compensation Account ” shall mean the account or subaccount established and maintained by the Administrator for specified deferrals by a Participant, as described in Article IV of this Deferred Compensation Plan. Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be maintained solely as bookkeeping entries to evidence unfunded obligations of American Water Works.

2.8. “ Deferred Compensation Agreement ” shall mean a document (or documents) as made available from time to time by the Administrator, whereby an Eligible Employee enrolls as a Participant and elects to defer compensation pursuant to Article IV of this Deferred Compensation Plan.

2.9. “ Disability ” shall mean a physical or mental impairment of sufficient severity such that a Participant is eligible for benefits under the long-term disability provisions of his Employer’s benefit plans.

2.10. “ Elective Deferred Compensation ” shall mean that portion of the Participant’s Compensation which the Participant elects to defer pursuant to Article IV of this Deferred Compensation Plan in accordance with the Deferred Compensation Agreement.

2.11. “ Eligible Employee ” shall mean an individual employed by an Employer who is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees participating in the Annual Incentive Plan.

2.12. “ Participant ” shall mean an Eligible Employee who has amounts standing to his credit under a Deferred Compensation Account.

 

-2-


2.13. “ Plan Year ” shall mean the calendar year.

2.14. “ Retirement ” shall mean a Participant’s voluntary termination of employment at or after the date on which he is eligible promptly thereafter to commence receipt of retirement benefits under the Pension Plan for Employees of American Water Works Company, Inc. and Its Designated Subsidiaries or any supplemental retirement plan maintained by American Water Works or any successor plan thereto.

2.15. “ Stock ” shall mean American Water Works Company, Inc. common stock, or any other equity securities of American Water Works designated by the Administrator.

2.16. “ Stock Equivalent Unit ” shall mean a bookkeeping entry representing a hypothetical investment in Stock.

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPATION BY ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

3.1. Participation . Participation in this Deferred Compensation Plan is limited to Eligible Employees. An Eligible Employee shall participate in this Deferred Compensation Plan as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, however, that all executive officers of American Water Works shall automatically be considered Eligible Employees.

3.2. Continuity of Participation . A Participant who separates from service with all of the Employers will cease active participation hereunder. However, the separation from service of an Eligible Employee with one Employer will not interrupt the continuity of his active participation if, concurrently with or immediately after such separation, he is employed by one or more of the other Employers.

3.3. Immediate Cash-Out of Ineligible Employee . This Deferred Compensation Plan is intended to be an unfunded “top-hat” plan, maintained primarily for the purposes of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. Accordingly, if the Administrator determines that any Participant does not qualify as a member of the select group, one hundred percent (100%) of such Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid to the Participant immediately.

 

-3-


ARTICLE IV

DEFERRALS AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS

4.1. Compensation Eligible for Deferral . To the extent authorized by the Committee, a Participant may elect to defer compensation or awards which may be in the form of cash, Stock, Stock-denominated awards or other property to be received from an Employer, including salary, annual bonus awards, long-term awards, shares issuable on stock option exercise and compensation payable under other plans and programs, employment agreements or other arrangements, or otherwise, as may be provided under the terms of such plans, programs and arrangements or as designated by the Administrator. The Committee may impose limitations on the amounts permitted to be deferred and other terms and conditions on deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan. Any such limitations, and other terms and conditions of deferral, shall be set forth in the rules relating to the Deferred Compensation Plan or election forms, other forms, or instructions published by or at the direction of the Administrator. The Committee may permit awards and other amounts to be treated as deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan, including deferrals that may be mandatory as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion or under the terms of another plan or arrangement of an Employer, for administrative convenience or otherwise to serve the purposes of the Deferred Compensation Plan and such other plan or arrangement.

4.2. Irrevocability of Deferral Elections . Once a Deferred Compensation Agreement, properly completed, is received by the Administrator, the elections of the Participant shall be irrevocable; provided, however, that the Administrator may, in its discretion, permit a Participant to elect a further deferral of amounts credited to a Deferred Compensation Account by filing a later election form; provided, further, that, unless otherwise approved by the Administrator, any election to further defer amounts credited to a Deferred Compensation Account must be made at least six months prior to the date such amounts would otherwise be payable.

4.3. Date of Election . An election to defer compensation or awards hereunder must be received by the Administrator prior to the date specified by the Administrator. Under no circumstances may a Participant defer compensation or awards if the Participant has, at the time of deferral, a legally enforceable right to current receipt of such compensation or awards.

 

-4-


4.4. Establishment of Deferred Compensation Accounts . One or more Deferred Compensation Accounts will be established for each Participant, as determined by the Administrator. The amount of compensation or awards deferred with respect to each Deferred Compensation Account will be credited to such Account as of the date on which such amounts would have been paid to the Participant but for the Participant’s election to defer receipt hereunder, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. With respect to any fractional shares of Stock or Stock-denominated awards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall pay such fractional shares to the Participant in cash, credit the Deferred Compensation Account with cash in lieu of depositing fractional shares into the Deferred Compensation Account, or credit the Deferred Compensation Account with a fraction of a share calculated to at least three decimal places. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, amounts credited to a Deferred Compensation Account shall be deemed invested in a hypothetical investment as of the date of deferral. The amounts of hypothetical income and appreciation and depreciation in the value of such Account will be credited and debited to, or otherwise reflected in, such Account from time to time.

4.5. Hypothetical Investment Vehicles . Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.6 and 4.8, amounts credited to a Deferred Compensation Account shall be deemed to be invested, at the Participant’s direction, in one or more investment vehicles as may be specified from time to time by the Administrator. The Administrator may change or discontinue any hypothetical investment vehicle available under the Deferred Compensation Plan in its discretion; provided, however, that each affected Participant shall be given the opportunity, without limiting or otherwise impairing any other right of such Participant regarding changes in investment directions, to redirect the allocation of his Deferred Compensation Account deemed invested in the discontinued investment vehicle among the other hypothetical investment vehicles, including any replacement vehicle.

4.6. Allocation and Reallocation of Hypothetical Investments . A Participant may allocate amounts credited to his Deferred Compensation Account to one or more of the hypothetical investment vehicles authorized under the Deferred Compensation Plan. Subject to the rules established by the Administrator, a Participant may reallocate amounts credited to his Deferred Compensation Account to one or more of such hypothetical investment vehicles as of the next day following the filing of the Participant’s election to reallocate amounts credited to his Deferred Compensation Account. The Administrator may, in its discretion, restrict allocation into or reallocation by specified Participants into or out of specified investment vehicles or specify minimum or maximum amounts that may be allocated or reallocated by Participants.

 

-5-


4.7. Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents will be credited on Stock Equivalent Units credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as follows:

(a) Cash and Non-Stock Dividends. If American Water Works declares and pays a dividend on Stock in the form of cash or property other than shares of Stock, then a number of additional Stock Equivalent Units shall be credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as of the payment date for such dividend equal to (i) the number of Stock Equivalent Units credited to the Deferred Compensation Account as of the record date for such dividend, multiplied by (ii) the amount of cash plus the fair market value of any property other than shares actually paid as a dividend on each share at such payment date, divided by (iii) the closing market price of a share of Stock at such payment date as published in The Wall Street Journal report of New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions.

(b) Stock Dividends and Splits. If American Water Works declares and pays a dividend on Stock in the form of additional shares of Stock, or there occurs a forward split of Stock, then a number of additional Stock Equivalent Units shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as of the payment date for such dividend or forward Stock split equal to (i) the number of Stock Equivalent Units credited to the Deferred Compensation Account as of the record date for such dividend or split, multiplied by (ii) the number of additional shares actually paid as a dividend or issued in such split in respect of each share of Stock.

4.8. Restrictions on Participant Direction . The provisions of Sections 4.5 and 4.6 notwithstanding, the Administrator may restrict or prohibit reallocations of amounts deemed invested in specified investment vehicles, and subject such amounts to a risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, in order to conform to restrictions applicable to Stock, a Stock-denominated award, or any other award or amount deferred under the Deferred Compensation Plan and resulting in such deemed investment, to comply with any applicable law or regulation, or for such other purpose as the Administrator may determine is not inconsistent with the Deferred Compensation Plan. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Deferred Compensation Plan to the contrary, deferrals of all Stock-denominated awards under the American Water Works Company, Inc. Long-Term Performance-Based Incentive Plan shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account in the form of Stock Equivalent Units and may not be reallocated or deemed reinvested in any other investment vehicle.

 

-6-


ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1. Election of Distribution Date . At the time a Participant makes an election to defer compensation under Article IV, such Participant shall also specify in writing in the Deferred Compensation Agreement the date or event on which the payment of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be made. Payments in settlement of a Deferred Compensation Account shall be made as soon as practicable after the date or dates (including upon the occurrence of specified events), and in such number of installments, as may be directed by the Participant in his election relating to such Deferred Compensation Account, provided that, in the event of termination of employment for reasons other than Retirement or Disability, a single lump sum payment in settlement of any Deferred Compensation Account (including an Account with respect to which one or more installment payments have previously been made) shall be made as promptly as practicable thereafter, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

5.2. Distribution of Mandatory Deferrals Not Elected To Be Extended . If the Participant has not made an election to extend the deferral period of any mandatory deferral of a portion of his annual incentive award to be earned under the Annual Incentive Plan for any Plan Year, a payment of the cash value of the Stock Equivalent Units credited to his Deferred Compensation Account attributable to such mandatory deferral, including additional units credited as a result of dividends as provided under Section 4.7, shall be made on the date the period of mandatory deferral ends.

5.3. Method of Payment . All distributions under this Deferred Compensation Plan shall be in the form of a cash payment; provided, however, that all deferrals of Stock-denominated awards under the American Water Works Company, Inc. Long-Term Performance-Based Incentive Plan shall be paid by delivery of shares of Stock reserved under such Plan.

5.4. Special Election for Early Distribution . A Participant may apply to the Administrator for early distribution of all or any part of his Deferred Compensation Account excluding any amounts attributable to mandatory deferrals that have not been credited to his Deferred Compensation Account for the minimum period of mandatory deferral. Such early distribution shall be made in a single lump sum, provided that 10% of the amount withdrawn in such early distribution shall be forfeited to the Participant’s Employer prior to payment of the remainder to the Participant. In the event a Participant’s early distribution election is submitted within one year after a Change in Control, the forfeiture penalty shall be reduced to 5%.

 

-7-


5.5. Distributions on Death . In the event of a Participant’s death before his Deferred Compensation Account has been distributed, distribution of his entire account (including mandatory deferrals) shall be made to the Beneficiary selected by the Participant in a single lump sum payment within 30 days after the date of death (or, if later, after the proper Beneficiary has been identified). A Participant may from time to time change his designated Beneficiary without the consent of such Beneficiary by filing a new designation in writing with the Administrator. If no Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of the Participant’s death, or if the designated Beneficiary is missing or has predeceased the Participant, distribution shall be made to the Participant’s estate.

5.6. Valuation of Cash Distributions . All cash distributions under this Deferred Compensation Plan shall be based upon the cash value of the investment credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as of the date immediately preceding the date of the distribution. It is understood that administrative requirements may lead to a delay between such valuation date and the date of distribution, not to exceed 30 days.

5.7. Financial Emergency and Other Payments . Other provisions of this Deferred Compensation Plan notwithstanding, if, upon the written application of a Participant, the Administrator determines that the Participant has a financial emergency of such a substantial nature and beyond the individual’s control that payment of amounts previously deferred under this Deferred Compensation Plan is warranted, the Administrator may direct the payment to the Participant of all or a portion of the balance of his Deferred Compensation Account and the time and manner of such payment.

ARTICLE VI

FUNDING AND PARTICIPANT’S INTEREST

6.1. Deferred Compensation Plan Unfunded . This Deferred Compensation Plan shall be unfunded and no trust shall be created by this Deferred Compensation Plan. The crediting to each Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be made through record keeping entries. No actual funds shall be set aside; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent the Employers from establishing one or more grantor trusts from which benefits due under this Deferred

 

-8-


Compensation Plan may be paid in certain instances. All distributions shall be paid by the Employer from its general assets and a Participant (or his Beneficiary) shall have the rights of a general, unsecured creditor against the Employer for any distributions due hereunder. This Deferred Compensation Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Employers to make benefit payments in the future.

6.2. Participant’s Interest in Plan . A Participant has an interest in the cash value of amounts credited to his Deferred Compensation Account. A Participant has no rights or interests in Stock or dividends and has no right to elect delivery of shares of Stock except as provided in Section 5.3.

ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION AND INTERPRETATION

7.1. Administration . Except where certain duties are delegated to the Administrator, the Committee shall be in charge of the operation and administration of this Deferred Compensation Plan. The Committee has, to the extent appropriate and in addition to the powers described elsewhere in this Deferred Compensation Plan, full discretionary authority to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Deferred Compensation Plan; to adopt, alter and repeal administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing this Deferred Compensation Plan; to perform all acts, including the delegation of its administrative responsibilities to advisors or other persons who may or may not be employees of the Employers; and to rely upon the information or opinions of legal counsel or experts selected to render advice with respect to this Deferred Compensation Plan, as it shall deem advisable, with respect to the administration of this Deferred Compensation Plan.

7.2. Interpretation . The Committee may take any action, correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Deferred Compensation Plan, or in any election hereunder, in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary to carry this Deferred Compensation Plan into effect or to carry out the Board’s purposes in adopting the Plan. Any decision, interpretation or other action made or taken in good faith by or at the direction of the Employers, the Board, the board of directors of any Employer, the Committee, or the Administrator arising out of or in connection with this Deferred Compensation Plan, shall be within the absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Employers and all Participants and Beneficiaries and their respective heirs, executors,

 

-9-


administrators, successors and assigns. The Committee’s or Administrator’s determinations hereunder need not be uniform, and may be made selectively among Eligible Employees, whether or not they are similarly situated. Any actions to be taken by the Committee or Administrator will require majority vote of the Committee or the Administrator. If a member of the Committee or the Administrator is a Participant in this Deferred Compensation Plan, such member may not decide or determine any matter or question concerning his benefits under this Deferred Compensation Plan that such member would not have the right to decide or determine if he were not a member.

7.3. Records and Reports . The Administrator shall keep a record of proceedings and actions and shall maintain or cause to be maintained all such books of account, records, and other data as shall be necessary for the proper administration of this Deferred Compensation Plan. Such records shall contain all relevant data pertaining to Participants and their rights under this Deferred Compensation Plan. The Administrator shall have the duty to carry into effect all rights or benefits provided hereunder to the extent assets of the Employers are properly available.

7.4. Payment of Expenses . The Employers, in such proportions as the Committee determines, shall bear all expenses incurred by them and by the Committee in administering this Deferred Compensation Plan. If a claim or dispute arises concerning the rights of a Participant or Beneficiary to amounts deferred under this Deferred Compensation Plan, regardless of the party by whom such claim or dispute is initiated, the Employers shall (in such proportions as between the Employers as the Committee determines), and upon presentation of appropriate vouchers, pay all legal expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, and ordinary and necessary out-of-pocket costs of attorneys, billed to and payable by the Participant or by anyone claiming under or through the Participant (such person being hereinafter referred to as the “Participant’s Claimant”), in connection with the bringing, prosecuting, defending, litigating, negotiating, or settling of such claim or dispute; provided, that:

(a) The Participant or the Participant’s Claimant shall repay to his Employer any such expenses theretofore paid or advanced by his Employer if and to the extent that the party disputing the Participant’s rights obtains a judgment in its favor from a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal may be taken, whether because the time to do so has expired or otherwise, and it is determined by the court that such expenses were not incurred by the Participant or the Participant’s Claimant while acting in good faith; provided, further, that

 

-10-


(b) In the case of any claim or dispute initiated by a Participant or the Participant’s Claimant, such claim shall be made, or notice of such dispute given, with specific reference to the provisions of this Deferred Compensation Plan, to the Committee within two years (three years, in the event of a Change in Control) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim or dispute.

7.5. Indemnification for Liability . The Employers shall indemnify the Administrator, the members of the Committee, and the employees of any Employer to whom the Administrator delegates duties under this Deferred Compensation Plan, against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses and liabilities arising from their responsibilities in connection with this Deferred Compensation Plan, unless the same is determined to be due to gross negligence or willful misconduct.

7.6. Claims Procedure . If a claim for benefits or for participation under this Deferred Compensation Plan is denied in whole or in part, a Participant will receive written notification. The notification will include specific reasons for the denial, specific reference to pertinent provisions of this Deferred Compensation Plan, a description of any additional material or information necessary to process the claim and why such material or information is necessary, and an explanation of the claims review procedure. If the Committee fails to respond within 90 days, the claim is treated as denied.

7.7. Review Procedure . Within 60 days after the claim is denied or, if the claim is deemed denied, within 150 days after the claim is filed, a Participant (or his duly authorized representative) may file a written request with the Committee for a review of his denied claim. The Participant may review pertinent documents that were used in processing his claim, submit pertinent documents, and address issues and comments in writing to the Committee. The Committee will notify the Participant of its final decision in writing. In its response, the Committee will explain the reason for the decision, with specific references to pertinent Deferred Compensation Plan provisions on which the decision was based. If the Committee fails to respond to the request for review within 60 days, the review is treated as denied.

 

-11-


ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

8.1. Amendment and Termination . The Committee shall have the right, at any time, to amend or terminate this Deferred Compensation Plan, in whole or in part, provided that such amendment or termination shall not adversely affect the right of any Participant or Beneficiary to payment of Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account. The Administrator, upon review of the effectiveness of this Deferred Compensation Plan, may at any time recommend amendments to, or termination of, this Deferred Compensation Plan to the Committee. American Water Works reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to discontinue deferrals under, or completely terminate, this Deferred Compensation Plan at any time. If this Deferred Compensation Plan is discontinued with respect to future deferrals, Participants’ Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be distributed on the distribution dates elected in accordance with Section 5.1, unless the Committee designates that distributions shall be made on an earlier date. If the Committee designates such earlier date, each Participant shall receive distribution of his entire Deferred Compensation Account as specified by the Committee. If this Deferred Compensation Plan is completely terminated, each Participant shall receive distribution of his entire Deferred Compensation Account in one lump sum payment as of the date this Deferred Compensation Plan terminates.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9.1. Right of Employers to Take Employment Actions . The adoption and maintenance of this Deferred Compensation Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between an Employer and any Eligible Employee, or to be a consideration for, or an inducement or condition of, the employment of any individual. Nothing herein contained, or any action taken hereunder, shall be deemed to give any Eligible Employee the right to be retained in the employ of an Employer or to interfere with the right of an Employer to discharge any Eligible Employees at any time, nor shall it be deemed to give to an Employer the right to require the Eligible Employee to remain in its employ, nor shall if interfere with the Eligible Employee’s right to terminate his employment at any time. Nothing in this Deferred Compensation Plan shall prevent an Employer from amending, modifying, or terminating any other benefit plan, including the Annual Incentive Plan.

 

-12-


9.2. Alienation or Assignment of Benefits . A Participant’s rights and interest under this Deferred Compensation Plan shall not be assigned or transferred except as otherwise provided herein, and a Participant’s rights to benefit payments under this Deferred Compensation Plan shall not be subject to alienation, pledge or garnishment by or on behalf of creditors (including heirs, beneficiaries, or dependents) of the Participant or of a Beneficiary.

9.3. Right to Withhold . To the extent required by law in effect at the time a distribution is made from this Deferred Compensation Plan, the Employer or its agents shall have the right to withhold or deduct from any distributions or payments any taxes required to be withheld by federal, state or local governments.

9.4. Construction . All legal questions pertaining to this Deferred Compensation Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey, to the extent such laws are not superseded by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any other federal law.

9.5. Headings . The headings of the Articles and Sections of this Deferred Compensation Plan are for reference only. In the event of a conflict between a heading and the contents of an Article or Section, the contents of the Article or Section shall control.

9.6. Number and Gender . Whenever any words used herein are in the singular form, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply, and references to the male gender shall be construed as applicable to the female gender where applicable, and vice versa.

 

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ J. James Barr

  J. James Barr
  President and Chief Executive Officer
Attest:  

/s/ W. Timothy Pohl

  W. Timothy Pohl
  General Counsel and Secretary

 

-13-

Exhibit 10.13

2004 THAMES WATER / RWE LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1

PURPOSE

1. The purpose of the 2004 Thames Water / RWE Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to reward certain selected employees for their strong leadership and commitment to the financial interests and growth of American Water and Participating Companies by providing an opportunity to receive a one time additional cash payment based on the contribution of the financial results of American Water and Participating Companies to the overall value of RWE stock.

SECTION 2

DEFINITIONS

2. Terms used in this Plan will have the following meanings:

 

  2.1. American Water ” means American Water Works Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

  2.2. Award ” means a Participant’s benefit under the Plan as described in Section 4.

 

  2.3. Board ” means the Board of Directors of American Water or its designee, including, without limitation, the Committee, as defined in Section 2.8 or any other individual, committee, group or entity designated by the Board to administer and interpret this Plan.

 

  2.4. Cause ” shall mean unreasonable or willful neglect of duty, material performance issues, disloyalty, or business or personal conduct which is inconsistent with the standards of reasonable employee conduct, in each case as determined in good faith by the Committee.

 

  2.5. Committee ” means the Board or any special committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

 

  2.6. Disability ” means a disability as determined under the applicable long-term disability plan maintained by the Participating Company that employs such Participant.

 

  2.7. Participant ” means a person designated by the Board pursuant to Section 3.

 

  2.8. Participating Company ” or “ Participating Companies ” means an entity or entities, a majority of whose shares or other ownership interests are held directly or indirectly by American Water, that has an employee or employees participating in the Plan.

 

  2.9. Plan Period ” means the period beginning January 1, 2004 through July 24, 2007.


  2.10. Retirement ” means retirement as determined under the retirement benefit plan maintained by the Participating Company that employs such Participant. If that Participating Company maintains or participates in a defined benefit plan retirement shall mean a termination of employment under circumstances that entitle the Participant to an immediately payable benefit under that plan.

 

  2.11. RWE ” means RWE Aktiengesellschaft, a publicly traded German company and ultimate parent of the Thames Water Group.

 

  2.12. RWE Share Unit ” means a unit representation of the value of a share of RWE publicly traded stock.

 

  2.13. RWE Group ” means Thames Water, American Water, their subsidiaries and any other RWE owned entities engaged in the water business in the United States.

 

  2.14. Thames Water ” means Thames Water Company, the parent company of the Thames Water Group entities engaged in the water business in the United States.

SECTION 3

PARTICIPANTS

3. The Board shall, in its sole discretion, designate those individuals who shall be Participants in the Plan. All Participants shall receive notification of their participation in the Plan. No individual shall have a right to participation in this Plan unless that right is set out in a written notice (the “Notice”) advising that individual of his/her selection as a participant.

SECTION 4

CALCULATION OF AWARD

4. Award . Each Participant shall be awarded a specific number of RWE Share Units. That number will be based, in part, on $59.23 (the closing price of an RWE Share on March 23, 2005). The Board, in its sole discretion, shall approve the number of RWE Share Units to be awarded to each Participant. Each Participant shall be notified of his/her Award.

 

  4.1. Value of Award . The value of the Award granted to each Participant shall be determined by multiplying the number of RWE Share Units awarded to that Participant by the closing price of an actual RWE Share on the exchange on which those shares are then publicly traded on July 23, 2007, provided that for purposes of this Plan RWE Share price shall not exceed $90.00. The closing price of an RWE Share on July 23, 2007 shall be determined by converting Euros to Dollars based on the average starting and closing exchange rates in effect on July 23, 2007.

 

- 2 -


SECTION 5

PAYMENT OF AWARD

5. Subject to Section 6, the Award will be paid to each Participant who is actively employed by American Water or a Participating Company on July 24, 2007. The Award will be paid in cash no later than August 31, 2007.

SECTION 6

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT; SALE OF THE COMPANY; ACQUISITIONS

6. Termination of Employment . If a Participant’s employment is terminated prior to July 24, 2007, payment, if any, will be made in accordance with this Section 6.

 

  6.1. Death, Disability, Retirement . If termination of a Participant’s employment is due to death, Disability, Retirement or layoff, a prorated Award based on full months’ participation in the Plan during the Plan Period will be paid.

 

  6.2. Termination of Employment . If a Participant’s employment terminates before July 24, 2007 for any reason other than those described in Section 6.1 above, such Participant shall forfeit all entitlement to any Award.

 

  6.3. Transfer Between Companies . If a Participant transfers from a Participating Company to any entity a majority of whose shares or ownership interests are held directly or indirectly by RWE, the Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine the effect of the transfer on the Participant’s Award and the amount of any payment thereof.

 

  6.4. RWE Group Members . If either Thames Water, American Water or any Participating Company ceases to be a member of the RWE Group, the Plan will continue in effect with its terms.

SECTION 7

ADMINISTRATION

 

  7.1. Committee’s Responsibility . The Plan is administered by the Committee. The Committee has the power to adopt and revise rules relating to the Plan and to make all necessary or desirable interpretations concerning the Plan and all decisions relating to entitlement hereunder. A majority of the members of the Committee acting at a meeting, or a majority of all members of the Committee acting by a signed statement in writing, shall be required for the Committee to act with respect to the Plan.

 

  7.2.

Indemnification . American Water shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee from any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses (including counsel fees) and liability (including any amounts paid in settlement of any claim or any other matter with the consent of American Water) arising from

 

- 3 -


 

any act or failure to act with respect to the Plan on account of such member’s service on the Committee, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct

SECTION 8

GENERAL PROVISIONS

8. Other provisions of this Plan are as follows:

 

  8.1. Committee Action . Any determination by the Committee in carrying out or administering the Plan is final and binding for all purposes upon the Participants and all other interested persons and their heirs, successors and personal representatives.

 

  8.2. Withholding . Each Participating Company will withhold from any Award payable hereunder to a Participant employed by that Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any legally required federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax requirements.

 

  8.3. No Right to Employment . No action of American Water or any Participating Company in establishing the Plan, nor any provision of the Plan, nor any action taken by American Water, any Participating Company, the Board or the Committee under the Plan will be construed as giving to any person the right to become or to remain an employee of American Water or any Participating Company.

 

  8.4. No Transfer of Rights . Except for payment to a Participant’s estate of any part of a Participant’s Award, a Participant’s rights hereunder are not transferable by a Participant. Any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge or dispose of in any manner the rights hereunder contrary to the provisions hereof or the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon a Participant’s rights shall be null and void and without effect and shall cause the Participant’s rights to be forfeited.

 

  8.5. Unfunded; Subordination . The Plan shall be entirely unfunded and no provision shall at any time be made with respect to segregating assets of American Water or any Participating Company for payment of any amounts hereunder. No Participant or other person shall have any interest in any particular assets of American Water or any Participating Company by reason hereof and any such Participant or other person shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Participating Company. American Water and any Participating Company may enter into any agreement with any other creditor subordinating all right to payment hereunder on such terms and to such extent as American Water or Participating Company deems advisable in its sole discretion. Any such agreement shall be deemed to amend the Plan as if fully set forth herein and shall be binding upon the Participant and his/her estate.

 

- 4 -


  8.6. Offset . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant becomes entitled to an Award under the Plan, and if at such time the Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation, or other liability representing an amount owing to American Water or a Participating Company, then American Water, such Participating Company or the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, offset such amount owed to American Water or the Participating Company (as applicable) against the Award otherwise payable.

 

  8.7. Nature of Participation . The Plan does not and shall not give any Participant equity interest in American Water or any Participating Company, nor does it or shall it entitle any Participant to any voting rights or dividends.

 

  8.8. Notices . Any notice to a Participant in the Plan shall be sent to the address on file with the Participating Company. Notice shall be deemed to have been received upon actual receipt or, if sooner, five (5) days after such notice has been mailed to the Participant.

 

  8.9. Governing Law . The Plan and the rights of all persons claiming under the Plan shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof. The courts of the State of New Jersey shall have exclusive jurisdiction in any or all actions arising under the Plan.

 

  8.10. Headings . All headings preceding the text of the Sections hereof are inserted solely for reference and shall not constitute a part of the Plan, or affect its meaning, construction or effect.

SECTION 9

AMENDMENTS

9. The Board may amend the Plan or any designation hereunder, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time without the consent of any of the Participants; provided that an amendment made at or after the end of the Plan period may not materially adversely alter the rights of a Participant hereunder without obtaining the approval of the affected Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment required by state or Federal statutes or regulations may be made at anytime without the consent of the Participants even if such amendment materially adversely alters the rights of a Participant hereunder.

 

  9.1. Recapitalizations, etc . In the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, spin-off, split-off, split-up, stock dividend, issuance of stock rights, combination of shares, merger, consolidation or any other change in the corporate structure of RWE affecting RWE Shares, the Committee shall adjust the number of RWE Share Units awarded hereunder as it shall determine to be reasonably necessary to maintain the relationship between the value of an RWE Share and the value of an RWE Share Unit as in effect on the date this Plan is adopted. Any such adjustment shall be made in an equitable manner which reflects the effect of such transaction or event.

 

- 5 -


SECTION 10

TERMINATION

10. The Board may terminate the Plan (or, participation in the Plan with respect to a Participating Company) in its sole and absolute discretion at any time without notice to the Participants. Awards made prior to termination of the Plan shall be treated in the same manner as a calculation of a prorated award and all unpaid accrued Awards will be paid within 60 days of such Plan termination (provided that a Participant has not been terminated for Cause prior to such payment).

SECTION 11

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

11. Adoption, implementation and interpretation of the Plan is subject at all times to state and federal governmental statutes and regulations, and no award will be granted or paid if, in the sole opinion of the Board, to do so would be a violation of any such statute or regulation.

SECTION 12

EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION

12. The Plan is effective for the period beginning on January 1, 2004 and ending July 24, 2007.

 

- 6 -

Exhibit 10.14

LOGO


§ 1 Participation

 

1. Only those senior executives who have received an allocation notice from RWE AG or one of its affiliates (together or each separately the “company”) are entitled to participate (“eligible participant”).

 

2. The stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) are awarded voluntarily by the company. Even when SARs or other instruments arc awarded repeatedly, this creates no entitlement to any further award of SARs or to similar or equivalent instruments.

§ 2 SARs

 

1. SARs are rights that enable eligible participants to earn money based on an increase in value (profit) measured by an increase in the common stock price of RWE AG.

 

2. A written allocation notice will inform eligible participants of the number of SARs awarded.

 

3. The SARs are not transferable, may not be sold, cannot be inherited, are not intended for trading, and may not be used as security for credit. Furthermore, it is forbidden to enter into any business transactions that are equivalent to the sale of SARs or return business (e.g., short sale or hedge).

§ 3 Award of SARs, Period of Validity, Waiting Period, Exercise Period

 

1. The allocation notice specifies the day upon which the SARs are awarded (“issue date”).

 

2. The validity period of the SARs is five years. The waiting period of two years is followed by an exercise period of three years. Deviating from this rule, the waiting period for the SARs awarded in the year 2002 expires in June 2004; with the exercise period being extended accordingly. During the waiting period the SARs cannot be exercised, the period of validity and the waiting period start on the day of issue. The exact dates for waiting period and exercise period will be given in the allocation notice.

 

3. The SARs cannot be exercised in the periods specified under Item 2 and § 4.

 

4. If the SARs are not exercised within the exercise period, they expire without any entitlement to replacement or compensation.

§ 4 Exercise Blackouts

 

1. During the exercise period the SARs may not be exercised during certain blackout periods. Blackout periods begin three weeks prior to the date of each press conference on the balance sheet and publication of the interim report on the first six months of the fiscal year for RWE AG, and they end at the completion of the respective day of reporting.

 

2. Independent of the blackout periods mentioned, RWE AG can specify appropriate blackout periods for some or all eligible participants in any critical insider situations according to circumstances. Furthermore, the eligible participants are obligated to comply with any insider guidelines of the company

 

2


§ 5 Exercise Price, Base Price

 

1 The exercise price of the SARs is determined by the average value (arithmetic mean) of the stock exchange price for a share of RWE common stock in the closing auction of XETRA trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange on the ten trading days immediately preceding the date of issue (Reference Period 1).

 

2. The base price of the Dow Jones STOXX Utility Price Index is determined by the average value of the closing price of this index in Reference Period 1.

§ 6 Performance Goals

 

1. In principle the SARs may be exercised at any time - except during the waiting and blackout periods specified under § 3 Item 2 and § 4, if

 

  (a) on the exercise date the 10-day average (arithmetic mean) of the stock exchange price of a share of RWE common stock in the closing auction of XETRA trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (RWE XETRA average price) shows a better stock price performance than the Dow Jones STOXX Utility Price Index, measured as a 10-day average of the closing prices in comparison to the base price of this index, when compared to the exercise price on at least ten successive trading days,

and, in addition,

 

  (b) the stock exchange price of a share of RWE common stock in the closing auction of XETRA trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange on the last trading day prior to the exercise date exceeds the exercise price by at least 10 percent.

 

2. If the requirements of Item 1 are fulfilled, the number of exercisable SARs depends on the increase achieved in the RWE XETRA average stock price compared to the exercise price after expiration of the waiting period. The SARs awarded to the eligible participants

 

   

can all be exercised when the RWE XETRA average stock price has exceeded the exercise price by at least 20 percent on ten successive trading days,

 

   

can be exercised at the most to 60 percent when the RWE XETRA average stock price has exceeded the exercise price by at least 15 percent on 10 successive trading days,

 

   

can be exercised at the most to 25 percent when the RWE XETRA average stock price has exceeded the exercise price by at least 10 percent on 10 successive trading days.

The prerequisites according to Item 1a need not be fulfilled, if, after expiration of the waiting period, the RWE XETRA average stock price has exceeded the exercise price by at least 20 percent on 10 successive trading days.

§ 7 Profit

 

1. The profit is the difference between the exercise price and the stock exchange price of a sharp of RWE common stock in the closing auction of XETRA trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange on the last trading day prior to the exercise date, but limited to (maximum of 50 per cent or the exercise price.

 

3


2. The company awarding the SARs pays the profit in the next possible salary period.

§ 8 Exercise Declaration, Exercise Date, and other Exercise Requirements

 

1. If the exercise requirements are fulfilled, the SARs can be exercised using a form provided by the company or the administrator (see § 10) as a written, irrevocable declaration to the company (“Exercise Declaration”). Fax and e-mail suffice.

 

2. The exercise date is the date the company receives the exercise declaration; if an administrator is used, it is the date the administrator receives the declaration. If received after 7:00 p.m. (local time Essen), the following day is the exercise date. Upon receipt the SARs are considered exercised.

 

3. In the exercise declaration, the eligible participant must indicate how many SARs to exercise. At least 100 SARs must be exercised per exercise declaration,

§ 9 Substitution Option of the Company

 

1. The company reserves the right, instead of paying the profit, to deliver a corresponding number of shares of common stock in RWE AG, valued at the stock exchange price of RWE common stock in the closing auction of XETRA trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise.

 

2. The company can also deliver a share of common stock of RWE AC for each SAR exercised. In this case the eligible participant is obligated to pay to the company the exercise price for each share of common stock as well as the amount by which the difference between the exercise price and the stock exchange price of a share of RWE common stock in the closing auction of XETRA trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange on the last trading day prior to the exercise date exceeds the profit (§ 7 Ziff. 1). The number of shares of common stock to be delivered corresponds to the number of SARs exercised.

 

3. If the substitution option is used, the company will also adjust any differences in the rights to dividends between the common stock delivered by the company and the traded common stock of RWE AG. All other details will be dealt with separately.

§ 10 Technical Implementation of the LTIP

The company can select an administrator to handle technical implementation and administration of the LTIP and can provide this person with the information needed to carry out and administer the LTIP, including information on individuals. In this case, the eligible participant must be informed.

§ 11 Special Conditions in Case of

Termination of Work or Employment

 

1. If the work or employment relationship of the eligible participant with the company ends, the SARs may be executed upon termination of the employment relationship it all the requirements for exercise are fulfilled. If the eligible participant does not exercise the SARs or if they cannot be executed within the previously specified period, they expire without any entitlement to replacement or compensation.

 

4


2. If the eligible participant transfers to a company that participates in the LTIP, the awarded SARs remain in effect. After the transfer, this company becomes the company awarding the SARs (§ 7 Ziff. 2).

 

3. In case of the death of the eligible participant, the SARs existing at the time of death are exercised automatically, if and to the extent that all the requirements for execution have been fulfilled. In case of the death of the eligible participant, the date of death becomes the exercise date. No compensation is provided for SARs that cannot be executed at the time of death.

 

4. Individual or general exceptions to the rule under Item 1 in favor of the eligible participant can be made by the company through written declaration.

§ 12 Departure of the Company or Company Unit from the Corporate Group

 

1. If the company or a corporate unit whose active or retired senior management personnel are holders of SARs separates from the group of affiliated companies of the RWE Corporate Group, the SARs may be exercised up to the day before the company or corporate unit leaves the RWE Corporate Group, if all the exercise requirements are fulfilled. If the eligible participants do not exercise the SARs or if they cannot be executed within the previously specified period, they expire without any entitlement to replacement or compensation.

 

2. Individual or general exceptions to the rule under Item 1 in favor of the eligible participant can be made by the company through written declaration.

§ 13 Costs of Implementation

The company will pay the costs of implementation and administration of the LTIP.

§ 14 Taxes, Deductions, and other Expenditures

 

1. Taxes, deductions, and other expenditures that can be allocated to the individual sphere of the eligible participants, and which are connected to the issuance or execution of SARs, shall be paid by the eligible participants.

 

2. Currently in Germany, the award of SARs does not constitute a taxable capital gain. Only upon exercise of the SARs does the eligible participant achieve a taxable monetary gain. When eligible participants subject to German tax law exercise the SARs, deductions will be made for income tax and other taxes as well as for deductions to be paid by the eligible participants, including any deductions for benefits or social insurance, in accordance with law applicable at the time.

 

3. For eligible participants subject to tax obligations outside Germany, in addition to the provisions of Item 1, the provisions of Item  2 also apply analogously, if any tax obligation results from the issuance or exercise of the SAR or during the period of validity of the SARs, or in case the respective employer has to deduct taxes or other deductions based on applicable law.

 

5


§ 15 Stock Price Risks, Liquid Market, Tax Risks

 

1. The company provides no guarantee for the general development of the market and the development of the price of a common share of RWE AC after issuance or exercise of SARs or for any other point or period of time. In particular there is no guarantee that the eligible participant who receives SARs will achieve an economic advantage. The SARs are thus exercised solely at the risk of the respective eligible participant.

 

2. The company also provides no guarantee that the taxes and deductions withheld or other taxes and deductions to be paid by the eligible participant will be based only on the difference between the exercise price and the applicable stock exchange price upon exercise of the SARs or on some other particular amount. Eligible participants are advised to seek advice from a tax consultant.

§ 16 Adaptations Based on Changes in the Capital Stock of RWE AG

If during the period of validity of the SARs there are changes in the capital stock of RWE AG or restructuring measures that have a direct effect on the equity of RWE AG (e.g., spin-offs), the company is entitled, but not obligated, to adapt the exercise price so that the total value of the SARs belonging to the eligible participant after the corresponding measures have been earned out corresponds basically to the total value of the SARs that belonged to the eligible participant immediately before the corresponding measures were carried out. Any additional SARs issued in connection with the measure will be considered in determining the total value.

§ 17 Limitation of Liability

Liability of the company for ordinary negligence as well as any resulting consequential damages and lost profits is excluded.

§ 18 Written Form

Any changes or additions to this agreement must be made in writing. This applies also to changes in this clause in written form.

§ 19 Applicable Law, Place of Performance, and Jurisdiction

 

1. The form and content of the SARs, the terms of this plan, and the allocation no tice, as well as all the resulting rights and obligations of the eligible participants or the company are determined in all regards according to the law of the Federal Republic of Germany.

 

2. To the extent legally permissible, the place of performance and jurisdiction for all legal controversies resulting from or in connection with the SARs and the matters regulated by the terms of this plan is Essen.

 

6


§ 20 Miscellaneous

 

1. If during the period of validity of the SARs there are changes in the overall conditions, which substantially impair or make impossible the execution of the terms of this plan or individual provisions, the company is entitled, but not obligated, to make appropriate adaptations.

 

2. If it should become impossible to carry out one of the provisions of the terms of this plan or the allocation notice, the validity and executability of the remaining conditions remain unaffected. Any gap resulting from invalidity of or an inability to execute a provision or any other gaps shall be filled through supplementary interpretation of the contract, taking into consideration analogously the interests of the eligible parties. This also applies when the measurement of performance or time (period, deadlines) is affected. In these cases, the initially agreed performance (period, deadlines) will be replaced by a legally permissible measurement that comes as close to it as possible.

 

3. Headings are for the purpose of orientation only and may not be used for interpretation.

 

4 The version of the original German text is binding. If there are any deviations in the terms of this plan in a language version other than German, it should be noted that the text in the other language is for the purpose of information only. For interpretation, the version of the original German text is binding.

 

7

Exhibit 10.16

March 20, 2006

«Name»

«Company»

«Locality»

 

RE: EXECUTIVE COMPLETION BONUS AGREEMENT

Dear «Name1»:

You received a letter in December 2005 advising you that you would be eligible to receive a special Executive Completion bonus.

Your knowledge, skills and executive leadership are essential to the successful completion of our planned divestiture with RWE. Having a dedicated executive team committed personally to the success of the divestiture is critical to our successfully achieving this transaction. We are pleased that you are part of our Executive Management Team.

This special completion bonus is intended to provide you with additional incentive to remain with American Water through the closing of the divestiture transaction. You will be rewarded for continuing to devote your fullest efforts to effectively performing your duties and responsibilities, including your personal leadership and support in positively marketing our business and preparing for the divestiture from RWE in whatever form the transaction occurs.

You will be eligible to receive a completion bonus targeted to be «Compl_»% of your annual base salary in effect on January 1, 2006 provided the following conditions are met:

 

 

You must effectively perform your job duties and responsibilities including demonstrating personal leadership and support to positively marketing our business and preparing for the divestiture

 

 

You must maintain confidentiality of this agreement, including its existence and the specific terms and conditions stated herein.

 

 

Your employment with American Water must not be voluntarily terminated by you or terminated by the Company “for cause.”

Determination of whether the above conditions for payment of the completion bonus have been satisfied shall be at the sole discretion of RWE.


«Name»

Executive Completion Bonus Agreement

March 20, 2006

Page 2

 

If the conditions are satisfied, you will be entitled to 50% of the targeted amount of your completion bonus. Your entitlement to the remaining 50% of the targeted amount will be based upon your personal leadership and support in positively marketing our business and preparing for the divestiture as determined in the sole discretion of RWE. Your completion bonus will be paid within thirty (30) days of closing in a lump sum and will be reduced by any applicable federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld.

To acknowledge and confirm your agreement to be eligible for this senior executive completion bonus, subject to the above conditions, please sign, date and return one copy of this letter agreement to the undersigned within 14 days of the above date.

Sincerely,

George MacKenzie

President and CEO

American Water

Acknowledgement and Acceptance:

 

Signed:

 

 

    Date:                         
  «Name»    

Exhibit 10.17

 

March 20, 2006    
    James F. Mulski
    Senior Vice President - Human Resources
«Name»    
«Company»    
«Locality»    

 

RE: RETENTION AGREEMENT

Dear «Name1»:

You received a letter in December 2005 advising you that you would be eligible to receive a special key leadership retention bonus.

Your knowledge, skills and leadership are critical to the timely completion of our divestiture process with RWE as well as the achievement of our 2006 Business Plan. Having a cohesive management team that works together through the divestiture process and beyond is critical to our successfully achieving these goals. We are pleased that you are part of our core leadership team.

This special retention bonus is intended to provide you with additional incentive to remain with American Water through the earlier of: March 31, 2008 or one (1) year from the divestiture closing date (referred to as the (“Retention Date”). You will be rewarded for continuing to devote your fullest efforts to effectively performing your duties and responsibilities to achieve the 2006 Business Plan and supporting the RWE divestiture process.

You will be eligible to receive a retention bonus of «Reten»% of your annual base salary in effect on January 1, 2006 provided the following conditions are met:

 

 

You must effectively perform your job duties and responsibilities and support the divestiture;

 

 

You must acknowledge that this bonus is in lieu of an RWE LTIP program;

 

 

You must maintain confidentiality of this agreement, including its existence and the specific terms and conditions stated herein;

and

 

 

Your employment with American Water must not be voluntarily terminated by you or terminated by the Company “for cause.”

Determination of whether the above conditions for payment of the retention bonus have been satisfied shall be at the sole discretion of American Water.


«Name»

Retention Agreement

March 20, 2006

Page 2

 

If the conditions are satisfied, your retention bonus will be paid in a lump sum not later than 30 days from the “Retention Date,” subject to any applicable federal, state and local taxes that are required to be withheld.

If you are terminated prior to the “Retention Date” for any reason other than for cause, you will be paid the full amount of your retention bonus within 30 days of your separation from the Company.

To acknowledge and confirm your agreement to be eligible for this retention bonus, subject to the above conditions, please sign, date and return this letter agreement to the undersigned within 14 days of the above date.

Sincerely,

James F. Mulski

Senior Vice President – Human Resources

Acknowledgement and Acceptance

 

Signed:

 

 

    Date:                         
  «Name»    

Exhibit 10.18

LOGO

 

Title:    Executive Severance Policy
Functional Area:    HR Compensation and Benefits
Policy Number:    N/A

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE POLICY

 

1. PURPOSE OF THE POLICY

The purpose of this Executive Severance Policy (this “Policy”) is to set forth the severance benefits that will be provided to eligible executive employees of American Waterworks Company, Inc. and any of its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company”). The Company specifically reserves its right to amend, modify or terminate this Policy at any time (with or without notice) and at its sole discretion.

The Board of Directors of American Waterworks Company, Inc. (the “Board”) shall have complete authority, in its sole discretion (subject to the express provisions of this Policy) to interpret this Policy and to make any determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Policy.

 

2. PARTICIPATION

This Policy shall apply only to those executive employees (limited to Management Level 1, 2 and 3 employees) who receive written notification of eligibility from the Senior Vice President, Human Resources of American Water Works Service Company, Inc. (the “Sr. V.P. Human Resources”). For purposes of this Policy, employees receiving such written notice from the Sr. V.P. Human Resources will be referred to as “Eligible Executives.”

 

3. ELIGIBILITY FOR SEVERANCE BENEFITS

An Eligible Executive shall be entitled to the severance benefits provided for under this Policy in the event the Eligible Executive’s employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated by the Company and said termination is not for “Cause”. For purposes of this Policy, the determination of whether an Eligible Executive’s employment was terminated for “Cause” shall be determined at the sole discretion of the Board and the decision of the Board shall be final and binding. An Eligible Executive shall not be entitled to any benefits under this Policy in the event his or her employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than an involuntary termination by the Company not for Cause, such as, but not limited to, terminations for Cause, terminations resulting from death, disability, voluntary resignations or constructive terminations.

Before an Eligible Executive receives any severance benefits provided for under this Policy, the Eligible Executive will be required to execute a Severance Agreement and General Release (“Release”), which will include, among other things: (1) a waiver of any claims against the Company; and (2) restrictive covenants (e.g., non-disclosure, non-compete and non-solicitation). The Company shall have no obligation to an Eligible Executive under this Policy unless and until the Eligible Executive timely executes a Release and any applicable revocation period has expired without the Eligible Executive revoking such Release.

 

Executive Severance   1 of 6

Human Resources

  Policy Number: n/a
  Date Adopted: 06/14/2006


LOGO

 

For purposes of this Policy, an Eligible Executive whose employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company not for Cause and who executes (and does not revoke) the required Release will be referred to as a “Participant.”

 

4. BENEFITS

 

  4.1 Severance Pay

Each Participant shall receive severance pay, which, at the sole discretion of the Company, shall be paid either: (a) in the form of base salary continuation for the duration of the Severance Period based on the Participant’s annual base salary in effect as of the Termination Date; or (b) in a lump-sum payment equal to the sum of the payments that would be made pursuant to Section 4.1 (a), above. For purposes of this Policy, the “Termination Date” shall refer to the effective date of a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company, which shall be the last day the Participant is employed by the Company.

Payments made pursuant to Section 4.1(a), above, shall be made in regular payroll installments for the duration of the Severance Period, as defined in Section 4.2 below, commencing no later than the second pay date which occurs after the date the Participant returns an executed Release to the Sr. V.P. Human Resources and any applicable revocation period has expired without the Eligible Executive revoking such Release.

In the event the Company elects to make a lump-sum payment pursuant to Section 4.1(b), above, this payment shall be made no later than 14 days after the Participant returns a fully executed Release to the Sr. V.P. Human Resources and any applicable revocation period has expired without the Participant revoking such Release. Payment will be made in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, net of applicable taxes and other deductions.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Policy, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), if a Participant is deemed to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, any payments and benefits due to the Participant under this Policy (under this Section 4.1 or otherwise) in connection with a termination of the Participant’s employment hereunder that would otherwise have been payable at any time during the six-month period immediately following such termination of employment shall not be paid prior to, and shall instead be payable in a lump sum as soon as practicable following, the expiration of such six-month period. In light of the uncertainty surrounding the application of Section 409A of the Code, the Company cannot make any guarantee as to the treatment under Section 409A of the Code of any payments made or benefits provided under this Policy.

 

Executive Severance   2 of 6

Human Resources

  Policy Number: n/a
  Date Adopted: 06/14/2006


LOGO

 

  4.2 The “Severance Period” for Eligible Executives under this Policy is as follows:

 

Management Level (Grade)

  

Severance Period

Management Level - 1    18 months
Management Level - 2 and 3    12 months

 

  4.3 Annual Incentive Plan (AIP)

Each Participant shall receive a pro rata AIP award for the year in which the Termination Date occurs to the extent such payment is provided for under the terms of the applicable AIP. AIP eligibility terminates on the Termination Date, and therefore, no AIP award shall be earned or accrued during the Severance Period.

 

  4.4 Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

LTIP awards shall be payable to a Participant for the year in which the Termination Date occurs solely to the extent provided for under the terms of the applicable LTIP. LTIP eligibility terminates on the Termination Date, and, therefore, no LTIP award shall be earned or accrued during the Severance Period.

 

  4.5 Health, Dental and Vision Coverage

During the Severance Period, a Participant (and his or her dependents) shall continue to participate in the health, dental and vision plans sponsored by the Company under which he or she was covered as of the Termination Date, subject to the same terms and conditions as are applicable to then-current active employees of the Company during the Severance Period. For the avoidance of any doubt, the Participant’s out of pocket costs (including deductions, deductibles and co-payments) for such coverages shall be determined on the same basis as such costs apply to then-current active employees of the Company during the Severance Period. Continued health, dental and vision coverage provided under this Policy shall run concurrently with the provision of health, dental and vision continuation coverage to which the Participant may be entitled pursuant to the federal COBRA law. At the end of the Severance Period, the Participant may elect COBRA continuation coverage at his or her sole expense for the remaining balance, if any, of the statutory COBRA coverage period.

If a Participant satisfies the eligibility requirements for the Company’s retiree health coverage as of the Termination Date, the Participant will be entitled to elect said retiree health coverage after the Severance Period has expired. The duration of the Severance Period shall not be counted as service for purposes of determining eligibility for retiree health or any other benefit, unless specifically stated otherwise herein.

 

  4.6 Retirement Benefits

During the Severance Period, a Participant shall accrue service under any applicable nonqualified defined benefit retirement plans in which he or she participated as of the Termination Date solely for purposes of determining

 

Executive Severance   3 of 6

Human Resources

  Policy Number: n/a
  Date Adopted: 06/14/2006


LOGO

 

whether the Participant is vested (e.g. 5 years of service), but not for any other purpose. A Participant will not be permitted to make any contributions and shall not receive any Company contributions under any qualified or nonqualified defined contribution plans sponsored by the Company in respect of any period after Termination Date. Likewise, a Participant will not accrue additional service for any purpose under any of the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plans at any time after the Termination Date. In no event shall payment of a Participant’s vested Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) benefit commence prior to the conclusion of the Severance Period.

 

  4.7 Life Insurance

During the Severance Period, a Participant shall continue to participate in any employee life insurance plan sponsored by Company under which he or she was covered as of the Termination Date, subject to the same terms and conditions as are applicable to then-current active employees of the Company during the Severance Period.

 

  4.8 Deferred Compensation Plans

In the event a Participant is entitled to any deferred compensation under any nonqualified deferred compensation plan provided by the Company, payments required under any such plans will be paid following the Severance Period and in accordance with the applicable plan documents and the Participant’s distribution elections in effect as of the Termination Date, subject to all applicable laws.

 

  4.9 Employee Assistance Plan

During the Severance Period, a Participant shall continue to participate in the Employee Assistance Plan provided by Company, subject to the same terms and conditions as are applicable to then-current active employees of the Company during the Severance Period.

 

  4.10 Executive Perquisites

The Participant will be entitled to continued participation in the Company’s Executive Financial Planning program for a period of twelve (12) months from the Participant’s Termination Date, subject to the same terms and conditions as are applicable to then-current active employees of the Company during the Severance Period. The Company’s cost under this Section 4.10, however, shall not exceed $5,000 per Participant. Except for the Executive Financial Planning program, all other executive perquisites shall terminate effective as of the Participant’s Termination Date.

 

  4.11 Outplacement Services

Each Participant shall be entitled to outplacement services arranged by the Company for a period of twelve (12) months following the Termination Date. All outplacement services provided by the Company shall be subject to terms and conditions as shall be determined at the sole discretion of the Company. No cash shall be paid in lieu of outplacement services.

 

Executive Severance   4 of 6

Human Resources

  Policy Number: n/a
  Date Adopted: 06/14/2006


LOGO

 

5. NON-DUPLICATION OF BENEFITS

Benefits under this Policy shall not be duplicative of any other severance (or other similar post-termination) benefits to which a Participant may be entitled pursuant to an individual employment agreement or otherwise. Any severance benefits otherwise payable or to be provided to a Participant herein shall be offset and reduced by any other severance (or similar post-termination) benefits payable or provided under such employment agreement or otherwise.

This Policy supersedes and hereby voids any prior severance policy covering Eligible Executives.

 

6. GOVERNING LAW

The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Policy in all respects shall be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey without regard to its principles of conflicts of law.

SCOPE

This Policy shall apply only to those executive employees (limited to Management Level 1, 2 and 3 employees) who receive written notification of eligibility from the Senior Vice President, Human Resources of American Waterworks Service Company, Inc. (the “Sr. V.P. Human Resources”).

MONITORING

Corporate Compensation and Benefits has responsibility for assuring compliance with this policy.

REPORTING/METRICS

Corporate Compensation and Benefits will be responsible for reporting any payouts under this plan each quarter to the Controller’s office and the Compensation Committee of the American Water Board of Directors.

WAIVER

All waivers under this policy must be approved by the Senior Vice President of Human Resources, the CEO (unless the severance involves the CEO) and the American Water Board of Directors.

REFERENCES

None.

REVIEW/UPDATE

This policy will be reviewed every 3 years.

 

Approved by:

 
    Executive Severance   5 of 6

    Human Resources

  Policy Number: n/a
  Date Adopted: 06/14/2006


LOGO

 

Indicate: American Water Board of Directors

Original Adopted: June 14, 2006

Revised Adopted:

Date of Last Review: June 14, 2006

Effective Date: June 14, 2006

Prepared By: Human Resources

Disclaimer

American Water reserves the right to change, revise or discontinue this Policy for any reason whatsoever. No employee, manager or other agent of American Water, other than the Service Company Board (or its direct executive membership) has the authority to enter into any agreement contrary to this Policy.

This Policy supersedes and voids all previous policies and practices, which may be inconsistent in any way with that stated herein.

 

Executive Severance   6 of 6

Human Resources

  Policy Number: n/a
  Date Adopted: 06/14/2006

Exhibit 10.19

DIETRICH FIRNHABER

CONTRACT INFORMATION


LOGO

Secondment Contract

The following secondment contract is concluded

 

between    RWE Solutions AG,
   Guiollettstraße 44 – 48
   60325 Frankfurt am Main
and    Herrn Dietrich Firnhaber
   Jahnstraße 23
   69120 Heidelberg

Preamble

At the instigation of RWE AG you will be seconded to work at American Water Works Corporation, Inc. (herinafter referred to as AWW) in Vorhees/USA for a limited period of time. AWW will conclude a separate employment contract with you. During the duration of this contract, your employment contract with us dated 2 February 1999 shall be dormant. Your temporary secondment shall be subject to the Regulations of the Framework Guidelines for Foreign Secondments within the RWE Group valid at the time (herinafter also referred to as Secondment Guidelines) provided in the following references are being made to the Secondment Guidelines. In addition, the following shall be agreed:


Section 1—Scope of Duties

 

(1) As Member of the Board at AWW, you shall be responsible for strategy, planning, M&A and investment appraisal.

 

(2) You shall report to Bill Alexander, CEO of AWW, and be subject to his instructions.

Section 2—Ongoing Commitment to RWE Solutions AG

 

(1) Your point of contact shall be the organisational unit Staff Policy/Organisation (MSL).

 

(2) If required, you shall report to RWE AG on your activities at AWW.

Section 3—Duration of the Temporary Secondment

After an initial integration programme at Thames Water, Reading (from 1 November 2002 to 31 December 2002), your secondment is expected to start on 1 January 2003. From today’s perspective, it shall run until 31 October 2006. RWE AG reserves the right to extend the agreed duration of the foreign secondment subject to an agreement with you and in consultation with AWW. In this event, an agreement shall be reached at least 3 months prior to the expiration of the foreign assignment.

Section 4—Package

 

(1) During your temporary secondment, you shall receive an annual basic salary of € 125,000 gross payable in equal parts at the end of each month. During your assignment abroad, this basic salary shall be continued as a ‘shadow salary’ to provide a financial basis for computing your pension provision, setting up accruals and fixing your remuneration for the period following your return. Salary reviews shall be performed by AWW in consultation with us. The current remuneration package is enclosed in this contract.

 

(2)

 

(3) During the temporary secondment, you shall receive an annual allowance of € 70,000 (gross) for your raised responsibility as Member of the Board.

 

(4) In addition, you shall receive a monthly foreign allowance of € 2,500 (net) during the duration of the temporary secondment.

 

(5) During the temporary secondment, you shall receive a performance-related bonus according to AWW regulations to a maximum amount of 50% of your basic salary according to (1) plus your Board Member allowance according to (2). The amount payable depends on the degree of performance achievement. In addition, you shall be entitled to the long-term bonus of AWW, details of which shall be subject to the agreement to be concluded with AWW.

 

2


(6) All payments shall be made in Euros to your usual salary account unless you provide us with details of an alternative account in the USA and the part amount to be credited at least six weeks prior to the next due payment. All transfer costs shall be borne by us.

Section 5—Taxation

 

(1) During the temporary secondment, you shall bear the costs of taxation on your gross basic salary, the variable bonus and the Board Member Allowance to the amount that corresponds with German income tax (inclusive of solidarity tax contribution) (hypothetical income tax). The hypothetical tax shall be calculated according to the regulations of the Secondment Guidelines taking into consideration personal circumstances (family status, number of children) as well as the personal tax allowance to the amount of 5% of the above mentioned gross salary and deducted monthly.

 

(2) AWW shall bear the actual taxes at home and abroad on the RWE income. All taxes payable in relation to private income shall be borne by you.

 

(3) If you do not receive any child benefit payments during your assignment abroad, appropriate tax exemption for dependent children shall be granted when calculating the hypothetical income tax.

 

(4) With respect to the entitlement to tax consultancy services and your obligation to bear part of the costs, the regulations of the Secondment Guidelines shall apply.

 

(5) You must advise us of any changes in address and family status without delay.

 

(6) Compensation for the progression disadvantage due to the payment of secondment- related allowances shall be in accordance with the regulations of the Secondment Guidelines.

Section 6—Social Insurance

 

(1) During the foreign secondment, you shall remain within the German social insurance system, national and/or supranational and international legal provisions permitting. All necessary application procedures shall be arranged by us prior to you taking up work in Vorhees/USA.

 

(2) In the absence of a decision by the competent authority at the time of commencing your secondment in Vorhees/USA, the provisional assumption regarding the payment of German social insurance contributions shall be that you will remain within the German social insurance system.

 

3


(3) For the duration of the secondment period in Vorhees/USA, we will provide private health care cover for you and your accompanying family members within the scope of existing group contracts. Any incidental tax costs shall be borne by us.

 

(4) You undertake to change your voluntary or private health insurance policy into an underlying insurance policy within the scope of the statutory framework. The contributions to this underlying insurance policy shall be borne by you. Prior to commencing your secondment in Voorhees/USA, you shall provide evidence that an appropriate application has been filed.

Section 7—Working Conditions

 

(1) For the duration of the foreign secondment period in Voorhees/USA, the AWW regulations regarding working time and leave entitlement shall apply.

 

(2) Full payment of your remuneration in case of sickness shall be according to the provisions of your agreement with AWW. As a minimum, you shall be entitled to six months fully paid sick leave.

 

(3) The length of paid leave shall be according to the agreement with AWW.

Section 8—Family

The school, preschool and/or kindergarten fees of your children shall be reimbursed up to an amount of approx. US$ 7,600 per child upon production of receipts according to the provisions of the Secondment Guidelines. This amount shall be reviewed with AWW and adjusted annually in accordance with the level of education of each child. Before making final arrangements with any of the above-mentioned institutions, you shall consult AWW about your choice. The criteria for choosing an educational institution shall be its proximity to your place of residence and its quality while endeavouring to be as cost-effective as possible. Cost previously incurred in Germany shall be included.

§ 9 Accommodation

 

(1) AWW shall support you in finding rented living space in proximity to the office and bear the rental costs for appropriate accommodation. Unless you maintain your home residence, your rental contribution shall be US$ 1.000. Prior to entering a rental agreement, you shall obtain the approval of AWW.

 

(2) If no accommodation can be rented according to section 9 (1), AWW shall bear the costs of purchasing appropriate living space . The provision of section 9 (1) sentence 2 applies.

 

(3) For all further regulations and the provision of temporary accommodation at home and abroad please refer to the regulations of the Secondment Guidelines.

 

4


(4) If you abandon your domicile, you shall be entitled to a compensation balance in the amount of € 9,000 net p.a. for home visits in reference to sub-clause 7.2 of the Secondment Guidelines.

 

(5) It shall be included in the first salary payment within a year in which this entitlement exists.

Section 10—Relocation and Travel Cost

 

(1) Relocation and travel cost shall be borne according to the regulations of the Secondment Guidelines. Storage costs in Germany shall be borne by us after prior agreement.

 

(2) The annual budget for homeward journeys for you and your family is currently 18,200. It shall be paid with the first salary payment within a year in which this entitlement exists.

Section 11—Business Trips

Any expenses for business travel required in the course of the secondment shall be paid in line with AWW business travel regulations. Details shall be agreed in your separate contract with AWW. Homeward journeys according to section 10 (2) of this agreement are not regarded as business travel.

Section 12 Company Car / Private Car

 

(1) AWW shall provide you with a company car. Details of this arrangement shall be in accordance with the foreign secondment contract with AWW.

 

(2) We will compensate you for any cost disadvantage arising from the sale of your private vehicle at short notice or the cancellation of a private car leasing agreement in accordance with the provisions of the guidelines. Any incidental tax shall be borne by you.

Section 13—Miscellaneous

 

(1) You shall be granted a maximum of five days intercultural training for you and your ac companying wife, which will be organised by us or AWW. The associated cost and any incidental tax shall be borne by AWW.

 

(2) We will bear the costs as well as any incidental tax for language training for yourself, your wife and children at pre-school and/or school age according to individual requirements and needs: Business English for yourself, conversational English for your wife and elementary and supporting training for your children at pre-school and/or school age. AWW or we will agree with you the extent, location and schedule of language tuition.

 

5


(3) Your Rhenas insurance policies (accident insurance, direct insurance and legal expenses insurance) shall be continued during your temporary secondment, the conditions of insurance of the insurer permitting.

 

(4) You shall continue to be entitled to an IAS check-up (Classic) on the current terms. This offer can be utilised during a home visit.

 

(5) You shall continue to have the use of your current company car until your family moves to the USA. This does not apply to the petrol card we have issued you with, which you shall return to us upon taking up work at AWW.

Section 14—Entry Regulations

 

(1) We will arrange for any entry visa and work permits required in the country of your secondment and bear the costs incurred. You undertake to submit all necessary documents in time and make sure that all passports and travel documents are valid before and during the time of your temporary secondment.

In addition, we will apply for all necessary residence permits for your accompanying family members at our cost.

 

(2) Prior to the temporary secondment, you and your family shall undergo a medical examination at the expense of the company. For further details see the Secondment Guidelines.

 

(3) The agreement is subject to the required official permits and/or the medical certificate that you are medically fit for the temporary secondment.

Section 15—Termination of the Foreign Secondment

 

(1) For terminations during the term of your secondment, the provisions of sub-clause 2.5 of the Secondment Guidelines shall apply.

 

(2) If you give cause for the termination of the secondment, you shall not be entitled to any payment with respect to your return according to section 10 of this agreement.

 

(3) We reserve the right to recall you at the instruction of RWE AG at any time giving 3 months notice. Any costs incurred due to the early termination of the secondment contract shall be reimbursed upon production of receipts if operational requirements demand an early return. A shorter notice period for your recall may apply in case of important reasons that you are accountable for. Under special circumstances such as epidemics, political turmoil, natural disasters, etc. you shall return immediately. This also applies in case of important reasons that you are accountable for.

 

(1) (4) Upon termination of the foreign secondment, you shall be given a position that corresponds to the position you held prior to your secondment in terms of scope of responsibility, remuneration package and requirements and in this respect the inland employment contract applies. The group shall be involved in planning your return.

 

6


(3) The raised responsibility of your role in the USA does not entitle you to a comparable position upon your return to Germany.

We shall discuss your return with you at least 9 months prior to the expiration of your secondment in consultation with the group.

Section 16—Duration of Contract

The contract shall take effect on 1 January 2003 and terminate on 31 October 2006 with no notice required, unless the contract is terminated prematurely according to section 15 of this contract.

Section 17—Status

During the period of the secondment, you shall remain employed with RWE Solutions AG. The duration of the foreign secondment shall be included in your period of service with our company.

Section 18—Stipulation requiring Written Form, Severability Clause

 

(1) Should any provision of the contract be or become void, this shall not affect the validity of all remaining provisions of the contract. Any invalid provision or loophole shall be replaced by such provisions that best reflect the objectives of the contractual parties.

 

(2) Amendments and changes to the contract must be in writing. This also applies to the abolition of the written form requirement. Subsidiary oral agreements shall not be effective.

 

(3) German jurisdiction applies.

Enclosure: Remuneration Package (4.1)

 

                               2003        

 

    

/s/ Dietrich Firnhaber

  
(RWE Solutions AG)          (Dietrich Firnhaber)   

 

7


Side Letter

With reference to your remaining leave entitlement for 2002, we agree the following:

To compensate you for any leave not taken during 2002, you will be issued with a credit note to the appropriate value. The credit can be utilised for specific purposes during your reintegration in Germany in form of personal development measures.

The value of the credit note shall be calculated as follows: daily rate based on your basic salary at RWE Solutions in 2002 X remaining leave. The credit can be drawn on for a limited period of 12 months after your return and is available upon your return.

In order to calculate the amount of the credit, you will advise RWE Solutions AG of your remaining leave entitlement for 2002 by 30 June 2003.

 

                               2003        

 

    

/s/ Dietrich Firnhaber

  
(RWE Solutions AG)          (Dietrich Firnhaber)   

 

8

Exhibit 10.20

LOGO


The 2007 American Water Annual Incentive Plan

The 2007 American Water Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) recognizes the opportunity and the accountability we share for achieving our goals. Your accomplishments have helped to build American Water’s success to this point, and the AIP will reward you for the contribution you make to the achievement of our 2007 goals.

Who Is Eligible for the 2007 AIP

All full-time employees in Management Levels ML1 – ML4 in American Water are eligible to participate in the 2007 AIP.

Eligible employees who join American Water on or before September 30 of a plan year (January 1 – December 31) are also eligible to participate in the plan on a prorated basis.

Eligible employees seconded from RWE will participate in the plan for the duration of their secondment. Target levels for assignees seconded from Germany are aligned with incentive opportunities for German based employees to maintain the “home country terms and conditions” approach adopted for assignees.

Individuals who do not meet their individual performance expectations will not be eligible to receive an incentive award. The American Water Board, or its designee for these purposes, reserves the right to determine whether incentives are payable to any individual or group of individuals. The Board may withhold all incentive payments in certain circumstances.

Your Award Opportunity

Your award opportunity is based on your role. Your manager will confirm your award opportunity to you in writing. Any award you earn is based on your salary as of December 31,2007.

If you are promoted during the plan year to a position with a higher target level, your bonus plan will be prorated to reflect participation at each award level. Similarly, if you are reclassified to a position with a lower AIP award level, your bonus plan will be prorated to reflect your participation at each award level.

 

2


What the Plan Measures

The AIP is designed to reward participants for the performance results they and the Company attain during the plan year. There are three performance components: ‘Financial’ (Corporate, Regional), ‘Operational’ and ‘Individual’.

 

 

The Financial component is based on Operating Income. The performance level will be determined at the Corporate and Regional levels. For 2007, more than 80% of the Operating Income target for the entire Company must be achieved before any payment will be made on the corporate financial component of the Plan (although a payment could be made on the regional financial component if the regional operating income exceeds 80% of target). In addition, more than 70% of the Operating Income target must be achieved before any payment will be made on any component of the Plan for the entire Company (including regional financial, operational and individual components).

Operating Income – is defined as earnings before interest, taxes and other non-operating expenses.

See Attachment A for the 2007 Target Level Achievement Schedule.

Your AIP letter will provide you with your Company component targets.

 

 

The Operational component includes performance measures tied to the American Water business objectives through which customer satisfaction, customer service quality, service level, environmental, health & safety, and quality measures and compliance goals are the key performance indicators. If you are an employee of the Business Center or the Belleville Lab, you will not have an operational component. See Attachments B and C for the 2007 operational components.

The Customer Satisfaction Study measures overall satisfaction with the services offered by American Water that directly benefits the customer. This study is conducted annually in the fourth calendar quarter and surveys approximately 1,100 American Water regulated water or sewer customers.

The Customer Service Quality Study measures customer satisfaction levels as a result of field and Customer Service contacts. This study is conducted throughout the year and surveys approximately 900 American Water regulated water or sewer customers each quarter.

Service Level (Customer Service Centers) : Measures the percentage of customer calls answered within a specified period of time.

Notices of Violation (NOV) : The number of times that an official notice is issued by a primacy agency for failure to comply with a federal, state, or local environmental statute or regulation that is covered by the Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

Lost Work Day Case Rate (LWCR) : The number of total OSHA recordable injuries and/or illness cases with lost workday(s) per 200,000 hours worked.

 

3


Quality Measures (Shared Services Center—SSC) :

 

   

SSC Error Rate—Number of Financial Statements errors (Annual).

 

   

Reconciliations—Calendar Year Average of accounts beyond policy.

 

   

Timeliness of Processes—Annual percentage of process conducted according to schedule -Tax Filings, Financial Statements available for consolidation, External Audit information submissions, days to image and process invoices, and Orcom rate changes.

Compliance (Shared Services Center—SSC) :

 

   

External Audit Findings—Number of unrecorded differences and topside entries.

 

   

Internal Audit Findings—Number of instances of deviations from policy/procedures during SOX testing.

 

   

External Filing Requirements—Annual Reports and Commission Reports completed by established deadlines for SSC.

 

 

The Individual component includes Performance Targets as agreed by you and your manager within the companywide standard performance management process.

How Your Award Is Weighted

Your award opportunity is based on two or four performance components (see pages 3 and 4), depending on your role. However, you could earn part of your award based on individual, operational and regional financial components if Company Operating Income is more than 70%. If Company Operating Income is 70% or less, no award will be paid on any component.

The portion of your award opportunity you can earn for each component is reflected in weightings assigned to each, based on your role in the organization, as the following charts show. The award has a target and a maximum opportunity.

 

BUSINESS CENTER - 2007

Management Level

   Company
Financial
    Individual  (1)     Target
Opportunity
    Management Positions
ML1                       
Financial     

Individual

   56 %   24 %   80 %   CEO

    70%

    

    30%

        
ML2                       

Financial

    

Individual

   25 %   25 %   50 %   COO, CFO

    50%

    

    50%

        
ML3                       

Financial

    

Individual

   16 %   24 %   40 %   Senior Management

    40%

    

    60%

        
ML4                       

Financial

    

Individual

   10 %   15 %   25 %   Directors

    40%

    

    60%

        

(1) This component is defined as Target Agreement or Performance Targets.

 

4


SHARED SERVICES CENTER / CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER - 2007

Management Level

 

Company
Financial

(40%)

   

Individual (1)

(30%)

    Operational (2)
(30%)
    Target
Opportunity
    Management
Position
ML4                            

Financial

   Individual/
Operational
         
     10 %   7.5 %   7.5 %   25 %   Vice President

    40%

         60%           Director

(1) This component is defined as Target Agreement or Performance Targets.
(2) This component is defined by Customer Service Center as: 34% Customer Satisfaction; 33% Customer Service Quality; 33% Service Level.

 

REGION - 2007

Management Level

 

Company
Financial

(40%)

   

Regional
Financial

(20%)

    Individual (1)
(20%)
    Operational (2)
(20%)
    Target
Opportunity
    Management
Positions
ML3                                  

Financial

   Individual/

Operational/


Regional


Financial

  16 %   8 %   8 %   8 %   40 %   Regional

Presidents

    40%

       60%            
ML4                                  

Financial

   Individual/

Operational/


Regional


Financial

  10 %   5 %   5 %   5 %   25 %   State

Presidents,


Directors

    40%

       60%            

(3) This component is defined as Target Agreement or Performance Targets.
(4) 50% of the Operational component is allocated to Customer Satisfaction/Customer Service Quality.

 

5


How the Weightings Come Together

Here is an example of how the three/four performance components and their weightings come together. As you can see, the measures within each component are also weighted.

EXAMPLE

LOGO

 

6


Operational

Regional Operational components are performance measures tied to the American Water objectives. Customer Service Quality is 25% of this component and is measured on a state-by-state basis. Customer Satisfaction (25%), Environmental Notice of Violations (NOVs) (25%) and Lost Workday Health and Safety Case Rate (LWCR) (25%) (Attachments B & C). Shared Services and Customer Service operational components are described in Attachments B & C.

Operational components are evaluated on a range from 0 to 120%.

Performance You Can Impact

We believe it is essential that you are accountable for, measured on and rewarded for performance that you can directly impact or influence.

You and your manager have agreed on your individual performance targets. These targets should relate back to the performance scorecard for your business unit or region and should directly reflect your role.

Individual Performance

Individual performance will be assessed using American Water’s Performance Management and Development Review (PDR) process. The first section of the PDR form contains a scorecard in which your individual Performance Targets will be documented. You and your supervisor will jointly identify and agree to your individual Performance Targets and relative weightings to be achieved during the year.

In overview, the PDR requires each individual to have 5 Performance Targets. The Performance Targets should be specific and measurable and aligned with the Company performance targets. Each target needs to be evaluated on a range of 0 to 120% according to its importance relative to other targets. In this way excelling at your highest priority target, which has the heaviest weighting, will drive a bigger award. At least one of the targets should be linked to a personal development objective. At the beginning of 2008, a structured performance review will be conducted to determine how well you performed against your targets in 2007. It will be the Performance Scorecard Summary Rating for these 5 Performance Targets and NOT the “overall” performance rating that will be used for AIP award purposes (see below).

 

7


LOGO

Performance Category

Each participant in the AIP plan should have 5 performance targets. An assessment should be made of performance against each target. Once evaluated, each individual performance target rating will be added and averaged to determine an overall rating.

Example #1

 

Performance Target Rating (PT)

  

AIP Performance Rating

   Percentage
Amount
   Weighting    Subtotal

PT#1 (Meets Expectation)

   Target fully achieved    100    x    20 %   =    20

PT#2 (Meets Expectations)

   Target largely achieved    85    x    20 %   =    17

PT#3 (Does Not Meet Expectation)

   Target not achieved    0    x    20 %   =    0

PT #4 (Progressing)

   Target partially achieved    60    x    20 %   =    12

PT #5 (Exceeds Expectation)

   Target exceeds expectations    120    x    20 %   =    24

Take each performance target percentage amount and multiply it by its assigned weight. Add the subtotal numbers = 73 (Individual Weighting Factor) 73% would be used as the INDIVIDUAL weighting factor in the AIP plan.

Example #2

 

Performance Target Rating (PT)

  

AIP Performance Rating

   Percentage
Amount
   Weighting    Subtotal

PT#1 (Exceeds Expectation)

   Target exceeds expectations    120    x    10 %   =    12

PT#2 (Meets Expectations)

   Target largely achieved    90    x    20 %   =    18

PT#3 (Does Not Meet Expectation)

   Target not achieved    0    x    10 %   =    0

PT #4 (Progressing)

   Target partially achieved    55    x    20 %   =    11

PT #5 (Meets Expectation)

   Target fully achieved    100    x    40 %   =    40

81 would be the subtotal and 81% would be used as the INDIVIDUAL weighting factor in the AIP plan.

 

8


2007 Target Rating Scale

 

Rating

   Scale  

Exceeds Expectations

   101 – 120 %

Meets Expectations

  

-   Target Fully Achieved

   100 %

-   Target Largely Achieved

   75 – 99 %

Progressing

  

-   Target Partially Achieved

   25 – 74 %

Does Not Meet Expectations

   0 %

-   Not Achieved

  

Too Soon to Rate

   0 %

Performance ratings can range from 0% - 120%. The degree of percentage given will be based on the supervisor’s assessment of performance on the performance target. The maximum payment you can receive under the Individual component is 120%. This would only be awarded if an individual exceeded all 5 performance targets. This should be used only in cases of exceptional and outstanding performance against a target. If an individual received a “too soon to rate” or “does not meet expectations” on their performance scorecard they would not be eligible for an AIP award.

How Your Payout Is Determined

At the end of the year, the amount for each component is based on performance against each goal within the component and its relative weighting. Here is a simplified way to think of it.

LOGO

(See example on page 10.)

 

9


2007 AIP Payout Example

ML4 EXAMPLE:

Target Opportunity is 25% with 40% Company Operating Income 20% Regional Operating Income, 20% Operational and 20% Individual Components

Financial Performance

Company Operating Income

Achievement against financial target = 103.000% x 10.000% (Target) = 10.300%

Regional Operating Income

Achievement against financial target = 100.000% x 5.000% (Target) =5.000%

Operational Performance

Achievement against operational targets = 96.50% x 5.000% (Target) =4.825%

Individual Performance

Achievement against 5 Performance targets = 97.50% x 5.000% (Target) = 4.875%

Total AIP payable is 10.300% (Company Operating Income) + 5.000% (Regional Operating Income) + 4.825% (Operational) + 4.875% (Individual) is 25.00% of annual base salary of $150,000 or $37,500

 

Salary

  

x

  

AIP

Target

  

equals

  

Target

Payout

  

Maximum

Payout

$150,000       25%       $37,500    $51,750

Operating

Income

(40%)

              

Corporate

Operating

Income

=10%

     

Regional

Operating

Income

=5%

     

Operational

Results

=5%

  

Individual

Performance

Targets

=5%

Target       Target       Target    Target
$15,000       $7,500       $7,500    $7,500
Actual       Actual       Actual    Actual
$15,450       $7,500       $7,238    $7,313

Maximum =

150%

     

Maximum =

150%

     

Maximum =

120%

  

Maximum =

120%

$22,500       $11,250       $9,000    $9,000

 

10


Target Bonuses

You will have received a letter which states your target bonus opportunity. Target bonus is defined as the bonus paid at 100% for both financial and individual awards. This means business plan is achieved for the financial and operational element, and the employee has met his/her objectives for the individual element.

The maximum bonus you can receive is 150% of your Financial element (both corporate and regional), 120% of operational and 120% of your Individual element.

Adjustments for Uncontrollable Events

The financial data included in the appendices has been prepared on the basis of the business plans agreed in 2007, using the assumptions set at that time. As in previous years, the actual results used for assessment may be amended to reflect the impact of events that are not considered to be within the control of local management. Any such amendments will require the explicit approval of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, and if material, the Board, whose decision will be final. The following items are those most likely to be considered for amendment:

 

   

Weather conditions having a material impact on the financial results

 

   

The impact of movements in foreign exchange rates

 

   

Disposal/acquisition of businesses not anticipated in the business plan, but subsequently mandated by the Board of Directors

 

   

Goodwill impairments

 

   

Costs related to the public offering

A ward Payments

To be eligible to receive an AIP award, you must be actively employed on the date the payment is made. However, in case of disability, retirement, layoff or death during the plan year, a prorated award based on participation in the plan may be payable. Employees who resign or are terminated for cause at any time prior to payment are not eligible.

Awards are usually determined and paid in cash as soon as possible after the release of financial results. Awards are normally paid by April of the following year. Awards are subject to all federal, state and local income tax withholdings.

If you become eligible to join the AIP during a plan year, any payout for that year will be prorated to reflect your participation in the plan.

The American Water Board, or its designee for these purposes, reserves the right to determine whether incentives are payable to any individual or group of individuals. The Board may withhold all incentive payments in certain circumstances, such as failing to reach minimum financial goals. Individuals who do not meet their individual performance expectations will not be eligible to receive an incentive award.

 

11


Rewarding Achievement

Our AIP goals are challenging, but with your focus and contribution and effective teamwork, they can be achieved. Remember, your individual results do matter; our overall performance is the collective results of all AIP participants.

It is important that you clearly understand your goals, how we are performing against the goals, and how the AIP works so you know how you personally affect our performance. Be sure to talk to your manager or your local HR representative if you have questions.

This brochure describes the 2007 American Water Annual Incentive Plan. The American Water Board or its Designee, whose decisions will be final and binding, will determine interpretations of the Plan. The Company reserves the right to amend, modify, or discontinue the Plan during the plan year or at any time in the future. Participation in the Plan does not convey any commitment to ongoing employment. If there are any differences between the information contained here and the Plan Document, the Plan Documents will govern.

 

12


Attachment A

Company bonus 2007 for American Water will be based on Operating Income. If the Operating Income results are met, the award payout will be based on the following:

 

Bonus payout curve: Range between 0% and 150%

% of Operating

   %

Income Achieved

   Payout

125%

   150%

120%

   140%

115%

   130%

110%

   120%

105%

   110%

   100% *

   100%

95%

   75%

90%

   50%

85%

   25%

80%

   0%

70%

   0%

* Business Plan Operating Income

Operating Income is defined as earnings before interest, taxes and other non-operating expenses.

 

13


Attachment B

2007 AIP OPERATIONAL MEASURES & TARGETS

 

     Weighting     NE     SE     Central     West     AWE  

Notices of Violation

(NOV)**

   25 %   4 *   4 *   4 *   4 *   4 *

Lost Work Day Case Rate

(LWCR) ***

   25 %   2.2     1.7     1.7     1.4     1.7  

Customer Satisfaction Rating

(Q23 of CSS)

   25 %   95 %   95 %   95 %   95 %   N/A  

Customer Service

Quality Rating

(Q29 of SQS)

   25 %   80 %   80 %   80 %   80 %   N/A  

* If total AW NOVs are less than or equal to the target of 21, everyone gets rewarded for the NOV component, regardless of their individual region result vs. target. If total AW NOVs exceed 21 rewards will determined by region. The AW target for NOVs will be adjusted upward for any significant growth (add 1 NOV per 5% growth in customers served, rounded down).
** Definition—Notices of Violation (NOV): Number of times that an official notice is issued by a primacy agency for failure to comply with a federal, state, or local environmental statute or regulation that is covered by the Environmental Management Plan (EMP). For an acquisition in which the Company has entered into a consent agreement to correct known deficiencies, violations will not count towards the NOV target unless they are due to issues not contemplated by the consent agreement or are related to a failure to comply with the consent agreement.
** Lost Work Day Case Rate (LWCR) is the number of total OSHA recordable injuries and/or illness cases with lost workday(s) per 200,000 hours worked. LWCR x 5 = Injury Frequency Rate (IFR) which is a similar measure only per 1,000,000 hours worked. LWCR is a more recognized and tracked US metric.

 

14


Attachment C

Operational Parameters for 2007 AIP – Payout Scale and Relative Weighting

 

I. Relative Weighting  
25%     25%     25%     25%  
II. Payout Scales  

CUSTOMER

SATISFACTION

    SERVICE QUALITY    

Lost Workday Case

Rate (LWCR)

   

ENVIRONMENTAL

NOVs

 
% Achieved     Payout (%)     % Achieved     Payout (%)     % of Target     Payout (%)     % of Target     Payout (%)  
£     90 %   0 %   £     75 %   0 %   £       50 %   120 %   £       50 %   120 %
91 %   10 %   76 %   10 %   75 %   110 %   75 %   110 %
92 %   20 %   77 %   20 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
93 %   40 %   78 %   40 %   110 %   70 %   110 %   70 %
94 %   70 %   79 %   70 %   120 %   30 %   120 %   30 %
95 %   100 %   80 %   100 %   ³     130 %   0 %   ³     130 %   0 %
96 %   110 %   85 %   110 %        
³      97 %   120 %   ³     90 %   120 %        

Operational Parameters for 2007 AIP – Payout Scale and Relative Weighting – Customer Service Centers

 

I. Relative Weighting  
34%     33%     33%  
II. Payout Scales  

CUSTOMER

SATISFACTION

    SERVICE QUALITY     SERVICE LEVEL  
% Achieved     Payout (%)     % Achieved     Payout (%)     % Achieved    Payout (%)  
£     90 %   0 %   £     75 %   0 %   < 72%    0 %
91 %   10 %   76 %   10 %   72% - < 80%    75 %
92 %   20 %   77 %   20 %   80%    100 %
93 %   40 %   78 %   40 %   > 80% - < 84%    105 %
94 %   70 %   79 %   70 %   84% - < 86%    110 %
95 %   100 %   80 %   100 %   86%    120 %
96 %   110 %   85 %   110 %     
³     97 %   120 %   ³     90 %   120 %     

 

15


Attachment C

Operational Parameters for 2007 AIP – Payout Scale and Relative Weighting – Shared Services Center

 

I. Relative Weighting  
55%     45%  
II. Payout Scales  
QUALITY     COMPLIANCE  
% Achieved *     Payout (%)     % Achieved *     Payout (%)  
<75 %   0 %   <75 %   0 %
75 %   25 %   75 %   25 %
80 %   50 %   80 %   50 %
85 %   75 %   85 %   75 %
90 %   100 %   90 %   100 %
95 %   110 %   95 %   110 %
100 %   120 %   100 %   120 %

* If the percentage achieved is between the range parameters of the scale, the payout percentage will be derived from the actual percentage achieved. For example, if the percentage achieved is 88%, the payout percentage will be 90%.

 

16

Exhibit 10.21

LOGO

 


The 2OO6 American Water Annual Incentive Plan

The 2006 American Water Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) recognizes the opportunity and the accountability we share for achieving our goals. Your accomplishments have helped to build American Water’s success to this point, and the AIP will reward you for the contribution you make to the achievement of our goals.

Who Is Eligible for the 2006 AIP

All full-time employees in Management Levels ML2—ML4 in American Water are eligible to participate in the 2006 AIP.

Eligible employees who join American Water before September 30 of a plan year (January 1—December 31) are also eligible to participate in the plan on a prorated basis.

Eligible employees seconded from RWE/Thames Water will participate in the plan for the duration of their secondment. Target levels for assignees seconded from the UK/Germany are aligned with incentive opportunities for UK or German based employees to maintain the “home country terms and conditions” approach adopted for assignees.

Your Award Opportunity

Your award opportunity is based on your role. Your manager will confirm your award opportunity to you in writing. Any award you earn is based on your salary as of December 31, 2006.

If you are promoted during the plan year to a position with a higher target level, your bonus plan will be prorated to reflect the full months at each award level. Similarly, if you are reclassified to a position with a lower AIP award level, your bonus plan will be prorated to reflect the full months at each award level.

 

2


What the Plan Measures

The AIP is designed to reward participants for the performance results they and the Company attain during the plan year. There are three performance components: ‘Company (financial), ‘Operational’ and ‘Individual’.

 

   

The Company (financial) component is based on Operating Result (OR). Operating Result is American Water’s primary measure of trading profitability. Essentially, this is calculated as revenues, less operating expenses (such as operation and maintenance expense, depreciation, and marketing and administrative expenses). It also incorporates a share of the earnings of affiliates in which the company has an ownership stake, but excludes certain one-time items (e.g. restructuring costs), interest and taxation. See Attachment A for the 2006 financial component.

You will have performance targets set at American Water level and possibly in your individual performance targets at the Business Unit/Region level. Your AIP letter will provide you with your Company component targets.

 

   

The Operational component includes performance measures tied to the American Water balanced scorecard through which customer satisfaction, environmental and health & safety measures and goals, as appropriate to your role, are the key performance indicators. If you are an employee of the American Water Business Center, Shared Services, Customer Services or the Belleville Lab, you will not have an operational component. See Attachment B for the 2006 operational components.

 

   

The Individual component includes Performance Targets (KPIs) as agreed by you and your manager within the cornpanywide standard performance management process.

 

Financial Measures

  

Operational Measures

  

Individual measures

•     Operating Result

  

Examples include:

•     Customer Satisfaction - [This will make up 50% of the total operational component. This measure deals with services we provide that directly benefit the customer.] *Detailed measures to follow.

  

•     5 Performance Targets (KPIs) agreed by AIP participant and their manager.

  

•     Environmental

  
  

•     Health & Safety

  
   ...as applicable to your business unit and role   

How Your Award Is Weighted

Your award opportunity is based on two or three performance components (see page 3), depending on your role. You can earn part of your award for each component independent of the others. That means you can receive an award based on all, some or none of the applicable components, depending on actual performance results.

 

3


Note that the American Water Board, or its designee for these purposes, reserves the right to determine whether incentives are payable to any individual or group of individuals. The Board may withhold all incentive payments in exceptional circumstances, such as failing to meet minimum financial goals. In any case, individuals who do not meet their performance expectations will not be eligible to receive an incentive award.

The portion of your award opportunity you can earn for each component is reflected in weightings assigned to each, based on your role in the organization, as the following chart shows. The award has a target and a maximum opportunity.

 

BUSINESS CENTER

2006

Management
Level
  

Company

Operating Result

  

Individual  (1)

  

Target

Opportunity

        
ML2    25%    25%    50%
ML3    16%    24%    40%
ML4    10%    15%    25%

 

REGION

2006

Management

Level

   Company
Operating Result
   Individual  ( 1 )    Operational  (2)   

Target

Opportunity

ML3    16%    16%    8%    40%
ML4    10%    10%    5%    25%

(1) This component is defined as Performance Targets.
(2) 50% of the Operational component is allocated to Customer Satisfaction.

 

4


How the Weightings Come Together

Here is an example of how the three performance components and their weightings come together. As you can see, the measures within each component are also weighted.

LOGO

 

5


Operational

Operational components are performance measures tied to the American Water scorecard. Customer Satisfaction makes up 50% of this component and is measured on a state by state basis. All other operational components are measured on a regional basis.

Operational components are evaluated on a range from 0 to 120%.

Performance You Can Impact

We believe it’s essential that you are accountable for, measured on and rewarded for performance that you can directly impact or influence. For 2006, this means that a much larger part of your AIP is dependent on individual performance measures.

You and your manager have agreed on your individual performance targets. These targets can be based on financial, customer related or operationally based and should relate back to the balanced scorecard for your business unit or region and should directly reflect your role.

Individual Performance

Individual performance will be assessed using American Water’s Performance Management and Development Review (PDR) process. This process has been revised to align with the Balanced Scorecard. The first section of the PDR form contains a scorecard in which your individual Performance Targets will be documented. You will jointly identify and agree to your individual Performance Targets and relative weightings to be achieved during the year with your direct supervisor.

In overview, the PDR requires each individual to have 5 Performance Targets. The Performance Targets should be specific and measurable and aligned with the Balanced Scorecard. Each target needs to be evaluated on a range of 0 to 120% according to its importance relative to other targets. In this way excelling at your highest priority target, which has the heaviest weighting, will drive a bigger award. At least one of the targets should be linked to a personal development objective. At the beginning of 2007, a structured performance review will be conducted to determine how well you performed against your targets in 2006. It will be the Performance Scorecard Summary Rating for these 5 Performance Targets and NOT the “overall” performance rating that will be used for AIP award purposes (see below).

 

6


LOGO

Performance Category

Each participant in the AIP plan should have 5 performance targets. An assessment should be made of performance against each target. Once evaluated, each individual performance target rating will be added and averaged to determine an overall rating.

Example #1

 

Performance Target Rating (PT)

  

AIP Performance Rating

   Percentage
Amount
   Weighting     Subtotal
PT#1 (Meets Expectation)    Target fully achieved    100        x    20 %        =   20
PT#2 (Progressing)*    Target largely achieved    75        x    20 %        =   15
PT#3 (Does Not Meet Expectation)    Target not achieved    0        x    20 %        =   0
PT #4 (Progressing)*    Target partially achieved    25        x    20 %        =   5
PT #5 (Exceeds Expectation)    Target exceeds    120        x    20 %        =   24

Take each performance target percentage amount and multiply it by its assigned weight. Add the subtotal numbers = 64 (Individual Weighting Factor) 64% would be used as the INDIVIDUAL weighting factor in the AIP plan.

Example #2

 

Performance Target Rating (PT)

  

AIP Performance Rating

   Percentage
Amount
   Weighting     Subtotal
PT#1 (Meets Expectation)    Target exceeds fully achieved    110        x    10 %        =   11
PT#2 (Progressing)*    Target largely achieved    85        x    20 %        =   17
PT#3 (Does Not Meet Expectation)    Target not achieved    0        x    10 %        =   0
PT #4 (Progressing)*    Target partially achieved    85        x    20 %        =   17
PT #5 (Exceeds Expectation)    Target fully achieved    100        x    40 %        =   40

85 would be the subtotal and 85 would be used as the INDIVIDUAL weighting factor in the AIP plan.


* The system allows a % amount of 5% to 95% to be assigned to Progressing.

Percentages other than these are possible. Performance ratings can range from 0%-120%. The degree of percentage given will be based on the supervisor’s assessment of performance on the performance target. The maximum payment you can receive under the

 

7


Individual component is 120%. This would only be awarded if an individual exceeded all 5 performance targets. This should be used only in cases of exceptional and outstanding performance against a target. If an individual received a “too soon to rate” on their performance review they would not be eligible for an AIP award.

How Your Payout Is Determined

At the end of the year, the amount for each component is based on performance against each goal within the component and its relative weighting. Here is a simplified way to think of it.

LOGO

(See example on page 10)

 

8


Example

Target bonus is 25% with 40% Operating Results 60% Individual Component.

Company Performance

Operating Result = 105.5% x 10% (Target) = 10.55%

Operational Performance

Achievement against operational targets = 96.9% x 5.00% (Target) = 4.85%

Individual Performance

Achievement against 5 Performance targets = 95.8% x 10.00% (Target) = 9.58%

Total AIP Payable = 10.55% (Company) + 4.85% (Operational) + 9.58% (Individual) = 24.98% of base salary of $150,000 = $37,470*

LOGO

 


* Note: Actual results may vary due to rounding.

 

9


Target Bonuses

You will have received a letter which states your target bonus opportunity. Target bonus is defined as the bonus paid at 100% for both company and individual awards. This means business plan is achieved for the company and operational element, and the employee has met his/her objectives for the individual element.

The maximum bonus you can receive is 150% of your Company (financial) element, 120% of operational and 120% of your Individual element.

Adjustments for Uncontrollable Events

The financial data included in the appendices has been prepared on the basis of the business plans agreed in 2006, using the assumptions set at that time. As in previous years, the actual results used for assessment will be amended to reflect the impact of events that are not considered to be within the control of local management. Any such amendments will require the explicit approval of the Chief Financial Officer, and if material, the Board, whose decision will be final. The following items are those most likely to be considered for amendment:

 

   

Weather conditions having a material adverse impact on the financial results

 

   

The impact of movements in foreign exchange rates

 

   

The impact of changes in intra-group recharges

 

   

Disposal/acquisition of businesses not anticipated in the business plan, but subsequently mandated by the Board of Directors

A ward Payments

To be eligible to receive an AIP award, you must be actively employed at the end of the plan year for which the award is earned. However, in case of disability, retirement, layoff or death during the plan year, a prorated award based on full months’ participation in the plan may be payable. Employees who resign or are terminated at any time during the plan year are not eligible.

Awards are usually determined and paid in cash as soon as possible after the release of financial results. Awards are normally paid by April of the following year. Awards are subject to all federal, state and local income tax withholdings.

If you become eligible to join the AIP during a plan year, any payout for that year will be prorated to reflect the number of full months you participated in the plan.

The American Water Board, or its designee for these purposes, reserves the right to determine whether incentives are payable to any individual or group of individuals. The Board may withhold all incentive payments in exceptional circumstances, such as failing to reach minimum financial goals. Individuals with poor performance will not be eligible to receive an incentive award.

 

10


Rewarding Achievement

Our AIP goals are challenging, but with your focus and contribution and effective teamwork, they can be achieved. Remember, your individual results do matter; our overall performance is the collective results of all AIP participants.

It’s important that you clearly understand your goals, how we’re performing against the goals, and how the AIP works so you know how you personally affect our performance. Be sure to talk to your manager or your local HR representative if you have questions.

This brochure describes the 2006 American Water Annual Incentive Plan. The Plan Administrator, whose decisions will be final and binding, will determine interpretations of the Plan. The Company reserves the right to amend, modify, or discontinue the Plan during the plan year or at any time in the future. Participation in the Plan does not convey any commitment to ongoing employment. If there are any differences between the information contained here and the Plan Document, the Plan Documents will govern.

 

11


Attachment A

Financial Component

LOGO

Financial Payout (%) = [ Operating Result (Pre-AlP) - $651.6m ] / $4.7m

 

   

In order to allow for the movement on the AIP accrual in achieving the budgeted Operating Result of $640.Om, the actual result needs to be considered before the AIP payment is made, but after the AIP accrual has been released

 

   

The financial component is triggered at a pre-AlP result of $651.6m—this allows for 120% individual / operational payout

 

   

Financial component is 33% of the AIP budget (i.e. $4.7m)—out performance of the 2006 Business Plan can lead to a maximum 150% payout of this component

 

12


Attachment B

Operational Component

2006 AIP OPERATIONAL MEASURES & TARGETS

 

     Weighting     NE     SE     Central     West     AWE  

Notices of Violation (NOVs)

   25 %   4 *   4 *   4 *   4 *   4 *

Injury Frequency Rate (IFR)

   25 %   10.1     8.0     8.0     6.5     15.0  

Customer Satisfaction Rating

   37.5 %   95 %   95 %   95 %   95 %   N/A  

Customer Service Quality Rating

   12.5 %   75 %   75 %   75 %   75 %   N/A  

* if total AW NOVs are less than or equal to the target of 21, everyone gets rewarded for the NOV component, regardless of their individual region result vs. target. If total AW NOVs are more than 21, then only those regions with a result that meets or is less than their target get rewarded. The AW target for NOVs will be adjusted upward for any significant growth (add 1 NOV per 5% growth in customers served, rounded down).

Description of Measures:

Notices of Violation (NOVs): Number of times that an official notice is issued by a primacy agency for failure to comply with a federal, state, or local environmental statute or regulation that are covered by the Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

Injury Frequency Rate (IFR): Number of lost time injuries per million hours worked

Customer Satisfaction Rating: Percentage of responses to Question #23 in the annual customer satisfaction survey for which a rating of “Satisfied” or “Very Satisfied” is received.

Customer Service Quality Rating: Percentage of all customer service quality survey responses to Question #29 throughout 2006 for which a rating of “Very Good” or “Excellent” is received.

 

13

Exhibit 10.22

AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

2007 OMNIBUS EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

 


AMERICAN WATER WORKS COMPANY, INC.

2007 OMNIBUS EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

 

  1. Purpose

The purpose of the American Water Works Company, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide (i) designated employees of American Water Works Company, Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries and (ii) non-employee members of the board of directors of the Company with the opportunity to receive grants of stock options, stock units, stock awards, stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards. The Company believes that the Plan will encourage the participants to contribute materially to the growth of the Company, thereby benefiting the Company’s shareholders, and will align the economic interests of the participants with those of the shareholders.

 

  2. Definitions

Whenever used in this Plan, the following terms will have the respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Board” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(b) “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company; provided that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of (i) a transaction in which the Company becomes a subsidiary of another corporation and in which the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the transaction, will beneficially own, immediately after the transaction, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the parent corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, or (ii) the initial public offering of the Company Stock;

(ii) The consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, (B) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (C) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(iii) After the Effective Date, directors are elected such that a majority of the members of the Board shall have been members of the Board for less than one year, unless the


election or nomination for election of each new director who was not a director at the beginning of such one-year period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide for a different definition of a “Change of Control” in a Grant Agreement if such Grant is subject to the requirements of section 409A of the Code and the Grant will become payable on a Change of Control.

(c) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “Committee” means (i) with respect to Grants to Employees, the Compensation Committee of the Board or another committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, (ii) with respect to Grants made to Non-Employee Directors, the Board, and (iii) with respect to Grants that are intended to be “qualified performance-based compensation” under section 162(m) of the Code, a committee that consists of two or more persons appointed by the Board, all of whom shall be “outside directors” as defined under section 162(m) of the Code and related Treasury regulations.

(e) “Company” means American Water Works Company, Inc. and any successor corporation.

(f) “Company Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $                      per share.

(g) “Dividend Equivalent” means an amount calculated with respect to a Stock Unit, which is determined by multiplying the number of shares of Company Stock subject to the Stock Unit by the per-share cash dividend, or the per-share fair market value (as determined by the Committee) of any dividend in consideration other than cash, paid by the Company on its Company Stock. If interest is credited on accumulated dividend equivalents, the term “Dividend Equivalent” shall include the accrued interest.

(h) “Effective Date” of the Plan shall mean the day immediately preceding the date of the Underwriting Agreement is executed and the Company Stock is priced for the initial public offering of such Company Stock.

(i) “Employee” means an employee of the Employer (including an officer or director who is also an employee), but excluding any person who is classified by the Employer as a “contractor” or “consultant,” no matter how characterized by the Internal Revenue Service, other governmental agency or a court. Any change of characterization of an individual by the Internal Revenue Service or any court or government agency shall have no effect upon the classification of an individual as an Employee for purposes of this Plan, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

(j) “Employer” means the Company and its subsidiaries.

(k) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2


(1) “Exercise Price” means the per share price at which shares of Company Stock may be purchased under an Option, as designated by the Committee.

(m) “Fair Market Value” of Company Stock means, unless the Committee determines otherwise with respect to a particular Grant, (i) if the principal trading market for the Company Stock is a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price of Company Stock on the relevant date or (if there were no trades on that date) the latest preceding date upon which a sale was reported, (ii) if the Company Stock is not principally traded on such exchange, the mean between the last reported “bid” and “asked” prices of Company Stock on the relevant date, as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board, or (iii) if the Company Stock is not publicly traded or, if publicly traded, is not so reported, the Fair Market Value per share shall be as determined by the Committee.

(n) “Grant” means an Option, Stock Unit, Stock Award, SAR or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

(o) “Grant Agreement” means the written instrument that sets forth the terms and conditions of a Grant, including all amendments thereto.

(p) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of an incentive stock option under section 422 of the Code.

(q) “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

(r) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not intended to be taxed as an incentive stock option under section 422 of the Code.

(s) “1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(t) “Option” means an option to purchase shares of Company Stock, as described in Section 7.

(u) “Other Stock-Based Award” means a grant that is based on, measured by or payable in Company Stock (other than an Option, Stock Unit, Stock Award or SAR), as described in Section 11.

(v) “Participant” means an Employee or Non-Employee Director designated by the Committee to participate in the Plan.

(w) “Plan” means this American Water Works Company, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(x) “SAR ” means a stock appreciation right as described in Section 10.

(y) “Stock Award” means an award of Company Stock as described in Section 9.

 

3


(z) “Stock Unit” means an award of a phantom unit representing a share of Company Stock, as described in Section 8.

(aa) “ Underwriting Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and the underwriter or underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Company Stock.

 

  3. Administration

(a) Committee . The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Committee. Ministerial functions may be performed by an administrative committee comprised of Company employees appointed by the Committee.

(b) Committee Authority . The Committee shall have the sole authority to (i) determine the Participants to whom Grants shall be made under the Plan, (ii) determine the type, size and terms and conditions of the Grants to be made to each such Participant, (iii) determine the time when the Grants will be made and the duration of any applicable exercise or restriction period, including the criteria for exercisability and the acceleration of exercisability, (iv) amend the terms and conditions of any previously issued Grant, subject to the provisions of Section 19 below, and (v) deal with any other matters arising under the Plan.

(c) Committee Determinations . The Committee shall have full power and express discretionary authority to administer and interpret the Plan, to make factual determinations and to adopt or amend such rules, regulations, agreements and instruments for implementing the Plan and for the conduct of its business as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion. The Committee’s interpretations of the Plan and all determinations made by the Committee pursuant to the powers vested in it hereunder shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having any interest in the Plan or in any awards granted hereunder. All powers of the Committee shall be executed in its sole discretion, in the best interest of the Company, not as a fiduciary, and in keeping with the objectives of the Plan and need not be uniform as to similarly situated Participants.

 

  4. Grants

(a) Grants under the Plan may consist of Options as described in Section 7, Stock Units as described in Section 8, Stock Awards as described in Section 9, SARs as described in Section 10 and Other Stock-Based Awards as described in Section 11. All Grants shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate and as are specified in writing by the Committee to the Participant in the Grant Agreement.

(b) All Grants shall be made conditional upon the Participant’s acknowledgement, in writing or by acceptance of the Grant, that all decisions and determinations of the Committee shall be final and binding on the Participant, his or her beneficiaries and any other person having or claiming an interest under such Grant. Grants under a particular Section of the Plan need not be uniform as among the Participants.

 

4


  5. Shares Subject to the Plan

(a) Shares Authorized . The total aggregate number of shares of Company Stock that may be issued under the Plan is                      shares, subject to adjustment as described in subsection (e) below.

(b) Source of Shares; Share Counting . Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Company Stock or reacquired shares of Company Stock, including shares purchased by the Company on the open market for purposes of the Plan. If and to the extent Options or SARs granted under the Plan terminate, expire, or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without having been exercised, and if and to the extent that any Stock Awards, Stock Units, or Other Stock-Based Awards are forfeited or terminated, or otherwise are not paid in full, the shares reserved for such Grants shall again be available for purposes of the Plan. Shares of Stock surrendered in payment of the Exercise Price of an Option, and shares withheld or surrendered for payment of taxes, shall not be available for re-issuance under the Plan. If SARs are granted, the full number of shares subject to the SARs shall be considered issued under the Plan, without regard to the number of shares issued upon exercise of the SARs and without regard to any cash settlement of the SARs. To the extent that a Grant of Stock Units is designated in the Grant Agreement to be paid in cash, and not in shares of Company Stock, such Grants shall not count against the share limits in subsection (a).

(c) Individual Limits . All Grants under the Plan shall be expressed in shares of Company Stock. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Company Stock with respect to which all Grants may be made under the Plan to any individual during any calendar year shall be                      shares, subject to adjustment as described in subsection (d) below. The individual limits of this subsection (c) shall apply without regard to whether the Grants are to be paid in Company Stock or cash. All cash payments (other than with respect to Dividend Equivalents) shall equal the Fair Market Value of the shares of Company Stock to which the cash payments relate. A Participant may not accrue Dividend Equivalents during any calendar year in excess of $                      .

(d) Adjustments . If there is any change in the number or kind of shares of Company Stock outstanding (i) by reason of a stock dividend, spinoff, recapitalization, stock split, or combination or exchange of shares, (ii) by reason of a merger, reorganization or consolidation, (iii) by reason of a reclassification or change in par value, or (iv) by reason of any other extraordinary or unusual event affecting the outstanding Company Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, or if the value of outstanding shares of Company Stock is substantially reduced as a result of a spinoff or the Company’s payment of an extraordinary dividend or distribution, the maximum number of shares of Company Stock available for issuance under the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Company Stock for which any individual may receive Grants in any year, the kind and number of shares covered by outstanding Grants, the kind and number of shares issued and to be issued under the Plan, and the price per share or the applicable market value of such Grants shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee, in such manner as the Committee deems appropriate, to reflect any increase or decrease in the number of, or change in the kind or value of, the issued shares of Company Stock to preclude, to the extent practicable, the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under the

 

5


Plan and such outstanding Grants; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be eliminated. In addition, in the event of a Change of Control of the Company, the provisions of Section 16 of the Plan shall apply. Any adjustments to outstanding Grants shall be consistent with section 409A or 422 of the Code, to the extent applicable. Any adjustments determined by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  6. Eligibility for Participation

(a) Eligible Persons . All Employees and Non-Employee Directors shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(b) Selection of Participants . The Committee shall select the Employees and Non- Employee Directors to receive Grants and shall determine the number of shares of Company Stock subject to each Grant.

 

  7. Options

(a) General Requirements . The Committee may grant Options to an Employee or Non-Employee Director upon such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate under this Section 7. The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Company Stock that will be subject to each Grant of Options to Employees and Non-Employee Directors.

(b) Type of Option, Price and Term .

(i) The Committee may grant Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options or any combination of the two, all in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or its parents or subsidiaries, as defined in section 424 of the Code. Nonqualified Stock Options may be granted to Employees or Non-Employee Directors.

(ii) The Exercise Price of Company Stock subject to an Option shall be determined by the Committee and may be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock on the date the Option is granted. However, an Incentive Stock Option may not be granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary, as defined in section 424 of the Code, unless the Exercise Price per share is not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock on the date of grant.

(iii) The Committee shall determine the term of each Option, which shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant. However, an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary, as defined in section 424 of the Code, may not have a term that exceeds five years from the date of grant.

 

6


(c) Exercisability of Options .

(i) Options shall become exercisable in accordance with such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee and specified in the Grant Agreement. The Committee may grant Options that are subject to achievement of performance goals or other conditions. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any or all outstanding Options at any time for any reason.

(ii) The Committee may provide in a Grant Instrument that the Participant may elect to exercise part or all of an Option before it otherwise has become exercisable. Any shares so purchased shall be restricted shares and shall be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company during a specified restriction period, with the repurchase price equal to the lesser of (A) the Exercise Price or (B) the Fair Market Value of such shares at the time of repurchase, or such other restrictions as the Committee deems appropriate.

(iii) Options granted to persons who are non-exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, may not be exercisable for at least six months after the date of grant (except that such Options may become exercisable, as determined by the Committee, upon the Participant’s death, disability or retirement, or upon a Change of Control or other circumstances permitted by applicable regulations).

(d) Termination of Employment or Service . Except as provided in the Grant Agreement, an Option may only be exercised while the Participant is employed as an Employee or providing service as a Non-Employee Director. The Committee shall determine in the Grant Agreement under what circumstances and during what time periods a Participant may exercise an Option after termination of employment or service.

(e) Exercise of Options . A Participant may exercise an Option that has become exercisable, in whole or in part, by delivering a notice of exercise to the Company. The Participant shall pay the Exercise Price for the Option (i) in cash, (ii) if permitted by the Committee, by delivering shares of Company Stock owned by the Participant and having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price or by attestation to ownership of shares of Company Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price, (iii) by payment through a broker in accordance with procedures permitted by Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board, or (iv) by such other method as the Committee may approve, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Shares of Company Stock used to exercise an Option shall have been held by the Participant for the requisite period of time to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the Company with respect to the Option. Payment for the shares pursuant to the Option, and any required withholding taxes, must be received by the time specified by the Committee depending on the type of payment being made, but in all cases prior to the issuance of the Company Stock.

(f) Limits on Incentive Stock Options . Each Incentive Stock Option shall provide that, if the aggregate Fair Market Value of the stock on the date of the grant with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year, under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Company or a parent or

 

7


subsidiary, as defined in section 424 of the Code, exceeds $100,000, then the Option, as to the excess, shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be granted to any person who is not an Employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary, as defined in section 424 of the Code.

 

  8. Stock Units

(a) General Requirements . The Committee may grant Stock Units to an Employee or Non-Employee Director, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate under this Section 8. Each Stock Unit shall represent the right of the Participant to receive a share of Company Stock or an amount based on the value of a share of Company Stock. All Stock Units shall be credited to bookkeeping accounts on the Company’s records for purposes of the Plan.

(b) Terms of Stock Units . The Committee may grant Stock Units that are payable on terms and conditions determined by the Committee, which may include payment based on achievement of performance goals. Stock Units may be paid at the end of a specified vesting or performance period, or payment may be deferred to a date authorized by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the number of Stock Units to be granted and the requirements applicable to such Stock Units.

(c) Payment With Respect to Stock Units . Payment with respect to Stock Units shall be made in cash, in Company Stock, or in a combination of the two, as determined by the Committee. The Grant Agreement shall specify the maximum number of shares that can be issued under the Stock Units.

(d) Requirement of Employment or Service . The Committee shall determine in the Grant Agreement under what circumstances a Participant may retain Stock Units after termination of the Participant’s employment or service, and the circumstances under which Stock Units may be forfeited.

(e) Dividend Equivalents . The Committee may grant Dividend Equivalents in connection with Stock Units, under such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. Dividend Equivalents may be paid to Participants currently or may be deferred. All Dividend Equivalents that are not paid currently shall be credited to bookkeeping accounts on the Company’s records for purposes of the Plan. Dividend Equivalents may be accrued as a cash obligation, or may be converted to additional Stock Units for the Participant, and deferred Dividend Equivalents may accrue interest, all as determined by the Committee. The Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be payable based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Dividend Equivalents may be payable in cash or shares of Company Stock or in a combination of the two, as determined by the Committee.

 

  9. Stock Awards

(a) General Requirements . The Committee may issue shares of Company Stock to an Employee or Non-Employee Director under a Stock Award, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate under this Section 9. Shares of Company Stock issued

 

8


pursuant to Stock Awards may be issued for cash consideration or for no cash consideration, and subject to restrictions or no restrictions, as determined by the Committee. The Committee may establish conditions under which restrictions on Stock Awards shall lapse over a period of time or according to such other criteria as the Committee deems appropriate, including restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals. The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Company Stock to be issued pursuant to a Stock Award.

(b) Requirement of Employment or Service . The Committee shall determine in the Grant Agreement under what circumstances a Participant may retain Stock Awards after termination of the Participant’s employment or service, and the circumstances under which Stock Awards may be forfeited.

(c) Restrictions on Transfer . While Stock Awards are subject to restrictions, a Participant may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of the shares of a Stock Award except upon death as described in Section 16(a). If certificates are issued, each certificate for a share of a Stock Award shall contain a legend giving appropriate notice of the restrictions in the Grant. The Participant shall be entitled to have the legend removed when all restrictions on such shares have lapsed. The Company may retain possession of any certificates for Stock Awards until all restrictions on such shares have lapsed.

(d) Right to Vote and to Receive Dividends . The Committee shall determine to what extent, and under what conditions, the Participant shall have the right to vote shares of Stock Awards and to receive any dividends or other distributions paid on such shares during the restriction period. The Committee may determine that dividends on Stock Awards shall be withheld while the Stock Awards are subject to restrictions and that the dividends shall be payable only upon the lapse of the restrictions on the Stock Awards, or on such other terms as the Committee determines. Dividends that are not paid currently shall be credited to bookkeeping accounts on the Company’s records for purposes of the Plan. Accumulated dividends may accrue interest, as determined by the Committee, and shall be paid in cash, shares of Company Stock, or in such other form as dividends are paid on Company Stock, as determined by the Committee.

 

  10. Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) General Requirements . The Committee may grant SARs to an Employee or Non-Employee Director separately or in tandem with an Option. The Committee shall establish the number of shares, the terms and the base amount of the SAR at the time the SAR is granted. The base amount of each SAR shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock as of the date of grant of the SAR.

(b) Tandem SARs . The Committee may grant tandem SARs either at the time the Option is granted or at any time thereafter while the Option remains outstanding; provided, however, that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, SARs may be granted only at the date of the grant of the Incentive Stock Option. In the case of tandem SARs, the number of SARs granted to a Participant that shall be exercisable during a specified period shall not exceed the number of shares of Company Stock that the Participant may purchase upon the exercise of the

 

9


related Option during such period. Upon the exercise of an Option, the SARs relating to the Company Stock covered by such Option shall terminate. Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall terminate to the extent of an equal number of shares of Company Stock.

(c) Exercisability . An SAR shall become exercisable in accordance with such terms and conditions as may be specified. The Committee may grant SARs that are subject to achievement of performance goals or other conditions. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any or all outstanding SARs at any time for any reason. The Committee shall determine in the Grant Agreement under what circumstances and during what periods a Participant may exercise an SAR after termination of employment or service. A tandem SAR shall be exercisable only while the Option to which it is related is exercisable.

(d) Grants to Non-Exempt Employees . SARs granted to persons who are non-exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, may not be exercisable for at least six months after the date of grant (except that such SARs may become exercisable, as determined by the Committee, upon the Participant’s death, Disability or retirement, or upon a Change of Control or other circumstances permitted by applicable regulations).

(e) Exercise of SARs . When a Participant exercises SARs, the Participant shall receive in settlement of such SARs an amount equal to the value of the stock appreciation for the number of SARs exercised. The stock appreciation for an SAR is the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the underlying Company Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR exceeds the base amount of the SAR as specified in the Grant Agreement.

(f) Form of Payment . The Committee shall determine whether the stock appreciation for an SAR shall be paid in the form of shares of Company Stock, cash or a combination of the two. For purposes of calculating the number of shares of Company Stock to be received, shares of Company Stock shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the SAR. If shares of Company Stock are to be received upon exercise of an SAR, cash shall be delivered in lieu of any fractional share.

 

  11. Other Stock-Based Awards

The Committee may grant other awards not specified in Sections 7, 8, 9 or 10 above that are based on or measured by Company Stock to Employees and Non-Employee Directors, on such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted subject to achievement of performance goals or other conditions and may be payable in Company Stock or cash, or in a combination of the two, as determined by the Committee in the Grant Agreement.

 

  12. Qualified Performance-Based Compensation

(a) Designation as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation . The Committee may determine that Stock Units, Stock Awards, Dividend Equivalents or Other Stock-Based Awards granted to an Employee shall be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under section 162(m) of the Code, in which case the provisions of this Section 12 shall apply.

 

10


(b) Performance Goals . When Grants are made under this Section 12, the Committee shall establish in writing (i) the objective performance goals that must be met, (ii) the period during which performance will be measured, (iii) the maximum amounts that may be paid if the performance goals are met, and (iv) any other conditions that the Committee deems appropriate and consistent with the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code for “qualified performance-based compensation.” The performance goals shall satisfy the requirements for “qualified performance-based compensation,” including the requirement that the achievement of the goals be substantially uncertain at the time they are established and that the performance goals be established in such a way that a third party with knowledge of the relevant facts could determine whether and to what extent the performance goals have been met. The Committee shall not have discretion to increase the amount of compensation that is payable, but may reduce the amount of compensation that is payable, pursuant to Grants identified by the Committee as “qualified performance-based compensation.”

(c) Criteria Used for Objective Performance Goals . The Committee shall use objectively determinable performance goals based on one or more of the following criteria: stock price, earnings per share, price-earnings multiples, net earnings, operating earnings, revenue, number of days sales outstanding in accounts receivable, productivity, margin, EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), net capital employed, return on assets, shareholder return, return on equity, return on capital employed, growth in assets, unit volume, sales, cash flow, market share, relative performance to a comparison group designated by the Committee, or strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified revenue goals, market penetration goals, customer growth, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets or goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures. The performance goals may relate to one or more business units or the performance of the Company and its subsidiaries as a whole, or any combination of the foregoing. Performance goals need not be uniform as among Participants.

(d) Timing of Establishment of Goals . The Committee shall establish the performance goals in writing either before the beginning of the performance period or during a period ending no later than the earlier of (i) 90 days after the beginning of the performance period or (ii) the date on which 25% of the performance period has been completed, or such other date as may be required or permitted under applicable regulations under section 162(m) of the Code.

(e) Certification of Results . The Committee shall certify the performance results for the performance period specified in the Grant Agreement after the performance period ends. The Committee shall determine the amount, if any, to be paid pursuant to each Grant based on the achievement of the performance goals and the satisfaction of all other terms of the Grant Agreement.

(f) Death, Disability or Other Circumstances . The Committee may provide in the Grant Agreement that Grants under this Section 12 shall be payable, in whole or in part, in the event of the Participant’s death or disability, a Change of Control or under other circumstances consistent with the Treasury regulations and rulings under section 162(m) of the Code.

 

11


  13. Deferrals

The Committee may permit or require a Participant to defer receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to the Participant in connection with any Grant. The Committee shall establish rules and procedures for any such deferrals, consistent with applicable requirements of section 409A of the Code.

 

  14. Withholding of Taxes

(a) Required Withholding . All Grants under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal (including FICA), state and local tax withholding requirements. The Company may require that the Participant or other person receiving or exercising Grants pay to the Company the amount of any federal, state or local taxes that the Company is required to withhold with respect to such Grants, or the Company may deduct from other wages paid by the Company the amount of any withholding taxes due with respect to such Grants.

(b) Election to Withhold Shares . If the Committee so permits, shares of Company Stock may be withheld to satisfy the Company’s tax withholding obligation with respect to Grants paid in Company Stock, at the time such Grants become taxable, up to an amount that does not exceed the minimum applicable withholding tax rate for federal (including FICA), state and local tax liabilities.

 

  15. Transferability of Grants

(a) Restrictions on Transfer . Except as described in subsection (b) below, only the Participant may exercise rights under a Grant during the Participant’s lifetime, and a Participant may not transfer those rights except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. When a Participant dies, the personal representative or other person entitled to succeed to the rights of the Participant may exercise such rights. Any such successor must furnish proof satisfactory to the Company of his or her right to receive the Grant under the Participant’s will or under the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b) Transfer of Nonqualified Stock Options to or for Family Members . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide, in a Grant Agreement, that a Participant may transfer Nonqualified Stock Options to family members, or one or more trusts or other entities for the benefit of or owned by family members, consistent with applicable securities laws, according to such terms as the Committee may determine; provided that the Participant receives no consideration for the transfer of a Nonqualified Stock Option and the transferred Nonqualified Stock Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the Nonqualified Stock Option immediately before the transfer.

 

  16. Consequences of a Change of Control

In the event of a Change of Control, the Committee may take any one or more of the following actions with respect to or all outstanding Grants, without the consent of any Participant: (i) the Committee may determine that outstanding Options and SARs shall be fully exercisable, and restrictions on outstanding Stock Awards and Stock Units shall lapse, as of the

 

12


date of the Change of Control or at such other time as the Committee determines, (ii) the Committee may require that Participants surrender their outstanding Options and SARs in exchange for one or more payments by the Company, in cash or Company Stock as determined by the Committee, in an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which the then Fair Market Value of the shares of Company Stock subject to the Participant’s unexercised Options and SARs exceeds the Exercise Price, and on such terms as the Committee determines, (iii) after giving Participants an opportunity to exercise their outstanding Options and SARs, the Committee may terminate any or all unexercised Options and SARs at such time as the Committee deems appropriate, (iv) with respect to Participants holding Stock Units and Other Stock-Based Awards, the Committee may determine that such Participants shall receive one or more payments in settlement of such Stock Units and Other Stock-Based Awards, in such amount and form and on such terms as may be determined by the Committee, or (v) determine that all outstanding Options and SARs that are not exercised shall be assumed by, or replaced with comparable options or rights by the surviving corporation (or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving corporation), and other outstanding Grants that remain in effect after the Change of Control shall be converted to similar grants of the surviving corporation (or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving corporation). Such acceleration, surrender, termination, settlement or conversion shall take place as of the date of the Change of Control or such other date as the Committee may specify. The Committee may provide in a Grant Agreement that a sale or other transaction involving a subsidiary or other business unit of the Company shall be considered a Change of Control for purposes of a Grant, or the Committee may establish other provisions that shall be applicable in the event of a specified transaction.

 

  17. Requirements for Issuance of Shares

No Company Stock shall be issued in connection with any Grant hereunder unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance of such Company Stock have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Committee. The Committee shall have the right to condition any Grant made to any Participant hereunder on such Participant’s undertaking in writing to comply with such restrictions on his or her subsequent disposition of such shares of Company Stock as the Committee shall deem necessary or advisable, and certificates representing such shares may be legended to reflect any such restrictions. Certificates representing shares of Company Stock issued under the Plan will be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as may be required by applicable laws, regulations and interpretations, including any requirement that a legend be placed thereon. No Participant shall have any right as a shareholder with respect to Company Stock covered by a Grant until shares have been issued to the Participant.

 

  18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan

(a) Amendment . The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that the Board shall not amend the Plan without approval of the shareholders of the Company if such approval is required in order to comply with the Code or applicable laws, or to comply with applicable stock exchange requirements. No amendment or termination of this Plan shall, without the consent of the Participant, materially impair any rights or obligations under any Grant previously made to the Participant under the Plan, unless such right has been reserved in

 

13


the Plan or the Grant Agreement, or except as provided in Section 19(b) below. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Board may amend the Plan in such manner as it deems appropriate in the event of a change in applicable law or regulations.

(b) No Repricing Without Shareholder Approval . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may not reprice Options or SARs, nor may the Board amend the Plan to permit repricing of Options or SARs, unless the shareholders of the Company provide prior approval for such repricing. The term “repricing” shall have the meaning given that term in accordance with the applicable stock exchange in which such shares of Company Stock are registered, as in effect from time to time.

(c) Shareholder Approval for “Qualified Performance-Based Compensation.” If Grants are made under Section 12 above, the Plan must be reapproved by the Company’s shareholders no later than the first shareholders meeting that occurs in the fifth year following the year in which the shareholders previously approved the provisions of Section 13, if additional Grants are to be made under Section 12 and if required by section 162(m) of the Code or the regulations thereunder.

(d) Termination of Plan . The Plan shall terminate on the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of its Effective Date, unless the Plan is terminated earlier by the Board or is extended by the Board with the approval of the shareholders. The termination of the Plan shall not impair the power and authority of the Committee with respect to an outstanding Grant.

 

  19. Miscellaneous

(a) Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

(b) Grants in Connection with Corporate Transactions and Otherwise . Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed to (i) limit the right of the Committee to make Grants under this Plan in connection with the acquisition, by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business or assets of any corporation, firm or association, including Grants to employees thereof who become Employees, or for other proper corporate purposes, or (ii) limit the right of the Company to grant stock options or make other stock-based awards outside of this Plan. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may make a Grant to an employee of another corporation who becomes an Employee by reason of a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or property, reorganization or liquidation involving the Company in substitution for a grant made by such corporation. The terms and conditions of the Grants may vary from the terms and conditions required by the Plan and from those of the substituted stock incentives, as determined by the Committee

(c) Compliance with Law . The Plan, the exercise of Options and the obligations of the Company to issue or transfer shares of Company Stock under Grants shall be subject to all applicable laws and to approvals by any governmental or regulatory agency as may be required. With respect to persons subject to section 16 of the Exchange Act, it is the intent of the Company that the Plan and all transactions under the Plan comply with all applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act. In addition, it is the intent of the Company that

 

14


Incentive Stock Options comply with the applicable provisions of section 422 of the Code, that Grants of “qualified performance-based compensation” comply with the applicable provisions of section 162(m) of the Code and that, to the extent applicable, Grants comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code or an exception from such requirements. To the extent that any legal requirement of section 16 of the Exchange Act or section 422, 162(m) or 409A of the Code as set forth in the Plan ceases to be required under section 16 of the Exchange Act or section 422, 162(m) or 409A of the Code, that Plan provision shall cease to apply. The Committee may revoke any Grant if it is contrary to law or modify a Grant to bring it into compliance with any valid and mandatory government regulation. The Committee may also adopt rules regarding the withholding of taxes on payments to Participants. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, agree to limit its authority under this Section.

(d) Enforceability . The Plan shall be binding upon and enforceable against the Company and its successors and assigns.

(e) Funding of the Plan: Limitation on Rights . This Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure the payment of any Grants under this Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan and no action taken pursuant hereto shall create or be construed to create a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant or any other person. No Participant or any other person shall under any circumstances acquire any property interest in any specific assets of the Company. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payment from the Company hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

(f) Rights of Participants . Nothing in this Plan shall entitle any Employee, Non- Employee Director or other person to any claim or right to receive a Grant under this Plan. Neither this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any rights to be retained by or in the employment or service of the Employer.

(g) No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Company Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Grant. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

(h) Employees Subject to Taxation Outside the United States . With respect to Participants who are subject to taxation in countries other than the United States, the Committee may make Grants on such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate to comply with the laws of the applicable countries, and the Committee may create such procedures, addenda and subplans and make such modifications as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such laws.

(i) Governing Law . The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of the Plan and Grant Agreements issued under the Plan shall be governed and construed by and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

 

15

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 of our report dated August 9, 2007, except for Note 21 and Note 22 which are as of August 27, 2007, relating to the consolidated financial statements of American Water Works Company, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies (formerly Thames Water Aqua US Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary Companies), which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

October 10, 2007